Pulserplus Pro HRG Installation, Operations and Maintenance Manual

PULSERPLUS PRO HIGH RESISTANCE GROUNDING SYSTEM
INSTALLATION, OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS
PulserPlus Pro Operator Interface
PulserPlus Pro NEMA 1

Freestanding Unit
4750 Olympic Blvd. Erlanger, KY 41018 USA

Phone: 800-537-6144 / 859-283-0778 Fax: 859-283-2978
www.postglover.com
Serving the Electrical Industry Since 1892

2006 Post Glover Resistors, Inc.
PGR Document #HG111-06

Table of Contents
Section
Section
Section
Section
Section
Section
Section
Section
Section
1
2
2.1
2.2
2.3
2.4
2.5
3
3.1
3.2
3.3
3.4
3.5
3.6
3.7
3.8
4
4.1
4.2
4.3
5
5.1
5.2
5.3
6
6.1
6.2
6.4
6.5
6.6
6.7
6.8
6.9
6.10
7
8
9
Equipment Overview........................................................................................... 3
Operational Description ...................................................................................... 4
Normal Operation ............................................................................................... 4
Loss of Ground ................................................................................................... 4
Ground Fault ....................................................................................................... 4
High 3rd Harmonics............................................................................................. 5
Summary of Events............................................................................................. 6
Installation........................................................................................................... 7
Receiving ............................................................................................................ 7
Handling.............................................................................................................. 7
Storage ............................................................................................................... 7
Floor Preparation ................................................................................................ 7
Grounding ........................................................................................................... 7
Line and Control Connections ............................................................................ 8
Setting Resistor Tap Connections ...................................................................... 8
General ............................................................................................................... 8
Start-up Procedure ............................................................................................. 9
Energize Circuit................................................................................................... 9
Entering Setup Information ................................................................................. 9
Ground Fault Alarm Test..................................................................................... 9
System Capacitive-Charging Current................................................................ 11
General .............................................................................................................. 11
Test Procedure................................................................................................... 11
Test Results ....................................................................................................... 13
Controller Setup ................................................................................................. 14
Power-up Display ............................................................................................... 14
Adjustable Parameters ...................................................................................... 14
........................................................................................... 15
Measurement Enable......................................................................................... 15
Current Transfomer Ratio .................................................................................. 15
Hi Limit Setpoints ............................................................................................... 16
Lo Limit Setpoints .............................................................................................. 16
Pulsing Timer ..................................................................................................... 17
Alarm Delay ....................................................................................................... 17
Auto Reset ......................................................................................................... 17
Locate a Ground Fault ....................................................................................... 18
Maintenance ...................................................................................................... 19
Schematics & Dimension Drawings................................................................... 20
CAUTION! Before any servicing, replacement of parts, adjustment, or any other work is performed requiring
physical contact with the electrical working components of this unit, power supplies to the unit must be disconnected.

Phone: 800-537-6144 / 859-283-0778 Fax: 859-283-2978
www.postglover.com


Section 1 Equipment Overview

Post Glover High Resistance Grounding Equipment coordinates the use of resistors and control devices, creating
a high-resistance ground for a power system. The grounding equipment has these features:
Overvoltage Reduction:
Reduces the transient over voltages that can occur during arcing-type faults.
Fault Detection:
nuisance faults.
Fault Tracking:
Helps to locate the fault by producing a tracer signal of current pulses easily distinguishable from background
noise.
Operation Protection:
Enables the system to continue operation with a single line-to-ground fault present.
Harmonic Detection:
Provides an indication when third harmonics exceed a preset value. An adjustable time delay is included to
eliminate nuisance faults.
Arc Flash/Blast Reduction:
Eliminates hazardous energy during ground faults, which are present in 90% of all electrical faults.
This instruction booklet is intended as a general guidance tool for personnel installing Post Glover High
detailed drawings provided with each unit supersede the general information provided in this booklet.
NOTE:

Phone: 800-537-6144 / 859-283-0778 Fax: 859-283-2978
www.postglover.com


Section 2 Operational Description

2.1 Normal Operation
Please refer to the drawings supplied with your unit for ratings and other information. Section 9 contains
schematics and dimension drawings with information for standard systems. For low-voltage systems, Figures 3
and 4 show wye-connected and delta-connected schematics respectively. For medium-voltage systems, wyeconnected and delta-connected schematics can be found in Figures 5 and 6 respectively.
5). The display will show this current and/or voltage. The green NORMAL indicating light on the operators panel
will be illuminated.
The PulserPlus Pro controller detects Fundamental Current and/or Voltage and 3rd Harmonic Current and/or
Voltage for both over- and under-conditions. Each of the four can be independently disabled by turning the feature
OFF, and the under-conditions can be disabled by entering a 0 value. A common time delay setting is used for all
Fundamental alarming and a separate common time delay setting is used for all 3rd Harmonic alarming.
2.2 Loss of Ground

grounding wire failure). If this occurs, the system will be Ungrounded. The PulserPlus Pro controller has an
Under-Current / Under-Voltage feature that detects this condition for both Fundamental and 3rd Harmonics.
Upon detection, the green NORMAL indicating light will turn off and its auxiliary form-C contacts change state.
This feature can be disabled by setting its value to zero.
2.3 Ground Fault

When a ground fault occurs, the resistor acts to limit the ground current to a pre-determined low value. Fault
current magnitude can be set by adjusting the taps provided on the resistor. Fault current shall be set so that
The fundamental voltage appearing across the resistor or the fundamental amperage through the resistor is
sensed by the PulserPlus Pro controller. To prevent nuisance indications, a variable time delay is entered via
the operators panel. When the time delay expires, the red GROUND FAULT indicator light will start to blink,
the NORMAL indicator light will turn off, and an alarm horn will sound. Upon detection, SYSTEM NORMAL and
GROUND FAULT auxiliary form-C contacts change state.
The alarm horn can be silenced by pressing the ALARM SILENCE button while searching for the cause of the
ground fault. The red GROUND FAULT indicator light will continue blinking until the ground fault is removed and
the system is manually reset by pressing the RESET and ALARM SILENCE buttons. Optionally, the PulserPlus

Phone: 800-537-6144 / 859-283-0778 Fax: 859-283-2978
www.postglover.com


The Under-Voltage / Under-Current feature for 3rd Harmonics can also be used for detecting Ground faults near
to drive enough current for Ground Fault detection. However, the typical 3rd harmonic caused by fractional pitched
generators will be shorted and the value will go to 0.
To prevent nuisance indications, the adjustable time delay setting can be manipulated via the operators panel. The
PulserPlus Pro controller does know the difference between this condition and a Loss of Ground condition, so
only the green NORMAL indicating light will turn off and the SYSTEM NORMAL auxiliary form-C contacts change
state.
2.4 High 3rd Harmonics

High 3rd harmonics are also sensed by the PulserPlus Pro controller. An upper limit is set by the user for
detection of current or voltage across the resistor. After a time delay expires; the amber THIRD HARMONIC
indicator light will illuminate, the NORMAL indicator light will turn off, and an alarm horn will sound. Upon detection,
the SYSTEM NORMAL and THIRD HARMONIC auxiliary form-C contacts change state.
The alarm horn can be silenced by pressing the ALARM SILENCE button while searching for the cause of the third
harmonic fault. The amber THIRD HARMONIC light will remain illuminated until the condition is removed and the
system is manually reset by pressing the RESET and ALARM SILENCE buttons. Optionally, the PulserPlus Pro
A Summary of Events is shown on the following page.

Phone: 800-537-6144 / 859-283-0778 Fax: 859-283-2978
www.postglover.com

Field Condition
1) Display changes to Fnd Vlt

Hi Limit
2) Fundamental timer begins
and expires
3) Normal light turns off
4) System Normal relay
changes state
5) Ground Fault light blinks
6) Grd Fault Alarm relay
changes state
7) Internal horn sounds
8) External Horn relay
changes state
IF ENABLED, SET TO 0 TO
DISABLE.
1) Display changes to Fnd Vlt
Lo Limit
and expires
changes state
1) Display changes to Fnd

Amp Hi Limit
and expires
changes state
5) Ground Fault light blinks
6) Gnd Fault Alarm relay
changes state
8) External horn relay
changes state
DISABLE.
1) Display changes to Fnd
Amp Lo Limit
and expires
4) System normal relay
changes state
On
No display or monitoring
Off
1) Display changes to Hrm

Vlt Hi Limit
2) Harmonic timer begins
and expires
changes state
5) Third Harmonic light blinks
6) Third Harmonic relay
changes state
changes state
DISABLE.
1) Display changes to Hrm Vlt
Lo Limit
and expires
4) System normal relay
changes state

Amp Hi Limit
and expires
changes state
5) Third Harmonic light blinks
6) Third Harmonic relay
changes state
changes state
DISABLE.
Amp Lo Limit
and expires
changes state
On
Off
Off
Presing Alarm Silence Button:

1) Turns off Internal horn
2) Resets External horn relay
Pressing Pulse Button:

1) Amber light blinks
2) Pulsing relay begins
Pressing Reset Button:

1) Resets Display
2) Resets all latching relays
3) Only does above if Auto
Reset is turned off
Harmonic Current
On
Fundamental Current
Under-Current
Harmonic Voltage

Phone: 800-537-6144 / 859-283-0778 Fax: 859-283-2978
www.postglover.com
Over-Current
On
Under-Voltage
Off
Fundamental Voltage
Over-Voltage
Pressing Reset and Down Arrow Buttons:

1) Enters Setup mode

2.5 Summary of Events

Section 3 Installation
on the ratings and site requirements. The typical low-voltage and medium-voltage enclosures are shown in
installation.
3.1 Receiving
Once received, the crated high-resistance grounding unit should be unloaded and carefully moved by overhead
crane or forklift. A preliminary inspection of the crate should be made at this point to ensure that the unit was
3.2 Handling
Free-standing units have removable lifting angles for an overhead crane to use when moving the unit. Do not
attempt to move or lift the unit at points other than the lifting angles or base channels. Never store the unit on its
side or top as this could cause damage. Do not stack the units.
3.3 Storage
If the unit will be stored for some length of time, take the following precautions:
1. Remove the crate and thoroughly inspect the unit.
2. Store the unit in an area that is clean and dry and has moderate temperatures. Cover it with a heavy-duty
plastic cover or cloth.
3. If the unit must be stored in a damp area, it should be completely covered and heat provided to prevent
condensation of moisture in the unit. If space heaters are supplied with the unit, they must be turned on.
Otherwise, to prevent condensation, each unit should be equipped with 150-200 watts of heat for the
duration of the storage period.
3.4 Floor Preparation

allowed above the unit to allow conduit to enter at the top of the unit. The purchaser is responsible for anchoring
3.5 Grounding CAUTION!

To reduce the possibility of electric shock, the unit must be properly grounded before making any system power
connections. Connect the system ground to the ground bus. The ground bus is located in the lower portion of the
free-standing units. For the wall-mount units, ground bus is located on the back panel. Make sure that all ground

Phone: 800-537-6144 / 859-283-0778 Fax: 859-283-2978
www.postglover.com


3.6 Line and Control Connections

are made from either the top or bottom of the enclosure. Space is provided for line cables to run down the side
without any cable bends. The control power and auxiliary device connections are made to the terminal blocks
rated 30 amperes, 600 volts.
Make sure there is adequate clearance between the external connections and all devices.
3.7 Setting Resistor Tap Connections

Adjust the resistor at installation so that ground current with one ground fault is equal to or greater than the
system capacitive-charging current. As long as this minimum criteria is met, the exact magnitude of the setting is
not critical. In fact, a value slightly higher than the system capacitive-charging current may be selected to allow for
instruction manual. Refer to the elementary schematics for grounding resistor connections.
3.8 General
When the installation is complete and all incoming wiring has been terminated, clean the inside of the unit with
a soft cloth or vacuum cleaner. Make sure any dirt or debris, such as packing material, is removed so it does not
interfere with the operation of the unit. Before connecting power to the control panel, check all components to
make sure all shipping devices, such as blocking or tying of relays, have been removed.

Phone: 800-537-6144 / 859-283-0778 Fax: 859-283-2978
www.postglover.com


Section 4 Start-up Procedure

Place the system in service by following these steps:
4.1 Energize Circuit

disconnect also. This will connect the equipment to the power system.
4.2 Entering Setup Information

Enter the setup information through the operators panel per the instructions given below. The system NORMAL
green light should be illuminated on the operator panel, indicating the presence of power and that no fault or
under-condition is present.
4.3 Ground Fault Alarm Test

With Test Resistor
This test actually places a controlled ground fault on the system within the enclosure through a test resistor.
The test resistor is connected between a phase conductor and ground, so the test circuit begins at a phase,
PulserPlus Pro module.
The readings on the PulserPlus Pro module will be lower than normal readings due to the test resistor
connected in series with the neutral grounding resistor. The purpose of the test resistor is to avoid a phaseground-phase fault if an actual ground fault were to occur during testing. The resistor would be connected
between the two phases.
Enter a test value in the Fundamental Voltage Hi Limit Setpoint. This test voltage needs to be calculated
depending on the actual resistor values. Although 100 volts is typically used for a test value, the schematic
drawings provided with the PulserPlus Pro unit should be consulted.
The equation below can be used to determine a non-typical test value.
Vtest
L-N
GF
+ RT-G)) RGF 10V
Where: Vtest is the test voltage to be entered in the Fundamental Voltage Hi Limit
VL-N is the line-to-neutral system voltage
RGF is the resistance of the neutral grounding resistor at the chosen tap
RT-G is the test-to-ground resistance see schematic drawing
Press and hold the SYSTEM TEST pushbutton on the operators panel to activate the ground-fault circuitry.
After a delay, the green NORMAL light should turn off, and the red GROUND FAULT light should start to blink. In
addition, the audible alarm will sound.

Phone: 800-537-6144 / 859-283-0778 Fax: 859-283-2978
www.postglover.com


Release the SYSTEM TEST pushbutton. Press and hold the ALARM SILENCE pushbutton and the audible alarm
should cease. Press the RESET pushbutton and the red and green lights and auxiliary contacts should revert to
their normal states.
Without Test Resistor
This test will verify operation of the PulserPlus Pro module only. The test bypasses the neutral grounding
to the PulserPlus Pro controller module.
Enter a value lower than 100 volts in the Fundamental Voltage Hi Limit Setpoint.
The same procedure that is used with a test resistor can now be followed.

Phone: 800-537-6144 / 859-283-0778 Fax: 859-283-2978
www.postglover.com

10

Section 5 Testing System Capacitive-charging Current

5.1 General
The magnitude of zero-sequence charging current is determined by the line-to-ground capacitance associated
with system components. The value of the current must be known to properly coordinate the Post Glover HighResistance Grounding System. In an industrial power system where the design and components are known,
the charging current can be estimated with reasonable accuracy. With a complex array of machines and cables
this may be tedious and yield less-than-accurate results. The discussion that follows outlines a suitable test for
determining the value of current in a system. A transformers capacitance-to-ground is usually negligible because
of the large spacing between the transformers core and winding, and the shielding effect of the winding layer
large.
Major contributions to the overall system capacitance-to-ground are made by rotating machines. Attributes such
as the type of insulation and the number and depth of slots can produce wide variations. A typical value for a 200hp, 2300-volt, 1800-rpm induction motor might be 0.002 micro-farads phase-to-ground capacitance.
The most accurate way to determine the maximum value of the charging current is by test, since extreme
variations can exist. The charging current per phase is represented by ICA, ICB or ICC while IC corresponds to
the total line-to-ground charging current. To obtain the zero-sequence charging current, one phase conductor is
intentionally grounded as shown in Figure 1 below.
5.2 Test Procedure
1. Temporarily install a disconnect switch, a current limiting fuse and a portable ammeter in the path
between the phase to be tested and earth ground, as shown in Figure 1 below. DO NOT CLOSE
TEMPORARY DISCONNECT UNTIL SW1 IS CLOSED.
current returning through the neutral grounding resistor.
the system.
R)
G) can be read by the

can be read by the PulserPlus
Pro Display unit.

5. After the test is completed and all data is collected, open the temporary disconnect switch associated with
C).

Phone: 800-537-6144 / 859-283-0778 Fax: 859-283-2978
www.postglover.com

11


Phone: 800-537-6144 / 859-283-0778 Fax: 859-283-2978
www.postglover.com

12

Charging Current Calculation

From Figure 1:
R
C)
R)
5.3 Test Results

All components that are operating during testing contribute to the test results. This includes the contribution of
The resulting value should be used to determine a minimum current for ground fault alarming. Set the resistor
C.
NOTE: The temporary disconnect switch and current limiting fuse associated with the phase to be grounded are not
included with the PulserPlus Pro. A portable ammeter can be included as an option with the PulserPlus Pro.

Phone: 800-537-6144 / 859-283-0778 Fax: 859-283-2978
www.postglover.com

13

Section 6 Controller Setup

6.1 Power Up Display
1. Apply AC power to the unit. After a 1/2 second beep, the following message will be displayed for 5 seconds:
Post Glover
PulserPlus Pro
2. The unit then goes through a short self check. During the self check, the following message will be displayed:
Self-Test
SW Version (x.x)
3. Once the self check is complete, the display unit will display the fundamental and/or 3rd harmonic voltage
and/or the amperage of the grounded system by automatically toggling between the screens. The unit may be
programmed to display any or all of these measurements.
6.2 Adjustable Parameters

The following features of the PulserPlus Pro can be set from the front panel.
Fundamental Voltage Measurement
Harmonic Voltage Measurement
Fundamental Amperage Measurement
Harmonic Amperage Measurement
CT Ratio
Fundamental Voltage Hi Limit
Fundamental Voltage Lo Limit
Harmonic Voltage Hi Limit
Harmonic Voltage Lo Limit
Fundamental Amp Hi Limit
Fundamental Amp Lo Limit
Harmonic Amp Hi Limit
Harmonic Amp Lo Limit
Pulse Time Sec
Fundamental Alarm Delay
Harmonic Alarm Delay
Auto Reset
On/Off
On/Off
On/Off
On/Off
On/Off
nnn V
nnn V
nnn V
nnn V
nn.n A
nn.n A
nn.n A
nn.n A
n.n S
nn.n S
nn.n S
On/Off

Phone: 800-537-6144 / 859-283-0778 Fax: 859-283-2978
www.postglover.com

14

Press BOTH the RESET and DOWN ARROW buttons until the unit BEEPS, then release.
Numeric values can be adjusted by using the UP ARROW and DOWN ARROW buttons. The buttons have two
speeds. If either button is held in, the display will increment / decrement by single units for 5 counts, then it will
increment / decrement by ten units. Releasing the button will restore the single units counting.
Pressing the ENTER button will store the NEW value and go to the next setting.
Pressing the MODE button will go to the next setting WITHOUT changing the stored setting.
Pressing the PULSE button will go back to the previous screen WITHOUT changing the stored setting.
harmonic measurements.
6.4 Measurement Enable

Fnd Vlt Meas On
Hrm Vlt Meas On
(Off/On)
(Off/On)
Fnd Amp Meas On
Hrm Amp Meas On
(Off/On)
(Off/On)
Using the UP ARROW and DOWN ARROW buttons, the Fundamental Voltage and Amperage, and the 3rd
Harmonic Voltage and Amperage measurement displays can be enabled or disabled. Measurement displays
default to the ENABLED condition.
6.5 Current Transformer Ratio

CT Ratio XXX
Selection
XX

Phone: 800-537-6144 / 859-283-0778 Fax: 859-283-2978
www.postglover.com

15

Set CT Ratio
Selection:
OFF
1X
ON
0.57x
ON
2x
ON
6x
Press the UP ARROW or DOWN ARROW buttons to select the desired ratio, then press ENTER to store the parameter.
This feature multiplies the measured current by the selected CT ratio. For example, the physical limitation of
the PulserPlus Pro module is 16A. If 20A is desired, a 30:5 CT is used to send a 0-5A signal the module. The
Default setting for the CT ratio is Off, 1X. The CT ratio is factory set to the proper rating for the installed
components.
6.6 Hi Limit Setpoints

The Hi Limits are only accessible if the associated measurement display is enabled.
Setpoint 010 V
Setpoint 065 V
Fnd Vlt Hi Limit
Hrm Vlt Hi Limit
Setpoint 06.0 A
Setpoint 12.0 A
Fnd Amp Hi Limit
Hrm Amp Hi Limit
The Hi Limit setpoint indicates the level at which the Ground Fault or Third Harmonic alarm will activate.
Using the UP ARROW and DOWN ARROW buttons, the voltage hi limits may be set to any voltage between 0
and 400 volts. For Medium Voltage applications, see the schematic prints provided with the unit for information on
setting this value. The amperage hi limits may be adjusted between 00.0 and 16.0 amps.
6.7 Lo Limit Setpoints

The Lo Limits are only accessible if the associated measurement display is enabled.
Setpoint 000 V
Setpoint 000 V
Fnd Vlt Lo Limit
Hrm Vlt Lo Limit
Setpoint 00.0 A
Setpoint 00.0 A
Fnd Amp Lo Limit
Hrm Amp Lo Limit

Phone: 800-537-6144 / 859-283-0778 Fax: 859-283-2978
www.postglover.com

16

The Lo Limit setpoint indicates the level at which the Loss of Ground condition will activate. For a Harmonic Lo
Limit, it may also indicate a Ground Fault.
Using the UP ARROW and DOWN ARROW buttons, the voltage lo limits may be set to any voltage between 0
and 400 volts. For Medium Voltage applications, see the schematic prints provided with the unit for information on
setting this value. The amperage lo limits may be adjusted between 00.0 and 16.0 amps. A setting of 0A disables
the amperage lo limit feature.
6.8 Pulsing Timer

Setpoint 0.6 S
Pulse Time Set
The Pulse Rate used to locate ground faults can be adjusted from 0.5 to 3.0 seconds in increments of 0.1
seconds. The setpoint indicates time on and time off, so a setting of 1.0 S results in the pulse on for 1 second and
Sample Settings
Resulting Pulse Rate
0.5 s
60 / min
1.0 s
30 / min
2.0 s
15 / min
3.0 s
10 / min
6.9 Alarm Delay

Setpoint 04.5 S
Setpoint 04.5 S
Fnd Alarm Delay
Hrm Alarm Delay
The Alarm Delay setpoints indicate the amount of time between a fault indication and the alarm activation in
seconds. During the alarm delay time, the system will monitor the fundamental and/or harmonic voltage and/or
amperage measurement. If the faulted parameter returns to a value within the set limits prior to the expiration of
the delay, the alarm will be canceled. Thus, a transient high measurement will not activate the alarm. The default
setting for this setpoint is 4.5 seconds.
Using the UP ARROW and DOWN ARROW buttons, the alarm delay may be set for any time between 0 and 20.4
seconds.
6.10 Auto Reset

Auto Reset
On
(Off/On)
NORMAL state after clearing a fault.

Phone: 800-537-6144 / 859-283-0778 Fax: 859-283-2978
www.postglover.com

17

Section 7 Locate a Ground Fault

To locate a ground fault, activate the pulsing circuit by pressing and holding the PULSE pushbutton on the
operators panel. Once the words Pulser On are indicated on the alphanumeric display, the button may be
released. This activates a control circuit which causes a cyclic switching sequence. The switching sequence
is energized, producing a tracer signal.

The optional portable hook-on detector is then used to follow the tracer signal through the system to the point of
sub-feeder and eventually to the faulted device. Once this location is determined, the pulser should be turned
off by pressing and holding the PULSE pushbutton on the operators panel. Once the words Pulser Off are
indicated on the alphanumeric display, the button may be released.
After clearing the fault, place the system in its normal operation mode by pressing the RESET pushbutton.
Figure 2
How to Locate a Ground Fault

Phone: 800-537-6144 / 859-283-0778 Fax: 859-283-2978
www.postglover.com

18

Section 8 Maintenance
Normally, no maintenance is necessary for the PulserPlus Pro high resistance grounding system. However,
periodic inspections are needed to ensure that the controller is functioning correctly and the resistor is still capable
of protecting the system. Post Glover Resistors recommends that the periodic inspections coincide with your
normal system Preventative Maintenance schedule.
1. De-energize the system being grounded and break the connection between the system, the neutral, and
the grounding resistor using the disconnect switch. Always use proper lock-out/tag-out procedures when
working on electrical equipment.
2. Open the front door on the control enclosure. For systems with a separately mounted resistor, remove
the front and rear covers. This will allow for a visual inspection of all internal components.
3. Carefully check for cracked insulators and resistor cores. A MEGGAR or Hi-Pot test is the most reliable
method of ensuring that the insulation is still providing the necessary electrical isolation.
4. Check the resistive element for continuity. Ohmmeter readings made between each neutral tap and
the ground side of the resistor should be within 10% of the values on the resistor drawing. If the
resistances of the elements are more than 15% different from the drawing values, the resistors should be
replaced. Any open resistors should be replaced.
5. Check all internal connections for tightness. Check wiring for signs of damage from heat or overloads.
6. Check the enclosure for signs of damage from weather or rodents. Remove any dirt or debris from the
inside of the enclosure using a vacuum cleaner. Replace all side covers removed during inspection and
check the mounting bolts for tightness. Close the front door of the control enclosure.
7. After re-energizing the system, perform the Test procedure in section 4.3 to verify system operation.
8. FOR REPLACEMENT PARTS OR ASSISTANCE, CALL 1-800-537-6144. Please have the resistor
nameplate information readily available when you call.

Phone: 800-537-6144 / 859-283-0778 Fax: 859-283-2978
www.postglover.com

19

Section 9 Schematics
Figure 3
600 Volt Maximum, Wye Connected System
Figure 4
600 Volt Maximum, Delta Connected System

Phone: 800-537-6144 / 859-283-0778 Fax: 859-283-2978
www.postglover.com

20

Figure 5
Medium Voltage, Wye Connected System
Figure 6
Medium Voltage, Delta Connected System

Phone: 800-537-6144 / 859-283-0778 Fax: 859-283-2978
www.postglover.com

21

Medium Voltage Systems
Section 9 Drawings

Phone: 800-537-6144 / 859-283-0778 Fax: 859-283-2978
www.postglover.com

22
600 Wye And Delta Systems


Phone: 800-537-6144 / 859-283-0778 Fax: 859-283-2978
www.postglover.com

23


Phone: 800-537-6144 / 859-283-0778 Fax: 859-283-2978
www.postglover.com

Model 6 Motor Control Centers

Class 8998
Instruction Bulletin
80459-641-01D
Retain for Future Use.
Hazard Categories and

Special Symbols
Read these instructions carefully and look at the equipment to become

familiar with the device before trying to install, operate, service, or maintain
it. The following special messages may appear throughout this bulletin or on
the equipment to warn of potential hazards or to call attention to information
that clarifies or simplifies a procedure.
The addition of either symbol to a Danger or Warning safety label
indicates that an electrical hazard exists which will result in personal injury if
the instructions are not followed.
This is the safety alert symbol. It is used to alert you to potential personal
injury hazards. Obey all safety messages that follow this symbol to avoid
possible injury or death.
DANGER
DANGER indicates an imminently hazardous situation which, if not
avoided, will result in death or serious injury.
WARNING
WARNING indicates a potentially hazardous situation which, if not
avoided, can result in death or serious injury.
CAUTION
CAUTION indicates a potentially hazardous situation which, if not
avoided, can result in minor or moderate injury.
CAUTION
CAUTION, used without the safety alert symbol, indicates a potentially
hazardous situation which, if not avoided, can result in property damage.
NOTE: Provides additional information to clarify or simplify a procedure.
Please Note
Electrical equipment should be installed, operated, serviced, and

maintained only by qualified personnel. No responsibility is assumed by
Schneider Electric for any consequences arising out of the use of this
material.
Systems Integration Disclaimer
Unless performed by Schneider Electric, Schneider Electric disclaims

liability for any systems integration work. Schneider Electric assumes no
responsibility for application software and control systems designs supplied
by a third party.
80459-641-01D
09/2008

Table of Contents
Table of Contents
Section 1About the Model 6 Motor Control Center ............................. 9
Schneider Electric Literature List ........................................................... 9
Section 2Safety Precautions ............................................................... 11
Section 3Receiving, Handling, and Storing the MCC ....................... 12
Receiving the MCC ............................................................................. 12
Handling the MCC ............................................................................... 12
Equipment Needed........................................................................ 13
Moving the MCC .................................................................................. 13
Storing the MCC .................................................................................. 14
Section 4Installing the MCC ................................................................ 15
Locating the MCC ................................................................................ 15
Space Requirements ..................................................................... 15
Aligning the MCC........................................................................... 15
Joining NEMA Type 1 / NEMA Type 1 Gasketed /
NEMA Type 12 Sections ..................................................................... 16
Positioning the MCC...................................................................... 16
Joining Corner Channels ............................................................... 17
Securing Structures to the Floor .................................................... 18
Seismic Certification of Model 6 MCCs ............................................... 19
Responsibility for Mitigation of Seismic Damage........................... 19
Securing Structures to FloorSeismic Hazard
Designated Locations .................................................................... 20
Securing Structures to WallSeismic Hazard
Designated Locations .................................................................... 22
Splice Gaskets for NEMA Type 1 Gasketed and Type 12 Enclosures 23
Splicing With No P Gasketing ............................................................. 24
Splicing With P Gasketing ................................................................... 24
Splice to Existing Left .................................................................... 24
Splice to Existing Right .................................................................. 24
Joining New Style NEMA Type 3R Enclosures to Old Style
NEMA Type 3R Enclosures ................................................................. 25
Joining to the Left Side of an Existing NEMA Type 3R
MCC Enclosure. ............................................................................ 25
Joining to the Right Side of an Existing NEMA Type 3R
MCC Enclosure ............................................................................. 28
Joining NEMA Type 3R Sections ........................................................ 29
Splicing Power Bus for NEMA Type 1 and Type 12 Enclosures ......... 30
Splicing Power Bus in NEMA Type 3R Enclosures ............................. 32
Ground Bus Splicing for NEMA Type 1, Type 12, and Type 3R ......... 33
Power Bus Splicing of Two-Inch (51 mm) Bus with
100,000 A Short Circuit ....................................................................... 34
Splicing Offset Horizontal Bus (Left Side of Structure Only) ............... 36
Conductor Entry .................................................................................. 37
Vent Hood Installation for MCCs with 2500 A Horizontal Bus ............. 37
Vented Pullbox Installation for MCCs with 2500 A Horizontal Bus ............39
Load and Control Wiring ...................................................................... 40
Crimp Lug Cable Assembly for Cabled Disconnect Unit Installation ... 41
Cable Connection Torque Values ....................................................... 42
Component Instructional Information .................................................. 42
Modifying Fuse Clip Locations ............................................................ 43
19992008 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved

Table of Contents
80459-641-01D
09/2008
Section 5Operation............................................................................... 44
Pre-operation Checklist ....................................................................... 44
Energizing the MCC ............................................................................ 45
Section 6Maintaining the MCC ............................................................ 46
Examining the Enclosure ..................................................................... 46
Maintaining Bus Bars and Incoming Line Compartments .................... 46
Maintaining the Control Unit ................................................................ 47
Removing the Control Unit .................................................................. 48
Removing the Compac 6 Control Unit ............................................. 51
Tests and Maintenance Performed with the Control Unit Removed .... 52
Reassembly ......................................................................................... 55
Insulation Test ..................................................................................... 56
Maintenance after a Fault Has Occurred ............................................. 57
Section 7Motor Logic Solid-State Overload Relay (SSOLR) .......... 59
Motor Logic Retrofit Applications ......................................................... 60
Adjustment ........................................................................................... 62
Section 8Mag-Gard and PowerPact Motor Circuit Protector
Settings ..................................................................................................... 63
Adjusting Mag-Gard or PowerPact Magnetic Trip Setting ................... 63
Section 9iMCC ...................................................................................... 65
iMCC Overview ......................................................................................... 65
Networks/Communications Overview ....................................................... 65
Connecting the iMCC Cabling System ...................................................... 66
Network Cabling .................................................................................. 66
Cables Between Shipping Splits .......................................................... 66
Load Cables ........................................................................................ 66
Communication Networks ......................................................................... 66
Bridges/Repeaters ............................................................................... 66
Terminating Resistors .......................................................................... 66
Direct Cable Connection ...................................................................... 66
Operation .................................................................................................. 70
Pre-operation Checklists ..................................................................... 70
MCC Structure ............................................................................... 70
iMCC Communications .................................................................. 71
Energizing the MCC ............................................................................ 71
Motor Logic Plus Local Programming ............................................ 72
Motor Logic Plus Remote Programming ........................................ 73
TeSys T Motor Management Controller .................................................. 77
TeSys T Retrofit Applications .............................................................. 78
Applications Requiring Turns ............................................................... 78
TeSys T Local Programming ............................................................... 79
Configuring with HMI...................................................................... 79
Configuring with PowerSuite Software ....................................... 80
PowerLogic Power Meter Series 800 ................................................ 80
PowerLogic Circuit Monitor .................................................................. 80
Altivar 61/71 ...................................................................................... 80
Altistart 48 ......................................................................................... 80
Device Addressing ............................................................................... 81
Software .............................................................................................. 81
80459-641-01D
09/2008

Table of Contents
Section 10Expansion ........................................................................... 82

Ordering Information ........................................................................... 82
Modifying MCC Units ........................................................................... 82
De-Energizing Equipment and
Identifying Unit Type...................................................................... 82
Modifying Removable Units ........................................................... 83
Modifying Fixed Units .................................................................... 83
Installing Additional MCC Units ........................................................... 84
Compac 6 Units ................................................................................... 86
Control and Load Wiring ...................................................................... 86
Cable Connection Torque Values ....................................................... 87
Compac 6 Control Unit Installation ...................................................... 88
Section 11Troubleshooting ................................................................. 89
Section 12Insulation Resistance ........................................................ 93
Thermal Overload Unit Selection ........................................................ 94
Section 13Circuit Breaker and Fusible Switch Replacement......... 100
Section 14Installation and Maintenance Log................................... 101
Appendix ARemoval and Installation of Horizontal
Bus Barrier Panels................................................................................. 102
Removal ............................................................................................ 102
Installation ......................................................................................... 103
Fixed Barrier ........................................................................................... 104
Removal ............................................................................................ 104
Installation ......................................................................................... 105
Appendix BNon-Conductive Horizontal Bus Barrier
Retrofit Kit ............................................................................................... 106
Remove Existing Components ................................................................ 107
Horizontal Wireway Cover ................................................................. 107
Horizontal Bus Barriers ..................................................................... 107
Units Below the Topshelf ................................................................... 107
Existing Brackets: 15 in. (381 mm) Deep MCC Only ........................ 107
Install the Retrofit Kit ............................................................................... 108
Retrofit Brackets and Endcaps .......................................................... 108
Bottom Track and Bottom Retrofit Bracket ........................................ 110
Left and Right Panels ........................................................................ 111
Installation ................................................................................... 111
Removal (when required) ............................................................ 112
Replace Components ............................................................................. 112
Appendix CAutomatic Vertical Bus Shutter .................................... 113
Introduction ............................................................................................. 113
InstallationStyle 1 ................................................................................ 114
RemovalStyle 1 ................................................................................... 116
InstallationStyle 2 ................................................................................ 117
RemovalStyle 2 ................................................................................... 118
OperationStyles 1 and 2 ...................................................................... 119
Inserting a Unit .................................................................................. 119
Removing a Unit ................................................................................ 119
Appendix DTechnical Support .......................................................... 120
Index........................................................................................................ 121

List of Figures
List of Figures
80459-641-01D
09/2008
Figure 1:
Figure 2:
Figure 3:
Figure 4:
Figure 5:
Figure 6:
Figure 7:
Figure 8:
Figure 9:
Figure 10:
Figure 11:
Figure 12:
Figure 13:
Figure 14:
Figure 15:
Figure 16:
Figure 17:
Figure 18:
Figure 19:
Figure 20:
Figure 21:
Figure 22:
Figure 23:
Figure 24:
Figure 25:
Figure 26:
Figure 27:
Figure 28:
Figure 29:
Figure 30:
Figure 31:
Figure 32:
Figure 33:
Figure 34:
Figure 35:
Figure 36:
Figure 37:
Figure 38:
Figure 39:
Figure 40:
Figure 41:
Figure 42:
Figure 43:
Figure 44:
Figure 45:
Figure 46:
Figure 47:
Figure 48:
Figure 49:
Figure 50:
Figure 51:
Figure 52:
Packaged Motor Control Center .......................................... 12

Moving the MCC with a Fork Truck ..................................... 13
Proper Use of a Sling to Lift MCC ........................................ 13
Motor Control Center Views ................................................. 16
Base Channel Notches ........................................................ 17
Hardware Kit ........................................................................ 17
Bolting Sections Together .................................................... 17
Standard Base Channel Mounting ....................................... 18
NEMA Type 1, Type 1 Gasketed, and Type 12 Seismic
Tie-Down Locations ............................................................. 20
NEMA Type 3R Seismic Tie-Down Locations ..................... 21
Attachment Locations for Top Lateral Bracing ..................... 22
P Gasketing ......................................................................... 23
Removing the End Deflector ................................................ 25
Removing the Insulating Barrier .......................................... 26
Installing the Deflector Bracket ............................................ 26
Re-attaching the Back Plates .............................................. 27
Installing the Splice Deflector .............................................. 28
Remove Mid and End Deflector Caps from the Top
of the MCC ........................................................................... 29
Attach the Multi-section Bracket .......................................... 29
Secure the Vertical Channels .............................................. 29
Replace Lifting Angle Hardware .......................................... 29
Horizontal Wireway Covers and
Bus Barriers Removed ......................................................... 30
Removing the Left Bolts and Loosening the Right Bolts
on the Splice Assembly ....................................................... 30
Aligning the Splice and Bus Holes ....................................... 31
Inserting the Splice Bolts ..................................................... 31
Placing a Conical Washer Under the Bolt Head .................. 31
Torquing the Bolts ................................................................ 31
Wireway Covers Removed and Horizontal Bus Barriers
Open .................................................................................... 32
Loosen Bolts ........................................................................ 32
Slide the Splice Assembly to the Left .................................. 32
Place a Conical Washer Under the Bolt Head ..................... 33
Torque All Bolts ................................................................... 33
Ground Splice Bar as Shipped ............................................ 33
Ground Bar Bolt Replaced ................................................... 34
Wireway Covers Removed and Horizontal Bus Barriers
Open .................................................................................... 34
Removing the Bolts from the Splice Assembly .................... 35
Aligning the Splice and Bus Holes ....................................... 35
Place a Conical Washer Under the Bolt Head ..................... 35
Torque All Bolts ................................................................... 35
Splicing Offset Horizontal Bus ............................................. 36
Remove the Hardware ......................................................... 38
Reposition and Attach the Vent Hood .................................. 38
Remove the Hardware ......................................................... 39
Install the Pullbox ................................................................. 39
Wiring in the Top Horizontal Wire Trough ............................ 40
Vertical Wire Trough Grommet ............................................ 40
Pull-apart Type Terminal Blocks .......................................... 40
Typical Cabled Disconnect Unit ........................................... 41
Typical Horizontal Bus Assembly ........................................ 41
Main Lug Compartment Torque Connection ........................ 42
80459-641-01D
09/2008

List of Figures
Figure 53:
Figure 54:
Figure 55:
Figure 56:
Figure 57:
Figure 58:
Figure 59:
Figure 60:
Figure 61:
Figure 62:
Figure 63:
Figure 64:
Figure 65:
Figure 66:
Figure 67:
Figure 68:
Figure 69:
Figure 70:
Figure 71:
Figure 72:
Figure 73:
Figure 74:
Figure 75:
Figure 76:
Figure 77:
Figure 78:
Figure 79:
Figure 80:
Figure 81:
Figure 82:
Figure 83:
Figure 84:
Figure 85:
Figure 86:
Figure 87:
Figure 88:
Figure 89:
Figure 90:
Figure 91:
Figure 92:
Figure 93:
Figure 94:
Figure 95:
Figure 96:
Figure 97:
Figure 98:
Figure 99:
Figure 100:
Figure 101:
Figure 102:
Figure 103:
Figure 104:
Figure 105:
Figure 106:
Figure 107:
Figure 108:
Size 1 and 2 Fuse Clip Locations ........................................ 43

Pre-operation Check ........................................................... 44
Typical Bus Connection Points ............................................ 46
Main Lug Compartment Torque Connection ....................... 47
Control Unit ......................................................................... 47
Operator Mechanism in the Off Position ............................. 48
Loosening Captive Quarter-Turn Fasteners ........................ 48
Releasing the Lock-in Device (when supplied) ................... 48
Disconnected Terminal Blocks ............................................ 48
Power Leads and Top of Terminal Blocks Fed Through
Wiring Port ........................................................................... 49
Pulling the Twin Handle Cam Mechanism Forward ............ 49
Operating the Mechanism-to-Structure Interlock ................. 49
Locked Out Device .............................................................. 49
Control Unit Removed ......................................................... 50
Control Unit with Bottom Plate Folded Down ...................... 50
Driving Out Hinge Pin .......................................................... 50
Operator Handle in the Off Position .................................... 51
Loosening Captive Quarter-Turn Fasteners ........................ 51
Control Station Plate Removed ........................................... 51
Operator Handle and Interlock Release .............................. 52
Stab Assembly .................................................................... 52
Operator Mechanism in the Tripped Position ...................... 53
Inspecting Fuses ................................................................. 53
Starter Contacts .................................................................. 53
Control Devices ................................................................... 54
Tripping the Overload Relay ................................................ 54
Tightening Electrical Connections ....................................... 54
Manual and Automatic Bus Shutters ................................... 55
Typical Bus Connection Points ............................................ 58
Operating Door Interlock Defeat Mechanism ...................... 58
Motor Logic SSOLR .......................................................... 59
NEMA Rated Compac 6 Unit ........................................... 59
NEMA Rated Standard Unit ................................................ 59
Looping Passes ................................................................... 61
Motor Logic Overload (Bottom View) .................................. 61
Unit Adjustment Label ......................................................... 62
Mag-Gard Magnetic Trip Adjustment ................................ 63
PowerPact H- and J-frame Magnetic Trip Adjustment ...... 64
PowerPact P-frame Instantaneous Trip Adjustment ........... 64
Typical Cabling Scheme for Modbus Two-Wire ................ 67
Typical Cabling Scheme for DeviceNet and
CANopen (8A cable) ........................................................... 68
Typical Cabling Scheme for PROFIBUS ............................. 69
Motor Logic Plus Communication Module Terminals ...... 72
TeSys T Controllers ........................................................... 77
NEMA Rated Control Unit (TeSys T Modbus) ..................... 77
Shelf and Door Installation .................................................. 84
Cutting the Vertical Wire Trough Grommet (when supplied) 85
Removing the Manual Bus Shutter ...................................... 85
Engaging the Cam Mechanism ........................................... 85
Handles Flush with the Front of the MCC ........................... 85
Tightening the Control Unit Lock-in Panel (when supplied) 85
Power Leads Connected to Power Terminals ..................... 86
Connecting Control Leads to the Terminal Blocks .............. 86
Pull-apart Terminals ............................................................ 86
Typical Unit Torque Label ................................................... 87
Fuse Bases ......................................................................... 87

List of Figures
80459-641-01D
09/2008
Figure 109:
Figure 110:
Figure 111:
Figure 112:
Figure 113:
Figure 114:
Figure 115:
Figure 116:
Figure 117:
Figure 118:
Figure 119:
Figure 120:
Figure 121:
Figure 122:
Figure 123:
Figure 124:
Figure 125:
Figure 126:
Figure 127:
Figure 128:
Figure 129:
Figure 130:
Figure 131:
Figure 132:
Figure 133:
Figure 134:
LIST OF TABLES
Reinstalling the Compac 6 Control Unit ............................... 88

Circuit Breaker Replacement ............................................. 100
Aligning the Arrows on the Panels ..................................... 102
Right Panel (Side View) ..................................................... 103
Installing the Right Panel into the Rear Groove ................. 103
Fixed Horizontal Bus Barrier .............................................. 104
Horizontal Bus Barrier Installation and Removal ............... 105
Barrier Installed and Removed .......................................... 105
Retrofit Kit Components ..................................................... 106
Remove Existing Brackets on the 15 in. (381 mm)
Deep MCC ......................................................................... 107
15 in. (381 mm) Deep MCC Retrofit Bracket ..................... 108
20 in. (508 mm) Deep MCC Retrofit Bracket ..................... 109
Endcap Placement ............................................................. 109
Horizontal Bus Barrier (L-shaped) Bracket ........................ 110
Welded and Relay Topshelf Assemblies ........................... 110
Right Panel (Side View) ..................................................... 111
Installing the Right Panel into the Rear Groove ................. 111
Aligning the Arrows on the Panels ..................................... 112
Location of Auto-Shutter Cover for Side-Panel Opening ... 113
Automatic Vertical Bus Shutter in an MCC (front view) ..... 114
Shelf InstallationStyle 1 .................................................. 115
Automatic Vertical Bus Shutter InstallationStyle 1 ......... 115
Automatic Vertical Bus Shutter RemovalStyle 1 ............ 116
Shelf InstallationStyle 2 .................................................. 117
Automatic Vertical Bus Shutter InstallationStyle 2 ......... 118
Automatic Vertical Bus Shutter RemovalStyle 2 ............ 119
Table 1:
Table 2:
Table 3:
Table 4:
Table 5:
Table 6:
Table 7:
Table 8:
Table 9:
Table 10:
Table 11:
Table 12:
Table 13:
Table 14:
Table 15:
Table 16:
Table 17:
Table 18:
MCC and iMCC Related Literature ........................................ 9

Approximate MCC Shipping Weights .................................. 13
Connection Torque Values for Main Lug Compartments..... 42
Connection Torque Values for Main and Branch Feeders... 42
Bus Connection Torque Values ........................................... 46
Bus Connection Torque Values .......................................... 58
Lug Types and Wire Sizes................................................... 61
Pin Outs for iMCC Networks................................................ 66
Network Connection Pin Outs.............................................. 66
Local Error Display .............................................................. 73
Command Line Codes ......................................................... 73
Motor Logic Plus Address Descriptions ............................... 74
Read-Only Registers ........................................................... 75
Read/Write Registers........................................................... 76
Shelf Installation Kit Parts.................................................... 84
Motor Control Center Troubleshooting Chart....................... 90
Shelf Installation Kit PartsStyle 1 ................................... 115
Shelf Installation Kit PartsStyle 2 ................................... 117
80459-641-01D
09/2008

Section 1About the Model 6 Motor Control Center
Section 1About the

Model 6 Motor Control Center
Motor control centers (MCCs) provide the most suitable method for
grouping electrical motor control and other related devices in a compact,
economical, and free-standing installation. A motor control center is made of
standardized vertical sections consisting of totally enclosed, dead front,
free-standing structures bolted together. These sections support and house
control units, a common bus bar for distributing power to the control units,
and a network of wire trough and conductor entrance areas to
accommodate outgoing load and control wires.
The control units consist of components such as combination motor
starters, branch feeder devices, and lighting panelboards. Each is mounted
in an individual, isolated compartment having its own cover. When
front-of-board unit arrangement is selected, all units are mounted on the
front side of the MCC. A 15 in. (381 mm) or 20 in. (508 mm) deep section is
provided for front-of-board mounting. The standard MCC width is 20 in.
(508 mm) with a 4 in. (102 mm) wide vertical wireway.
An optional 25 in. (635 mm) wide section with a 9 in. (229 mm) wide
wireway is also available. Larger sections are available for mounting larger
equipment. When a back-to-back arrangement is selected, the units are
mounted on both the front and rear of 31 in. (787 mm) or 41 in. (1041 mm)
deep structures. Approximately 1 in. (25 mm) of space is between
back-to-back sections. The standard height of all MCC structures is 91.5 in.
(2324 mm) without the 3 in. (76.2 mm) lifting angle.
Schneider Electric Literature List
Table 1:
The following Schneider Electric publications may be useful in the

maintenance and regular operation of your Model 6 MCC. Your
Schneider Electric field sales representative can provide them upon your
request. Or, you can download these documents from the Technical Library
at www.schneider-electric.us.
MCC and iMCC Related Literature
Publication No.
Title
Publication No.
Title
30072-013-25
AC Magnetic Contactors and Starters, Size 3
30072-013-26
30072-013-47
MCC Related Literature

8998CT9701
Motor Control Centers (Model 6 Catalog, Class

8998)
80444-233-01
Altivar 61/71 Adjustable Speed Drive

Controllers in Motor Control Centers
80438-069-02
Altistart 48 Soft Start Units in Motor Control

Centers
Logic
30072-013-29
Motor
30072-013-60
30072-013-98
Motor Logic Plus Programmable Solid-State

Overload Relay
3020IM9503
PowerLogic Power Meter
30072-013-99
Motor Logic Plus Solutions Software
3020IM9806
PowerLogic Circuit Monitor Series 2000 Reference

Manual
30072-013-101
Motor Logic Plus Lug-Lug Kit
63230-400-207

Manual
30072-013-102
Motor Logic Plus Network Communication

Module
63230-300-213

Manual
30072-013-52
0100PL0701
Square D Digest 174
30072-013-22
63230-500-224
PM820, PM850, PM870 Installation
30072-013-23
63230-500-225
PM820, PM850, PM870 Reference Manual
30072-013-24
Solid-State Overload Relay

Section 1About the Model 6 Motor Control Center
Table 1:
80459-641-01D
09/2008
MCC and iMCC Related Literature
Publication No.
Title
Publication No.
Title
Altivar 71 Communication Parameters Users

Manual
1639508_01a55
LTM R - Instruction Sheet
iMCC Related Literature

atv71_parameters_en
atv71_programming_manual_en Altivar 71 Programming Manual
1639509_01a55
LTM E - Instruction Sheet
atv71_Modbus_EN
Altivar 71 Modbus/Uni-Telway Card

Modbus protocol
1639582_01a55
LTM CU - Instruction Sheet
atv71_Uni-Telway_EN
Altivar 71 Modbus/Uni-Telway card

UniTelway protocol
840USE10000
Modicon TSX Quantum Automation Series
890USE10300
Modicon Modbus Plus Network BM85 Bridge

Multiplexer Users Guide
840USE11300
Modicon XMIT Function Block
Modicon TSX Quantum

Automation Series
www.modicon.com/specguide98/
840USE11600
Quantum NOE 771 X0 Ethernet Modules User Guide
PI-MBUS-300
Modicon Modbus Protocol Reference Guide
870USE00200
TSX Momentum I/0 Base User Guide
30072-013-98
Motor Logic Plus Programmable Solid-State

Overload Relay
870USE10100
Modicon TSX Momentum M1 Processor Adapter and

Option Adapter User Manual
30072-013-99
Solutions Software for Motor Logic Plus SSOL
870USE11400
Ethernet Communications Adapter
30072-013-101
Motor Logic Plus Lug-Lug Kit
890USE10000
Modicon Modbus Plus Network Planning/Installation

Guide
30072-013-102
Motor Logic Plus Network Communication

Module
30072-450-61
Altistart 48 Y-Range Soft Start Controllers
1639501
TeSys T LTM R Modbus Motor Management

Controller Users Manual
3000DB0001
PowerLogic System Architecture and Application

Guide
1639505
TeSys T LTM R Modbus/TCP Motor

Management Controller User's Manual
3020IB9818
PowerLogic Ethernet Communication Module, Models

ECM-2000 and ECM-RM
1639502
TeSys T LTM R PROFIBUS Motor Management

63230-500-200
Controller User's Manual
PowerLogic Series 800 Power Meter Installation

ManualPM810
1639504
TeSys T LTM R DeviceNet Motor

Management Controller Users Manual
63230-500-224
PowerLogic Series 800 Power Meter Installation

ManualPM820, PM850, PM870
1639503
TeSys T LTM R CANopen Motor Management

Controller User's Manual
63230-400-204
PowerLogic Circuit Monitor Series 3000 Installation

Manual
1639581
TeSys T LTM CU Control Operator Unit Users

Manual
63230-300-209
PowerLogic Circuit Monitor Series 4000 Installation

Manual
1639572
TeSys T LTM R Modbus Motor Management

Controller Quick Start Guide
3050IM9601
PowerLogic Ethernet Gateway
1639576
TeSys T LTM R Modbus/TCP Motor

Management Controller Quick Start Guide
3080HO9601
System Manager Software SMS-3000
1639573
TeSys T LTM R PROFIBUS-DP Motor

Management Controller Quick Start Guide
3080IB9803
PL, PowerLogic System Manager 3000
1639575
TeSys T LTM R DeviceNet Motor Management

3080IM9603
Ethernet Driver for System Manager
1639574
TeSys T LTM R CANopen Motor Management

10
80459-641-01D
09/2008
Section 2Safety
Precautions

Section 2Safety Precautions
Carefully read and follow the safety precautions before attempting to lift,
move, install, use, or maintain Model 6 MCCs and their components.
DANGER
HAZARD OF ELECTRIC SHOCK, EXPLOSION, OR ARC FLASH
Apply appropriate personal protective equipment (PPE) and follow safe
electrical work practices. See NFPA 70E.
This equipment must only be installed and serviced by qualified
electrical personnel.
Qualified electrical personnel must perform work in accordance with all
applicable national and local electrical codes.
Perform such work only after reading and understanding all of the
instructions contained in this bulletin.
Follow all safety procedures defined in NFPA-70E and OSHA
1910.331-35, as well as those established by your specific location.
Turn off all power supplying this equipment before working on or inside
equipment.
Assume that all circuits are live until they have been completely
de-energized, tested, locked out, and/or tagged out (per OSHA
1910.147). Pay particular attention to the design of the power system.
Consider all sources of power, including the possibility of backfeeding.
Always use a properly rated voltage sensing device to confirm power is off.
Replace all devices, doors, and covers before turning on power to this
equipment.
Failure to follow this instruction will result in death or serious injury.
11

Section 3Receiving, Handling, and Storing the MCC
Section 3Receiving,
Handling, and Storing the
MCC
80459-641-01D
09/2008
MCCs are constructed in shipping blocks of up to three vertical sections.

This allows for ease of handling during transportation and installation. The
main horizontal bus of all shipping blocks will be spliced together at the job
site with the use of captive horizontal splice bars.
Before shipment from the factory, the MCC is inspected visually, electrically,
and mechanically by professional quality control analysts. Certification of
quality control testing is available upon request.
After leaving Quality Control, each shipping block is carefully packaged and
attached to a skid (see Figure 1).
Figure 1:
Receiving the MCC
Packaged Motor Control Center
Inspect the MCC for damage as soon as it is received. Delivery of the

equipment to a carrier at any of the Schneider Electric plants or other
shipping point constitutes delivery to the purchaser. Title and all risk of loss
or damage in transit shall pass to the purchaser at that time. Refer to the
Schneider Electric Conditions of Sale for more details. All claims for loss
and damage must be made by the purchaser to the carrier.
If the packaging material is removed, replace it for protection until the MCC
is installed.
Handling the MCC
WARNING
HAZARD OF BODILY INJURY OR EQUIPMENT DAMAGE
Use extreme caution when moving sections. The MCC has a high
center of gravity, which may cause it to tilt.
Do not attempt to lift or attach lifting means to sections equipped with
pull boxes.
Failure to follow this instruction can result in death or serious injury.
12
80459-641-01D
09/2008

Equipment Needed
Adequate equipment, such as a fork truck, crane, or rods and pipe rollers,
must be available for handling MCCs. Table 2 lists the approximate shipping
weights of sections equipped with typical units.
Table 2:
Approximate MCC Shipping Weights
NEMA 3R Non-Walk-In
NEMA 1, 1A, 12
NEMA 3R Non-Walk-In
Moving the MCC
Two
Three
Sections Sections
600 lb
(272 kg)
1200 lb
(544 kg)
1800 lb
(816 kg)
15 in.
(381 mm)
(26.6 in. / 676 mm overall)
900 lb
(408 kg)
1800 lb
(816 kg)
2700 lb
(1225 kg)
750 lb
(340 kg)
1500 lb
(680 kg)
2250 lb
(1021 kg)
20 in.
(508 mm)
(31.6 in. / 803 mm overall)
1050 lb
(476 kg)
2100 lb
(953 kg)
3150 lb
(1429 kg)
As shown in Table 2, weights vary by enclosure type and depth. To

minimize the risk of injury and equipment damage while moving the MCC,
follow these guidelines:
Use caution when moving heavy equipment.

Verify that the moving equipment is rated to handle the weight.
Fork trucks, when available, provide a convenient method of moving
MCCs (see Figure 2). When removing an MCC from a shipping pallet,
carefully balance and secure it using a safety strap.
Figure 2:
Figure 3:
One
Section
20 in.
(508 mm)
NEMA 1, 1A, 12
Depth
15 in.
(381 mm)
Enclosure Type
Proper Use of a Sling to Lift MCC
Moving the MCC with a Fork Truck
Each shipping block has lifting angles for handling the MCC with
overhead cranes. Take the following precautions when using a crane:
a. Handle MCCs in the upright position only.
b. Select rigging lengths to compensate for any unequal weight
distribution.
45 max
1/2 A
or more
Do not pass
ropes or cables
through lift holes.
Use slings with
safety hooks or
shackles.
c. Do not exceed the 45 maximum angle between the vertical and

lifting cables (see Figure 3).
d. Use only slings with safety hooks or shackles. Do not pass ropes or
cables through the holes in the lifting angle.
13

80459-641-01D
09/2008
After the shipping section is in place, its lifting angle may be removed and
discarded. To prevent the entrance of foreign materials, replace all
hardware that secured the lifting angle.
NOTE: Do not attempt to lift or attach lifting means to sections equipped
with pull boxes.
Storing the MCC
CAUTION
EQUIPMENT DAMAGE HAZARD
Never store MCCs outdoors. Outdoor storage is inadequate, even with the
protection of a tarpaulin.
Failure to follow this instruction can result in equipment damage.
If the MCC cannot be placed into service upon receipt, store it in a clean,
dry, ventilated building free from temperature extremes. Acceptable storage
temperatures are from 0 C (32 F) to 40 C (104 F).
If the storage area is cool and/or damp, provide enough heat to prevent
condensation inside the MCC. Contact your Schneider Electric field sales
representative for specific requirements.
14
80459-641-01D
09/2008
Section 4Installing the

MCC

Section 4Installing the MCC
This section explains how to locate, install, and join Model 6 MCC
enclosures, and how to splice power and ground bus. Refer to MCC front
elevation drawings supplied by Schneider Electric for location/placement of
shipping splits/sections within each MCC line-up. For information related to
removing and installing existing and new units, see Section 10Expansion
on page 82, or the information included with the shipment of the new device.
Locating the MCC
DANGER
equipment.
Always use a properly rated voltage sensing device to confirm power is
off.
equipment.
When moving MCC sections, follow the instructions in Handling the
MCC on page 12. The MCC has a high center of gravity, which may
cause it to tilt.
MCCs are designed for use in non-hazardous locations. Choose a location
for installation that is well ventilated and free from excess humidity, dust,
and dirt. The temperature of the area should be no less than 0 C (32 F)
and no greater than 40 C (104 F). Protect the enclosure from the entrance
of water or any moisture.
Space Requirements
Install MCCs in an area with a minimum of 3 ft. (914 mm) of free space in
front of front-of-board construction. An additional 3 ft. (914 mm) is
necessary in the rear of back-to-back construction. This free space provides
adequate room to remove and install units. (More space may be required for
some applications; refer to applicable local and national installation codes.)
Provide at least 0.5 in. (13 mm) of space between the back of front-of-board
MCCs and a wall. For damp locations, provide at least 6 in. (152 mm).
When selecting a location for the installation of an MCC, carefully consider
accessibility, overhead clearances, and future expansions. Considering
these factors will eliminate many difficulties during this and future MCC
installations.
Aligning the MCC
MCCs are assembled in the factory on a smooth, level surface to ensure

proper alignment of all sections. A similar smooth, level surface should be
provided for installation. An uneven foundation may cause misalignment of
shipping blocks, units, and doors. The surface under an MCC must be of a
non-combustible material, unless bottom plates are installed in each vertical
section.
15

80459-641-01D
09/2008
Joining NEMA Type 1 /

NEMA Type 1 Gasketed / NEMA Type 12
Sections
Before positioning the MCC sections (see Figure 4), check for damaged bus
bars and insulators. If the bus is bent or insulators are broken, do not install
the MCC. Report any damage to the carrier.
NOTES: A joining hardware kit is bagged and tied to the right front
corner channel of each shipping split. Captive splice bars are
pre-assembled on the horizontal bus on the left side of each
shipping split.
For gasket installation instructions, see Splice Gaskets for
NEMA Type 1 Gasketed and Type 12 Enclosures on page 23
before joining sections.
Positioning the MCC
To mount and splice a new MCC section to an existing Model 6 section, or

to join factory shipping splits, follow these steps:
1. Turn off all power supplying this equipment before working on or inside
the equipment, and follow lockout/tagout procedures. Always use a
properly rated voltage sensing device to confirm the power is off.
2. Remove the upper and lower horizontal wire trough covers in all
sections, providing access to each sections front splicing bolts (see
Figure 4B).
Figure 4:
Motor Control Center Views
Figure 4A:All Covers in Place
Figure 4B:Upper Horizontal Wire

Trough Covers Removed
Figure 4C:Two-piece Bus Barriers Removed

(splice connection made)
3. To gain access to each sections rear splicing bolts, slide the panels of
the two-piece bus barriers (see Figure 4B) in the sections adjacent to a
splice connection (the left and right sections).
4. Make provisions for fastening the structure(s) to the floor and wall. See
pages 18, 20, and 21 for fastener locations.
16
80459-641-01D
09/2008

5. Supporting the MCC by its base channels and/or lifting angles, lift it into
place. The front edges of the base channels must be aligned to form a
continuous front.
6. Using the notches in the base channels, carefully move the sections into
alignment with a crowbar (see Figure 5).
NOTE: Use caution when moving MCC sections, as they are top heavy.
See Handling the MCC on page 12 before moving the MCC.
Figure 5:
Base Channel Notches
Joining Corner Channels
Figure 6:
2. The hardware kit for joining sections (see Figure 6) is bagged and tied to
the right front corner channel of each shipping split.
Hardware Kit
3. Locate the six half-circle shaped notches on the inside surface of the
corner channels (see Figure 7A).
4. Using six of the 3/4 in. x 1/4-20 hex head thread-forming screws
supplied in the hardware kit, join the front vertical corner channels by
inserting the screws through the clearance holes located within the
half-circle shaped notches and into the mating thread-forming hole (see
Figure 7B).
NOTE: Insert the screws from whichever side provides the easiest
access to the holes; either side will allow proper joining of the channels.
5. Tighten the screws (see Figure 7C).
6. Repeat steps 35 to connect the rear corner channels.
Figure 7:
Bolting Sections Together
Half-circle
shaped notch
7A
7B
7C
17

Securing Structures to the Floor
80459-641-01D
09/2008
Fasten each section to the floor (see Figure 8) using 1/2 in. or 3/4 in.,
grade 5 or higher, bolts, and flat washers (furnished by customer).
0.88 in. (22 mm) diameter base channel mounting holes provide clearance
for bolt expansion anchors for 1/2 in. bolts.
NOTE: Although sections are free-standing, floor fastening prevents
movement, thereby preventing conduit connection damage.
Figure 8:
Standard Base Channel Mounting
10.00
254
15.00
381
2.50
10.00
64
254
2.50
10.00
64
254
20 Wide x 15 Deep
20 Wide x 20 Deep
508
508
381
381
Inches
Dual Dimensions: millimeters
18
80459-641-01D
09/2008

Seismic Certification of Model 6 MCCs
Model 6 Motor Control Centers that are seismically certified have been
qualified to the site-specific seismic requirements of the listed model
building codes and/or standards. Optional construction features may be
required, depending on the location of the installation and the particular
code and/or standard of interest. Seismic certificates of compliance and
equipment labels are provided with all seismically certified MCCs. To
maintain the validity of this certification, the installation instructions provided
in this section must be followed.
Responsibility for Mitigation of Seismic Damage
For the purposes of the model building codes, Model 6 Motor Control
Centers are considered nonstructural building components. Equipment
capacity was determined from tri-axial seismic shake table test results as
defined in the International Code Counsel Evaluation Service (ICC ES)
Acceptance Criteria for Seismic Qualification Testing of Nonstructural
Components (AC156).
Unless otherwise indicated, an equipment importance factor of 1.5 (IP = 1.5)
was used, indicating that equipment functionality was verified before and
after shaker table seismic simulation testing. This importance factor is
indicative of critical facilities where maximizing the probability of post event
functionality is a priority.
AC156 is published by the ICC ES and has been recognized by the Building
Seismic Safety Council (BSSC) as an appropriate methodology in the 2003
National Earthquake Hazard Reduction Program (NEHRP) commentary.
The National Institute of Building Sciences established the BSSC in1979 to
develop and promote regulatory provisions for earthquake risk mitigation at
the national level.
Incoming and outgoing cable and conduit must also be considered as
related but independent systems. They must be designed and restrained to
withstand the forces generated by the seismic event without increasing the
load transferred to the equipment. For applications where seismic hazard
exists, bottom entry and/or exit of cable and conduit is preferred.
If the spectral acceleration value (Ss as defined by the International Building
Code or NFPA 5000) is in excess of 2.67g (such as the New Madrid seismic
area), then the equipment must also be braced at the top using a lateral
restraint system. A lateral restraint system is also required in situations
where horizontal motion at the top of the MCC is not be desirable (such as
applications where top entry and/or exit of conduit are used). This system
must be capable of transferring the loads created to the load-bearing path of
the building structural system.
Seismic qualification of nonstructural components by Schneider Electric is
just one link in the total chain of responsibility required to maximize the
probability that the equipment will be intact and functional after a seismic
event. During a seismic event, the equipment must be able to transfer the
loads that are created through the mounting pad and anchorage to the
load-bearing path of the building structural system.
The structural civil engineer or design engineer of record is responsible for
detailing the equipment connection and anchorage requirements (including
the lateral restraint system if appropriate) for the given installation. The
installer and manufacturers of the anchorage and lateral restraint system
are responsible for assuring that the mounting requirements are met.
Schneider Electric is not responsible for the specification and performance
of these systems.
19

80459-641-01D
09/2008
Securing Structures to FloorSeismic Hazard1

Designated Locations
Figure 9:
Each section must be anchored per detail supplied by engineer of record to

the load-bearing path of the building structural system. For floor mounting
locations, see Figure 9 (NEMA Type 1, Type 1 Gasketed, and Type 12
enclosures) or Figure 10 on page 21 (NEMA Type 3R enclosures). Use
0.50 in. or 0.75 in. grade 5 or higher bolts and Belleville washers. Torque
bolts to the value specified by the manufacturer of the anchor.
NEMA Type 1, Type 1 Gasketed, and Type 12 Seismic Tie-Down Locations
B
E
A
= Seismic Tie-Down Locations
15 in. (381 mm) Section Dimensions

Letter
Section Width
A
B
Dimension
Letter
N/A
5.00 in. (127 mm)
N/A
5.00 in. (127 mm)
N/A
15.00 in. (381 mm)
N/A
20.00 in. (508 mm)
20.00 in. (508 mm) 10.00 in. (254 mm)

C
25.00 in. (635 mm) 15.00 in. (381 mm)

30.00 in. (762 mm) 20.00 in. (508 mm)
Section Width
Dimension
20.00 in. (508 mm) 10.00 in. (254 mm)

C
35.00 in. (889 mm) 25.00 in. (635 mm)
25.00 in. (635 mm) 15.00 in. (381 mm)

30.00 in. (762 mm) 20.00 in. (508 mm)
35.00 in. (889 mm) 25.00 in. (635 mm)
N/A
9.98 in. (253 mm)
N/A
14.98 in. (380 mm)
N/A
2.50 in. (64 mm)
N/A
2.50 in. (64 mm)
N/A = Not applicable
NOTE: The dimensions shown are tie-down locations within

individual MCC sections. Refer to factory supplied drawings to
determine appropriate anchor locations for the equipment pad.
20
Seismic hazard for site specific locations as defined by the current edition of the International Building Code or NFPA 5000 or relevant local building code or
consulting engineer of record.
80459-641-01D
09/2008
Figure 10:

NEMA Type 3R Seismic Tie-Down Locations
D
D
= Seismic Tie-Down Locations

Letter
Section Width
A
B
Dimension
Letter
Section Width
N/A
5.00 in. (127 mm)
N/A
5.00 in. (127 mm)
N/A
15.00 in. (381 mm)
N/A
20.00 in. (508 mm)
20.00 in. (508 mm) 10.00 in. (254 mm)

C
25.00 in. (635 mm) 15.00 in. (381 mm)

30.00 in. (762 mm) 20.00 in. (508 mm)
Dimension
20.00 in. (508 mm) 10.00 in. (254 mm)

C
35.00 in. (889 mm) 25.00 in. (635 mm)
25.00 in. (635 mm) 15.00 in. (381 mm)

30.00 in. (762 mm) 20.00 in. (508 mm)
35.00 in. (889 mm) 25.00 in. (635 mm)
N/A
9.98 in. (253 mm)
N/A
14.98 in. (380 mm)
N/A
11.60 in. (295 mm)
N/A
11.60 in. (295 mm)
N/A
12.50 in. (318 mm)
N/A
12.50 in. (318 mm)
N/A
5.00 in. (127 mm)
N/A
5.00 in. (127 mm)
N/A
3.60 in. (91 mm)
N/A
3.60 in. (91 mm)
NOTE: The dimensions shown are tie-down locations within

individual MCC sections. Refer to factory supplied drawings to
determine appropriate anchor locations for the equipment pad.
21

80459-641-01D
09/2008
Securing Structures to WallSeismic Hazard1

Designated Locations
When specified or required for the application (all seismic hazard areas with
Ss in excess of 2.67g), each section must be laterally braced at the top
(bracing supplied by others) and connected to the load-bearing path of the
building system per detail supplied by engineer of record. Refer to the current
International Building Code or NFPA 5000 for location specific values of Ss.
DANGER
Turn off power supplying equipment before installing lateral bracing.
Bolts must not penetrate top plate by more than 0.50 in.
Remove the lifting angle and fasten each section to the lateral restraint
system using the same attachment points used to secure the lifting angle.
Re-use bolts [3/8 (.375 in.) by 7/8 (.875 in.) long #16 thread] and lock
washer (.094 in. thick) supplied with the lifting angle or hardware supplied
by others as appropriate. Pay particular attention to the limitation on the
depth the bolt can penetrate below the surface of the top plate. The bolts
must not penetrate the top plate of the enclosure by more than 0.50 in.
Figure 11:
Attachment Locations for Top Lateral Bracing
D
(typ.)
D
(typ.)
B
C
B
A
C
A

Letter
Section Width
A
B
Dimension
Letter
Section Width
Dimension
N/A
5.25 in. (133 mm)
N/A
10.25 in. (260 mm)
N/A
15.00 in. (381 mm)
N/A
20.00 in. (508 mm)
20.00 in. (508 mm) 18.40 in. (467 mm)

C
25.00 in. (635 mm) 23.40 in. (594 mm)

30.00 in. (762 mm) 28.40 in. (721 mm)
20.00 in. (508 mm) 18.40 in. (467 mm)

C
35.00 in. (889 mm) 33.40 in. (848 mm)

D
N/A
0.80 in. (20 mm)
25.00 in. (635 mm) 23.40 in. (594 mm)

30.00 in. (762 mm) 28.40 in. (721 mm)
35.00 in. (889 mm) 33.40 in. (848 mm)
N/A
0.80 in. (20 mm)
NOTE: The dimensions shown are for locating top lateral bracing locations
within individual MCC sections. Refer to factory supplied drawings to determine
appropriate anchor locations for the top lateral brace support system.
1
22
Seismic hazard for site specific locations as defined by the current edition of the International Building Code or NFPA 5000 or relevant local building code or
consulting engineer of record.
80459-641-01D
09/2008

Splice Gaskets for NEMA Type 1

Gasketed and Type 12 Enclosures
DANGER
Turn off all power supplying the equipment before working on or inside
equipment.
off.
equipment.
When moving MCC sections, follow the instructions in Handling the
MCC on page 12. The MCC has a high center of gravity, which may
cause it to tilt.
When splicing to an existing MCC, refer to Figure 12. If P gasket is not
installed, follow the instructions in Splicing With No P Gasketing on
page 24. If P gasket is installed, follow the instructions in Splicing With P
Gasketing on page 24.
Figure 12:
P Gasketing
Corner
channels
Top tie
channels
P gasket
Left Side
Right Side
23

Splicing With No P Gasketing
80459-641-01D
09/2008
2. If splicing to an existing MCC, remove the end plate and any gasketing
from the existing MCC.
3. Remove the white paper backing from the new gaskets (supplied by
Schneider Electric) to expose the adhesive. This adhesive temporarily
holds the gaskets in place while the sections are being positioned.
4. Apply P gaskets to the outside of the front and rear vertical corner
channels (see Figure 12 on page 23). The gaskets should not extend
above the top of the corner channels.
5. Apply flat gaskets to the outside of the top and bottom tie channels. The
gaskets should not extend above the top of the tie channels.
6. Applying thumb pressure, firmly press the gaskets in place from top to
bottom. Verify that the gaskets are flat along the entire length.
7. Join sections together following the appropriate steps in Joining NEMA
Type 1 / NEMA Type 1 Gasketed / NEMA Type 12 Sections on
page 16.
NOTE: When new sections will be added to left side of existing line-up,
follow Steps 1, 2, and 7 only.
Splicing With P Gasketing
Determine the location of the existing P gasket before splicing. If the P

gasket is on the left (see Figure 12 on page 23), follow the instructions
Splice to Existing Left. If the P gasket is on the right (see Figure 12 on
page 23), follow the instructions Splice to Existing Right.
Splice to Existing Left
2. Remove the end plate and all flat gaskets from the existing MCC. Leave
the P gasket on the existing front corner channel in place.
3. Remove the factory installed flat gasket from the front corner channel of
the new vertical section.
page 16.
Splice to Existing Right
2. Remove the end plate and all flat gaskets from the existing MCC. The
P gasket on the existing front corner channel should be left in place.
3. Remove the white paper backing from the new gaskets (supplied by
Schneider Electric) to expose the adhesive. This adhesive temporarily
holds the gasket in place while the sections are being positioned.
4. Apply a P gasket to the outside of the rear vertical corner channel
(see Figure 12 on page 23). The gasket should not extend above the top
of the corner channel. Retain the extra P gasket for future use.
5. Apply flat gaskets to the outside of the top and bottom tie channels. The
gaskets should not extend above the top of the tie channels.
6. Applying thumb pressure, firmly press the gasket in place from top to
bottom. Ensure that the gasket is flat along the entire length.
page 16.
24
80459-641-01D
09/2008
Joining New Style NEMA Type 3R

Enclosures to Old Style NEMA Type 3R
Enclosures

DANGER
equipment.
equipment.
This section provides instructions for joining new style NEMA Type 3R
enclosures manufactured after February 1998 to old style NEMA Type 3R
enclosures manufactured before February 1998 (the new MCC enclosure is
3 in. (76 mm) shorter than the existing MCC). Instructions for joining to the left
or right of an existing MCC enclosure (as viewed from the front) are provided in
this bulletin.
For all MCCs in NEMA Type 3R enclosures, the parts required for joining
the enclosures are included in a kit. This kit is shipped with the MCC order
and contains all the parts necessary to join the enclosures.
NOTE: All NEMA Type 3R sections manufactured after February 1998
measure approximately 93 in. (2362 mm) from the bottom of the section to the
top of the deflector.
Joining to the Left Side of an Existing NEMA

Type 3R MCC Enclosure.
Figure 13:
2. Remove the end deflector (see Figure 13) from the leftmost section of
the existing MCC and the end deflector, if supplied, from the rightmost
section of the MCC being added. Discard both end deflectors. Retain the
hardware for installation of new parts.
Removing the End Deflector
End deflector
End plate
3. Remove the back plate from the leftmost section of the existing MCC
and also from the rightmost section of the MCC being added. Retain the
back plates and mounting hardware for re-installation.
4. Remove the end plate (see Figure 13) from the leftmost section of the
existing MCC and the end plate, if supplied, from the rightmost section of
the MCC being added. Discard both end plates. Retain the hardware for
installation of new parts.
5. Remove the insulating barrier (see Figure 14 on page 26) from the
leftmost section of the existing MCC by punching out the rivets that
are holding the barrier in place. Repeat this procedure for the barrier, if
supplied, in the rightmost section of the MCC being added. Discard
both barriers.
NOTE: Ensure that rivet parts do not fall into the MCC.
25

80459-641-01D
09/2008
Figure 14:
Removing the Insulating Barrier
Rivets
Insulating barrier
6. Install the deflector bracket (see Figure 15) on the rightmost section of
the MCC being added using two 8-32 Phillips head screws included in
the kit. The same holes from which the rivets were removed will be used
to mount the deflector bracket. Ensure that the top holes of the bracket
align with the holes in the top plate of the enclosure.
Figure 15:
Installing the Deflector Bracket

1/420 screws
Splice deflector
Section
being added
Deflector
bracket
832
screws
Right splice bracket
[94 in. (2388 mm) long]
1/420 screws
Front
vertical
channel
Corner
channel
1032
flat Phillips
head screws
Left splice bracket

[90 in. (2286 mm)
long]
Back
bracket
7. Attach a left splice bracket (see Figure 15), 90 in. (2286 mm) long, to the
front corner channel of the rightmost section of the MCC being added
using six 1/420 screws contained in the kit. Ensure that the short flange
is flush with the front of the corner channel and that the holes in the
bracket line up with the holes in the corner channel.
26
80459-641-01D
09/2008

8. Install a left splice bracket (see Figure 15 on page 26), 90 in. (2286 mm)
long, to the rear corner channel of the rightmost section of the MCC
being added using six 1/420 screws contained in the kit. Ensure that
the short flange is flush with the back of the corner channel and that the
holes in the bracket line up with the holes in the corner channel.
9. Attach a right splice bracket (see Figure 15), 94 in. (2388 mm) long, to
the left splice bracket installed in Step 7 using six 1032 flat Phillips
head screws contained in the kit. Ensure that the short flange is behind
the flange of the left splice bracket. The right splice bracket will extend
below the left splice bracket by approximately 1 in. (25 mm) when
properly installed.
10. Install a right splice bracket (see Figure 15), 94 in. (2388 mm) long, to
head screws contained in the kit. Ensure that the short flange is in front
of the flange of the left splice bracket. The right splice bracket will extend
below the left splice bracket by approximately 1 in. (25 mm) when
properly installed.
11. Position the structures that are to be spliced. Check that the fronts are
flush to ensure proper alignment of all components.
12. Splice sections using the instructions in the Model 5 Instruction Bulletin
(8998IM9101R5/92) if joining to a Model 5 MCC, or the instructions on
page 23 of this instruction bulletin if joining to a Model 6 MCC.
NOTE: When splicing the horizontal bus between the new and existing
MCC sections, remove the splice bars contained in the leftmost section
of the existing MCC. Discard the splice bars. Install the horizontal bus
splice assembly provided in this kit using the instructions beginning on
page 30 of this bulletin. Use the remaining six 1/420 hex head screws
provided in the kit to splice the corner channels of the existing MCC to
the right splice brackets installed in Steps 9 and 10.
Figure 16:
Re-attaching the Back Plates

Rear
Left section
back plate
Right section
back plate
Multi-section
back bracket
Section corner
channels
Front
13. Using the 1032 hex head screws removed in Step 3, re-attach the back
plate (see Figure 16) to the rightmost section of the new MCC. Install the
back bracket (see Figure 15 on page 26) under the back plate using the
left side holes of the back bracket. Ensure that the notch at the top of the
back bracket is installed toward the new MCC section.
14. Using the 1032 screws removed in Step 3, re-attach the back plate
(see Figure 16) to the right section.
15. Install the splice deflector (see Figure 15 on page 26) to the rightmost
section of the MCC being added. Use the five 1/420 screws supplied in
the kit. Ensure that both top plate flanges are covered.
16. Install five of the 1/420 screws removed in Step 2 through the splice
deflector and into the top plate of the leftmost section of the existing
MCC.
17. Using the six 1032 screws supplied in the kit, secure the right front
vertical channel of the new NEMA Type 3R enclosure to the left front
vertical channel of the existing NEMA Type 3R enclosure.
NOTE: Install the screws through the clearance holes in the left front
vertical channel of the existing MCC into the right front vertical channel
of the new MCC.
18. Before energizing the equipment, replace all covers and barriers.
27

80459-641-01D
09/2008
Joining to the Right Side of an Existing NEMA

Type 3R MCC Enclosure
2. Remove the end deflector (see Figure 13 on page 25) from the rightmost
section of the existing MCC and the end deflector, if supplied, from the
leftmost section of the MCC being added. Retain hardware for use in
Step 12. Discard both end deflectors.
Figure 17:
Installing the Splice Deflector

End deflector
1/420 screws
3. Remove the back plate from the rightmost section of the existing MCC
and also from the leftmost section of the MCC being added. Retain the
back plates and mounting hardware for re-installation.
4. Remove the end plate (see Figure 13 on page 25) from the rightmost
section of the existing MCC and the end plate, if supplied, from the
leftmost section of the MCC being added. Discard both end plates.
Splice adaptor
Right splice bracket
(90 in. long)
Left splice bracket
(94 in. long)
Section
being
added
5. Remove the insulating barrier (see Figure 14 on page 26) from the
rightmost section of the existing MCC by punching out the rivets that are
holding the barrier in place. Repeat this procedure for the barrier, if
provided, located in the leftmost section of the MCC being added.
Discard both barriers.
NOTE: Ensure that rivet parts do not fall into the MCC.
6. Install the left splice bracket (see Figure 17), 94 in. (2388 mm) long, to
the right front vertical channel of the existing MCC. Use six 1032 hex
head screws provided in the kit. The long flange of the splice channel
will mount to the side of the vertical channel with the short flange near
the front of the vertical channel. When properly installed, the bottom of
the left splice bracket will be flush with the bottom of the vertical channel.
Back
bracket
10-32 hex
head screw
Front
vertical
channel
1032 flat
Phillips head screws
7. Install the right splice bracket (see Figure 17), 90 in. (2286 mm) long, to
head screws provided in the kit. Ensure that the short flange of the right
splice bracket is in front of the flange of the left splice bracket. When
properly installed, the left splice bracket will extend approximately 1 in.
(25 mm) below the right splice bracket.
8. Position the structures that are to be spliced together. Make sure that
the fronts are flush. This ensures proper alignment of all components.
9. Splice sections using the instructions in the Model 5 Instruction Bulletin
(8998IM9101) if joining to a Model 5 MCC, or the instructions on
page 23 of this instruction bulletin if joining to a Model 6 MCC. Use the
12 1/420 hex head screws provided in the kit to splice the corner
channels of the existing MCC to the corner channels of the new MCC.
10. Re-attach the back plate (see Figure 16 on page 27) to the leftmost
section of the MCC being added by using the 1032 hex head screws
removed in Step 4. Install the back bracket (see Figure 17) under the back
plate using the right side holes of the back bracket. Ensure that the notch
at the top of the back bracket is installed toward the new MCC section.
11. Using the hardware removed in Step 3, re-attach the back plate (see
Figure 16 on page 27) to the rightmost section of the existing MCC.
12. Install the splice adaptor (see Figure 17) to the leftmost section of the
MCC being added by using five 1/420 screws provided in the kit.
13. Next, position the end deflector, provided in the kit, over the top plate
flanges of both sections (see Figure 17) and install with five 1/420
screws removed in Step 2.
14. Using six 1032 hex head screws, provided in the kit, secure the right
front vertical channel of the MCC being added to the right splice bracket
installed in Step 7 (see Figure 17).
28
80459-641-01D
09/2008

Joining NEMA Type 3R Sections
This section provides instructions for joining NEMA Type 3R MCC sections
(manufactured after February 1998).
Figure 18:
NOTE: All NEMA Type 3R sections manufactured after February 1998 are
approximately 93 in. (2362 mm) from the bottom of the section to the top of
the deflector.
Remove Mid and End Deflector

Caps from the Top of the MCC
Lifting angle
End deflector
Mid deflector
2. Remove the right section (see Figure 19) back plate.

NOTE: Steps 3 and 4 apply only if a new section is being added to an
existing MCC line-up. If installing a new line-up, skip to Step 5.
3. Remove the end deflector cap from the right side of the existing NEMA
Type 3R section (see Figure 18). Also, remove the mid deflector cap
from the section being added to the right.
Top View
4. Remove the end closing plate from the right side of the existing section.
5. After placing the structures side-by-side, join them as described in
Joining NEMA Type 1 / NEMA Type 1 Gasketed / NEMA Type 12
Sections on page 16.
Figure 19:
Attach the Multi-section Bracket

Rear
Left section
back plate
Right section
back plate
Multi-section
back bracket
Section corner
channels
7. Install the mid deflector, ensuring both top plate flanges are covered
(see Figure 18).
8. Using the six 10-32 screws supplied, secure the left front vertical
channel of the NEMA Type 3R extension to the right front vertical
channel of the NEMA Type 3R extension (see Figure 20).
9. If the lifting angle is to be removed from the sections after installation,
replace all hardware in the order shown (see Figure 21).
Front
Figure 20:
6. Re-attach the back plate (removed in Step 2) to the right section using
the additional hardware supplied. Attach the right side to the multisection bracket (see Figure 19).
Secure the Vertical Channels
Figure 21:
Replace Lifting Angle Hardware

3/8 in. bolt
Left section
Right section
1032 screw
Steel washer
Seal ring
29

80459-641-01D
09/2008
Splicing Power Bus for NEMA Type 1 and

Type 12 Enclosures
DANGER
equipment.
off.
equipment.
Figure 22:
Horizontal Wireway Covers and

Bus Barriers Removed
To splice the power bus, follow these steps:

2. Remove the horizontal wireway covers and slide the horizontal bus
barriers to gain access to the captive splice connectors (see Figure 22).
See Appendix ARemoval and Installation of Horizontal Bus Barrier
Panels for the steps for removing horizontal bus barriers.
NOTE: On the integral splice assembly, located on the left side of each
phase bus, the number of bus links is one greater than the number of
horizontal bus bars. This creates a sandwich splice. The rear-most
splice link contains the captive nuts.
3. Remove the two left bolts. Loosen, but do not remove, the two right bolts
on the splice assembly (see Figure 23).
NOTE: Do not remove the two right bolts from the splice assemblies.
Doing so will permit spacers to fall from the splice assembly. If this
occurs, re-assemble the splice bars and spacers (if applicable) in the
proper order before continuing.
Figure 23:
30
Removing the Left Bolts and Loosening the Right Bolts

on the Splice Assembly
80459-641-01D
09/2008

4. Slide the splice assembly to the left until the two left holes are in line
with the corresponding holes in the horizontal bus on the left section
(see Figure 24).
Figure 24:
Figure 25:
Inserting the Splice Bolts
Aligning the Splice and Bus Holes
5. Reinstall the two left bolts through the splice links and into the horizontal
bus (see Figure 25); make sure the original conical washers are
reinstalled with the concave side facing the splice bus (see Figure 26).
Figure 26:
Placing a Conical Washer Under the Bolt Head

Bolt
head
Conical
washer
Spacer
Bus bars
6. Torque all bolts on both ends to 3132 lb-ft (41.8743.22 Nm)

(see Figure 27).
Figure 27:
Torquing the Bolts
7. Repeat Steps 26 for all phases and for the neutral bus (if supplied).
8. Before energizing the equipment, slide horizontal bus barriers into
closed position and replace all covers.
31

80459-641-01D
09/2008
Splicing Power Bus in NEMA Type 3R

Enclosures
DANGER
equipment.
equipment.
Figure 28:
Wireway Covers Removed and

Horizontal Bus Barriers Open
This section describes how to splice the power bus of a NEMA Type 3R
enclosure (manufactured after February 1998) to the power bus of another
NEMA Type 3R section. Bus splicing material is not captive if the section is
equipped with offset bus. Refer to bulletin 80453-649-01 for instructions for
splicing offset power bus in NEMA Type 3R enclosures.
To splice power bus, follow these steps.
See Appendix ARemoval and Installation of Horizontal Bus Barrier
Panels for the steps for removing horizontal bus barriers.
Figure 29:
Loosen Bolts
3. Remove the two left bolts from each splice assembly. Then loosen, but do
not remove, the two right bolts of each splice assembly (see Figure 29).
NOTE: Do not remove the two right bolts or the center bolt (if applicable)
from the splice assemblies. Doing so will permit spacers to fall from the
splice assembly. If this occurs, re-assemble the splice bars and spacers
(if applicable) in the proper order before continuing.
4. Slide the splice assembly to the left until the two left holes are in line with the
corresponding holes in the horizontal bus in the left section (see Figure 30).
Figure 30:
32
Slide the Splice Assembly to the Left
80459-641-01D
09/2008
Figure 31:

5. Re-install the two left bolts through the splice assembly and into the
horizontal bus (see Figure 31). Make sure the original conical washers
are re-installed with the concave side facing the splice bus (see
Figure 32).
Figure 32:
Place a Conical Washer Under the Bolt Head

Bolt
head
Conical
washer
Spacer
Bus bars
6. Torque the bolts to 3132 lb-ft (41.8743.22 Nm). See Figure 33.
Figure 33:
Torque All Bolts
7. Repeat Steps 26 for all phases and the neutral bus (if supplied).
Ground Bus Splicing for NEMA Type 1,

Type 12, and Type 3R
Figure 34:
Ground Splice Bar as Shipped
DANGER
equipment.
equipment.
33

80459-641-01D
09/2008
To splice the ground bus, follow these steps:

Figure 35:
Ground Bar Bolt Replaced
2. Remove ground bar bolts from the right and left sections (see
Figure 34).
3. Slide the ground splice bar into the right section, aligning the mounting
holes (see Figure 35).
4. Replace the ground bar bolts (see Figure 35) in the right and left
sections. Torque both bolts to 6075 lb-in (6.758.44 Nm).
5. Replace all covers and barriers and close all doors.
Power Bus Splicing of Two-Inch (51 mm)

Bus with 100,000 A Short Circuit
This section provides instructions for splicing the power bus of one NEMA
Type 1 or Type 12 section with 2 in. (51 mm) bus braced for 100,000 A to the
power bus of another section of the same type. Splicing material is captive on
the integral splice assembly unless the section is equipped with offset bus.
DANGER
equipment.
equipment.
To splice the power bus, follow these steps:
Figure 36:
Wireway Covers Removed and

Horizontal Bus Barriers Open
See Appendix A for the steps for removing horizontal bus barriers.
34
80459-641-01D
09/2008
Figure 37:
Removing the Bolts from the

Splice Assembly

3. Remove all four bolts from each splice assembly (see Figure 37).
4. Slide the splice assembly to the left until the two left holes are in line with the
corresponding holes in the horizontal bus on the left section (see Figure 38).
Figure 38:
Figure 39:
Aligning the Splice and Bus Holes
5. Reinstall all four bolts through the splice assembly and into the
horizontal bus (see Figure 39); make sure the original conical washers
are reinstalled with the concave side facing the splice bus (see
Figure 40).
Figure 40:
Place a Conical Washer Under the Bolt Head

Bolt
head
Conical
washer
Spacer
Bus bars
6. Torque all bolts on both ends to 3132 lb-ft (41.8743.22 N m). See
Figure 41.
Figure 41:
Torque All Bolts
7. Repeat Steps 26 for all phases and the neutral bus (if supplied).
35

80459-641-01D
09/2008
Splicing Offset Horizontal Bus

(Left Side of Structure Only)
DANGER
equipment.
off.
equipment.
NOTES: In all structures with an offset horizontal bus, splice bars are
provided as a kit. This kit is packaged in a carton and shipped
inside the structure. The kit contains all splice bars and
mounting hardware necessary for horizontal bus splicing.
Use the splice kit only if splicing is to be done on the left (while
facing the structure). If the splice is not on the left, remove the kit
before energizing and retain it for future expansion. If a structure
is to be spliced to another structure on the right, follow splicing
instructions provided for that structure application.
All splice connections have one more splice bar than the
number of horizontal bus bars. The rear-most splice bar
contains captive nuts.
Figure 42:
Splicing Offset Horizontal Bus
To splice a horizontal bus on the left side of the structure, follow these steps:
2. Join sections together following the appropriate steps beginning at
Locating the MCC on page 15 and continuing through page 29. This
provides proper alignment of the horizontal bus.
Rear
Captive nut
Front
36
Splice bars
3. Position the rear splice bar (bar with captive nuts; see Figure 42) against
the back face of the rear horizontal bus bar.
4. Install a plain splice bar between each lamination of horizontal bus; install
the last bar against the front face of the horizontal bus (see Figure 42).
5. Align the four mounting holes in the splice bus and the horizontal bus.
6. Re-install the two left bolts through the splice assembly and into the
horizontal bus. Make sure the original conical washers are re-installed
with the concave side facing the splice bus (see Figure 26 on page 31).
Torque these bolts to 3132 lb-ft (41.8743.22 Nm) (see Figure 42). If
the optional 85,000 A bus bracing is supplied, torque the center nut to
70 lb-ft (94.92 Nm).
7. Repeat Steps 26 for each of the three horizontal bus phases.
80459-641-01D
09/2008

Conductor Entry
DANGER
equipment.
off.
equipment.
Conduit entry space is provided at the top and bottom of the MCC structure.
The top plates (and closing plates in bottom, if present) are removable for
convenience in wiring and cutting conduit openings). A hinged door allows
access to the main lug, main circuit breaker, or main switch compartment. In
some cases, the horizontal wire trough cover must be removed.
Pullboxes are available if additional wiring space is required.
Cable connection torque values are listed in Table 3 and Table 4 on page 42.
Vent Hood Installation for MCCs with

2500 A Horizontal Bus
DANGER
equipment.
off.
equipment.
Do not drill or cut in the top area of the motor control center.
Avoid contaminating the motor control center with dust or debris.
DO NOT lift the cabinet by the vent hood or by attaching lifting angles to the
vent hood.
This section contains instructions for installing a vent hood over the top
plate vents on a motor control center (MCC) with 2500 A horizontal bus.
NOTES: Do not install the vent hood until the MCC is in its final location.
Retain all hardware.
37

80459-641-01D
09/2008
2. Remove the 3/8-in. (9.525 mm) bolts, washers, and the lifting angle
(see Figure 43).
Figure 43:
Remove the Hardware

3/8-in. (9.525 mm) bolt
and washer
10-32 screw
Lifting angle
Vent hood
3. Remove the two 10-32 screws that secure the vent hood and closing
plate to the top of the cabinet (see Figure 43).
4. Once the vent hood is removed, secure the top closing plate by
reinstalling the 10-32 screws removed in Step 3 (see Figure 44).
Figure 44:
Reposition and Attach the Vent Hood

Vent hood
Top closing plate
5. Position the vent hood on the top of the cabinet as shown.

6. Secure the vent hood in place using the two 3/8-in. (9.525 mm)
bolts and washers removed in Step 2. Torque the bolts to 2833 lb-in
(3.1643.729 Nm).
38
80459-641-01D
09/2008

Vented Pullbox Installation for MCCs with

2500 A Horizontal Bus
DANGER
Turn off all power supplying this equipment before working on or inside it.
equipment.
Do not drill or cut in the top area of the motor control center.
Avoid contaminating the motor control center with dust or debris.
DO NOT lift the cabinet by the vent hood or by attaching lifting angles to the
vent hood.
This section contains instructions for installing a vented pullbox on a motor
control center with 2500 A horizontal bus. Pullboxes are either 12 or 18 in.
(304.8 or 457.2 mm) high and mount on the top of the MCC.
NOTES: Do not install the pullbox until the MCC is in its final location.
Retain all hardware.
1. Turn off all power supplying this equipment before working on or inside the
equipment, and follow lockout/tagout procedures. Always use a properly
rated voltage sensing device to confirm power is off.
Figure 45:
2. Remove the 3/8-in. (9.525 mm) bolts, washers, and the lifting angle
(see Figure 45).
Remove the Hardware

3/8-in. (9.525 mm)
bolt and washer
10-32 screw
Lifting
angle
4. Remove the top closing plate from the structure.

5. Remove the front panel from the pullbox. Position the pullbox on top of
the cabinet as shown in Figure 46.
Top closing
plate
Figure 46:
3. Remove the two 10-32 screws that secure the top closing plate to the
top of the cabinet (see Figure 45).
6. Install the two 3/8-in. (9.525 mm) bolts and washers that were removed in
Step 2. Place them through the pullbox lower side channels and into the
top of the cabinet. Torque the bolts to 2833 lb-in (3.1643.729 Nm).
Install the Pullbox
7. Re-install the pullbox front panel removed in Step 5 and the top closing
plate removed in Step 4 (see Figure 46).
Top closing
plate
Pullbox
Front panel
39

80459-641-01D
09/2008
Load and Control Wiring
The top and bottom horizontal wire troughs and the vertical wire trough are
convenient areas to run incoming line, load, and control wires (see
Figure 47). Openings between sections permit wire to pass from one
section into the next for interwiring.
Figure 47:
Control and power wires are routed to each unit via the vertical wire trough.
When supplied, grommeted wire ports must be opened to route wire to the
unit. The H-shaped cut pattern is pre-scored for easy opening. Using a
small knife, cut through the center tabs and complete the H-shaped slice
(see Figure 48). When cutting, be sure not to damage the wires located
near the grommet.
Wiring in the Top

Horizontal Wire Trough
Figure 48:
Vertical Wire Trough Grommet
Pull-apart control terminals (see Figure 49) are mounted on a 35 mm

DIN-rail located adjacent to the wiring ports toward the front of the unit.
Terminate field control wiring on the removable portion of the block.
Figure 49:
40
Pull-apart Type Terminal Blocks
80459-641-01D
09/2008

Crimp Lug Cable Assembly for Cabled

Disconnect Unit Installation
DANGER
equipment.
equipment.
Figure 50:
Typical Cabled Disconnect Unit
Horizontal bus
mounting assembly
2. Access the horizontal bus in the motor control center.
3. Remove the horizontal bus mounting nuts and washers (item ) from
the horizontal bus assembly.
4. Insert the loom bolts (item ) through the rear of the lug pad (item ).
5. Using the mounting nuts and washers from Step 3, attach the lug pad to
the horizontal bus mounting bolts (item ).
Crimp lug cable

assembly (one or
two per phase)
6. Torque the horizontal bus mounting nuts to 820840 lb-in (9395 Nm).
7. Route the cable to the circuit breaker or fuse disconnect unit (see
Figure 50); trim cable length as required.
8. Using the lug pad nuts and washers (item ), attach the crimp lug cable
assembly (item ) to the loom bolts on the lug pad.
9. Torque the lug pad nuts to 820840 lb-in (9395 Nm).
Figure 51:
Typical Horizontal Bus Assembly
Typical cabled
disconnect unit
(circuit breaker or
fusible switch)
Horizontal bus
Crimp lug cable
Loom bolts
Horizontal bus
Lug pad
Lug pad nuts and
mounting bolts
assembly
mounting nuts
and washers
washers
41

80459-641-01D
09/2008
Cable Connection Torque Values
The following tables provide main disconnect and branch feeder torque
values, which apply to both aluminum and copper conductors.
Figure 52:
Table 3:
Main Lug Compartment Torque

Connection
Connection Torque Values for Main Lug Compartments

(see Figure 52)
Socket Size Across Flat
Torque
3/8 in.
375 lb-in (42.4 Nm)
1/2 in.
600 lb-in (67.8 Nm)
Table 4:
Connection Torque Values for Main and Branch Feeders
Frame Size
Ampere Rating
Torque
1530 A
35150 A
50 lb-in (5.6 Nm)

120 lb-in (13.6 Nm)
150250 A
225 lb-in (25.4 Nm)
FA
1530 A
35100 A
35 lb-in (3.9 Nm)

80 lb-in (9.0 Nm)
FC
2030 A
40100 A
35 lb-in (4.0 Nm)

65 lb-in (7.3 Nm)
KA
70250 A
250 lb-in (28.2 Nm)
KC
110250 A
250 lb-in (28.2 Nm)
LA/LH
125400 A
200 lb-in (22.6 Nm)
LC/LI/LE/LX/LXI
300-600 A
300 lb-in (33.9 Nm)
MA/MH/ME/MX
200400 A
4501000 A
300 lb-in (33.9 Nm)

300 lb-in (33.9 Nm)
NT
600 lb-in (67.8 Nm)
400-2500 A
600 lb-in (67.8 Nm)
PA/PH/PE/PX
8002000 A
500 lb-in (56.5 Nm)
MJ/MG
300-800 A
450 lb-in (50.8 Nm)
PJ/PK/PG/PL
250-1200 A
450 lb-in (50.8 Nm)
RJ/RK/RG/RL
Component Instructional Information
400-1200 A
NW (top entry)
600-2500 A
500 lb-in (56.5 Nm)
Component manuals for devices such as adjustable frequency drive

controllers, solid state reduced voltage starters, and programmable logic
controllers are included with the MCC instruction information packet.
Thermal overload selection data is listed on the inside of the vertical wire
trough door of each section. This information is also listed in this bulletin;
see Thermal Overload Unit Selection beginning on page 94. Select proper
thermal overloads from the applicable starter size tables.
42
80459-641-01D
09/2008

Modifying Fuse Clip Locations
DANGER
Never operate energized switch with door open.
Turn off switch before removing or installing fuses or making load side
connections.
Always use a properly rated voltage sensing device at all line and load
fuse clips to confirm switch is off.
Turn off all power supplying switch before doing any other work on or
inside switch.
Do not use renewable link fuses in fused switches.
Install 30 and 60 A fuse bases for the proper fuse size and class and
maximum voltage in Size 1 and 2 starter units. The base pan of the
disconnect switch has five sets of mounting holes for this purpose. The lower
fuse base is installed in the proper mounting holes at the factory (see
Figure 53). Additional clips and bases may be required if changing fuse class.
Turn off all power supplying this equipment and follow lockout/tagout
procedures before working on or inside equipment. Always use a properly
rated voltage sensing device to confirm the power is off.
Figure 53:
Size 1 and 2 Fuse Clip Locations
30/60 A Class J
30 A Class H/R 250 V

NOTE: For Form II Class C fuse spacing, contact your Schneider Canada
representative.
43

Section 5Operation
80459-641-01D
09/2008
Section 5Operation
Included in this section are the pre-operation checklist and energizing

procedures.
Pre-operation Checklist
To ensure proper operation of the MCC, check the items listed below before
energizing the MCC:
Complete the maintenance procedures beginning on page 46 and

continuing up to Insulation Test on page 56. This initial maintenance is
necessary to detect any shipping damage or loose connections. Do not
energize the MCC until initial maintenance is complete.
NOTE: The following maintenance procedures are not necessary before
energizing the MCC for the first time: Control Unit Removal, Stab
Assemblies, Starter Contacts and Barriers/Insulators.
Remove all blocks or other temporary holding means from the electrical
devices.
Remove any secondary shunt bars from the current transformers. Do
not operate a current transformer with its secondary open-circuited.
Manually exercise all switches, circuit breakers, and other operator

mechanisms to ensure that they are properly aligned and operate freely.
Electrically exercise all electrically-operated switches, circuit breakers

and other mechanisms (but not under load) to ensure that the devices
operate properly. An auxiliary source of control power may be required.
Verify proper interval and contact operation of the timers.
Verify that proper overload units are installed by checking the overload
selection tables against motor full load current. Motor Logic, TeSys T,
and IEC overload relays (if supplied) do not require thermal units, but
are set at the lowest setting at the factory.
Verify that all load and remote control connections have been made and
that they agree with the wiring diagrams provided.
Verify that all ground connections are made properly.
Pre-operation Check
If the MCC is equipped with ground fault protection, properly adjust and
test the ground fault protective device before energizing.
Figure 54:
Perform an insulation test on the MCC (see Insulation Test on

page 56).
Install the covers and close the doors; ensure that all are properly
tightened; verify that all mechanism interlocks function.
44
80459-641-01D
09/2008

Section 5Operation
Energizing the MCC
DANGER
equipment.
off.
equipment.
Review the Pre-operation Checklist on page 44, ensuring that all items
check out.
To energize the MCC:
1. Review the Pre-operation Checklist on page 44 before energizing.
2. Turn off all downstream loads, including distribution equipment and
other devices that are remote from the MCC.
3. Verify that all barriers, doors, and covers are closed before energizing
the equipment.
4. Energize the equipment in sequence, starting with the main devices, the
feeder devices next, and then the motor starter devices.
5. With all barriers in place and all unit doors closed and latched, turn on
the devices with a firm, positive motion.
6. After all disconnect devices are closed, loads such as lighting circuits,
starters, contactors, heaters, and motors may be energized.
45

Section 6Maintaining the MCC
80459-641-01D
09/2008
Section 6Maintaining the

MCC
Before energizing any new MCC equipment, perform the maintenance

described in this section. Perform regular maintenance at least annually, or
more frequently if indicated by service conditions and your established
maintenance policy. Also perform maintenance following any service
interruption, electrical fault, or unusual occurrence.
Examining the Enclosure
Examine the interior and exterior of the MCC for moisture, oil, or other
foreign material. Eliminate all foreign material and clean the MCC.
Clean the interior and exterior of the MCC with a vacuum cleaner. (Do not
use compressed air; it will redistribute contaminants to other surfaces.)
Check the enclosure for damage that might reduce electrical clearances.
Examine the finish of the enclosure. Touch up the paint if necessary.
Replace any badly corroded or damaged enclosure parts.
Maintaining Bus Bars and Incoming Line

Compartments
DANGER
HAZARD OF ELECTRIC SHOCK,
EXPLOSION, OR ARC FLASH
Apply appropriate personal protective
equipment (PPE) and follow safe electrical
work practices. See NFPA 70E.
This equipment must only be installed and
serviced by qualified electrical personnel.
Turn off all power supplying this equipment
before working on or inside equipment.
Always use a properly rated voltage sensing
device to confirm power is off.
Replace all devices, doors, and covers
before turning on power to this equipment.
Failure to follow this instruction will result
in death or serious injury.
Perform maintenance of bus and incoming line lug connections at least

annually, or more frequently if indicated by service conditions and your
established maintenance policy. Follow the steps below at the time of
installation to locate and tighten any connections that may have loosened
during shipment and handling:
2. Remove the top andbottom horizontal wire trough covers in each section.
3. Expose the bus and bus connections by removing the two-piece bus
barrier in each section.
4. Examine all bus bars and connectors. Replace any parts that are badly
discolored, corroded, or pitted. Also replace parts subjected to
excessive temperatures.
5. Verify that all bolts at the bus connection points indicated by a hexagon
in Figure 55 are in place and properly tightened. Although one specific
type of compartment or bus is shown in Figure 55, perform this
maintenance on all bolted connections. See Table 5 for torque values.
Table 5:
Bus Connection Torque Values

Torque Range
Horizontal bus (all locations)
CAUTION
Bolted Connection Location
6870 lb-ft (92.2994.54 Nm)
Never brush or use sandpaper on the bus;

doing so will remove plating and cause
oxidation. Use a cleaning fluid approved for
such use. Do not use cleaning fluid on
insulators.
3132 lb-ft (41.6443.33 Nm)
Horizontal ground bus (all locations)
HAZARD OF EQUIPMENT DAMAGE
Splice bars0.375 in. diameter bolts
56 lb-ft (6.758.44 Nm)
Figure 55:
Typical Bus Connection Points

Typical Top-Located 600 A or 800 A Main Lug Compartment
A
Do not attempt to clean bus bars or

connectors that are damaged in any way.
Replace them with new parts.
Failure to follow this instruction can result
in equipment damage.
Typical Splice Bar Connection
Typical Horizontal Bus Connection

A
B
Splice bar
46
80459-641-01D
09/2008
Figure 56:
Main Lug Compartment Torque

Connection

6. Verify that all main lug, circuit breaker, or fusible switch set screws
holding incoming conductors in main lugs are in place and properly
tightened (see Figure 56). Use a torque wrench and a 3/8 in. allen bit to
torque the lug set screws to the appropriate value (see Cable
Connection Torque Values on page 42).
7. Inspect all insulators, braces, and barriers; replace any that show signs
of arcing damage, tracking, excessive heat, or cracking.
Maintaining the Control Unit

Figure 57:
Control Unit
DANGER
equipment.
off.
equipment.
Perform maintenance on control units at least annually, or more frequently if
indicated by service conditions and your established maintenance policy.
During installation, locate and tighten any connections that have become
loose during shipment and handling, using the following procedures. If the
control unit (see Figure 57) is being removed from the MCC for
maintenance, start with Removing the Control Unit beginning on page 48.
If maintenance is performed with the control unit installed, start with Circuit
Breaker or Disconnect Switch on page 53.
47

80459-641-01D
09/2008
Removing the Control Unit

Figure 58:
Operator Mechanism
in the Off Position
DANGER
equipment.
Do not attempt to remove the unit from the structure with the disconnect
in the on position.
The control unit is interlocked with the MCC structure to prevent the unit
from being withdrawn while the disconnect is in the on position. Do not
attempt to override the mechanism-to-structure interlock.
equipment.
Failure to follow this instruction will result in death or serious injury
3g
Figure 59:
Loosening Captive
Quarter-Turn Fasteners
The Model 6 MCC is designed for convenient and quick control unit removal
and replacement. Follow these steps to remove control units:
2. Move the operator mechanism to the off position (see Figure 58).
3. Loosen the captive quarter-turn fasteners (see Figure 59) on the door
and open it. Use a properly rated voltmeter to check for live circuits.
De-energize any voltage sources.
4. Release the lock-in device located at the bottom front of the unit (when
supplied) by turning the screw on the front of the device until the locking
pawl is parallel to the bottom of the unit (see Figure 60).
Figure 60:
Releasing the Lock-in Device

(when supplied)
5. Disconnect the power wiring from the starter terminals or, if provided,
the power terminal blocks. Tag the terminations for re-installation (see
Figure 61).
Remove the top portion of the pull-apart control terminal blocks to which
field wiring is connected.
Figure 61:
48
Disconnected Terminal Blocks
80459-641-01D
09/2008
Figure 62:
Power Leads and Top of

Terminal Blocks Fed Through
Wiring Port

6. Push the power leads and the top portion of the control pull-apart
terminal blocks through the wiring port and into the vertical wire trough
(see Figure 62).
7. Pull forward on the twin handle cam mechanism located at the top front
of the unit to rack the unit partially out of the structure (see Figure 63).
This action disconnects the power stabs from the vertical bus. Continue
pulling forward until the handles are fully extended.
Figure 63:
Figure 64:
Operating the Mechanism-toStructure Interlock
Pulling the Twin Handle Cam Mechanism Forward
8. The operator mechanism-to-structure interlock prevents the control unit

from being withdrawn or inserted with the handle in the on position (see
Figure 64).
9. If the withdrawn unit is left in the structure, use appropriate lock-out
procedures to avoid re-loading by non-authorized personnel (see
Figure 65).
Figure 65:
Locked Out Device
49

Figure 66:
Control Unit Removed
80459-641-01D
09/2008
10. Remove the control unit from the structure for servicing (see Figure 66).
In units with a full bottom plate, additional accessibility to the
components and wiring can be achieved by folding the bottom plate
down. To do so, lean the unit on its back, remove the two front screws,
and fold the bottom plate down (see Figure 67).
Figure 67:
Control Unit with Bottom Plate Folded Down
11. If necessary, the door can be taken off its hinges without removing the
unit. To do so, drive the hinge pins out of the hinge collars, using a small
flat-bladed screwdriver or small punch (see Figure 68). Remove the
bottom hinge pin first.
As an alternative to removing the hinge pins, the hinge mounting screws
can be removed from the structure through the access holes provided.
Figure 68:
Driving Out Hinge Pin
12. When reinstalling a hinge pin, make certain that the hooked end is fully
engaged into the hinge collar.
50
80459-641-01D
09/2008
Removing the Compac 6 Control Unit

The following information is specific to Compac 6, six-inch (52 mm) units.

For more information regarding Compac 6 units, refer to Compac 6
Units beginning on page 86, or the information included with the shipment
of the new device.
DANGER
Turn off all power supplying this equipment before working on or inside it.
equipment.
2. Move the operator handle to the OFF position (see Figure 69).
Figure 69:
Figure 70:
Loosening Captive
Quarter-Turn Fasteners
Operator Handle in the Off Position
3. Loosen the captive quarter-turn fasteners (see Figure 70) on the door
and open it. Check for live circuits using a properly rated voltage sensing
device. De-energize any voltage sources.
NOTE: Removal of the control station plate may be necessary to perform
Steps 4 and 5. To remove the control station plate, follow these steps:
a. Loosen the captive mounting screws holding the plate to the front of
the unit.
b. Remove the plate from the unit (see Figure 71).
c. Re-attach the plate after disconnecting the load wires and control
terminal block.
NOTE: Do not disconnect the wires to the control station plate.
Figure 71:
Control Station Plate Removed
51

80459-641-01D
09/2008
4. Disconnect the power wiring from the starter terminals. Tag the
terminations for re-installation.
5. Remove the top portion of the pull-apart control terminal block to which
field wiring is connected.
6. Push the power leads and the top portion of the control pull-apart
terminal blocks through the wiring port and into the vertical wire trough.
7. Grasp the operator handle flange and press down on the structure
interlock release (see Figure 72).
Figure 72:
Operator Handle and Interlock Release
Structure interlock release
Operator handle flange
8. Firmly pull the unit forward to disengage the power stabs from the
vertical bus. The unit should now slide freely from the MCC structure.
9. The operator mechanism-to-structure interlock prevents the control unit
from being inserted or withdrawn with the handle in the ON position.
10. If the withdrawn unit is left in the structure, use appropriate lock-out/tagout procedures to avoid re-loading by non-authorized personnel.
11. Remove the control unit from the structure and place it on a flat surface
for servicing.
NOTE: Partial disassembly of the unit may be necessary to gain access
to various electrical connections for servicing.
Tests and Maintenance Performed with

the Control Unit Removed
CAUTION
Do not remove the protective lubricant from the
stabs. If additional lubricant is required, order
Schneider Electric electrical joint compound
#PJC-7201.
52
Once the control unit is removed, perform the following tests and
maintenance:
Stab AssembliesInspect the stab assemblies (see Figure 73) for signs of
arcing or overheating. Replace the disconnect assembly (FA/KA type
circuit breakers) or the jaw connector assembly (H- or J-frame circuit
breakers) immediately if overheating has occurred. For replacement
disconnect assemblies, see Section 13Circuit Breaker and Fusible
Switch Replacement beginning on page 100.
NOTE: If the stab assembly is badly pitted, the vertical bus may also need
to be replaced.
Figure 73:
Stab Assembly
80459-641-01D
09/2008

Circuit Breaker or Disconnect SwitchVerify proper operation of the

circuit breaker or disconnect switch. Inspect switch blades; if evidence of
arcing or excessive heat is present, replace the switch assembly. Exercise
the push-to-trip feature on the circuit breakers.
Figure 74:
Operator Mechanism in the

Tripped Position
Operator MechanismVerify proper operation of the operator mechanism

(see Figure 74). Test for proper on, trip, off, and reset positions (F-, K-, and
L-frame circuit breakers) or on, trip, and off positions (H-, J-, M-, P-, or
R-frame circuit breakers). Verify proper door interlock operation.
NOTE: Fusible switch operator mechanisms do not have trip or reset
positions.
FusesInspect all fuses and fuse clips (see Figure 75). Replace any parts
showing signs of overheating or arcing.
Figure 75:
Inspecting Fuses
Starter ContactsCheck the starter contacts (see Figure 76). Replace any
that are badly worn or pitted. (See the contactor instruction bulletin included
with the original shipment.)
Figure 76:
Starter Contacts
53

Figure 77:
Control Devices
80459-641-01D
09/2008
Control DevicesCheck for proper operation of starters, relays, timers,

and other control devices (see Figure 77).
Overload RelayManually trip the overload relay to ensure proper
operation (see Figure 78). Verify that the thermal unit is the proper size for
the application. Refer to the thermal unit selection tables on the inside of the
vertical wire trough doors.
Figure 78:
Tripping the Overload Relay
Wiring and Electrical ConnectionsVerify that all electrical connections

are correct; tighten them if necessary (see Figure 79). Also inspect all power
and control wiring, replacing any wire that has worn insulation or shows
signs of overheating or cracking.
Figure 79:
Tightening Electrical Connections
Starter InterlocksCheck the mechanical interlocks on reversing,

multi-speed, or reduced voltage starters.
54
80459-641-01D
09/2008

Barriers/InsulatorsInspect all insulators, braces, and barriers (see

Figure 80); replace any that show signs of arcing damage, tracking,
excessive heat, or cracking.
Figure 80:
Manual and Automatic Bus Shutters
Manual Bus Shutter
Automatic Bus Shutter
Special UnitsFollow the manufacturers recommended maintenance

procedures for special units (for example: drives, soft starts, and automatic
transfer switches).
Reassembly
To reassemble the MCC after testing and maintenance, follow the steps below:
1. Reinstall all units by reversing Steps 112 in Removing the Control
Unit beginning on page 48.
2. Confirm the cam mechanism is in the open position; position the
mounting slides of the control unit onto the slots of the mid-shelf. Slide
the unit inward to engage the cam mechanism.
For Compac 6 units, position the mounting slides of the control unit onto
the slots of the mid-shelf. Slide the unit inward until the unit is halfway in,
then move it inward with a quick push. This movement easily overcomes
the compression of the stabs as they engage the vertical bus.
3. Replace all barriers and cover plates and close and fasten all doors.
55

80459-641-01D
09/2008
Insulation Test
DANGER
equipment.
equipment.
CAUTION
Do not use a megohmmeter on:
adjustable speed drives
solid state soft starters
transient voltage surge suppressor (TVSS) units
AccuSine active harmonic filter units
PowerLogic Circuit Monitor units
PowerLogic Power Meter units
capacitor units
any devices not designed to withstand megohmmeter voltage.
Disconnect all solid state devices such as TVSSs, drives, soft starts,
capacitors, filters, and circuit monitors before performing megohmmeter
tests on the MCC.
Before an MCC is re-energized (after installation or regular maintenance),
take resistance measurements. Use an insulation tester (megohmmeter)
with a potential of 5001000 V.
Take readings between each phase and from each phase to ground, with
the branch disconnects off and on. Make sure the main disconnect is off
during all insulation tests.
Readings from a megohmmeter with all disconnects off will typically be
520 megohms. On new equipment that has been stored in a damp area,
lower readings may occur during start-up. If the readings are below one
megohm, a few branch units may be energized to help dry out the MCC. If
additional readings are above one megohm, additional units may be
energized. After the equipment has been in operation for 48 hours, readings
should be in the 520 megohm range.
When megohmmeter readings are taken with the disconnects on (except for
the main), disconnect all devices completing circuits between phases or
between phases and neutral (e.g., control transformers). Although readings
may be slightly different, observe the one megohm lower limit during start-up.
56
80459-641-01D
09/2008

Record all megohmmeter readings on the insulation resistance chart on

page 93. Any sudden change in resistance values (even within the acceptable
range) may indicate potential insulation failure. Early detection and
replacement of faulty insulating components helps avoid equipment damage.
If megohmmeter readings are below 5 megohms (one megohm during
start-up) consult your Schneider Electric field sales representative.
Re-energize the equipment in sequence, starting with the main devices, the
feeder devices next, and then the motor starter devices. (See Energizing
the MCC beginning on page 45).
Maintenance after a Fault Has Occurred
DANGER
equipment.
off.
equipment.
Excessive currents occurring during a fault may result in structure,
component, bus or conductor damage. This damage is caused by
mechanical distortion, thermal damage, metal deposits, or smoke from fault
currents. After a fault, locate and correct the cause of the fault. Inspect all
equipment and make any necessary repairs or replacements before putting
the equipment into service again. Make sure all replacement parts are rated
properly and are suitable for the application. If in doubt, consult your
Schneider Electric field sales representative.
After any fault, perform all maintenance procedures, starting on page 46
and continuing to Insulation Test beginning on page 56. Also perform the
following procedures after a fault:
1. If the fault occurred downstream from the MCC, perform appropriate
maintenance on all equipment involved.
2. Examine the enclosure. External evidence of enclosure damage usually
indicates damage within. Extensive damage requires replacement of the
enclosure parts and the enclosed equipment.
3. Replace any parts that are damaged or deformed. Pay particular
attention to door hinges and door closing hardware. Inspect the area
around any damaged units (both inside and out) for displaced parts from
the damaged unit. See Examining the Enclosure on page 46.
57

Table 6:
Bus Connection Torque Values
Bolted Connection
Location
Torque Range
Horizontal bus (all locations)
6870 lb-ft (92.2994.54 Nm)
Splice bars0.375 in.

diameter bolts
3132 lb-ft (41.6443.33 Nm)
Horizontal ground bus (all

locations)
80459-641-01D
09/2008
4. Examine bus bars and incoming line compartments; tighten all electrical
connections to their proper torques. (Table 6 and Figure 81 show typical
bus connection points and torque values.) Replace any deformed bus
bars or connectors, as well as any showing signs of arcing damage.
Inspect all insulators for cracks or burn marks; replace any displaying
these characteristics.
56 lb-ft (6.758.44 Nm)
Figure 81:
Typical Bus Connection Points

Typical Top-Located 600 A or 800 A Main Lug Compartment
A
B
C
Typical Splice Bar Connection
Typical Horizontal Bus Connection

A
B
Splice bar
5. Follow maintenance procedures for control units. Begin with

Maintaining the Control Unit beginning on page 47, and continue to
Insulation Test beginning on page 56. Also perform the steps listed
below:
a. Examine the disconnect means for evidence of possible damage.
Ensure that the operator mechanism properly turns the disconnect
on and off. Exercise the push-to-trip feature on circuit breakers.
Make sure that the operator mechanism properly resets the circuit
breaker.
b. Check that the door interlock keeps the unit door from opening while
the disconnect is in the on position.
Figure 82:
Operating Door Interlock Defeat

Mechanism
NOTE: If the unit door must be opened while the unit is energized, only
authorized personnel may operate an interlock defeat mechanism (see
Figure 82).
c. Inspect the motor starters for damage. Replace contacts and contact
springs if the contacts are welded or show heat damage. If
deterioration extends beyond the contacts, replace the entire
contactor or starter.
d. Replace the complete overload relay if the thermal units are burned
out, or if any indications of arcing or burning are present on the relay.
e. Inspect all fuses and fuse clips. Replace all fuses in a set, even if
only one or two are open-circuited.
f.
Check all conductors and other devices within the units for signs of
damage.
6. Complete an insulation test (see Insulation Test beginning on page 56)

before placing the MCC back into service.
7. Complete the Pre-operation Checklist beginning on page 44.
8. Re-energize the equipment. SeeEnergizing the MCC beginning on
page 45.
58
80459-641-01D
09/2008
Section 7Motor Logic

Solid-State Overload Relay
(SSOLR)

Section 7Motor Logic Solid-State Overload Relay (SSOLR)
The following describes 600 V rated MCC starter units equipped with the
Motor Logic solid-state overload relay. Read and understand the safety
precautions at the beginning of this bulletin before you install, adjust, or
perform maintenance on these units. For full details about MCC installation,
refer to Section 4Installing the MCC on page 15.
Motor Logic SSOLR
Figure 84:
NEMA Rated Compac 6 Unit
Figure 85:
Figure 83:
NEMA Rated Standard Unit
59

80459-641-01D
09/2008
Motor Logic Retrofit Applications
DANGER
equipment.
off.
equipment.
CAUTION
Lug Kits:
Use only 9999 LBO and 9999 LLO
purchased after 5/1/95 for Size 0, 00B, 00C, and Size 1 units.
Z Element:
Do not use the 9999Z3, 9999Z2, or 9999Z1 developed for open and
general enclosed starters.
Remove the starter from the unit to replace the overload (melting
alloy/bi-metallic). See Removing the Control Unit on page 48.
Terminal blocks (OEKTTBML) should be used for applications requiring
multiple passes to achieve the proper adjustment range.
Restrain looped load cabling between the overload and the terminal block
with wire ties or the equivalent when terminal kits are used.
On Size 3 and 4 starter units, the overload reset button is 1-5/8 in. (41 mm)
further from the unit door and may require an alternative reset assembly
(80420-862-51).
Retrofitting NEMA rated Compac 6, six-inch (52 mm) units is not
recommended. The Motor Logic overload relay is available factory installed
in Compac 6.
On 600 V Size 1 applications, add a third wire tie between the circuit
breaker and contactor near the contactor line lugs. Refer to instruction
bulletin 30072-013-29 for additional information.
NOTE: For retrofit applications, contact your Schneider Electric field sales
representative for assistance. Schneider Electric assumes no responsibility for
the design or implementation of retrofits unless contracted to perform them.
Use copper wire only on device power and control terminals. Conductors
must be sized for 60 C or 75 C National Electrical Code (NEC) ratings.
Pressure wire terminals are suitable for wire sizes #1612 AWG, solid or
stranded. Terminal instruction labels are located adjacent to the terminal
block or on the wireway door.
60
80459-641-01D
09/2008

Box lugs (on interposing power terminal blocks supplied with selected units)
are suitable for wire sizes #148 AWG, solid or stranded. Terminal
instruction labels are located adjacent to the terminal block. Table 7 provides
additional termination data.
Table 7:
Lug Types and Wire Sizes
Class 9065
Motor Logic
Overload
Relay Size
Rating
Lug
Type
Wire Size
Torque Values
00B
1.54.5 A
Pressure
Wire
148 AWG (2.56 mm2)
25 lb-in (2.8 Nm)
00C
39 A
Pressure
Wire
148 AWG (2.56 mm2)
25 lb-in (2.8 Nm)
50 lb-in (5.6 Nm)
Box Lug
144 AWG (2.516 mm )
927 A
Box Lug
144 AWG (2.516 mm2)
50 lb-in (5.6 Nm)
3090 A
Box Lug
141/0 AWG (2.550 mm2)
100 lb-in (11.3 Nm)
45135 A
Box Lug
8250 MCM (6120 mm2)
200 lb-in (22.6 Nm)
90270 A
Box Lug
618 A
180540 A Clamp Lug 250500 MCM (120240 mm2) 375 lb-in (42.4 Nm)
250500 MCM (120240 mm2) 250 lb-in (28.2 Nm)
Refer to the overload relay label next to the adjustment dial.
Looping Passes
3 passes shown
(load side)
Box lug kit may be supplied, suitable for 14 to 4 AWG wire, 50 lb-in (5.6 Nm) tightening torque.
Figure 86:
Solid or stranded copper wire, 140 or 167 F (60 or 75 C), except 45 to 135 A overload
relay, which is 67 F (75 C) wire only.
Does not apply to Compac 6 units.
Size 00B, 00C, 0, and 1 relays have conductor (CT) windows through which
the motor leads must pass before being connected to the load terminals on
the contactor (T1, T2, and T3). By allowing multiple passes (turns) of the
load leads through these CT windows, overload protection can be provided
for motors with a full-load current lower than the specified operating range.
Two passes of the load leads through each window effectively increase (by
a multiple of two) the current that the overload relay senses. Three passes
effectively increase the current by a multiple of three. All three conductor
windows must have the same number of passes, looped in the same
direction, for the overload relay to operate properly (see Figure 86).
Passes should begin from the load side of the overload through the CT window
and return via the windows provided between the baseplate and overload (see
Figure 87). The final pass terminates on the load side of the contactor.
MCC units requiring multiple passes are factory supplied prelooped with
#14 AWG wire and interposing terminal blocks. Refer to Motor Logic
Retrofit Applications on page 60 for information concerning retrofit.
Figure 87:
Motor Logic Overload (Bottom View)
CT windows
Return windows
(multiple passes)
61

80459-641-01D
09/2008
Adjustment
DANGER
equipment.
off.
equipment.
Turn off all power supplying this equipment before working on or inside the
rated voltage sensing device to confirm the power is off.
Overload adjustment information is located on a label inside the unit door
(Figure 88) of starter units equipped with the Motor Logic overload relay.
Figure 88:
Unit Adjustment Label
DANGER
HAZARD OF ELECTRIC SHOCK, BURN OR

EXPLOSION
Turn off power supplying equipment
before working inside.
For fusible switch starter units, power fuses
must be selected in accordance with Article
430 of the NEC. Class RK5 fuses are
recommended for NEMA rated applications.
Use only Class J fuses for Compac 6 units.
Failure to follow these instructions will result in death,
serious injury or equipment damage.
OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS;
For continuous-rated motors with
service factors of 1.0, multiply the motor
full-load current (MFLC) by the number of passes through the overload relay's
windows (1,2 or 3) and set the overload relay's current adjustment dial to 90% of this
value. For continuous-rated motors with service factors of 1.15 to 1.25, multiply the
MFLC by the number of passes through the overload relay's windows (1,2 or 3) and
set the overload current adjustment dial to this value.
SOLID - STATE OVERLOAD RELAY

CURRENT RANGE:
SIZE 00B 1.5 - 4.5A 0.75 - 2.25A (2 PASSES) 0.5 - 1.5A (3 PASSES)
SIZE 00C 3 - 9A
1.5 - 4.5A (2 PASSES) 1 - 3A (3 PASSES)
SIZE 0
6 - 18A
3 - 9A (2 PASSES)
2 - 6A (3 PASSES)
SIZE 1
9 - 27A
4.5 -13.5A (2 PASSES) 3 - 9A (3 PASSES)
SIZE 2
15 - 45A
MULTIPLE PASSES NOT AVAILABLE
SIZE 3
30 - 90A
MULTIPLE PASSES NOT AVAILABLE
SIZE 4
45 - 135A MULTIPLE PASSES NOT AVAILABLE
* Passes refer to multiple looping through overload windows.
Trip current rating is 1.25 times the overload relay's current adjustment dial setting.
Instructions above assume the motor is applied at its rated ambient temperature. For other
conditions, consult the motor manufacturers for current capacity. NOTE: For part winding and
multi-speed applications, use the MFLC of each motor winding as a basis for overload
adjustment. Trip and alarm contact ratings: NEMA A600 and NEMA P300.
80438-651-01
REV G
62
80459-641-01D
09/2008

Section 8Mag-Gard and PowerPact Motor Circuit Protector Settings
Section 8Mag-Gard and

PowerPact Motor Circuit
Protector Settings
Adjusting Mag-Gard or PowerPact Magnetic
Trip Setting
The National Electrical Code (NEC) and Canadian Electrical Code (CEC)
require that magnetic starters, used in combination with adjustable magnetic
trip-only circuit breakers, have an overload relay in each conductor.
Mag-Gard or PowerPact Motor Circuit Protectors are the standard motor
circuit protectors used in Model 6 MCCs.
The adjustable magnetic trip setting is factory-set at Lo for Mag-Gard Motor
Circuit Protectors. For PowerPact H- and J-frame Motor Circuit Protectors,
the Full Load Amp Setting (FLA) is factory set to the lowest position and the
instantaneous trip setting (Im) is factory set to the Auto 1 position. For
PowerPact P-frame Motor Circuit Protectors (ET1.0M electronic trip unit),
the adjustable instantaneous trip setting is factory set to its lowest position.
These settings may have to be adjusted for proper motor start-up. For both
Mag-Gard and PowerPact Motor Circuit Protectors, refer to the magnetic
trip setpoint limits outlined in the applicable national installation codes. For
PowerPact H- and J-frame Motor Circuit Protectors, refer also to the
PowerPact Motor Circuit Protector Settings instruction bulletin
(48940-260-01) shipped with the equipment.
DANGER
equipment.
equipment.
Figure 89:
Mag-Gard Magnetic Trip

Adjustment
To access the Mag-Gard trip adjustment dial:

2. Place the unit handle in the Off position and open the door.
Trip adjustment dial

Test button
3. While pushing the door interlock lever forward, trip the circuit breaker by
pressing the yellow test button (see Figure 89). The disconnect handle
will automatically move up, allowing access to the adjustment dial.
After obtaining the motor full load current from the motor nameplate, select
an adjustable trip setpoint to test start the motor. Further adjustments may
be required because of motor load characteristics. Refer to applicable
national installation codes for permissible setpoints.
After adjusting the trip setting, reset the circuit breaker by moving the
disconnect handle to the On position and then to the Off position.
63

Section 8Mag-Gard and PowerPact Motor Circuit Protector Settings
Figure 90:
PowerPact H- and J-frame

Magnetic Trip Adjustment
80459-641-01D
09/2008
To access the PowerPact H- and J-frame Full Load Amps (FLA) and
Instantaneous Trip setting (Im) dials:
3. To set the FLA and Im dials, refer to the PowerPact Motor Circuit
Protector Settings instruction bulletin (48940-260-01) shipped with the
equipment.
Instantaneous
trip setting dial
NOTES: Select replacement Mag-Gard or PowerPact Motor Circuit

Protectors for MCCs using the voltage and current ratings
listed in the Model 6 MCC Catalog (8998CT9701) in addition to
the Mag-Gard or PowerPact selection tables in the Square D
Digest.
Full load
amps dial
These circuit breakers are suitable for motors with locked-rotor

indicating code letters based on applicable national codes and
standards. For other motors, consult your local Schneider
Electric field sales representative.
Figure 91:
PowerPact P-frame
Instantaneous Trip Adjustment
To access the PowerPact P-frame Instantaneous Trip setting (Im) dial:

3. Make adjustments as follows:
a. For ET1.0I and ET1.0M electronic trip units, adjust instantaneous trip
(Ii) by adjusting switch A (see Figure 91). Switch settings are
multiples of the frame rating.
b. For Micrologic electronic trip units, see the instruction bulletin
shipped with the circuit breaker.
After obtaining the motor full load current from the motor nameplate, select
an adjustable trip setpoint to test start the motor. Further adjustments may
be required because of motor load characteristics. Refer to applicable
national installation codes for permissible setpoints.
64
80459-641-01D
09/2008

Section 9iMCC
Section 9iMCC
This section includes instructions for the Model 6 Intelligent MCC (iMCC).
iMCC Overview
Model 6 iMCCs feature the same overall structure and unit features as
Model 6 Motor Control Centers with additional intelligent capabilities. Two
popular methods for configuring Model 6 iMCCs to customize your
application are:
iMCC-Hardwired I/O: PLC Interwiring

iMCC-Network: Network Cabling
iMCC-Hardwired I/O: PLC Interwiring

This method offers a hardwired I/O system in the Model 6 MCC that
provides basic information and control capabilities. With the I/O mounted in
the MCC, the starters are wired to the I/O at the Schneider Electric
manufacturing plant, and the system is tested prior to shipment.
iMCC-Network: Network Cabling
A key feature of our iMCC-Network solution is the integration of intelligent
devices and device level networks for control and automation that delivers
improved performance. Popular network protocols such as CANopen,
DeviceNet, Ethernet, Modbus, and PROFIBUS communicate directly to
every unit of the iMCC for an effective method of connecting centralized
control to widely distributed I/O.
Networking allows for easy monitoring of critical data of each motor or load
connected to the iMCC, enabling precise process control at all times. With
this information, your staff can respond to potential problems proactively.
Real-time access to information and records of last faults allows for
simplified diagnostics and reduced downtime.
The network cabling consists of a solution that is appropriate for your
selected communication network. Our industry-leading, full-depth wireway
effectively separates network cabling from high voltage cabling.
Additionally, our standard wireway barrier isolates the communication
cabling from the load cabling routed in the vertical wireway.
Networks/Communications
Overview
iMCCs contain Schneider Electric devices with communication ports. Each

device has a unique internal register map. These devices may be linked
together to a single point.
The Schneider Electric publications listed in Table 1 on page 9 may be
useful in the setup, maintenance, and regular operation of your Model 6
iMCC. Upon request, your Schneider Electric field sales representative can
provide them to you in print. Or, you can download these documents from
the Technical Library at www.schneider-electric.us.
65

Section 9iMCC
80459-641-01D
09/2008
Connecting the iMCC Cabling

System
Units within iMCCs are connected at the factory. The cable used varies with
the network type. The pin outs for the various networks are shown in Table 8:
CAUTION
Table 8:
Pin Outs for iMCC Networks

Do not use excessive force when making iMCC
cabling connections. Connections are keyed to
ensure that pins are properly aligned.
Network Cabling
Network
Modbus (2-wire RS-485)
PROFIBUS
DeviceNet
CANopen
Blue
White
Signal +
A (Neg)
Signal B (Pos)
CAN_L
CAN_H
Cable Color
Red
Black
Bare
Not used
Shield
V+
V-
Factory supplied network cabling is installed in accordance with UL 845

procedures and practices, and routed in the bottom horizontal wireway.
In order to make direct connections to Class 2 or Class CM systems, install
Class 2 or Class CM wiring so that it is separated from power conductors
either by a barrier or a minimum space of 0.25 in. (6 mm). Route power
conductors in the top horizontal wireway for maximum separation.
External network cabling must comply with Class 2 or Class CM practices
under the provisions of NEC Articles 725 and 800.
Cables Between Shipping Splits
Connect the trunk line cables between shipping splits by aligning the
keyways and plugging the male end of the trunk cable to the female end of
the next trunk cable. Screw the coupling ring until it is hand-tight. Repeat
this process until all shipping splits are connected.
Load Cables
It is recommended to route all load cables in the top horizontal wireway to

keep them isolated from the communications cabling. If you route the load
cables in the bottom horizontal wireway, make sure to maintain a 0.25-in.
(6 mm) distance between the communications cabling and all other cabling.
Communication Networks
There are three primary ways to connect communication networks: via

bridges/repeaters, programmable logic controllers (PLCs), or a direct cable
connection. Follow the applicable instructions below to make the cabling
connections for your Model 6 iMCC.
Bridges/Repeaters
If the PLC is not in the local area of the MCC, you will typically need to use a
bridge/repeater to connect the communication network.
Terminating Resistors
In order for the communication network to operate properly, terminating

resistors are required on each end of the network. If your iMCC is shipped
with a bridge, repeater, and/or PLC, external terminal blocks (MCT485) are
included with shipment.
Direct Cable Connection

Table 9:
Network Connection Pin Outs
Field
Connection
Termination
Pin # 1
Pin # 2
Pin # 3
Pin # 4
Pin # 5
66
5-Pin Female/Male
Modbus and
DeviceNet and
PROFIBUS
CANopen
Shield
Unused
Unused
White
Blue
Shield
Red
Black
White
Blue
Follow the steps below to connect a cable directly to the network via the
iMCC network cable.
1. Determine which end (male or female) of the iMCC network you will
attach to your cable.
2. Strip back the communication cabling insulation.
3. Based on the network, use the pin outs given in the table at left.
80459-641-01D
09/2008
Figure 92:

Section 9iMCC
Typical Cabling Scheme for Modbus Two-Wire
Section 1
Section 2
6-tap trunk cable assembly

(5000129-83)
Orderable
Item
Part
Number
Cap for unused

male end or tap
ATV61/71 9-pin connector

cable (5000129-501)
3463512-1
Cap for unused

3463512-3
female end or tap
Mini female field
attachable
connector
5000129-287
Mini male field

attachable
connector
5000129-292
20 in. (508 mm)

trunk extension
5000129-76
25 in. (635 mm)

trunk extension
5000129-78
30 in. (762 mm)

trunk extension
5000129-79
35 in. (889 mm)

trunk extension
5000129-80
25 ft. (10.7 m)
cable extension
5000129-81
Single tap trunk cable

(5000129-295)
Device cablegeneral
cables (5000129-75)
ATS48 cable
(5000129-75)
NOTE: Shield must be grounded

at one end only.
Male terminator
(5000129-186)
Female terminator
(5000129-187)
20 in. (508 mm) extension (optional)
(5000129-76)
67

Section 9iMCC
Figure 93:
80459-641-01D
09/2008
Typical Cabling Scheme for DeviceNet and CANopen (8A cable)
Section 1
Section 2
Male cap (D970CAPR)
Device cable
(80420-916-01)
Mini-mini tee
(DN3020)
Orderable
Item
Part
Number
Mini female
field attachable 1A5000-34DN
connector
Mini male field
attachable
connector

(80420-915-50)
1A5006-34DN
25 in. (635 mm)

80420-919-01
trunk cable
30 in. (762 mm)
80420-920-01
trunk cable

(80420-921-01)
35 in. (889 mm)

80420-921-01
trunk cable
at one end only.
Male terminator
(DN100)
Female terminator
(DN150)
20 in. (508 mm) trunk cable
(80420-918-01)
68
80459-641-01D
09/2008
Figure 94:

Section 9iMCC
Typical Cabling Scheme for PROFIBUS
Section 1
Section 2
ATV61/71 9-pin connector

cable (5000129-140)
Orderable
Item
Cap for unused
male end or tap
Part
Number
(5000129-83)
3463512-1
Cap for unused

3463512-3
female end or tap
20 in. (508 mm)
trunk extension
5000129-76
25 in. (635 mm)

trunk extension
5000129-78
30 in. (762 mm)

trunk extension
5000129-79
35 in. (889 mm)

trunk extension
5000129-80
25 ft. (10.7 m)
cable extension
5000129-81

(5000129-295)
Device cable
(5000129-75)

in all sections.
ATS48 cable
(5000129-75)
NOTE: The network

is terminated in a
Termination Unit.
Grounding tee
(5000129-230)
20 in. (508 mm) extension (optional)

5000129-76
69

Section 9iMCC
80459-641-01D
09/2008
Operation
This section contains pre-operation checklists, energizing procedures, and

remote and local programming procedures for TeSys T and
Motor Logic Plus motor protection relays, PowerLogic Power Meter,
PowerLogic Circuit Monitor, Altivar drives, and Altistart soft starts.
Pre-operation Checklists
To verify that the iMCC is operating properly, complete both of the following
checklists before energizing the equipment:
MCC Structure
Complete the maintenance procedures beginning on page 46 and

continuing up to Insulation Test on page 56. This initial maintenance is
necessary to detect any shipping damage or loose connections. Do not
energize the MCC until initial maintenance is complete.
NOTE: The following maintenance procedures are not necessary before
energizing the MCC for the first time: Control Unit Removal, Stab
Assemblies, Starter Contacts and Barriers/Insulators.
If the MCC is equipped with ground fault protection, properly adjust and
test the ground fault protective device before energizing.
Remove all blocks or other temporary holding means from the electrical
devices.
Remove any secondary shunt bars from the current transformers. Do

not operate a current transformer with its secondary shunt bars
open-circuited.
Manually exercise all switches, circuit breakers, and other operator

mechanisms to ensure that they are properly aligned and operate freely.
Electrically exercise all electrically-operated switches, circuit breakers,

and other mechanisms (but not under load) to ensure that the devices
operate properly. This may require an auxiliary source of control power.
Verify proper interval and contact operation of the timers.
Set the Motor Logic Plus overcurrent setting to the maximum service
factor amperage of the motor to ensure that the proper overload
protection is provided. The Motor Logic Plus overcurrent threshold is set
at the lowest setting at the factory. Verify that all other settings are
optimized for the application.
The Parameter Settings Sheet lists all the parameters that have been
changed from the original, default settings. Any settings not shown on
this sheet will retain their original, default values.
Verify that all load and remote control connections have been made and
that they agree with the wiring diagrams provided.
Verify that all ground connections are made properly.
70
Perform an insulation test on the MCC (see Insulation Test on

page 56).
Install the covers and close the doors; verify that they are all properly
tightened.
80459-641-01D
09/2008

Section 9iMCC
iMCC Communications
CAUTION
Before energizing the equipment, check the items below to verify that the
iMCC networking and cabling are set up and connected properly.
Cabling Connections

Verify that the network length without a repeater is less than 1500 feet
(457 m).
Verify that the MCC cables are connected between shipping splits. See
Cables Between Shipping Splits on page 66 for instructions.
Verify that each device tap cable is properly connected to the main
trunk line.
Do not use excessive force when making

cabling connections. Connections are keyed to
ensure that pins are properly aligned.
Verify that all network connections are secure.

Verify that terminating resistors are installed as required per network
protocol.
Communications Setup
Verify that all devices have been assigned correct addresses; see
Device Addressing on page 81 for specific addressing parameters.
Energizing the MCC
DANGER
equipment.
off.
equipment.
Review the Pre-operation Checklists beginning on page 70, and verify
that all items check out.
To energize the MCC:
1. Review the Pre-operation Checklists on page 70 before energizing.
2. Turn off all downstream loads, including distribution equipment and
other devices that are remote from the MCC.
3. Verify that all barriers, doors, and covers are closed before energizing
the equipment.
4. Energize the equipment in sequence, starting with the main devices, the
feeder devices next, and then the motor starter devices.
5. With all barriers in place and all unit doors closed and latched, turn on
the devices with a firm, positive motion.
6. After all disconnect devices are closed, you may energize loads such as
lighting circuits, starters, contactors, heaters, and motors.
71

Section 9iMCC
80459-641-01D
09/2008
Motor Logic Plus Local Programming
DANGER
the Motor Control Center.
Use a properly rated voltage sensing device to confirm that all power is
off. Control units must be de-energized before performing maintenance
on the MCC.
The unit disconnect switch must be locked in the off position before
working on equipment.
Local programming can be used for Motor Logic Plus setpoint programming
and error readout purposes. Verify that the display is unlocked (the default
setting), and disconnect all power before performing the steps below to
accomplish local programming:
2. Connect a 9 V supply to the P and G terminals using the supplied
connector, part # 80445-519-50 (see Figure 95).
Figure 95:
Motor Logic Plus Communication Module Terminals
NOTE: The jumpers are for 2-wire operation.

They must be removed for 4-wire networks.
Receive pair () polarity
Receive pair (+) polarity
Transmit pair () polarity
Transmit pair (+) polarity
Shield
Remote reset switch
Remote reset switch
Ground () *
Power (+) *
Red (+)
* For programming
Black ()
Battery connector 9V
3. Turn the Mode Select switch to the parameter you are programming.
Refer to bulletin # 30072-013-98_ (see iMCC Related Literature on
page 10) for a list of parameters.
4. Press and hold the Reset/Program button.
NOTE: The display will not illuminate for local programming if the Mode
Select switch is in the Run position.
72
80459-641-01D
09/2008

Section 9iMCC
5. Turn the Display/Program dial to the desired setting as shown on the

LED display.
6. Release the Reset/Program button.
7. Turn the Mode Select switch back to the Run position.
8. Disconnect the 9 V supply and its connector.
Error messages are displayed on the 3-digit LED display when harmful
conditions are detected. Table 10 contains a list of the error message codes
and their definitions.
Table 10:
Local Error Display
Displayed Message
Meaning
oc
Tripped on over current
SP
Tripped on single phasing
ub
Tripped on voltage or current unbalance
uC
Tripped on under current
cF
Tripped on contactor failure
GrF
Tripped on ground fault
HI
Tripped on low voltage
rP
Incoming phases have been reversed
oFF
Motor Logic Plus Remote Programming
Tripped on high voltage
Lo
A stop command was issued from a remote source
Remote programming can be used for setpoint programming and data

acquisition purposes. Follow the steps below to remotely configure the
Motor Logic Plus overload. (See Table 11 for a description of the command
line codes referenced in the steps.)
1. Stop the overload by sending code 02H to the command register (C6H).
2. If network programming has not been enabled, send code 05H to the
command register.
3. Program the appropriate parameter. See Table 12 on page 74 for a
register map with a list of parameters. For more detailed information,
refer to bulletin # 30072-013-102_. See Table 13 on page 75 and Table
14 on page 76 to determine the location and addressing of parameters
within the Motor Logic Plus register map.
4. Restart the overload by using code 01H.
Table 11:
Code
Command Line Codes
Command
01H
Start/reset
02H
Stop
03H
Display lock
04H
Display unlock
05H
Network program enable
06H
Network program disable
07H
Network watchdog enable
08H
Network watchdog disable
The network watchdog feature disables the

Motor Logic Plus SSOLR when the device does not
receive a valid communication within a 10 s period.
73

Section 9iMCC
Table 12:
80459-641-01D
09/2008
Motor Logic Plus Address Descriptions

Address
Operation
Code
Description
Notes
1A0
VOLTAV
Average voltage LL
V~
1A1
IAVE
Raw average current
A (x100, x10, x1), multiplied by scale factor
A4
1A2
VUB
Voltage unbalance
0100%
A6
1A3
IUB
Current unbalance
0100%
A8
1A4
PFANGLE
Power factor angle
Degrees
RAM
Relative
A0
A2
AA
CAPTY
Thermal capacity remaining
0100%
1A6
GFC
Ground fault current
AE
1A7
ERCODE/TRIPRN Real time error (RTE) and trip indicator (TI) 8-bit nibble-coded RTE; 8-bit coded TI
B0
1A8
FH
Fault history
B2
1A9
PID
Manufacture year/model and scale
8-bit year; 8-bit ID and scale
B4
1AA
VA-C
Line voltage AC
V~
B6
1AB
VB-C
Line voltage BC
V~
B8
1AC
VA-B
Line voltage AB
V~
BA
1AD
IC
Raw current phase C
BC
1AE
IB
Raw current phase B
BE
1AF
IA
Raw current phase A
C0
1Bo
RD1
Remaining restart delay RD1
C2
1B1
RD2
C4
1B2
RD3
C6
1B3
COMLINE
Command line code (address C6H)
see Table 11 (write only)
C8
1B4
Scale
PowerLogic scale parameter (read only)
0, 1, 2; 16-bit signed word (2s complement,

read only)
CA
1B5
LV
Low voltage threshold
170 V~ to HV (600 V~ model; 450 V~ to HV)
CC
1B6
HV
High voltage threshold
LV to 528 V~ (600 V~ model; LV to 660 V~)
CE
1B7
VUB
Voltage unbalance threshold
215%, or 999 (off)
D0
Read only (all registers

are 16-bit words)
1A5
AC
1B8
MULT
Effective turns ratio
Determined by model
Fault order: 4th, 3rd, 2nd, Last
D2
1B9
OC
Overcurrent threshold
Current range of SSOLR
D4
1BA
UC
Undercurrent threshold
0.5 x OC Min. to OC Max., Off
D6
1BB
CUB
Current unbalance threshold
225%, or 999 (off)
Overcurrent trip class
5, J5, 10, J10, 15, J15, 20, J20, 30, J30

(J = Jam protection is enabled)
D8
Read only (all registers
are 16-bit words)
1BC
TC
DA
1BD
RD1
Rapid cycle timer
2500 s
DC
1BE
RD2
Restart delay RD2
2500 min.
2500 min.
DE
1BF
RD3
Restart delay RD3
E0
1C0
#RU
Restarts after UC
0, 1, 2, 3, 4, A
Number of restarts
0, 1, oc1, 2, oc2, 3, oc3, 4, oc4, A, ocA

(0 = manual, A = continuous, oc = automatic
restart after RD2 expires)
260 s
E2
1C1
#RF
E4
1C2
UCTD
Undercurrent trip delay
E6
1C3
GF
Ground fault threshold
0.15 x OC Min. to 0.2 x OC Max., Off
E8
1C4
ADDR
RS-485 slave address
0199
Required for PowerLogic software.
74
80459-641-01D
09/2008

Section 9iMCC
Table 13:
Read-Only Registers
RAM
Address
Relative
Address
Code
A0
1A0
A2
1A1
A4
1A2
A6
A8
Description
Notes
VOLTAV
Average voltage L-L
Volts
IAVE
Raw average current
VUB
Voltage unbalance
0100%
1A3
IUB
Current unbalance
0100%
1A4
PFANGLE
Power factor angle
Degrees
AA
1A5
CAPTY
Thermal capacity remaining
0100%
AC
1A6
GFC
Ground fault current

Bit #
Remote stop
High voltage
Contactor failure
Unbalance voltage
Under current
Under current
Over current
Phase reversal
Ground fault
Unbalance current
Current unbalance
Single phase voltage > 25%
1A7
Low voltage
2
AE
ERCODE
Fault lockout
ERCODE/TRIP
Bit-real time errors and trip indicator
RN
TRIPRN
Current single phase > 50%

Single phase current > 50%
unbalance
The four-fault history is based on the following scheme: 16 15 14

13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1, where bits 14 = Last fault, bits 58
= 2nd last fault, bits 912 = 3rd last fault, and bits 1316 = 4th last
fault. These four bits indicate a hex value that corresponds to the
following faults:
01
High voltage
02
1A8
FH
NIBBLE_CODED -4 fault history
N/A
04
Contactor failure
05
B0
Low voltage
03
Phase reversal
06
Single phase
07
Ground fault
08
Current unbalance
09
Remote off command
10
Overcurrent
11
Undercurrent
B2
1A9
PID
Manufacture year, month, product type/scale 8-bit year, 4-bit month, 4-bit I/O and scale
B4
1AA
VA-C
Line voltage AC
Volts
B6
1AB
VB-C
Line voltage BC
Volts
B8
1AC
VA-B
Line voltage AB
Volts
BA
1AD
IC
Raw current phase C
BC
1AE
IB
Raw current phase B
BE
1AF
IA
Raw current phase A
C0
1B0
RD1
Seconds
C2
1B1
RD2
Seconds
C4
1B2
RD3
Seconds
Must be used with PowerLogic software

Can only be viewed via network
75

Section 9iMCC
Table 14:
RAM
Address
80459-641-01D
09/2008
Read/Write Registers
Relative
Address
Code
Description
Range
Default
Motor Logic Plus Command Register (C6 hex)
01H
C6
1B3
COM-LINE
Command Line
Reset/run/stop, display lock,

network configuration enable
Start/reset
02H
Stop
03H
Display lock
04H
Display unlock
05H
C8
1B4
Scale
PowerLogic scale parameter
0, 1, 12; 16-bit signed word

(2s complement, read only)
CA
1B5
LV
Low voltage threshold
170 V (450 V
- HV setting
Network program enable
06H
Network program disable
Model dependent
435
500
CC
1B6
HV
High voltage threshold
LV setting - 528 V (660 V
CE
1B7
VUB
Voltage unbalance threshold
215% or 999%
5%
D0
1B8
MULT
CT/turns effective ratio
1 or 10200
D2
1B9
OC
Overcurrent threshold
OL current range
Min. rating
D4
1BA
UC
Undercurrent threshold
0.5 x OC Min. to OC Max., Off
0.8 x OC Min.
D6
1BB
CUB
Current unbalance threshold
225% or 999%
6%
5
5 decimal
J5
133 decimal
10
D8
1BC
TC
Overcurrent trip class
5, J5, 10, J10, 15, J15, 20, J20,

30, J30
(J = Jam protection is enabled)
10 decimal
J10
138 decimal
15
15 decimal
J15
143 decimal
20
20 decimal
J20
148 decimal
30
DA
1BD
30 decimal
J30
158 decimal
RD1
Rapid cycle timer
2500 seconds
10
2500 minutes
8
20
DC
1BE
RD2
Restart delay all faults except

undercurrent
DE
1BF
RD3
Restart delay after undercurrent
2500 minutes
E0
1C0
#RU
# Restarts after undercurrent
0, 1, 2, 3, 4, A (Automatic)
RU Values
8.1
04 in decimal
8.2
A = 255 decimal
RF Values
0
1 decimal
E2
1C1
#RF
# Restarts all faults except

undercurrent
0, 1, oc1, 2, oc2, 3, oc3, 4, oc4,

A, ocA
(0 = manual, A = continuous,
oc = automatic restart after RD2
expires)
2 decimal
oc1
3 decimal
4 decimal
oc2
5 decimal
6 decimal
oc3
7 decimal
8 decimal
oc4
9 decimal
10 decimal
ocA
11 decimal
E4
1C2
UCTD
Undercurrent trip delay
260 seconds
E6
1C3
GF
Ground fault current threshold
(0.4) AOL current range or Off
5
0.15 x Min.
E8
1C4
ADDR
RS-485 slave address
0199
Can only be viewed via network
76
80459-641-01D
09/2008

Section 9iMCC
TeSys T Motor Management

Controller
Figure 96:
TeSys T Controllers
The following describes MCC starter units equipped with the TeSys T Motor
Management Controller. Read and understand the safety precautions at the
beginning of this bulletin before you install, adjust, or perform maintenance
on these units. For full details about MCC installation, refer to Section 4
Installing the MCC on page 15.
Figure 97:
NEMA Rated Control Unit (TeSys T Modbus)
Modbus
DeviceNet
PROFIBUS
Ethernet
CANopen
77

Section 9iMCC
80459-641-01D
09/2008
TeSys T Retrofit Applications
DANGER
equipment.
equipment.
Remove the starter from the unit to replace the overload (melting
alloy/bi-metallic). See Removing the Control Unit on page 48.
Terminal blocks (OEKTTBML) should be used for two-speed applications
requiring multiple passes to achieve the proper adjustment range.
Restrain looped load cabling between the TeSys T controller and the
terminal block with wire ties (or the equivalent) when terminal kits are used.
On 600 V Size 1 applications, add a third wire tie between the circuit
breaker and contactor near the contactor line lugs. Refer to instruction
bulletin 30072-013-29 for additional information.
NOTE: For retrofit applications, contact your Schneider Electric field sales
representative for assistance. Schneider Electric assumes no responsibility for
the design or implementation of retrofits unless contracted to perform them.
Use copper wire only on device power and control terminals. Conductors
must be sized for 60 C or 75 C National Electrical Code (NEC) ratings.
Pressure wire terminals are suitable for single conductor wire sizes
#2414, solid or stranded. Two conductor wire size is #2418. Terminal
instruction labels are located adjacent to the terminal block or on the
wireway door.
Applications Requiring Turns
There are some applications that require more than one wiring turn through
the TeSys T controller.
Certain two-speed constant or variable torque applications require two

passes through the TeSys T conductor (CT) windows through which the
motor leads must pass before being connected to the load terminals on
the contactor (T1, T2, and T3). These two-speed constant or variable
torque applications are for NEMA Size 1 (3/4 HP, 480 V) and all NEMA
Size 2. By allowing multiple passes (turns) of the load leads through
these CT windows, protection can be provided for motors with a full-load
current lower than the specified operating range. Two passes of the load
leads through each window effectively increase (by a multiple of two) the
current that the TeSys T senses.
78
All NEMA Size 4 applications require three passes through separately

mounted current transformers (CTs) rated 300:5.
All three conductor windows must have the same number of passes,
looped in the same direction, for the TeSys T to operate properly.
80459-641-01D
09/2008

Section 9iMCC
Passes should begin from the load side of the TeSys T through the CT
window, and return via the windows provided between the baseplate and
the TeSys T. The final pass terminates on the load side of the contactor.
MCC units requiring multiple passes are factory supplied pre-looped

with #14 wire and interposing terminal blocks. Refer to TeSys T Retrofit
Applications on page 78 for information concerning retrofit.
TeSys T Local Programming
DANGER
the Motor Control Center.
Use a properly rated voltage sensing device to confirm that all power is
off. Control units must be de-energized before performing maintenance
on the MCC.
The unit disconnect switch must be locked in the off position before
working on equipment.
Local Programming can be used for set point programming and error
readout purposes. Configure the Tesys T by using PowerSuite software
or an HMI (display) to set the parameters.
The Parameter Settings Sheet lists all the parameters that have been set by
the factory specific to each device application. Any settings not shown on
the Parameter Settings Sheet will be retained at device default values. To
return the Tesys T controller to its default settings, press and hold the
Test / Reset button down for 1620 seconds.
NOTE: The TeSys T requires power for configuration.
Configuring with HMI
The HMI may be supplied either as a unit-mounted option, or as a separate,

handheld programming kit containing one HMI and one 3.3 ft. (1 m)
connection cable.
1. Connect the HMI to the TeSys T unit:
If supplied as a unit-mounted option, the connection will be made at
the factory.
or
Connect the programming kit directly to the LTME or HMI port on
the front of theTesys T controller.
or
Connect the programming kit via the optional, unit-mounted
RJ-45 port.
2. Input Full Load Current (FLC):
Using the HMI, go to Menu>Protection Settings>Thermal>Thermal
Overload>FLC1
NOTE: For additional details, refer to the TeSys T LTM CU Control
Operator Unit Users Manual and the TeSys T LTM R Motor
Management Controller User's Manual specific to your network
communication protocol. (See iMCC Related Literature on page 10 for
the document numbers.)
79

Section 9iMCC
Configuring with PowerSuite Software
80459-641-01D
09/2008
The PowerSuite Software kit contains one PowerSuite CD, one

USB-to-RS-485 converter, and one 10 ft. (3 m) cable.
1. Install the PowerSuite software on your PC.
2. Set the top switch on the converter to 0-TER MULT.
3. Set the Polarization switch on the side of the converter to OFF.
4. Connect one end of the cable to the RJ-45 port on the converter.
5. Connect the other end of the cable to the TeSys T controller.
6. Connect the USB connector on the converter to a USB port on your PC.
(The converter uses the UniTelway/Modbus driver that is included with
PowerSuite.)
7. Set the full load current (FLC)
Go to Settings -> Thermal -> FLC1 (OC1)
Enter FLC1 as a % of FLCmax.
8. Convert the amperes to FLC Settings
FLC values are stored as a percentage of FLCmax in the TeSys T:
FLC (in %) = FLC (in A) / FLCmax
NOTES: For details about the PowerSuite software, refer to the TeSys T
LTM R Motor Management Controller User's Manual specific to
your network communication protocol.
Verify the proper configuration of the TeSys T controller per your
application.
PowerLogic Power Meter Series 800
Instructions for performing local and remote programming for the Power
Meter Series 800 are contained in Schneider Electric instruction bulletins
# 63230-500-200 and 63230-500-224 (see the MCC and iMCC Related
Literature table on page 10).
PowerLogic Circuit Monitor
Instructions for performing local and remote programming for the Circuit
Monitor 3000 or Circuit Monitor 4000 series are contained in Schneider
Electric instruction bulletin # 63230-400-204 or 63230-300-209, respectively
(see the MCC and iMCC Related Literature table on page 10).
Altivar 61/71
To perform local setpoint programming, please refer to Schneider Electric

bulletin atv71_Programming_Manual_en (see the MCC and iMCC Related
Literature table on page 10).
To perform remote setpoint programming, please refer to Schneider Electric
bulletin atv71_Parameters_en (see the MCC and iMCC Related Literature
table on page 10).
Altistart 48
The Altistart 48 is factory set to operate without adjustment along with many
applications. The Altistart 48 is set up with the following parameters:
Protocol
Modbus RTU
Address
Speed
Customer defined 19,200 baud
Format
Parity
8 data bits,
1 stop bit
Even
Two switches on the back of the keypad provide three levels of access to
the parameters. Each can be set to avoid adjustment of the parameters, as
is the case when shipped from the factory. The parameters are locked at the
factory to avoid accidental modification. To adjust parameters, you must first
remove the communications module from the front of the unit door, and then
change the DIP switch settings.
80
80459-641-01D
09/2008
Device Addressing

Section 9iMCC
Unless specified otherwise, MCC devices are assigned addresses starting

from 2.
Maximum Number of
Addressable Nodes
Address Range
Address to Avoid
Modbus
31
2247
127
PROFIBUS
126
2125
126
DeviceNet
64
262
63
CANopen
127
2126
127
Protocol
Software
Configurable softwaresuch as PowerLogic System Manager Software,

PowerSuite, or Motor Logic Plus Solutionsis available for communication
with your intelligent Model 6 iMCC components. For setup, operating, and
maintenance instructions, consult the user manual included with your software
package.
81

Section 10Expansion
Section 10Expansion
80459-641-01D
09/2008
The modular design of MCCs permits easy expansion to keep pace

with an expanding electrical system. When space is available in the
existing MCC, starter units can easily be added. When no more starter
unit mounting space is available, vertical sections can be added to provide
additional space.
Starter units may be rearranged or replaced with larger units. In most cases, a
Size 2 starter unit can replace a Size 1 unit with no change in mounting space.
Ordering Information
When ordering additional MCC equipment, include the following information:
Type of equipment being supplied
Special features
Supply voltage, frequency, system type

NEMA/EEMAC enclosure type
Enclosure finish
Control circuit voltage and frequency
Optional control circuit components required (control transformers, push
buttons, pilot lights, selector switches, etc.)
The factory order number of the original MCC (the number is stamped
into the structure nameplate on the vertical wire trough door; the unit
label inside each control unit also contains the factory order number)
When ordering new vertical sections, also provide the following information:
Horizontal and vertical bus capacity, material, and plating

Bus bracing (or available fault current)
Enclosure dimensions
DANGER
equipment.
off.
equipment.
Modifying MCC Units
Most MCC units are designed for easy removal from the MCC structure.
Some units are not removable due primarily to the physical size of the unit.
De-Energizing Equipment and

Identifying Unit Type
Identify whether the unit intended for modification is a removable style or a

fixed position unit. All removable units have stab connections to the vertical
bus as shown on the electrical schematics and one-line diagrams provided
with the MCC. Most removable units also have a twin handle cam
mechanism (see Figure 63 on page 49). One notable exception is the
Compac 6 control unit (see Figure 69 on page 51), which is removable but
does not have the twin handle cam mechanism.
82
80459-641-01D
09/2008

Section 10Expansion
If the unit is removable, follow the instructions below. If the unit is a fixed
position unit, follow the instructions for Modifying Fixed Units below.
Modifying Removable Units
2. Remove the MCC unit from the structure. See the procedure for
Maintaining the Control Unit on page 47 of this manual.
3. Perform the required modifications. Use thread-forming screws to mount
devices. Do not use bolts and nuts, as they could loosen over time and
cause property damage or personal injury. The hardware must not extend
beyond the back of the MCC unit saddle more than 0.25 in. (6 mm) or
beyond the sides and bottom pan by more than 0.125 in. (3 mm).
4. Make sure that proper electrical spacing1 between uninsulated live parts
of opposite polarity and an exposed or uninsulated dead metal part is
maintained.
5. Use a vacuum cleaner to remove all debris left in the unit as a result of
the modifications. Do not use compressed air to blow out the unit,
because all debris may not be fully removed.
6. Perform the recommended maintenance procedures beginning on
page 47 of this manual.
7. Ensure that vertical bus closing plugs are in place (with the exception of
one plug where the MCC unit will stab on the vertical bus). If other vertical
bus closing plugs are not in the proper position, ensure that all power is
removed from the vertical bus and reinstall the vertical bus closing plugs.
8. Use a megohmmeter to perform an insulation test as outlined on page 56.
9. Look for and clear any obstructions that would not permit proper
energization of the MCC unit.
10. Reinstall the MCC unit and follow the procedures for Energizing the
MCC on page 45 of this manual.
Modifying Fixed Units
2. If drilling holes in the back of the MCC unit saddle is required, do not drill
through the back of the saddle more than 0.1875 in. (5 mm). Use a drill
stop device for this procedure.
3. Perform the required modifications. Use thread-forming screws to mount
devices. Do not use bolts and nuts, as they could loosen over time and
cause property damage or personal injury. The hardware must not extend
beyond the back of the MCC unit saddle more than 0.25 in. (6 mm) or
beyond the sides and bottom pan by more than 0.125 in. (3 mm).
4. Make sure that proper electrical spacing1 between uninsulated live parts
of opposite polarity and an exposed or uninsulated dead metal part is
maintained.
5. Use a vacuum cleaner to remove all debris left in the unit as a result of
the modifications. Do not use compressed air to blow out the unit,
because all debris may not be fully removed.
6. Perform the recommended maintenance procedures beginning on
page 47 of this manual.
7. Use a megohmmeter to perform an insulation test as outlined on page 56.
8. Follow the procedures for Energizing the MCC on page 45.
1
Electrical spacings are specified in UL 845, Tables 18 and 19. Electrical spacing in a control
or metering circuit or within a motor control unit (251600 V) is 0.375 in. (10 mm) through air
and 0.50 in. (13 mm) over surface; for power circuits of main and feeder units, it is 1 in. (25 mm)
through air and 2 in. (51 mm) over surface.
83

Section 10Expansion
80459-641-01D
09/2008
Installing Additional MCC Units
2. Position the midshelf (Figure 98, Item A) in the appropriate area of the
structure.
3. Place the mounting foot (Item B) of the shelf into the mounting pan slots
(Item C). Secure the shelf at the mounting foot end, the left side, and the
right side with flat head screws (Detail A, Item D).
4. Install the hinge leaves of the door (Detail A, Item E) into the hinge slots
(Item G), which are on the structure corner channel. Fasten the hinge
leaves to the structure corner channel using hex head screws (Item H).
5. Install quarter-turn fastener receptacles (Detail B, Item J) into the
bracket slots (Item K) and fasten with hex head screws (Item H).
Figure 98:
Shelf and Door Installation
Table 15:
Shelf Installation Kit

Parts
Description
Qty
Shelf
Flat head screws
Assemble
per
G
H
E
F
Item
Steps 2 and 3
Step 3
Unit door
Step 4
Hex head screws
Steps 4 and 5
Quarter turn
fastener receptacle
Step 5
C
B
Detail A
See Detail
A or B
Shelves are furnished with order. Structure may

already have shelf mounted in position.
All necessary hardware for typical shelf
installation is included. Door installation may
require additional hardware.
D
See Detail A
J
H
K
F
Detail B
See Detail B
84
80459-641-01D
09/2008
Figure 99:
Cutting the Vertical Wire Trough

Grommet (when supplied)

Section 10Expansion
6. If a grommeted wireway barrier is supplied, locate the vertical wire

trough grommet (see Figure 99) nearest the bottom of the control unit.
Cut the grommet following the instructions on the grommet. See the
second paragraph under Load and Control Wiring on page 40.
7. Remove the manual bus shutter(s) (see Figure 100) to allow insertion of
the new control unit; slide out the top bus shutter.
NOTE: Do not remove the tether.
Figure 100: Removing the Manual Bus Shutter
Figure 101: Engaging the Cam Mechanism
8. Confirm the cam mechanism is in the open position; position the

mounting slides of the control unit onto the slots of the mid-shelf. Slide
the unit inward to engage the cam mechanism (see Figure 101).
9. Press the handles inward until they are flush with the face of the MCC
(see Figure 102).
NOTE: Compac 6 units do not have the twin handle cam mechanism.
Figure 102: Handles Flush with the Front of the MCC
Figure 103: Tightening the Control Unit

Lock-in Panel (when supplied)
10. Turn the screw on the control unit lock-in panel (when supplied) located
at the bottom front of the control unit (see Figure 103), until the lock-in
pawl is latched to the support shelf below the control unit.
85

Section 10Expansion
Figure 104: Power Leads Connected to

Power Terminals
80459-641-01D
09/2008
11. Pull the power leads from the vertical wire trough through the grommet
and into the control unit. Connect them to the power terminals in the
control unit (see Figure 104).
NOTE: To provide additional working clearance, grasp the control
station plate on the right side and pull gently, allowing it to hinge open
(see Figure 105).
12. Pull the control leads from the vertical wire trough through the grommet
and connect them to the terminals of the top (removable) portion of the
control pull-apart terminal blocks (see Figure 105).
13. Close the unit door and secure the quarter-turn fasteners.
Figure 105: Connecting Control Leads to the Terminal Blocks
Compac 6 Units
The following describes how to add a Compac 6, six-inch (52 mm) unit to an
MCC section. Before installing these units, read and understand the safety
precautions at the beginning of this section. For full details about MCC
installation, refer to Section 4Installing the MCC on page 15.
Control and Load Wiring
Pull-apart control terminals (see Figure 106) are mounted on the floor of the
unit adjacent to the wiring port on the right side. Terminate field control
wiring on the removable portion of the block.
DANGER
Figure 106: Pull-apart Terminals

1 2
3 4
5 6
7 8
9 10
11 A
1A
2X
1X

86
10 A Control Wire Terminal Block

To separate or remove the top portion of the terminal block from its base, grasp the top
half and pull apart as shown.
Each terminal is rated for one 16-12 AWG wire or two 16 AWG wires.
Torque terminal screws to 5 lb-in (0.5 Nm).
80459-641-01D
09/2008

Section 10Expansion
Cable Connection Torque Values
Refer to the torque label on the right inside wall of the unit for load terminal
wire and torque requirements (see Figure 107).
Figure 107: Typical Unit Torque Label
1 2
3 4
5 6
7 8
9 10
11
A1
A2
X1
X2
UNIT MOTOR CONNECTIONS MUST

BE SIZED PER 60 C OR 75 C
NEC WIRE RATING.
USE COPPER WIRE ONLY.
MAINTAIN TORQUE VALUE OF
20 lb-in FOR THESE CONNECTIONS.
80438-064-01
Fuse clips in six-inch (52 mm) units accommodate 600 V, Class J fuses only.
The switch mounted fuse base (see Figure 108) is configured either for 30 A
or 60 A fuses. The bottom plate mounted fuse base accepts 100 A fuses.
Figure 108: Fuse Bases
Switch Mounted Fuse Base
Bottom Plate Mounted Fuse Base
87

Section 10Expansion
Compac 6 Control Unit Installation
80459-641-01D
09/2008
If Compac 6 control units have been removed from the structure, reinstall
them when maintenance work on them is complete. For control unit
replacement, follow these instructions:
2. Ensure that the operator handle of the control unit is in the OFF position.
3. Place the control unit into the structure in the proper location.
4. Position the mounting slides of the control unit onto the slots of the
mid-shelf. Slide the unit inward until the unit is halfway in, then move it
inward with a quick push. This movement easily overcomes the
compression of the stabs as they engage the vertical bus (Figure 109).
NOTE: The interlock is spring loaded and engages automatically when
the control unit is inserted with a firm push to the operator handle.
Pressing the structure interlock release is not necessary.
5. Retrieve the pull-apart terminal block from the vertical wire trough in
through the wiring port.
Figure 109: Reinstalling the Compac 6 Control Unit
ON
O FF
STA
RT
STO
P
1 2
3 4
5 6
7 8
9 10
11 A
1A
2X
1X
2
6. Connect the pull-apart terminal block to the control unit. If necessary,

remove the control panel. Replace the control panel when the connection
is made.
7. Refer to the termination tags placed during removal of the control unit
(Step 4 on page 52) to properly connect the power wiring to the starter
terminals.
8. Shut the door and tighten the quarter-turn fasteners (see Detail B of
Figure 98 on page 84).
88
80459-641-01D
09/2008

Section 11Troubleshooting
DANGER
equipment.
off.
equipment.
The following table lists problems encountered with MCCs, their causes,
and remedies. This table is of a general nature and covers only the main
causes of problems.
Misapplication of a device can result in serious problems; however, rather
than list this cause repeatedly below, note that misapplication is a major
cause of motor control problems and must always be questioned when a
device is not functioning properly.
Actual physical damage or broken parts can usually be quickly located and
replaced. Damage caused by water or flood conditions requires special
treatment. Contact your Schneider Electric field sales representative.
89

Table 16:
80459-641-01D
09/2008
Motor Control Center Troubleshooting Chart
Part
Problem
Contact Chatter (also
see Noisy Magnet)
Cause
1. Poor contact in the control circuit.
Remedy
1. Replace the contact device or use a holding circuit interlock
(3-wire control).
2. Check the coil terminal voltage and voltage dips during starting.
1. Abnormal inrush of current.
1. Check for grounds, shorts, or excessive motor load current, or

use larger contactor.
2. Rapid jogging.
2. Install a larger device rated for jogging service.
3. Insufficient tip pressure.
3. Replace contacts and springs. Check contact carrier for

deformation or damage.
4. Low voltage which prevents the magnet

from sealing.
5. Foreign matter prevents the contacts

from closing.
5. Clean the contacts with an environmentally safe (CFC-free)

contact cleaner.
6. Short circuit or ground fault.
6. Remove the fault. Ensure that the fuse and circuit breaker sizes
are correct.
1. Filing or dressing.
1. Do not file the silver tips; rough spots or discoloration do not

harm tips or impair their efficiency.
2. Interrupting excessively high currents.
Welding or Freezing
2. Low voltage.
2. Install a larger device or check for grounds, shorts, or excessive

motor currents.
Contacts
3. Excessive jogging.
4. Weak tip pressure.
5. Dirt or foreign matter on the contact
surface.
5. Clean contacts with an environmentally safe (CFC-free) contact

cleaner. Reduce the entry of foreign matter into the enclosure.
6. Short circuit or ground fault.
Short Trip Life or

Overheating or Trips
3. Install a larger device rated for jogging service.

4. Replace contacts and springs; check the contact carrier for
deformation or damage.
6. Remove the fault; ensure that the fuse and circuit breaker sizes
are correct.
7. Loose connection in the power circuit.

8. Sustained overload.
Open Circuit
7. Clear and tighten the connection.

8. Check for excessive motor load current or install a larger
device.
3. Replace the coil.
4. Undervoltage; failure of the magnet to

seal in.
4. Check the coil terminal voltage. It should be at least 85% of the

coil rating.
5. Clean the pole faces.
6. Mechanical obstruction.
6. With power off, check for free movement of the contact and
armature assembly.
1. Sustained overload.
1. Check for excessive motor currents or current unbalance;

correct cause.
2. Loose or corroded connection in the

power circuit.
2. Clean and tighten the connection.
3. Incorrect thermal units.
Tripping
2. Install the correct coil.
3. Shorted turns caused by mechanical

damage or corrosion.
5. Dirt or rust on the pole faces.
Overheated Coil
Replace the coil; handle and store replacement coils carefully.

1. Check the coil terminal voltage. It should not exceed 110% of
the coil rating.
2. Incorrect coil.
Coils
Mechanical damage.
1. Overvoltage or high ambient
temperature.
3. Replace the thermal units with the correct size for the
application.
4. Excessive coil voltage.
1. Check the thermal unit selection table. Install the proper thermal
units.
2. Mechanical binding, dirt, corrosion, etc.

Failure To Trip
4. Voltage should not exceed 110% of the coil rating.
1. Incorrect thermal units.
Thermal Overload
Relays
2. Replace the relay and thermal units.
3. Relay previously damaged by a short

circuit.
3. Replace the relay and thermal units.
4. Relay contact welded or not in series with 4. Check circuit for a fault and correct the condition. Replace the
the contactor coil.
contact or the entire relay as necessary.
90
80459-641-01D
09/2008
Table 16:
Part

Motor Control Center Troubleshooting Chart (continued)

Problem
Cause
Remedy
1. Load is too heavy for motor horsepower. 1. Remove excessive motor load or resize motor.
2. Wrong overload trip class selected for
Overload relay trips on
application.
start-up (after more than
3. Incorrect overload FLA setting.
3 seconds).
4. Use of electronic DC injection brake.
2. Use Trip Class 20 overload relay instead of Trip Class 10.

3. Set FLA adjustment according to motor full-load current.
4. Do not use electronic DC injection brakes with solid-state
overload relay.
1. Motor branch circuit fuse blown.
3. Select different type of overload relay for non 3-phase

applications.
4. Voltage unbalance on feeder.
4. Correct voltage unbalance in feeder.
5. Motor winding damage in one or more

windings.
5. Check motor winding impedance. Rewind if necessary.
6. Phase loss in primary of wye-delta or

delta-wye transformer.
6. Replace blown fuses or tighten connections.
7. One or more load lead(s) is not routed

through relay window or is routed in
opposite direction.
Overload relay trips on

Motor Logic Overload
start-up (in less than 3
Relays
seconds).
2. Tighten motor branch circuit connection.
3. Motor circuit is not 3-phase.
1. Replace blown motor branch circuit fuse(s).
2. Loose motor branch circuit.
7. Pass each load lead through its respective window in the

same direction.
8. Number of load lead passes are different. 8. Each load lead must be looped the same number of passes.
1. Load is too heavy for motor horsepower. 1. Remove excessive motor load or resize motor.
2. Incorrect overload FLA setting.
2. Set FLA adjustment according to motor full-load current.
3. Use of electronic DC injection brake.
3. Do not use electronic DC injection brakes with solid-state

overload relay.
4. Incorrect overload FLA setting. (Multiple

pass applications.)
4. Recalculate FLA adjustment and set according to motor

full-load current and number of looped passes.
Invalid configuration error
Indicates either a bad checksum (Config checksum error) or good

checksum but bad data (Invalid config error). Both caused by
hardware failure. Take the following steps:
Configuration checksum (EEROM) error
Overload relay trips

while running normally.
1. Cycle power and wait 30 s.

2. Reset the configuration settings to factory settings.
3. If the fault persists, replace the TeSys T.
Minor internal faults

Internal network communications failure
A/D out of range error
Start command check
Check the following:
Stop command check
TeSys T
These faults indicate a hardware failure. Take the following steps:

1. Cycle power and wait 30 s.
2. If the fault persists, replace the TeSys T.
Stop check back

Diagnostic errors
Run check back
relay outputs
all wiring, including:
control wiring circuit, including all electromechanical devices
power wiring circuit, including all components
load CT wiring.
After all checks are complete:

1. Perform a fault reset.
2. If the fault persists, cycle power and wait 30 s.
3. If the fault still persists, replace the TeSys T.
91

Table 16:
80459-641-01D
09/2008
Motor Control Center Troubleshooting Chart (continued)
Part
Problem
Cause
Remedy
Correct the polarity of the CTs. Be sure that:
CT reversal error
all external CTs face the same direction

all load CT wiring passes through windows in the same
direction

Current/voltage phase reversal error
Check:
Phase configuration error
L1, L2 and L3 wiring connection to be sure wires are not

crossed
Motor Phases Sequence parameter setting (ABC versus ACB)

TeSys T
Check for:
Wiring/configuration
errors
PTC connection error
short circuit or open circuit in the motor temp sensor wiring

wrong type of motor temp sensing device
improper configuration of parameters for selected device

Check for:
Voltage phase loss error
improper wiring, such as loose terminations

blown fuse
cut wire
single-phase motor configured for 3-phase operation
failure to wire a single phase motor through both A and C load
CT windows
failure of power source (for example, utility power failure)

1. Broken shading coil.
Noisy Magnet
1. Replace the magnet and armature.
1. No control voltage.
1. Check the control circuit wiring for a loose connection or poor

contact continuity.
2. Low voltage.
2. Check for the proper coil terminal voltage and voltage dips
during starting.
3. Mechanical obstruction.
3. With the power off, check for free movement of the contact and
armature assembly.
4. Open or overheated coil.
5. Wrong coil.
Magnetic And
Mechanical Parts
2. Clean the magnet with a clean, dry cloth.
3. Low voltage.
Failure To Pick Up and

Seal
2. Dirt or rust on magnet faces.
1. Gummy substance on the pole faces.
Failure To Drop Out
1. Clean the pole faces with a clean, dry cloth.
2. Voltage not removed.
2. Check the coil terminal voltage and the control circuit.
3. Worn or corroded parts causing binding.
3. Replace the parts.
4. Residual magnetism due to the lack of an

4. Replace the magnet and armature.
air gap in the magnet path.
5. Welded contacts.
5. See ContactsWelding or Freezing
Erratic Timing
Foreign matter in the valve.
Replace the complete timing head, or return the timer to the factory
for repair and adjustment.
Contacts Do Not
Operate
1. Maladjustment of the actuating screw.
1. Adjust according to the instructions in the service bulletin.
Limit Switches
Broken Parts
Overtravel of the actuator.
Use a resilient actuator, or operate within the tolerance of the

device.
Manual Starters
Failure To Reset
Latching mechanism worn or broken.
Replace the starter.
Pneumatic Timers
92
2. Worn or broken parts in the snap switch. 2. Replace the snap switch.
80459-641-01D
09/2008

Section 12Insulation Resistance
Section 12Insulation
Resistance
DANGER
NOTE: Disconnect all solid state

devices such as TVSSs, drives, soft
starts, capacitors, filters, and circuit
monitors before performing
megohmmeter tests on the MCC.
equipment.
off.
equipment.
Follow the instructions in Insulation Test on page 56.
Phase-To-Phase
Phase-To-Ground
All Disconnects Open
Date
A-B
B-C
C-A
A-Ground
B-Ground
C-Ground
B-Ground
C-Ground
All Disconnects Closed

Date
A-B
B-C
C-A
A-Ground
93

80459-641-01D
09/2008
Thermal Overload Unit Selection
This section identifies the thermal overload units needed for the starters
specified in an order. Tables are based on motor full-load amps and provide
the catalog number for the appropriate thermal units to be used at that
current rating.
Melting Alloy Overload Selection Tables for Combination Starter Units

Size 1
Size 2
Motor
Full-Load
Current (A)
Thermal Unit
Number
Motor
Full-Load
Current (A)
Thermal Unit
Number
Motor
Full-Load
Current (A)
Thermal Unit
Number
Motor
Full-Load
Current (A)
Thermal Unit
Number
0.560.63
B 0.81
4.124.70
B 6.90
3.944.45
B 6.90
14.015.8
B 25
0.640.68
B 0.92
4.715.21
B 7.70
4.464.97
B 7.70
15.917.9
B 28
0.690.77
B 1.03
5.225.53
B 8.20
4.985.28
B 8.20
18.019.9
B 32
0.780.85
B 1.16
5.546.17
B 9.10
5.295.97
B 9.10
20.022.8
B 36
0.860.97
B 1.30
6.187.02
B 10.2
5.986.89
B 10.2
22.925.4
B 40
0.981.09
B 1.45
7.037.92
B 11.5
6.907.92
B 11.5
25.528.9
B 45
1.101.21
B 1.67
7.938.61
B 12.8
7.938.71
B 12.8
29.030.8
B 50
1.221.33
B 1.88
8.629.17
B 14
8.729.27
B 14.0
30.932.5
B 56
1.341.53
B 2.10
9.1810.0
B 15.5
9.2810.2
B 15.5
32.634.9
B 62
1.541.73
B 2.40
10.111.0
B 17.5
10.311.4
B 17.5
35.039.7
B 70
1.741.89
B 2.65
11.111.8
B 19.5
11.512.3
B 19.5
39.844.7
B 79
1.902.17
B 3.00
11.913.5
B 22
12.413.9
B 22
2.182.53
B 3.30
13.615.3
B 25
2.542.87
B 3.70
15.417.4
B 28
2.883.22
B 4.15
17.519.4
B 32
3.233.49
B 4.85
19.522.2
B 36
3.503.85
B 5.50
22.325.1
B 40
3.864.11
B 6.25
25.227.0
B 45
Size 3
Size 4
Motor
Full-Load
Current (A)
Thermal Unit
Number
Motor
Full-Load
Current (A)
Thermal Unit
Number
Motor
Full-Load
Current (A)
Thermal Unit
Number
Motor
Full-Load
Current (A)
Thermal Unit
Number
14.014.9
CC 20.9
36.939.8
CC 59.4
44.046.8
CC 64.3
73.078.1
CC 112
15.016.2
CC 22.8
39.942.3
CC 64.3
46.950.6
CC 68.5
78.283.9
CC 121
16.317.2
CC 24.6
42.445.7
CC 68.5
50.754.5
CC 74.6
84.091.1
CC 132
17.318.7
CC 26.3
45.849.2
CC 74.6
54.658.4
CC 81.5
91.297.5
CC 143
18.820.2
CC 28.8
49.352.8
CC 81.5
58.562.9
CC 87.7
97.6104
CC 156
20.321.7
CC 31.0
52.956.8
CC 87.7
63.067.7
CC 94.0
105113
CC 167
67.872.9
CC 103
114133
CC 180
21.823.3
56.961.2
CC 94.0
CC 36.4
61.366.1
CC 103
25.327.1
CC 39.6
66.271.2
CC 112
27.229.4
CC 42.7
71.376.7
CC 121
29.531.6
CC 46.6
76.882.9
CC 132
31.734.0
CC 50.1
83.090.0
CC 143
34.136.8
94
CC 33.3
23.425.2
CC 54.5
80459-641-01D
09/2008

Melting Alloy Overload Selection Tables for Combination Starter Units (cont.)
Size 5 without CT Type Overloads
Motor
Full-Load
Current (A)
Thermal Unit
Number
Motor
Full-Load
Current (A)
Size 5 with CT Type Overloads and Circuit Breakers

Motor
Full-Load
Current (A)
Thermal Unit
Number
Thermal Unit
Number
Motor
Full-Load
Current (A)
Thermal Unit
Number
88.295.1
DD 112
171180
DD 220
40.845.5
B 1.03
115128
B 3.00
95.2101
DD 121
181197
DD 240
45.649.9
B 1.16
129140
B 3.30
102111
DD 128
198204
DD 250
51.057.5
B 1.30
141160
B 3.70
112119
DD 140
205213
DD 265
57.665.9
B 1.45
161193
B 4.15
120131
DD 150
214237
DD 280
66.073.1
B 1.67
194209
B 4.85
132149
DD 160
238243
DD 300
73.281.5
B 1.88
210232
B 5.50
150170
DD 185
244266
DD 320
81.692.3
B 2.10
233248
B 6.25
92.4104
B 2.40
249266
B 6.90
105114
B 2.65
Size 5 with CT Type Overloads and Fusible Switch Disconnects

Motor
Full-Load
Current (A)
Thermal Unit
Number
Max. Fuse
Rating (A)
Motor
Full-Load
Current (A)
Thermal Unit
Number
Max. Fuse
Rating (A)
40.845.5
B 1.03
90
115128
B 3.00
250
45.649.9
B 1.16
100
129140
B 3.30
250
51.057.5
B 1.30
110
141160
B 3.70
300
57.6-65.9
B 1.45
125
161193
B 4.15
350
66.073.1
B 1.67
125
194209
B 4.85
400
73.281.5
B 1.88
150
210232
B 5.50
400
84.692.3
B 2.10
175
233248
B 6.25
400
92.4104
B 2.40
200
249266
B 6.90
400
105114
B 2.65
225
Motor
Full-Load
Current (A)
Thermal Unit
Number
Motor
Full-Load
Current (A)
Thermal Unit
Number
133148
B 1.30
272308
B 2.65
149174
B 1.45
309348
B 3.00
175195
B 1.67
349397
B 3.30
196219
B 1.88
398429
B 3.70
220239
B 2.10
430495
B 4.15
240271
B 2.40
496520
B 4.85
Size 6
95

80459-641-01D
09/2008
Melting Alloy Overload Selection Tables for Part Winding Combination Starter Units
Size 1
Size 2
Motor
Full-Load
Current (A)
Thermal Unit
Number
Motor
Full-Load
Current (A)
Thermal Unit
Number
Motor
Full-Load
Current (A)
Thermal Unit
Number
B 0.81
8.249.41
B 6.90
7.888.91
B 6.90
24.827.9
B 22
B 0.92
9.4210.43
B 7.70
8.929.95
B 7.70
28.031.7
B 25
1.381.55
B 1.30
10.4411.07
B 8.20
9.9610.57
B 8.20
31.835.9
B 28
1.561.71
B 1.16
11.0812.35
B 9.10
10.5811.95
B 9.10
36.039.9
B 32
1.721.95
B 1.30
12.3614.05
B 10.2
11.9613.79
B 10.2
40.045.7
B 36
1.962.19
B 1.45
14.0615.85
B 11.5
13.8015.85
B 11.5
45.850.9
B 40
2.202.43
B 1.67
15.8617.23
B 12.8
15.8617.43
B 12.8
51.061.7
B 45
2.442.67
B 1.88
17.2418.35
B 14
17.4418.55
B 14.0
61.865.1
B 50
2.683.07
B 2.10
18.3620.1
B 15.5
18.5620.5
B 15.5
65.269.9
B 56
3.083.47
B 2.40
20.222.1
B 17.5
20.622.9
B 17.5
70.079.5
B 62
3.483.79
B 2.65
22.223.7
B 19.5
23.024.7
B 19.5
79.689.4
B 70
3.804.35
B 3.00
23.827.1
B 22
4.365.07
B 3.30
27.230.7
B 25
5.085.75
B 3.70
30.834.9
B 28
5.766.45
B 4.15
35.038.9
B 32
6.466.99
B 4.85
39.044.5
B 36
7.007.71
B 5.50
44.650.3
B 40
7.728.23
B 6.25
50.454.0
B 45
Motor
Full-Load
Current (A)
Thermal Unit
Number
1.121.27
1.281.37
Size 3
Size 4
Motor
Full-Load
Current (A)
Thermal Unit
Number
Motor
Full-Load
Current (A)
Thermal Unit
Number
Motor
Full-Load
Current (A)
Thermal Unit
Number
Motor
Full-Load
Current (A)
Thermal Unit
Number
28.029.9
CC 20.9
73.879.7
CC 59.4
105112
CC 74.6
170181
CC 132
30.032.5
CC 22.8
79.884.7
CC 64.3
113122
CC 81.5
182195
CC 143
32.634.5
CC 24.6
84.891.5
CC 68.5
123131
CC 87.7
196209
CC 156
34.637.5
CC 26.3
91.698.5
CC 74.6
132142
CC 94.0
210227
CC 167
37.640.5
CC 28.8
98.6105.7
CC 81.5
143153
CC 103
228247
CC 180
40.643.5
CC 31.0
105.8113.7
CC 87.7
154157
CC 112
248266
CC 196
43.646.7
CC 33.3
113.8122.5
CC 94.0
158169
CC 121
46.850.5
CC 36.4
122.6132.3
CC 103
50.654.3
CC 39.6
132.4142.5
CC 112
54.458.9
CC 42.7
142.6153.5
CC 121
59.063.3
CC 46.6
153.6165.9
CC 132
63.468.1
CC 50.1
166.0180.0
CC 143
68.273.7
CC 54.5
96
80459-641-01D
09/2008

Melting Alloy Overload Selection Tables for Part Winding Combination Starter Units (cont.)
Size 5 without CT Type Overloads
Size 5 with CT Type Overloads and Circuit Breakers

Thermal Unit
Number
Motor
Full-Load
Current (A)
81.691.1
B 1.03
230257
B 3.00
91.2101
B 1.16
258-281
B 3.30
DD 250
102115
B 1.30
282321
B 3.70
DD 265
116131
B 1.45
322387
B 4.15
428475
DD 289
132146
B 1.67
388419
B 4.85
DD 160
476487
DD 300
147163
B 1.84
420465
B 5.50
DD 185
488532
DD 320
Motor
Full-Load
Current (A)
Thermal Unit
Number
Motor
Full-Load
Current (A)
Thermal Unit
Number
Motor
Full-Load
Current (A)
176190
DD 112
342361
DD 220
191203
DD 121
362395
DD 240
204223
DD 128
396409
224239
DD 140
410427
240253
DD 150
254299
300341
Thermal Unit
Number
164184
B 2.10
466497
B 6.25
185209
B 2.40
496532
B 6.90
210229
B 2.65
Size 5 with CT Type Overloads and

Fusible Switch Disconnects
Motor
Full-Load
Current (A)
Thermal Unit
Number
Motor
Full-Load
Current (A)
Thermal Unit
Number
81.691.1
B 1.03
230257
B 3.00
91.2101
B 1.16
258281
B 3.30
102115
B 1.30
282321
B 3.70
116131
B 1.45
322387
B 4.15
132146
B 1.67
388419
B 4.35
147163
B 1.88
420465
B 5.60
164184
B 2.10
466497
B 6.25
185209
B 2.40
498532
B 6.90
210229
B 2.65
97

80459-641-01D
09/2008
Ambient-Compensated Bimetallic Overload Selection Tables for Combination Starter Units

Size 1
Size 2
Motor
Full-Load
Current (A)
Thermal Unit
Number
Motor
Full-Load
Current (A)
Thermal Unit
Number
Motor
Full-Load
Current (A)
Thermal Unit
Number
Motor
Full-Load
Current (A)
Thermal Unit
Number
0.570.60
AR 1.05
3.463.81
AR 5.8
4.244.62
AR 8.5
16.518.9
AR 35
0.610.66
AR 1.15
3.824.20
AR 6.4
4.635.05
AR 9.3
19.021.6
AR 40
0.670.73
AR 1.26
4.214.65
AR 7.0
5.065.54
AR 10.2
21.723.3
AR 44
0.740.81
AR 1.39
4.665.29
AR 7.7
5.556.13
AR 11.2
23.424.9
AR 47
0.820.90
AR 1.53
5.305.84
AR 8.5
6.146.44
AR 12.4
25.026.9
AR 51
0.911.05
AR 1.68
5.856.27
AR 9.3
6.457.48
AR 13.6
27.029.1
AR 55
1.061.15
AR 1.85
6.286.97
AR 10.2
7.498.55
AR 15.4
29.231.3
AR 60
1.161.25
AR 2.04
6.987.59
AR 11.2
8.569.74
AR 17.6
31.433.5
AR 66
1.261.35
AR 2.24
7.607.89
AR 12.4
9.7511.1
AR 20.5
33.636.9
AR 72
1.361.47
AR 2.46
7.908.95
AR 13.6
11.212.7
AR 23
37.039.1
AR 79
1.481.58
AR 2.71
8.9610.3
AR 15.4
12.814.4
AR 27
39.240.9
AR 86
1.591.74
AR 2.98
10.411.7
AR 17.6
14.516.4
AR 30
41.045.0
AR 94
1.751.94
AR 3.28
11.813.3
AR 20.5
1.952.20
AR 3.62
13.415.2
AR 23
2.212.47
AR 3.98
15.317.2
AR 27
2.482.76
AR 4.37
17.319.7
AR 30
2.773.07
AR 4.80
19.822.4
AR 35
3.083.45
AR 5.3
22.526.0
AR 40
Size 3
Size 4
Motor
Full-Load
Current (A)
Thermal Unit
Number
Motor
Full-Load
Current (A)
Thermal Unit
Number
Motor
Full-Load
Current (A)
Thermal Unit
Number
Motor
Full-Load
Current (A)
Thermal Unit
Number
27.130.0
E 67
47.051.5
E 74
5055.9
E 88
8286.9
E 96
30.133.2
E 69
51.657.0
E 76
5660.9
E 89
8792.9
E 97
33.335.7
E 70
57.162.8
E 77
6165.9
E 91
9397.9
E 98
35.839.4
E 71
62.969.1
E 78
6669.9
E 92
98107.9
E 99
39.543.4
E 72
69.275.0
E 79
7075.9
E 93
108113.9
E 101
43.546.9
E 73
75.183.3
E 80
7681.9
E 94
114125.9
E 102
Size 5
Size 6
Motor
Full-Load
Current (A)
Thermal Unit
Number
Motor
Full-Load
Current (A)
Thermal Unit
Number
Motor
Full-Load
Current (A)
Thermal Unit
Number
Motor
Full-Load
Current (A)
Thermal Unit
Number
105116
AR 3.28
166184
AR 4.80
146169
AR 1.68
280311
AR 3.28
117132
AR 3.62
185207
AR 5.3
170185
AR 1.85
312353
AR 3.62
133148
AR 3.98
208229
AR 5.8
186201
AR 2.04
354396
AR 3.98
149165
AR 4.37
230266
AR 6.4
202217
AR 2.24
397442
AR 4.37
218236
AR 2.46
443492
AR 4.80
237253
AR 2.71
493520
AR 5.3
254279
AR 2.98
98
80459-641-01D
09/2008

Ambient-Compensated Bimetallic Overload Selection Tables for Part Winding Combination Starter Units
Size 1
Motor
Full-Load
Current (A)
Size 2
Thermal Unit
Number
Motor
Full-Load
Current (A)
Thermal Unit
Number
Motor
Full-Load
Current (A)
Thermal Unit
Number
Motor
Full-Load
Current (A)
Thermal Unit
Number
1.141.21
AR 1.05
6.927.63
AR 5.8
8.489.25
AR 8.5
33.037.9
AR 35
1.221.33
AR 1.15
7.648.41
AR 6.4
9.2610.11
AR 9.3
38.043.3
AR 40
1.341.47
AR 1.26
8.429.31
AR 7.0
10.1211.09
AR 10.2
43.446.7
AR 44
1.481.63
AR 1.39
9.3210.59
AR 7.7
11.1012.27
AR 11.2
46.849.9
AR 47
1.641.81
AR 1.53
10.6011.69
AR 8.5
12.2812.89
AR 12.4
50.053.9
AR 51
1.822.11
AR 1.68
11.7012.55
AR 9.3
12.9014.97
AR 13.6
54.058.3
AR 55
2.122.31
AR 1.85
12.5613.95
AR 10.2
14.9817.11
AR 15.4
58.462.7
AR 60
2.322.51
AR 2.04
13.9615.19
AR 11.2
17.1219.49
AR 17.6
62.867.1
AR 66
2.522.71
AR 2.24
15.2015.79
AR 12.4
19.5022.3
AR 20.5
67.273.8
AR 72
2.722.95
AR 2.46
15.8017.91
AR 13.6
22.425.5
AR 23
74.078.3
AR 79
2.963.17
AR 2.71
17.9220.7
AR 15.4
25.628.9
AR 27
78.481.9
AR 86
3.183.49
AR 2.98
20.823.5
AR 17.6
29.032.9
AR 30
82.090.0
AR 94
Thermal Unit
Number
Motor
Full-Load
Current (A)
Thermal Unit
Number
3.503.89
AR 3.28
23.626.7
AR 20.5
3.904.41
AR 3.62
26.830.5
AR 23
4.424.95
AR 3.98
30.634.5
AR 27
4.965.53
AR 4.37
34.639.5
AR 30
5.546.15
AR 4.80
39.644.9
AR 35
6.166.91
AR 5.30
45.052.0
AR 40
Size 3
Motor
Full-Load
Current (A)
Size 4
Thermal Unit
Number
Motor
Full-Load
Current (A)
Thermal Unit
Number
Motor
Full-Load
Current (A)
54.260.1
E 67
94.0103.1
E 74
100111.9
E 88
164173.9
E 96
60.266.5
E 69
103.2114.1
E 76
112121.9
E 89
174185.9
E 97
66.671.5
E 70
114.2125.7
E 77
122131.9
E 91
186195.9
E 98
71.678.9
E 71
125.8138.3
E 78
132139.9
E 92
196215.9
E 99
79.086.9
E 72
138.4150.1
E 79
140151.9
E 93
216227.9
E 101
87.093.9
E 73
150.2166.6
E 80
152163.9
E 94
228251.9
E 102
Motor
Full-Load
Current (A)
Thermal Unit
Number
Motor
Full-Load
Current (A)
Thermal Unit
Number
210233
AR 3.28
332369
AR 4.8
234265
AR 3.62
370415
AR 5.3
266297
AR 3.98
416459
AR 5.8
298331
AR 4.37
460532
AR 6.4
Size 5
99

Section 13Circuit Breaker and Fusible Switch Replacement
Section 13Circuit Breaker

and Fusible Switch
Replacement
DANGER
80459-641-01D
09/2008
For F-frame and K-frame circuit breakers and 100/200 A fusible switches,
Schneider Electric recommends replacing the entire disconnect assembly
instead of replacing the circuit breaker or fusible switch. The disconnect
assembly includes the operator mechanism and the appropriate circuit
breaker or switch. Replacing the entire disconnect assembly requires the
removal of three screws (two from the left side of the assembly and one
inside the back of the assembly). This procedure is much simpler and
quicker than replacing an individual circuit breaker or switch. See Schneider
Electric bulletin Disconnect Assembly Replacement (80439-666-01) for
disconnect assembly installation instructions.
For PowerPact H-frame and J-Frame circuit breakers, order a replacement
circuit breaker only. To replace the circuit breaker:
properly rated voltage sensing device to confirm power is off.
2. Remove the control unit from the MCC. See Removing the Control
Unit on page 48.

3. Open the line insulator tabs.

5. Remove the two circuit breaker mounting screws (see Figure 110).

4. Loosen the screw lugs for the line/load cables; detach the cables.
6. Remove the circuit breaker from the unit and then remove the phase
insulators from the breaker (see Figure 110).
7. Unpack the new circuit breaker and reinstall the circuit breaker phase
insulators in the slots provided on the circuit breaker.
8. Place the circuit breaker in the mounting pan, making sure that the line
insulator is in position under the circuit breaker. Secure the circuit
breaker with the two mounting screws provided.
9. Attach the line/load cables to the breaker using the screw lugs removed
in step 4; torque the screw lugs to the value indicated on the circuit
breaker.
10. Close the line insulator tabs.
11. Reinstall the control unit in the MCC. Close and fasten the door.
Figure 110: Circuit Breaker Replacement
Phase
insulators
Always use replacement devices of the same type and rating as the device
being removed. Using a different type of disconnect or one with a different
rating may alter the short circuit ratings of the motor control center.
Contact the MCC Technical Assistance Group (TAG) before installing a
circuit breaker with a different rating. See Appendix DTechnical Support
on page 120 for the MCC TAG technical support number.
Mounting
screws
100
80459-641-01D
09/2008

Section 14Installation and Maintenance Log
Section 14Installation and

Maintenance Log
Date
Job Description
Name/Initials
101

Appendix ARemoval and Installation of Horizontal Bus Barrier Panels
Appendix ARemoval and

Installation of Horizontal Bus
Barrier Panels
80459-641-01D
09/2008
This appendix contains installation and removal instructions for the

horizontal bus barrier panels in 15 in. (381 mm) and 20 in. (508 mm) deep
Model 6 Motor Control Centers manufactured by Schneider Electric.
DANGER
equipment.
off.
equipment.
Removal
2. With one hand, slide the left panel to the right until it unsnaps from the
right panel.
3. Align the arrows on the left panel and top track as shown in Figure 111.
Lift the panel out of the bottom track, and remove the panel.
4. Align the arrows on the right panel and top track as shown in Figure 111.
Figure 111: Aligning the Arrows on the Panels
Align arrows
Lift up on panel
102
80459-641-01D
09/2008
Installation

NOTE: The horizontal bus barrier contains two identical panels with arrows
at the top. The handle on the left panel faces the front of the MCC section.
The handle cavity on the right panel faces the front of the MCC section
(see Figure 112).
3. Lift the panel up into the rear groove of the top track.
4. Lower the panel into the rear groove of the bottom track.
5. Slide the panel to the far right.
6. Align the arrows on the left panel and top track.
7. Repeat Steps 3 and 4 using the left panel and front groove.
8. Slide the panel to the left until it locks (snaps) into place.
9. Verify that the barrier is completely closed by making sure that the wiring
compartment is isolated from the bus compartment.
Figure 112: Right Panel (Side View)
Horizontal Bus Area
Wireway Area
Horizontal bus barrier right panel
Front of section
Handle cavity
Handle
Front groove
Rear groove
Figure 113: Installing the Right Panel into the Rear Groove
Endcap
Top track
Rear groove
Flange points away from MCC
Snap
Right panel
103

80459-641-01D
09/2008
Fixed Barrier
DANGER
equipment.
off.
equipment.
Removal
2. A captive rivet at the bottom of each bus barrier panel secures the
panels to mounting brackets on the MCC (see Figure 114 below, and
Figures 115 and 116 on page 105).
Figure 114: Fixed Horizontal Bus Barrier
Tabs
Left side
panel
Right side
panel
Plastic captive rivets
3. Firmly grasp the head of the left side rivet and pull until the rivet releases
from the mounting bracket.
4. Pull out on the bottom of the left side panel until the tab at the top of the
panel is clear of the top track (see Figure 115 on page 105).
5. Remove the panel from the MCC.
6. Repeat steps 35 for the right side panel.
104
80459-641-01D
09/2008

Figure 115: Horizontal Bus Barrier Installation and Removal

Top track
Mounting brackets
Barrier Installed
Installation
Barrier Removed
2. Insert the tab on the right side panel into the top track on the right side of
the MCC and set it into place (see Figure 114 on page 104 and
Figure 115).
3. Secure the right side panel by pushing the rivet firmly into the hole of the
mounting bracket.
4. Repeat steps 2 and 3 for the left side panel.
Figure 116: Barrier Installed and Removed
Installed
Removed
105

Appendix BNon-Conductive Horizontal Bus Barrier Retrofit Kit
Appendix BNon-Conductive
Horizontal Bus Barrier
Retrofit Kit
80459-641-01D
09/2008
This appendix contains installation instructions for non-conductive

horizontal bus barrier retrofit kits manufactured by Schneider Electric. These
kits are for use in 15 in. (381 mm) and 20 in. (508 mm) deep Models 5 and 6
Motor Control Centers.
DANGER
equipment.
off.
After removing rivets and screws, verify that the compartment is free of
loose particles.
equipment.
Figure 117: Retrofit Kit Components
Top retrofit bracket
2 screws [1/4 x 20 x 1/2 in. (6 x 508 x 13 mm)]

20 in. (508 mm) deep MCC retrofit kits only.
Endcap
Top retrofit track
14 rivets [1/8 in. (3 mm]

Only 12 are needed
Panels
Endcap
Bottom retrofit bracket for

relay topshelf assemblies
(must not be riveted together
before installation)
Bottom track and retrofit bracket for

welded topshelf assemblies (must
be riveted together before
installation)
106
Bottom track for relay

topshelf assemblies
80459-641-01D
09/2008

Remove Existing Components
Follow these instructions to remove the existing top horizontal wireway

cover, bus barriers, units below the topshelf, and brackets [15 in. (381 mm)
deep MCC]:
Horizontal Wireway Cover
2. Remove the screws that secure the top horizontal wireway cover to the
structure, and then remove the cover.
Horizontal Bus Barriers
1. Remove the screw located at the top of the two-piece bus barriers.
2. Remove the screw located at the bottom of the two-piece bus barriers.
3. Pull the two metal barriers out of the MCC and discard them.
Units Below the Topshelf
If applicable, remove the plug-in unit below the topshelf (see Figure 118).
Refer to either the Model 5 MCC Installation and Maintenance Manual
(# 8998IM9101R5/92) or Removing the Control Unit on page 48 of this
bulletin for unit removal instructions. If necessary, contact your local
Schneider Electric field sales representative to obtain this bulletin.
Existing Brackets: 15 in. (381 mm) Deep

MCC Only
If the MCC is 15 in. (381 mm) deep, use a 1/8 in. (3 mm) drill bit to remove
the rivets that hold the right and left horizontal bus barrier brackets in place
(see Figure 118). Discard the brackets after removal.
NOTE: Discard all retrofit brackets if the existing bus barrier bracket B
(see Figure 118) is present on the 15 in. (381 mm) deep MCC. All holes are
already present for direct mounting of the horizontal bus barrier.
DANGER
Drilling increases the chance of loose particles in the MCC. Confirm that
the compartment is free of loose particles before turning on power to this
equipment.
Figure 118: Remove Existing Brackets on the 15 in. (381 mm) Deep MCC
Existing bus barrier brackets
Bracket A
Bracket B
Detail
Rivets
Black
grommet
Existing
bus barrier
bracket
Side of MCC
Side channel
Topshelf
Detail
107

80459-641-01D
09/2008
Install the Retrofit Kit

Retrofit Brackets and Endcaps
Follow the applicable instructions below to install retrofit brackets into

15 in. (381 mm) or 20 in. (508 mm) deep MCCs. The top retrofit bracket
must sit flush against the side channel. Slide the black grommets toward the
back of the MCC.
15 in. (381 mm) deep MCC: Use a rivet gun and two rivets in the retrofit
kit to attach the retrofit brackets to the left and right side channels (see
Figure 119).
20 in. (508 mm) deep MCC: Use the screws provided in the retrofit kit to
attach the retrofit brackets to the left and right side channels. Align the
holes in the bracket and side channel as shown in Figure 120 on page
109.
NOTES: Even if the holes are present for a direct mounting of the
endcap to the side channels, use the top retrofit bracket on
20 in. (508 mm) deep MCCs.
Before tightening the screws, push the bracket away from
you so that the rear bracket hole is properly aligned with the
side channel hole.
Figure 119: 15 in. (381 mm) Deep MCC Retrofit Bracket
Rivets
Side channel
Topshelf
108
80459-641-01D
09/2008

Figure 120: 20 in. (508 mm) Deep MCC Retrofit Bracket
Screw
(1/4 x 20 x 1/2 in.)
Side channel
Topshelf
Follow the steps below to install the endcaps (see Figure 121).
1. Rivet one endcap into place on the retrofit bracket or the side channel,
either to the right or left side of the structure.
2. Insert one end of the top track into the attached endcap.
3. Place the other endcap on the opposite end of the top track, and slide
the top track into place.
4. Rivet the second endcap to the retrofit bracket.
Figure 121: Endcap Placement
Rivets
Endcap
Top retrofit
bracket
Detail
See Detail
Side channel
Topshelf
109

Bottom Track and Bottom Retrofit

Bracket
80459-641-01D
09/2008
1. Using a 1/8 in. (3 mm) drill bit, drill out both of the rivets on the horizontal
bus barrier bracket (the L-shaped bracket located on the topshelfsee
Figure 122). Remove the bracket and discard it.
2. To install the bottom retrofit track, follow step a if you have a welded
topshelf, or step b if you have a relay topshelf (see Figure 123):
a. Welded topshelf: Align the holes of the shelf with those on the
bottom track (see Figure 123). Rivet the track and the retrofit bracket
to the topshelf.
NOTE: If the bus contains four laminations, access the rivet holes
from underneath the topshelf.
b. Relay topshelf: Align the two holes on the relay shelf with the bottom
retrofit bracket holes (see Figure 123). Mark the places where you
will drill other holes to secure the bottom track to the shelf. Drill the
holes using a drill bit ranging from 0.136 in.0.147 in. (3 mm4 mm)
in diameter. Rivet the track and retrofit bracket to the topshelf.
NOTE: The bottom retrofit track can be riveted directly onto the relay
topshelf only if the relay assembly topshelf has two holes instead of
four.
Figure 122: Horizontal Bus Barrier (L-shaped) Bracket
Horizontal bus
barrier bracket
Figure 123: Welded and Relay Topshelf Assemblies
Rivets
Bottom retrofit
bracket and bottom
retrofit track
Bottom
retrofit
track
Four holes
Bottom
retrofit
bracket
Welded Topshelf
110
Relay Topshelf
80459-641-01D
09/2008

Left and Right Panels

Installation
NOTE: The horizontal bus barrier contains two identical panels with arrows
at the top. The handle on the left panel faces the front of the MCC section.
The handle cavity on the right panel faces the front of the MCC section
(see Figure 124).
2. Lift the panel up into the rear groove of the top track.
3. Lower the panel into the rear groove of the bottom track.
4. Slide the panel to the far right.
5. Align the arrows on the left panel and top track.
6. Repeat Steps 2 and 3 using the left panel and front groove.
7. Slide the panel to the left until it locks (snaps) into place.
8. Verify that the barrier is completely closed by making sure that the wiring
compartment is isolated from the bus compartment.
Figure 124: Right Panel (Side View)
Horizontal Bus Area
Wireway Area
Horizontal bus barrier right panel
Front of section
Handle cavity
Handle
Front groove
Rear groove
Figure 125: Installing the Right Panel into the Rear Groove
Endcap
Top track
Rear groove
Flange points away from MCC
Snap
Right panel
111

Removal (when required)
80459-641-01D
09/2008
1. With one hand, slide the left panel to the right until it unsnaps from the
right panel.
2. Align the arrows on the left panel and top track as shown in Figure 126.
Figure 126: Aligning the Arrows on the Panels
Align arrows
Lift up on panel
Replace Components
DANGER
equipment.
off.
equipment.
Follow the steps below to replace the components of the MCC.
1. Install the unit you removed in the section, Units Below the Topshelf on
page 107. Refer to either the Model 5 MCC Installation and Maintenance
Manual (# 8998IM9101R5/92) or Removing the Control Unit on page
48 of this bulletin for instructions on installing units in an MCC.
2. Replace the top horizontal wireway cover.
3. Replace or close all other covers or doors before turning on the power to
the MCC.
112
80459-641-01D
09/2008

Appendix CAutomatic Vertical Bus Shutter
Appendix CAutomatic
Vertical Bus Shutter
Introduction
DANGER
Theautomatic vertical bus shutter is an optional feature for the Model 6

motor control center (MCC) vertical bus. The shutters are pre-assembled
and installed as part of the MCC line-up.
Automatic bus shutters open and close the vertical bus connection point
when units are inserted and removed from the structure. The shutters can
be located throughout the MCC and placed in 6 in. (152 mm) increments.
They mount to the left edge of each midshelf.
The automatic shutter assembly requires an updated midshelf to allow
clearance for the shutter above the plug-in unit.
NOTES: MCC structures shipped before January 2003 cannot use the top
3-in. (76 mm) space with the automatic vertical bus shutter option.
A 3-in. (76 mm) cover plate is required to cover the opening.
Compac 6 control units shipped before January 2003 cannot
be used with the automatic vertical bus shutter option.

Variable frequency drive and soft starter units 45 in. or taller

that shipped before July 2003 with a side-panel opening as
shown in Figure 127A, require an auto-shutter cover (Square D
Seneca part #80451-765-01). The auto-shutter cover aligns
with the back edge of the center-most flat head screw as
shown in Figure 127B.

Figure 127: Location of Auto-Shutter Cover for Side-Panel Opening
Side panel
opening
Auto-shutter cover
127A
127B
There are four main components of the automatic vertical bus shutter
(see Figure 128 on page 114):
1. Operator Mechanism: Operates the vertical bus shutter, allowing the
plug-in unit to engage the vertical bus.
2. Mechanism Housing: Protects the mechanism from incidental foreign
material that could obstruct the intended operation.
113

80459-641-01D
09/2008
3. Vertical Bus Door and Clip: Provides a barrier against incidental

contact with the MCC vertical bus.
4. Manual Shutter: Prevents access to the unused vertical bus openings. The
manual shutter is held in place by a built-in locking feature that holds the
shutter in the closed position during shipping, set-up, and daily operations.
Figure 128: Automatic Vertical Bus Shutter in an MCC (front view)
1
Style 1
Style 2
Compare the field-installed midshelf to the two designs above. If the
field-installed midshelf matches Style 1, follow the installation and removal
instructions starting below. If the field-installed midshelf matches Style 2,
follow the instructions starting on page 117.
InstallationStyle 1
DANGER
Follow these instructions to install the automatic vertical bus shutter

assembly (see Figure 130 on page 115) to an existing Style 1 midshelf:


2. Position the midshelf (Figure 129, Item A on page 115) in the

appropriate area of the structure.
This equipment must be installed and

serviced only by qualified electrical
personnel.
before working on or inside.
(Item C). Secure the shelf on the left and right with flat head screws
(Detail A, Item D).
4. Install the hinge leaves (Detail A, Item E) and the door (Item F) into the
hinge slots (Item G), which are on the structure corner channel. Fasten
the hinge leaves to the structure corner channel using hex head screws
(Item H).
5. Install the quarter turn fastener receptacles (Detail B, Item J) into the
6. Install the automatic bus shutter assembly by rotating the mechanism
housing upward to clear the front corner channel of the structure.
7. Slide the automatic shutter assembly upward so that it fits snugly to the
left edge of the midshelf.
8. Loosely insert the two 10-32 x 3/8 in. mounting screws through the inner
left edge of the midshelf and into the square nuts in the housing.
114
80459-641-01D
09/2008

Figure 129: Shelf InstallationStyle 1
Table 17:

PartsStyle 1
Description
Quantity
Item
Flat head screws
Unit door
Detail A
Midshelf
Hex head screws

Quarter turn fastener
receptacle
See Detail
A or B
Shelf is furnished with order, and may

already be mounted in position.
See Detail A
H

Detail B
See Detail B
Figure 130: Automatic Vertical Bus Shutter InstallationStyle 1
Manual
shutters
Vertical bus
assembly
Midshelf
Mounting
screws
Vertical
bus door
and rod
Mechanism
housing
Operator
mechanism
9. Remove the manual shutter from the vertical bus assembly. Allow the
manual shutter to hang next to the vertical bus assembly.
10. Snap the automatic shutter rod onto the vertical bus clip located on the
front of the vertical bus assembly.
11. Tighten the two 10-32 x 3/8 in. mounting screws inserted in Step 8.
12. Push the operator mechanism to the rear, ensuring the shutter rotates
upward into the pocket of the midshelf above the unit.
13. Insert the unit into the MCC. Follow the procedures in Section 4
Installing the MCC.
14. Replace all devices, doors, and covers before turning on the power to
the equipment.
115

RemovalStyle 1
DANGER
80459-641-01D
09/2008
Follow these instructions to remove the automatic vertical bus shutter

assembly (see Figure 131) from an existing Style 1 midshelf.
2. Remove the unit from the MCC structure. Follow the procedures in
Section 4Installing the MCC.
3. Remove the automatic vertical bus shutter rod from the vertical bus clip
located on the front of the vertical bus assembly.
This equipment must be installed and

serviced only by qualified electrical
personnel.
4. Insert the manual shutter into the vertical bus assembly.

6. Slide the automatic shutter assembly downward, clearing the midshelf.

5. Remove the two 10-32 x 3/8 in. mounting screws located on the inner
7. Rotate the assembly downward to clear the front corner channel of the
structure.
8. Remove the automatic shutter assembly.
the equipment.
Figure 131: Automatic Vertical Bus Shutter RemovalStyle 1
Manual
shutters
Vertical bus
assembly
Midshelf
Mounting
screws
Vertical
bus door
and rod
Mechanism
housing
Operator
mechanism
116
80459-641-01D
09/2008

InstallationStyle 2
Follow these instructions to install the automatic vertical bus shutter
assembly (see Figure 133 on page 118) to an existing Style 2 midshelf (see
Figure 128 on page 114):
DANGER
This equipment must be installed and serviced
only by qualified electrical personnel.
2. Position the midshelf (Figure 132, Item A) in the appropriate area of the
structure.
(Item C). Secure the shelf at the mounting foot end, the left side, and the
right side with flat head screws (Detail A, Item D).

4. Install the hinge leaves of the door (Detail A, Item E) into the hinge slots
(Item G), which are on the structure corner channel. Fasten the hinge
leaves to the structure corner channel using hex head screws (Item H).

5. Install quarter-turn fastener receptacles (Detail B, Item J) into the


6. Install the automatic bus shutter assembly by rotating the mechanism

housing upward to clear the front corner channel of the structure.
7. Slide the automatic shutter assembly upward so that it fits snugly to the
8. Loosely insert a 10-32 x 3/8 in. mounting screw through the inner left
edge of the midshelf and into the square nuts in the housing.
Figure 132: Shelf InstallationStyle 2

D
G
Table 18:
Description
Quantity

PartsStyle 2
Item
Midshelf
Flat head screws
Unit door
Hex head screws
Quarter turn fastener

receptacle
C
B
Detail A
See Detail
A or B
Shelves are furnished with order. Structure

may already have shelf mounted in position.
D
See Detail A
J
H
K
F
Detail B
See Detail B
117

80459-641-01D
09/2008
Figure 133: Automatic Vertical Bus Shutter InstallationStyle 2
Manual
shutters
Midshelf
Vertical bus
assembly
Mounting
screws
Mechanism
housing
Operator
mechanism
Vertical
bus door
and rod
9. Remove the manual shutter from the vertical bus assembly. Allow the
manual shutter to hang next to the vertical bus assembly.
10. Snap the automatic shutter rod onto the vertical bus clip located on the
front of the vertical bus assembly.
11. Tighten the 10-32 x 3/8 in. mounting screw inserted in step 8.
12. Push the operator mechanism to the rear, ensuring the shutter rotates
upward into the pocket of the midshelf above the unit. See Figure 133.
13. Insert the unit into the MCC. Follow the procedures in Section 4
Installing the MCC.
the equipment.
RemovalStyle 2
DANGER
This equipment must be installed and serviced
only by qualified electrical personnel.
Follow these instructions to remove the automatic vertical bus shutter

assembly (see Figure 134 on page 119) from an existing Style 2 midshelf:
2. Remove the unit from the MCC structure. Follow the procedures
contained in Section 4Installing the MCC.
3. Remove the automatic vertical bus shutter rod from the vertical bus clip
located on the front of the vertical bus assembly.
4. Insert the manual shutter into the vertical bus assembly.
5. Remove the 10-32 x 3/8 in. mounting screw located on the inner left
edge of the midshelf.
6. Slide the automatic shutter assembly downward, clearing the midshelf.

7. Rotate the assembly downward to clear the front corner channel of the
structure.

8. Remove the automatic shutter assembly.

118
the equipment.
80459-641-01D
09/2008

Figure 134: Automatic Vertical Bus Shutter RemovalStyle 2
Manual
shutters
Midshelf
Vertical bus
assembly
Mounting
screws
Mechanism
housing
Operator
mechanism
Vertical
bus door
and rod
OperationStyles 1 and 2
Inserting a Unit
When a unit is inserted into the Model 6 MCC structure, the operator
mechanism opens the automatic bus shutter, allowing the unit stabs to
connect with the vertical bus.
Removing a Unit
The automatic shutter will close when a unit is removed from the structure.
The shutter door provides a barrier against incidental contact with the MCC
vertical bus.
119

Appendix DTechnical Support
Appendix DTechnical
Support
80459-641-01D
09/2008
The Model 6 Motor Control Center incorporates many Schneider Electric

products within one package. Following are the Technical Support numbers
for some of these products:
Device Name
Location
Technical Support No.
Motor Control Centers1
Seneca, SC: MCC Technical

Assistance Group (TAG)
(800) 634-2003
PowerLogic
Equipment
SMS-3000 Software
La Vergne, TN: PowerLogic

Technical Assistance
(615) 287-3400
Variable Frequency Drives

Soft Starters
Starters/Contactors/Overloads
Raleigh, NC: Raleigh Help

Desk
(919) 266-8600
Schneider Automation
Equipment and Software
North Andover, MA: Customer

Central
(800) 468-5342
Industrial Application Team
Raleigh, NC
(800) 468-5342
Field Services Organization

Support
Florence, KY
(800) 634-2003
120
The MCC Technical Assistance Group is your first point of contact for any MCC questions. Or,
contact your local distributor/Schneider Electric field sales office.
80459-641-01D
09/2008

Index
Altistart 48 80
Altivar 61/71 80
automatic bus shutters 55, 113119
iMCC 65
cabling 66, 71
communications 71
incoming line 40, 46, 58
insulating barriers 2526, 28
insulation tests 56
intelligent MCC 65
interlocks 4849, 52, 58, 63, 88
starter 54
PowerLogic 80
technical support 120
PowerLogic units 70
PowerPact 6364, 100
pre-operation checklist 44
B
barriers 55, 106
bus 16, 3032, 34, 46, 102103, 111
fixed 104105
non-conductive 106
insulating 2526, 28
wireway 65, 85
bus barriers 16, 3032, 34, 46, 102103,
111
fixed 104105
non-conductive 106
bus bars 16, 46
maintenance 46
bus connection torque values 46, 58
bus shutters
automatic 55, 113119
manual 55, 85
C
cabling
iMCC 66, 71
circuit breakers 53, 63, 100
Compac 6 51, 55, 5960, 82, 8586, 88,
113
maintenance 52
removal 51
conduit entry 37
conical washers 31, 36
control units 9, 47
installation 88
maintenance 47, 52
removal 48, 5051
replacement 88
control wiring 40, 86
E
enclosures 15, 25, 46
NEMA Type 1 16, 30, 3334
NEMA Type 1 Gasketed 16, 23
NEMA Type 12 16, 23, 30, 3334
NEMA Type 3R 25, 2829, 3233
types 13
expansion 82
F
fixed bus barriers 104105
fuse clips 53, 87
fuses 53, 87
fusible switches 53, 100
G
ground bus torque values 46, 58
H
handling 12
hinge pins 50
horizontal bus covers 30, 32, 34
horizontal wire trough 16, 37, 40, 46
L
load wiring 86
M
Mag-Gard 6364
maintenance 44, 46, 70
after a fault 57
bus bars 46
Compac 6 52
control units 47
incoming line 46
log 101
special units 55
manual bus shutters 55, 85
motor circuit protectors 6364
Motor Logic 44, 59, 6162
overload relay size 61
retrofit applications 60
torque values 61
troubleshooting 91
Motor Logic Plus 70
local programming 72
remote programming 73
motor protection relays 70
English
R
receiving 12
resistance measurements 56
retrofit applications 60, 78
S
seismic tie-down locations
NEMA Type 1, Type 1 Gasketed, and
Type 12 20
NEMA Type 3R 21
shipping weights 13
six-inch units 51, 60, 8687
solid-state overload relays 59
space requirements 15
special units 55
splice assemblies 30, 36
splice gaskets 23
splicing
bus 30, 3233
ground bus 15
power bus 30, 32, 34
stab assembly 52
starter contacts 53
starter interlocks 54
T
technical support 120
terminal blocks 40, 4849, 52, 60, 66, 78,
86
N
NEMA Type 1 enclosures
ground bus splicing 33
joining 16
power bus splicing 30, 34
seismic tie-down locations 20
NEMA Type 1 Gasketed enclosures
joining 16
splice gaskets 23
NEMA Type 12 enclosures
joining 16
power bus splicing 30, 34
splice gaskets 23
NEMA Type 3R enclosures 25
joining 2829
power bus splicing 32
non-conductive bus barriers 106
TeSys T 10, 44, 70, 7779, 9192

troubleshooting 91
thermal overload
relays
troubleshooting 90
selection data 42
unit selection 94
torque values 87
bus connection 46, 58
ground bus 46, 58
main lug compartments 42
Motor Logic 61
troubleshooting procedures 89
twin handle cam mechanism 49
V
vertical wire trough 40, 42, 49, 52, 54, 82,
8586, 88
W
wire trough 9
horizontal 16, 37, 40, 46
vertical 40, 42, 49, 52, 54, 82, 8586,
88
operator mechanisms 44, 48, 53, 58, 70,
100
wireway barriers 65, 85

wiring 40
overload relays 44, 54, 5863

troubleshooting 9091
121
Notes

Instruction Bulletin
Schneider Electric USA

1990 Sandifer Blvd.
Seneca, SC 29678 USA
1-888-SquareD
(1-888-778-2733)
www.schneider-electric.us
Electrical equipment should be installed, operated, serviced, and maintained only by qualified
personnel. No responsibility is assumed by Schneider Electric for any consequences arising out of
the use of this material.
80459-641-01D 09/2008
Replaces 80459-641-01C 06/2006
Heavy Duty Terminal Blocks

1500 Series
600 Volts
Specifications:
Base, General Purpose Phenolic, 150 C

Connector, Brass, Nickel Plated
Screws, Brass, Nickel Plated, 10-32
Wire Range #10-#16 Awg Copper Wire 30 Amps
With Proper Termination Approved For 75 Amps
5/8 Line To Line Spacing
UL Recognized File No. #E62806
CSA Certified File No. LR19766
Heavy Duty Terminal Blocks
Catalog #:
# of Poles
Catalog #:
# of Poles
1504 STD
1506 STD
1508 STD
1512 STD
1504 DJ
1506 DJ
1508 DJ
1512 DJ
1504 DJSV
1506 DJSV
1508 DJSV
1512 DJSV
4
6
8
12
4
6
8
12
4
6
8
12
1504 ST
1506 ST
1508 ST
1512 ST
1504 SC
1506 SC
1508 SC
1512 SC
1504 H
1506 H
1508 H
1512 H
4
6
8
12
4
6
8
12
4
6
8
12
1500 STD
1500 DJ
1500 DJSV
1500 ST*
1500 SC
1500 H
Standard
Connector
Removable
Connector With
Brass Insert
Removable
Connector With
Brass Insert
Removable Cover
10-32 Stud
Removable
Connector
Short Circuiting
Bar With Brass
Insert 4 Shorting
Pins Per Block
Standard Connector
With Hinge Cover
* STRC: 10-32 Stud with Riveted Connector

MCJ-Jumper Available
Catalog #:
# of Poles
1504
1506
1508
1512
4
6
8
12
3.25
4.50
5.75
8.25
2.88
4.12
5.38
7.88
MM = Dim X 25.4
56
BURNDY
Compression Connections
INTRODUCTION
C-1
MEDIUM AND LARGE HYDENT

Copper and aluminum compression terminals and splices for terminating conductors
from #8 AWG through 2000 kcmil.
The medium and large HYDENT line is
designed for terminating and splicing medium and large conductors in electrical power
applications.
HYLUG
Features and Benefits
UNINSULATED COPPER
COMPRESSION TERMINALS
UL Listed 90 C,
600 Volts to 35 kV
BURNDYs HYLUG terminals, types YA,
YA-TC, YA-L, YA-L-TC, YA-2N, YA-2TC, YAL-TC-FX, YA-L-2TC, and YA-2LN are
designed for terminating copper conductors
in a wide variety of electrical connections,
including heavy-duty industrial, utility, commercial, and telecommunications applications.
The HYLUG terminals require simple cable
preparation for an easily installed permanent
and inspectable cable termination. The terminals are listed by UL (UL STD. 486A) and
CSA certified to 600 volts, when applied with
the proper tool and die combination. The
terminals may be used in applications to
35KV. See each catalog page for UL 35kV
listings.
Manufactured from seamless high

conductivity electrolytic copper tubing
with heavy duty wall thickness.
Provides maximum conductivity, low
resistance and ductility for an excellent
combination of electrical and crimp
forming properties.
Barrel diameter closely matches
commercial (code) cable and Navy
cable diameters.
Provides an excellent relationship
of the conductor/connector combination to produce a high quality electrical
connection with the recommended
tooling.
Electro-tin plated. Electro-lead plated.
Burndys proprietary brite finish.
Provides durable long-lasting
corrosion resistance.
Internally beveled barrel end.
Provides easy cable insertion.
Each connector is clearly marked with
the wire size and type, die index, and
color coding.
Provides easy identification and proper
tooling recommendation.
Marked with the proper number and

location of crimps.
Lowers installed costs. Provides for
proper installations.
Proper compression systems forms a
homogeneous mass.
The result is an excellent electrical
connection.
Use up to 35 kV as indicated.
Suitable for high voltage applications.
Expanded wire ranges when using
Y644 HYPRESS Dieless 1 Crimp.
Provides ability to complete emergency
repairs when connector and wire size
do not match.
Crimp areas clearly marked.
Provides correct number and location
of crimps for proper installation.
Hydraulic and Battery tooling crimp
embossment.
Provides permanent die index number
embossment on completed crimp for
inspection purposes.
Blue highlighted items are industry standard and most frequently ordered.
US: 1-800-346-4175
www.burndy.com
Canada: 1-800-387-6487
BURNDY
HYLUG
TABLE OF CONTENTS
C-2
BURNDY Die Sets & Die Index Chart

12 Ton U-Dies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-9
One Hole HYLUG

Non-Insulated Copper Terminals . . . . . C-75
W-Dies. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-9
Index Chart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-10
BREAK-AWAY HYLUG . . . . . . . . . . . C-11
Blank Tongue HYLUG . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-14
One Hole HYLUG Code Conductor
Standard Barrel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-17
E-Line HYLUG Equipment Line

Type YAE Compression Terminals. . . . . C-80
HYLINK
Splices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-82
HYSPLICE and HYREDUCER
In-Line Splice Kits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-89
Standard Barrel Narrow Tongue. . . . . C-21

Long Barrel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-23
Long Barrel With Inspection Window. C-27
Copper Taps
C-Taps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-100
H-Taps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-103
Two Hole HYLUG Code Conductor

Long Barrel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-36
Covers for H-Taps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-106

H-CRIMPIT
Copper Connectors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-100

Four Hole HYLUG Code Conductor
Long Barrel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-43
One Hole HYLUG Flex Conductor
T Connectors
Copper. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-108
HYPLUG
Copper Connectors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-110
HYSTACK
Copper Terminals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-113
Standard Barrel Belled End . . . . . . . . C-51

Long Barrel Belled End . . . . . . . . . . . C-54
Standard Barrel Lead Plated . . . . . . . C-68
Two Hole HYLUG Flex Conductor
Aluminum HYLUG
Terminals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-114
Transformer Lug Kits
Aluminum or Copper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-117
HYPLUG
Aluminum and Copper Connectors . . C-118

Long Barrel Belled End . . . . . . . . . . . C-63
Long Barrel Narrow Tongue . . . . . . . . C-66
HYLINK
Aluminum Splices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-120
Standard Barrel Lead Plated . . . . . . . C-71
Aluminum to Copper Splices . . . . . . . C-123
Double Barrel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-74
Insulating Covers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-125
Canada: 1-800-387-6487
www.burndy.com
US: 1-800-346-4175
BURNDY
ONE HOLE
YA, YA-TC, YAZ
C23 - C29
TWO HOLE
YA-2N, YA-2TC, YAZ
C36 - C41
YA-4N, YAB-4N
C42
STANDARD LENGTH
YS-L
C82
LONG BARREL
YS, YS-T, YSP-T
C83, C87
REDUCER ADAPTER
Y-R
C84
TEE
YST, NYT
C108 - C109
C-TAP
YC-C
C101
YC-L
C100
YA-L, YA-L-FX, YAV, YAV-L-FX
C44 - C48
ONE HOLE WIDE BELLED ENTRY
YA-LB
C51
ONE HOLE LEAD PLATED
YAG-L-TC-LD
C68 - C70
TWO HOLE
YA-L-2TC-FX, YAV-L-2TC-FX
C56 - C60
TWO HOLE-LEAD PLATED
YAG-L-2TC-LD
C71 - C-73
ONE HOLE
YA-TC-FXB, YAV-TC-FXB, YAZV
C52 - C55
TWO HOLE
YA-2TC-FXB, YAV-2TC-FXB, YAZV
C61 - C67
PIN ADAPTER
YEV-P-FX, YEP-FX, YEP
C110 - C112
SPLICE STANDARD LENGTH BELLED
YS-LB
C85 - C86
LONG BARREL BELLED
YS-FXB
C88
C-TAP
YC-L, YC-C, YCHC
C100 - C102
H-TAP
YH
C103 - C105
LONG H TAP
YSH
C107
COVERS FOR H TAPS
CF-FR, CCF-fR
C106
ONE HOLE
TWO HOLE
YA-E
YA-E
ONE HOLE
COPPER
TAPS
C30 - C33
ONE HOLE
REDUCER
ADAPTER
C34 - C35
YA-2L, YA-2LN, YA-L-2TC
FOUR HOLE
COPPER
SPLICES
YA-L-2NT
LIGHT DUTY C TAP
STRANDED
CODE
CLASS B
CABLE
C21 - C22
NARROW TONGUE TWO HOLE
ONE HOLE
LONG
BARREL LUGS
C17 - C20
YA-L-NT
TWO HOLE
STD. LENGTH
LUGS
YA-L, YA-L-TC
NARROW TONGUE
YA-A, YA-A-TN
C114 - C115
TWO HOLE
YA-A
C116
YA-A-KIT
C117
ASA-U, CUSA
C113
STRAIGHT
AYP
C118 - C119
OFFSET
AYPO
C118 - C119
STANDARD
YS-A
C120 - C121
TAPERED FOR HIGH VOLTAGE
YS-AT
C122
YRB
C123
H-TAPS
YFD, YFN, YFO, YFR
C124
COVERS FOR H TAPS
CFA, CFA-FR
C125
ONE HOLE
TWO HOLE
YA-E
YA-E
C-3
COPPER
STD. LENGTH
BARREL LUGS
LONG
BARREL-LUG
FLEXIBLE
EXTRA FLEX
Accepts Code and
Flex Cables Up to 4/0
PIN
ADAPTER
SPLICE
COPPER
TAPS
RANGETAKING
E-LINE
LUGS
TRANSFORM.
LUG KIT
STACKING
ADAPTER
ALUMINUM
PIN
ADAPTER
SPLICES
REDUCERS
TAPS
E-LINE
US: 1-800-346-4175
www.burndy.com
C80
C80
C80 - C81
C80 - C81
Canada: 1-800-387-6487
BURNDY
C-4
COMPRESSION
CONNECTORS
BURNDYs compression connectors are
designed for reliable and controllable electrical connections. The complete installation is
fully inspectable. They are high conductivity
copper and operate cooler than the wire on
which they are installed. The connectors
withstand a wide range of electrical and environmental conditions, including current
surges, temperatures, corrosion and vibrations, for a wide variety of applications.
These features mean a consistently high
quality connection at a low installed cost.
Copper compression connectors are manufactured from high-conductivity electrolytic
copper. The connectors are normally tinplated, lead-plated, or plated with proprietary BURNDY brite finish to provide
durable long-lasting corrosion resistance.
The connector design has been matched to
the cable size to provide the necessary physical strength requirements for reliable electrical performance.
Aluminum compression connectors are manufactured from high conductivity, high purity
wrought aluminum. They are designed with
sufficient mass and are electro-tin plated to
minimize corrosion due to galvanic action
between dissimilar metals. The connector
barrels are pre-filled with PENETROX,
BURNDYs oxide inhibiting compound.
PENETROX contains homogeneously suspended metallic particles which penetrate
the wires oxides to establish excellent continuity between the individual strands and the
connector barrel for a low-resistance connection. PENETROX maintains an air-tight
connection. Each barrel end is covered with
a color-coded plastic dust cap which prevents foreign matter from entering the connector before it is used. The connector
design has been engineered to match the
cable size to provide the necessary physical
strength requirements for reliable electrical
performance.
SELECTION AND USE
TOOLING
Copper compression connectors are recommended for use on copper conductors.

Aluminum compression connectors are
recommended for use on aluminum conductors. Dual-rated aluminum compression
connectors may be used on both copper and
aluminum conductors.
Tooling systems are essential for proper

installation of a compression connector.
Since connectors and dies are designed as a
unit for specific wire sizes, only the recommended tools and dies should be used. Most
aluminum and copper HYLUG terminals
and HYLINK splices are marked with a die
index number and are color-coded to identify the correct installation die. Dies marked
with the matching die index number and
color can be used to install the connector.
Two basic compression designs are available: Circumferential and indent.
Circumferential
compression is solid
and symmetrical.
No sharp Flash.
Indent compression.
The connector is swaged
to the conductor.
After compression, virtually all the air is

removed leaving a tight homogeneous mass
of connector and conductor.
The circumferential crimp design is recommended for color coded connectors in low
and high voltage applications. Die index
number embossment provides an easy
inspection where required to verify the use of
the proper connector/die combination. It is
also recommended for insulated connectors
and for terminating flexible and welding
cables.
The circumferential crimp design dies compress cable strands into polygonal shapes
forming intimate contact with each other and
the connector barrel. This compression
forms a tight homogeneous mass with virtually no air pockets. The circumferential crimp
provides an excellent electrical connection
with high pull-out values. The circumferential
crimp is ideal for high voltage applications
leaving the connector barrel symmetrical,
which is easier to insulate.
The indent type crimp can be used in virtually any application except polyvinylchloride
(PVC) insulated terminals and splices. It is an
excellent means of terminating flexible, extra
flexible and welding cables. The indentor
compresses the cable strands to form intimate contact with each other and the
connector barrel. The result is an excellent
electrical connection with high pull-out
strength. Laboratory work testing curves
established the proper depth and shape of
indent for each type of connector and wire
combination.
BURNDY tooling installs a wide range of

connectors, is reliable, cost effective, and
precision engineered for durable, long-lasting service and quality connections. The
tools include small plier types, full cycle
ratchet designs and hydraulically-powered
HYPRESS heads and new Battery
Actuated Tools. Some have permanent die
grooves or adjustable dies, while others
require a change of die sets or nest die for
each connector size. BURNDYs recommended tools achieve crimp performance
consistent with UL and other industry standards. Since several tools are suitable for
most connectors, the most economical and
practical tool can be chosen for each application.
INDUSTRY STANDARDS
BURNDYs compression terminals, splices
and tap connectors requiring third party testing and approval are listed by Underwriters
Laboratories, Inc. Many have also received
CSA approval and are approved under MILT-7928 and other military standards. All
conform to applicable sections of the
National Electrical Code.
BURNDY also offers connectors and
splices which meet the (LOCA Seismec and
Aging) requirements of IEEE standards 323,
383 and 344 for class 1E critical circuits for
use in Nuclear Utility Applications.
Certification to 10CFR50 and 10CFR21 available.
Detail catalog listings should be consulted to
obtain the appropriate standards for each
connector and splice.
Canada: 1-800-387-6487
www.burndy.com
US: 1-800-346-4175
BURNDY
BURNDY
Telecommunications
Connectors
The industrys first choice in
compression connections...
BURNDY provides a complete selection of
one and two hole compressions terminals,
H-taps, C-taps, and other compression connection products specifically engineered to
meet the demanding applications of both the
Central Office and Wireless communications
markets.
All of BURNDYs compression products are
designed for reliable and controllable
electrical connections. All connectors are
made from high conductivity electrolytic
copper and operate at cooler temperatures
than the conductor on which they are
installed. The connectors are normally
tin-plated, lead-plated, or plated with a proprietary BURNDY brite finish to provide the
industry standard in long-lasting corrosion
resistance.
The complete installation is fully inspectable
and UL Listed when installed with BURNDY
dies. Every die in the system is color-coded
and provides die index embossment for
complete inspectability.
C-5
The Circumferential Crimp
Circumferential compression is solid

and symmetrical. No sharp Flash.
BURNDYs circumferential crimp provides a

solid, homogenous connection, with high
pull out values and is rated for high voltage
applications, more than sufficient for the 48 V
DC operating voltage common in the telecom market. In addition the circumferential
crimp doesnt require the removal of the copper flash produced by other die systems.
This not only saves time in installation but
removes a potential safety hazard from the
job.
All of the dies in the system are color-coded
to match the connectors and feature die
index and die number matching to the connector for ease of installation.
BURNDY Tooling
the right choice for the job
BURNDY tooling installs a wide range of
connectors, is reliable, cost effective, and
precision engineered for durable, long-lasting service and quality connections.
BURNDYs compression tooling system
ranges from full cycle ratchet hand tools to
12 and 15 ton hydraulically-powered
HYPRESS heads. Hydraulic tools are available in self-contained, battery powered, and
AC service electrically powered pump and
remote head designs to meet all possible
installation situations.
Industry Standards
BURNDYs compression terminals, splices
and tap connectors requiring third party
testing and approval are listed by Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. Many have also
received CSA approval, and all conform to
the applicable sections of the National
Electric Code.
US: 1-800-346-4175
www.burndy.com
Canada: 1-800-387-6487
BURNDY
EXPANDED RANGES
C-6
The following connectors are range taking when crimped onto

code conductor using Y644HS family of tools:
COPPER
ALUMINUM
Copper HYLUG & HYLINK Connectors

Types YA, YA-L, YAB, YS, YS-L, YST, YS-T, YSP-T
Catalog No.
Standard
Expanded
Terminal*
Splice**
Wire Size
Wire Range
Aluminum HYLUG & HYLINK Connectors

Types YA-A & YS-A
Catalog No.
Standard
Expanded
Terminal*
Splice**
Wire Size
Wire Range
YA6CYA5CYA4CYA3CYA2CYA1CYA25YA26YA27YA28YA29YA30YA31YA32YA34YA36YA39YA40YA44-
YA6CAYA4CAYA2CAYA1CAYA25AYA26AYA27AYA28AYA29AYA30AYA31AYA32AYA34AYA36AYA39AYA40AYA44A-
YS6CYS5CYS4CYS3CYS2CYS1CYS25YS26YS27YS28YS29YS30YS31YS32YS34YS36YS39YS40YS44-
#6 AWG
#5 AWG
#4 AWG
#3 AWG
#2 AWG
#1 AWG
1/0 AWG
2/0 AWG
3/0 AWG
4/0 AWG
250 kcmil
300 kcmil
350 kcmil
400 kcmil
500 kcmil
600 kcmil
750 kcmil
800 kcmil
1000 kcmil
#6 AWG
#5 - #6 AWG
#4 - #6 AWG
#3 - #6 AWG
#2 - #6 AWG
#1 - #6 AWG
1/0 - #6 AWG
2/0 - #4 AWG
3/0 - #2 AWG
4/0 - #1 AWG
250 kcmil - 1/0 AWG
300 kcmil - 2/0 AWG
350 kcmil - 3/0 AWG
400 kcmil - 4/0 AWG
500 kcmil - 4/0 AWG
600 - 250 kcmil
750 - 500 kcmil
800 - 500 kcmil
1000 - 750 kcmil
YS6CAYS4CAYS2CAYS1CAYS25AYS26AYS27AYS28AYS29AYS30AYS31AYS32AYS34AYS36AYS39AYS40AYS44A-
#6 AWG
#4 AWG
#2 AWG
#1 AWG
1/0 AWG
2/0 AWG
3/0 AWG
4/0 AWG
250 kcmil
300 kcmil
350 kcmil
400 kcmil
500 kcmil
600 kcmil
750 kcmil
800 kcmil
1000 kcmil
#6 AWG
#4 - #6 AWG
#2 - #6 AWG
#1 - #2 AWG
1/0 - #1 AWG
2/0 - #1 AWG
3/0 - #1 AWG
4/0 - #1 AWG
250 kcmil - 1/0 AWG
300 kcmil - 2/0 AWG
350 kcmil - 3/0 AWG
400 kcmil - 4/0 AWG
500 kcmil - 4/0 AWG
600 - 250 kcmil
750 - 500 kcmil
800 - 500 kcmil
1000 - 750 kcmil
* 1 Crimp
** 1 Crimp per side
* 1 Crimp
** 1 Crimp per side
Canada: 1-800-387-6487
www.burndy.com
US: 1-800-346-4175
BURNDY
EXPANDED RANGES
C-7

code & flex conductor using 4-POINT family of tools:
ALUMINUM CONNECTORS
AYP/AYPO CONNECTORS
Aluminum & Copper Conductor (Code & Compact)

Conductor
Connector
Wire Size
Expanded Range
Terminal
Splice # Crimps
#8 AWG
#6 AWG
#4 AWG
#2 AWG
#1 AWG
1/0 AWG
2/0 AWG
3/0 AWG
4/0 AWG
250 kcmil
300 kcmil
350 kcmil
400 kcmil
500 kcmil
600 kcmil
750 kcmil
#8 AWG
#6 AWG
#6 - #4 AWG
#6-#2 AWG
#6-#1 AWG
#6-1/0 AWG
#4 - 2/0 AWG
#2 - 3/0 AWG
#1 - 4/0 AWG
1/0 - 250
2/0 - 300
3/0 - 350
4/0 - 400
4/0 - 500
250 - 600
500-750
YA8CAYA6CAYA4CAYA2CAYA1CAYA25AYA26AYA27AYA28AYA29AYA30AYA31AYA32AYA34AYA36AYA39A-
YS8CAYS6CAYS4CAYS2CAYS1CAYS25AYS26AYS27AYS28AYS29AYS30AYS31AYS32AYS34AYS36AYS39A-
Wire Size
#6 AWG
#4 AWG
#2 AWG
#1 AWG
1/0 AWG
2/0 AWG
3/0 AWG
4/0 AWG
250 kcmil
300 kcmil
350 kcmil
400 kcmil
500 kcmil
600 kcmil
750 kcmil
1
1
1
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
3
4
4
4
4
(Aluminum and Copper Code & Compact)

Pin
Expanded Range
Straight
Offset # Crimps
#6 AWG
#4 AWG
#4 - #2 AWG
#2 - #1 AWG
#2 - 1/0 AWG
#1 - 2/0 AWG
1/0 - 3/0 AWG
2/0 - 4/0 AWG
3/0 - 250 kcmil
4/0 - 300 kcmil
250 - 350 kcmil
350 - 500 kcmil
350 - 500 kcmil
400 - 600 kcmil
500 - 750 kcmil
AYP6
AYP4
AYP2
AYP1
AYP1/0
AYP2/0
AYP3/0
AYP4/0
AYP250
AYP300
AYP350
AYP400
AYP500
AYP600
AYP750
AYPO2/0
AYP03/0
AYPO4/0
AYP0250
AYP0300
AYP0350
AYP0400
AYPO500
AYPO600
AYP0750
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
3
3
COPPER CONNECTORS
Copper Conductor (Code & Compact)
Conductor
Standard Barrel
Long Barrell
Expanded
# of
# of
Wire Size
Range Terminal Splice Crimps* Terminal Splice Crimps*
#8 AWG
#6 AWG
#4 AWG
#2 AWG
#1 AWG
1/0 AWG
2/0 AWG
3/0 AWG
4/0 AWG
250 kcmil
300 kcmil
350 kcmil
400 kcmil
500 kcmil
600 kcmil
700 kcmil
750 kcmil
800 kcmil
1000 kcmil
#8 AWG
#6 AWG
#6 - #4
#6-#2
#6-#1
#6-1/0
#4 - 2/0
#2 - 3/0
#1 - 4/0
1/0 - 250
2/0 - 300
3/0 - 350
4/0 - 400
4/0 - 500
250 - 600
350-700
500-750
500-800
750-1000
YA8CLYA6CLYA4CLYA2CLYA1CLYA25LYA26LYA27LYA28LYA29LYA30LYA31LYA32LYA34LYA36LYA38LYA39LYA40LYA44L-
YS8CLYS6CLYS4CLYS2CLYS1CLYS25LYS26LYS27LYS28LYS29LYS30LYS31LYS32LYS34LYS36LYS38LYS39LYS40LYS44L-
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
3
3
3
3
YA8CYA6CYA4CYA2CYA1CYA25YA26YA27YA28YA29YA30YA31YA32YA34YA36YA38YA39YA40YA44-
YS8CYS6CYS4CYS2CYS1CYS25YS26YS27YS28YS29YS30YS31YS32YS34YS36YS38YS39YS40YS44-
1
1
1
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
3
3
3
4
4
4
4
4
4
*Same number of recommended crimps for both Standard and Expanded wire ranges
US: 1-800-346-4175
www.burndy.com
Canada: 1-800-387-6487
BURNDY
EXPANDED RANGES
C-8

code & flex conductor using 4-POINT family of tools:
COPPER CONNECTORS
Nominal
Flex Wire
Size
Copper Conductor (Flex Only)

Standard Barrel
Long Barrell
Expanded
# of
Expanded
# of
Range
Terminal Splice Crimps
Range
Terminal Splice Crimps
#8 AWG
#8 AWG
#6 AWG
#6 AWG
#4 AWG
#6 - #4 AWG
#2 AWG
#6 - #2 AWG
#1 AWG
#4 - #1 AWG
1/0 AWG #4 - 1/0 AWG
2/0 AWG #2 - 2/0 AWG
3/0 AWG #1 - 3/0 AWG
4/0 AWG 1/0 - 4/0 AWG
250 kcmil
3/0 - 250
300 kcmil
4/0 - 313.1
350 kcmil 250 - 373.7
450 kcmil 250 - 444.4
500 kcmil 373.7 - 535.3
600 kcmil 373.7 - 600
650 kcmil 444.4 - 646
750 kcmil 535.3 - 777.7
YAV8CLYAV6CLYAV4CLYAV2CLYAV1CLYAV25LYAV26LYAV27LYAV28LYAV29LYA32LYA34LYA36LYA38LYA39LYA40LYA44L-
YSV8CLYSV6CLYSV4CLYSV2CLYSV1CLYSV25LYSV26LYSV27LYSV28LYSV29LYS32LYS34LYS36LYS38LYS39LYS40LYS44L-
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
2
#8 AWG
#6 AWG
#6 - #4 AWG
#6 - #2 AWG
#4 - #1 AWG
#6 - 1/0 AWG
#4 - 2/0 AWG
#2 - 3/0 AWG
#1 - 4/0 AWG
1/0 - 250
2/0 - 313.1
3/0 - 373.7
4/0 - 444.4
4/0 - 535.3
250 - 600
373.3 - 646
535.3 - 777.7
YAV8CYAV6CYAV4CYAV2CYAV1CYAV25YAV26YAV27YAV28YAV29YA32YA34YA36YA38YA39YA40YA44-
YSV8CYSV6CYSV4CYSV2CYSV1CYSV25YSV26YSV27YSV28YS29YS32YS34YS36YS38YS39YS40YS44-
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
3
3
3
COPPER CONNECTORS
Wire Size
#8 AWG
#6 AWG
#4 AWG
#2 AWG
#1 AWG
1/0 AWG
2/0 AWG
3/0 AWG
4/0 AWG
250 kcmil
300 kcmil
350 kcmil
400 kcmil
500 kcmil
500 kcmil
600 kcmil
600 kcmil
700 kcmil
750 kcmil
750 kcmil
800 kcmil
1000 kcmil
Expanded
Wire Range
Offset
Cat. No.
#8 AWG
#6 AWG
#6 - #4
#6-#2
#6-#1
#6-1/0
#4 - 2/0
#2 - 3/0
#1 - 4/0
1/0 - 250
2/0 - 300
3/0 - 350
4/0 - 400
4/0 - 500
4/0-500
250 - 600
250-600
350-700
500-750
500-750
500-800
750-1000
E-Line Connectors
Aluminum
Centerformed No. of
Cat. No.
Crimps
YA8CA-T-E
YA2CA-T-E
YA25A-T-E
YA26A-T-E
YA27A-T-E
YA28A-T-E
YA30A-T-E
YA31A-T-E
YA32A-T-E
YA34A-T-E
Offset
Cat. No.
Copper
Centerformed
Cat. No.
No. of
Crimps
1
2
2
2
YA25L-T-E
YA26L-T-E
YAC25L-T-E
YAC26L-T-E
1
1
2
2
4
4
YA30L-T-E
YAC30L-T-E
YAC2CA-T-E
YAC27A-T-E
YAC31A-T-E
YA36A-T-E
YA39A-T-E
YA34L-T-E
YA342L-T-E
YA36L-T-E
YA362L-T-E
2
2
2
2
YA39L-T-E
YA392L-T-E
2
2
*Same number of recommended crimps for both Standard and Expanded wire ranges
Canada: 1-800-387-6487
www.burndy.com
US: 1-800-346-4175
BURNDY
12-TON U DIES*
C-9
BURNDY Die Sets

Fits Y35, Y39, Y750 Series,
PAT750-18V Series,
PAT46-18V, Y46
(W/PUADP-1 Adapter)
Wire Size
Small
#8
#6
#4
#3
#2
#1
1/0
2/0
3/0
4/0
250 kcmil
300 kcmil
350 kcmil
400 kcmil
500 kcmil
535 Flex kcmil
600 kcmil
750 kcmil
Large
777 Flex
Copper
Aluminum
U8CRT
U5CRT
U4CRT
U3CRT
U2CRT
U1CRT-1
U25RT
U26RT
U27RT
U28RT
U29RT
U30RT
U31RT
U32RT
U34RT
U38XRT
U36RT
U39RT
U44XRT
U die case Part# PT29291, holds up to 15 dies
U8CABT
U6CABT
U4CABT
N/A
U2CABT
U1CART
U25ART
U26ART
U27ART
U28ART
U29ART
U30ART
U31ART
U32ART
U34ART
N/A
U36ART
U39ART-2
N/A
* Non-tension U-type 12-ton dies for YA, YS, YA-A, YS-A style
connectors.
NOTE: N/A = not applicable.
W DIES
BURNDY Die Sets
Fits Tools MD6, MD7,
Y500CTHS, PAT600-18V,
PATMD6
Wire Size
Small
Large
Copper
Copper
Aluminum
#8
#6
#4
#3
#2
#1
1/0
2/0
3/0
4/0
250
300
350
400
450
500
600
W8CVT
W5CVT
W4CVT
W3CRT
W2CVT
W1CVT
W25VT
W26VT
W27VT
W28VT
*W29VT
*W30VT
*W31VT
*W32VT
W33VT
*W34VT
**W36RT
W8CRT
W5CRT
W4CRT
W3CRT
W2CRT
W1CRT
W25CRT
W26CRT
W27CRT
W28CRT
W29CRT
W30CRT
W31CRT
W32CRT
W33CRT
W34CRT
W36CRT
X8CART
W161
W162
N/A
W239
W163
W241
W245
W166
W660
N/A
N/A
*W31ART
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
W die case Part# CASEWDIES, holds up to 24 dies
* These sizes (250-500) for Y5000CTHS, MD7-34(R),

BAT500, BCT500HS only.
** For PAT600-18V only.
NOTE: N/A = not applicable.
Suitable for use on YA, YS, YA-A, YS-A type non-tension
connectors.
US: 1-800-346-4175
www.burndy.com
Canada: 1-800-387-6487
BURNDY
C-10
Conductor
AWG
Flex
#8/#6
sol
#8
#6
#6
#4
#4
#3/#2
sol
#2
#2
#1
#1
1/0
1/0
2/0
2/0
3/0
3/0
4/0
Die
Color
W8CVT
U8CRT
W5CVT
U5CRT
W4CVT
U4CRT
W3CRT
U3CRT
W2CVT
U2CRT
W1CVT
U1CRT-1
W25VT
U25RT
Taps
H-Taps
Run=Tap
Die
Color
Index
U11T-1
GREEN
11
RED
49
21
W4CVT
GRAY
U240
RED
240
BLUE
24
W2CVT
BROWN
10
UC
BROWN
GRAY
29
W25VT
PINK
12
UC
BROWN
UC
BROWN
WHITE
29
W26VT
BLACK
13
UC
BROWN
UC
BROWN
BROWN
10
33
W27VT
ORANGE
14
UC
BROWN
UC
BROWN
GREEN
11
W28VT
PURPLE
15
U997
ORANGE
997
U654
PURPLE
654
PINK
12
W29VT
YELLOW
16
U997
ORANGE
997
U654
PURPLE
654
BLACK
13
U997
ORANGE
997
U654
PURPLE
654
ORANGE
14
U997
ORANGE
997
U654
PURPLE
654
PURPLE
15
W29VT
U29RT
YELLOW
16
W30VT
U30RT
WHITE
W26VT
U26RT
W27VT
U27RT
W28VT
U28RT
33
(37)
37
(42)
REFER
TO
CATALOG
42
(45)
45
(50)
50
(54)
UBGRT ORANGE
BG
U997
ORANGE
997
U654
PURPLE
654
62
U997
ORANGE
997
U654
PURPLE
654
17
62
U1104
BROWN
1104
U1104
BROWN
1104
RED
18
66
U1104
BROWN
1104
U1104
BROWN
1104
BLUE
19
(76)
U1104
BROWN
1104
U1104
BROWN
1104
BROWN
20
76
(87)
U1104
BROWN
1104
U1104
BROWN
1104
U38XRT
PINK
L99
(99)
P1103
BLUE
1103
PYFR
YELLOW
KR
600
U36RT
GREEN
22
87
P1103
BLUE
1103
PYFR
YELLOW
KR
700
U38RT
PINK
400
99
P1103
BLUE
1103
PYFR
YELLOW
KR
646
U39RT
BLACK
24
(106)
P1103
BLUE
1103
PYFR
YELLOW
KR
750/
777
U44XRT
YELLOW
L115
(115)
800
P40RT
ORANGE
25
106
P1102
WHITE
1102
PYFR
YELLOW
KR
1000
P44RT
WHITE
27
P1102
WHITE
1102
PYFR
YELLOW
KR
250
300
350
4/0
Installation Tooling System

Taps
Taps
T&B
Thin-Wall C-taps
Heavy Duty C-Taps
Index*
Run=Tap, AWG only
Run=Tap
Code
Index (Flex)
Die
Color Index Die
Color Index
Lugs & Splices

One & Two
Hole
4/0/250
class
G&H
262/250
class
I, K & M
313
350/
373
500
444
500/
535
750
W31VT
U31RT
W32VT
U32RT
W34VT
U34RT
* Die set with a dash CK are not UL Listed. Please consult

factory for further information.
Bolt Equivalent
Unified Inch
Metric
Hole Size
Equivalent
1/4
5/16
3/8
1/2
5/8
M6
M8
M10
M12
M16
Canada: 1-800-387-6487
www.burndy.com
US: 1-800-346-4175
BURNDY
TYPES YBA, YBA-FX,

YBAV-FX and YBA-A
C-11
Break-Away
Feature
BREAK-AWAY HYLUG
O.D.
Copper and Aluminum

Compression Terminals
UL Listed 90 C,
600 Volts to 35 kV
The BREAK-AWAY line of Copper and
Aluminum HYLUG terminals are designed
to provide maximum field flexibility by allowing the installer (using the BREAK-AWAY feature) to easily convert two-hole terminals to
one-hole terminals to suit the application.
The BREAK-AWAY line of terminals encompasses a wide range of features that affords
the installer the flexibility in meeting the
requirements for challenging projects.

BREAK-AWAY feature allows for field
modification of the terminal from a
two-hole design to a one-hole design
and the terminal still retains its UL Listing
and CSA Certification.
Field modification of the terminal does not
require specialized tooling or training.
Stud size is 1/2 (12 mm2) on the first stud
as well as the slotted second stud.
Slotted second stud provides built in
flexibility for the terminal to conform to
various bus bar dimensions. With the
slotted second stud, the terminal can be
used on two-hole spacing ranging from
1.00 to 1.75 for 1/2 stud hole sizes and
0.63 to 1.00 for 1/4 stud hole size.
Narrow tongue design allows for the

terminal to fit into tight spaces.
Accommodates a wide range of conductor
combinations (AWG, Compact, DLO, Flex
as well as Metric).
The BREAK-AWAY line of terminals can
be installed with standard BURNDY
tooling (example: PAT750XT-18V) and
U-dies.
Terminals are range taking when installed
with Y644 tooling platforms.
Copper Conductor
Dimensions
Catalog
Number
Conductor
Size
Stud Stud
Hole Hole
mm2 Spacing Size
Tongue
Width
YBAV25FX14
1/0 Flex (275/24);

1/0 AWG
50
.63 to
1.08
1/4
[6]
.73
YBAV26FX14
2/0 Flex (325/24);

2/0 AWG
70
.63 to
1.08
1/4
[6]
.89
YBAV27FX14
3/0 Flex (450/24);

3/0 AWG
95
.63 to
1.08
1/4
[6]
.87
120
1 to
1.75
1/2
[12]
.94
1 to
1.75
1 to
1.75
1 to
1.75
1 to
1.75
1/2
[12]
1/2
[12]
1/2
[12]
1/2
[12]
YBAV28FX
YBA29
YBA31FX
YBA32FX
YBA34FX
4/0 Flex (550/24);

4/0 AWG
250 kcmil
(Class A & B)
250 kcmil
(Class I, K & M)
313.1 kcmil Flex
(775/24)
373.7 kcmil Flex
(775/24)
150
185
240
.96
.96
.96
.96
Dieless
1.50 .13 3.69
MY29 (MY29 platform

tools can only be used
on Code Conductor),
1.50 .13 3.74
PAT644- & Y644platforms (1)
4-POINT
1.50 .14 3.78
Y81K, PAT81K, Y4PC
PAT4PCplatforms (2)
1.62 .14 5.24
PAT644 & Y644

platforms (1),
4-POINT Y81K,
2.00 .18 5.68
PAT81K, Y4PC, PAT4PC
platforms (2) for YBA29,
2.12 .19 5.85
(3) for YBA31FX &
YBA32FX,
2.25 .23 6.08
(4) for YBA34FX
1.62 .16 5.21
Installation Tooling (# of crimps)

MD6, MD7,
Y500CTHS,
Y35, Y39, Y750,
MD7-34R platforms
PAT60018V,
*Y46, PAT750,
Color
OUR840**
PATMD6 platform *PAT46 platforms Code
W25VT (4)
X25RT (4)
W25RT (4)
W26VT (4)
X26RT (4)
W26RT (4)
W27VT (4)
X27RT (4)
W27RT (4)
X28RT (6)
W28RT (4)
W28VT (4)
W29RT (4)
W29VT (4)
W30VT (4)
W30RT (4)
W31VT (4)
W31RT (4)
W32VT (4)
W32RT (4)
W25VT (4)
X25RT (4)
W25RT (4)
W26VT (4)
X26RT (4)
W26RT (4)
W27VT (4)
X27RT (4)
W27RT (4)
X28RT (6)
W28RT (4)
W28VT (4)
W29RT (4)
W29VT (4)
W30VT (4)
W30RT (4)
W31VT (4)
W31RT (4)
W34VT (6)
W34RT (6)
Die
Index
U25RT (2)
Pink
12 or
348
U26RT (2)
Black
13
U27RT (4)
Orange
14
U28RT (2)
Purple
15
U29RT (2)
Yellow
16
U30RT (4)
White
U31RT (4)
Red
U32RT (4)
Blue
17 or
298
18 or
324
19 or
470
* Y46 and PAT46 platforms require PUADP-1 adaptor to use

U dies.
** OUR840 can use X-style dies only.
US: 1-800-346-4175
www.burndy.com
Canada: 1-800-387-6487
BURNDY
C-12
TYPES YBA, YBA-FX,

YBAV-FX and YBA-A
Break-Away
Feature
BREAK-AWAY HYLUG
(Continued)
O.D.
L
Copper and Aluminum

UL Listed 90 C,
600 Volts to 35 kV
Copper Conductor (Continued)

Dimensions
Stud
Stud
Catalog
Conductor
Hole
Hole
Number
Size
mm2 Spacing Size
1 to
1/2
YBA36FX
440 kcmil Flex
1.75
[12]
444.4 kcmil
1 to
5/8
YBA36FX58
(1100/24)
1.75
[16]
535.3 Flex
1 to
1/2
YBA38FX
(1325/24)
300
1.75
[12]
500 kcmil nom.
750 kcmil (Code
1 to
1/2
YBA39
Class AA, A & B)

1.75
[12]
750 kcmil Flex
1 to
1/2
YBA44FX
(Class I);
1.75
[12]
500
777.7 Flex
1 to
5/8
YBA44FX58
(1925/24)
1.75
[16]
Tongue
Width
Y35, Y39, Y750, *Y46, PAT750,

*PAT46 Platforms
Color
Code
Die
Index
1.47
2.69
.27
6.59
U34RT (4)
Brown
20 or
299
1.62
2.81
.27
6.76
U38XRT (4)
Pink
L99
1.63
2.88
.27
6.87
U39RT (4)
Black
24
1.62
3.00
.32
7.14
U44XRT (4)
Yellow
L115
Dieless
Y644, PAT644 (1),

Y81K, PAT81K (2)

U dies.
Canada: 1-800-387-6487
www.burndy.com
US: 1-800-346-4175
BURNDY
TYPES YBA, YBA-FX,

YBAV-FX and YBA-A
C-13
Break-Away
Feature
BREAK-AWAY HYLUG
(Continued)
O.D.
Copper and Aluminum

UL Listed 90 C,
600 Volts to 35 kV
Aluminum Conductor
Catalog
Number
Conductor Size
(Concentric and
Compact)
YBA25A
1/0
YBA26A
2/0
YBA27A
3/0
YBA28A
4/0
YBA29A
250 kcmil
YBA30A
300 kcmil
YBA31A
350 kcmil
YBA32A
400 kcmil
YBA34A
500 kcmil
YBA36A
600 kcmil
YBA39A
700 & 750 kcmil
YBA44A
1000 kcmil
Dimensions
Stud
Stud
Hole
Hole
Size Tongue
Spacing [mm] Width B
1 to
1.75
1 to
1.75
1 to
1.75
1 to
1.75
1 to
1.75
1/2
[12]
1/2
[12]
1/2
[12]
1/2
[12]
1/2
[12]
1 to
1.75
1/2
[12]
1 to
1.75
1 to
1.75
1 to
1.75
1 to
1.75
1 to
1.75
1 to
1.75
1/2
[12]
1/2
[12]
1/2
[12]
1/2
[12]
1/2
[12]
1/2
[12]
1.03
1.05 .17 4.59
1.03
1.17 .20 4.78
1.04
1.31 .26 5.02
1.17
1.39 .30 5.19
1.26
1.45 .33 5.28
1.38
1.53 .36 5.64
1.52
2.26 .43 6.16
1.62
2.34 .46 6.80
1.31
2.47 .52 7.09
1.62
2.74 .55 7.76
Color
Code
Die
Index
W241 (2)
X241 (4)
W241 (2)
U25ART (1)
Tan
296
U26ART (2)
Olive
297
Y644MBH (1)
U27ART (2)
Ruby
467
W660 (4)
U28ART (2)
White
298
U29ART (2)
Red
324
U30ART (2)
Blue
470
U31ART (2)
Brown
299
U32ART (4)
Green
472
U34ART (4)
Pink
300
U36ART (4)
Black
473
PAT644 & Y644

platforms (1),
4-POINT
Y81K, PAT81K, Y4PC,
PAT4PC
platforms (4)
W660 (4)
X660 (8)
2.46 .43 7.07
1.65
MY29 (MY29 platform

tools can only be used
on Code Conductor),
PAT644 & Y644
platforms (1),
4-POINT
Y81K, PAT81K. Y4PC,
PAT4PC platforms (2)
PAT644 & Y644
platforms (1)
4-POINT Y81K,
PAT81K, Y4PC,
PAT4PC platforms (2)
1.85 .39 6.07
1.62
Dieless

MD6, MD7,
Y500CTHS,
Y35, Y39, Y750,
MD7-34R
PAT60018V,
*Y46, PAT750,
platforms
PATMD6
*PAT46
OUR840**
platform
platforms
U39ART-2 (2)
Yellow
936
P44ART (4)
Brown
302
Can only be crimped with PAT46 or Y46 platform tools

using the P44ART die.
U dies
** OUR840 can use X-style dies only.
US: 1-800-346-4175
www.burndy.com
Canada: 1-800-387-6487
BURNDY
TYPES YA-2NU, YA-4NU

C-14
Blank Tongue HYLUG

The Blank Tongue line of Copper Code
HYLUG terminals are designed to provide
maximum field flexibility. Scored lines prevent
the drill from walking when trying to drill in
this area. This innovative design allows the
installer to customize the tongue drilling to fit
their specific application while maintaining UL
Listing and CSA certification.
Features & Benefits

Manufactured from seamless highconductivity electrolytic copper tubing
with heavy duty wall thickness.
Internally beveled barrel end.
Proper compression systems form a highly
efficient electrical connection.
Dimples located at each end of the scored
line represent the location of the NEMA
standard hole spacing.
Scored line locates the center of the
Tongue and prevents the drill from walking
when trying to drill in this area.
Offered in a wide range of code conductor
sizes.
Conductor
Catalog
Number
YA8C2NU
YA6C2NU
AWG
#8 AWG
#6 AWG
Min.
*** Bolt Tongue Figure Dimensions
MM2 Hole** Width
B
T
L
#10
#10
.83
.83
0.81 .12
1.12 .12
4.08
W8CRT (1)
U8CRT (1)
U8CRT (1)
Red
49
7/8
4.40
Y1MRTC (2)
MY29-11 (2)
MRC840 (2)
Y81KFT (1)
Y81KFTBMH (1)
PAT81KFT-18V (1)
W5CVT (2)
W5CRT (2)
X5CRT (2)
X8CART (2)
W5CVT (2)
W5CRT (2)
X5CRT (2)
X8CART (2)
U5CRT (2)
U8CABT (2)
Blue
1-3/16
W4CVT (2)
W4CRT (2)
X4CRT (2)
W4CVT (2)
W4CRT (2)
X4CRT (2)
U4CRT (2)
U6CABT (2)
Gray
1-3/16
W3CRT (2)
W3CRT (2)
U3CRT (2)
White
1-5/16
W2CVT (2)
W2CRT (2)
X2CRT (2)
W2CVT (2)
W2CRT (2)
X2CRT (2)
U2CRT (2)
Brown
10
1-5/16
#10
.83
1.12 .12
4.45
YA3C2NU
#3 AWG
#2 Sol.
25
1/4
.83
1.25 .12
4.62
35
1/4
.83
1.25 .12
*** The MM2 conductor sizes listed are the recommendations

for Class 2 conductor.
* Use PUADP-1 adaptor with U -dies in Y46 HYPRESS
Installation Tooling
Mechanical
Hydraulic
Wire
MD6, OUR840, BCT500HS, Y750, Y46*, Color Die
Strip
MD7-34R
Y500CTHS
PAT750
Code Index Length
W8CRT (1)
W8CVT (1)
X8CRT (2)
W8CVT (1)
#4 AWG
#2 AWG
Dieless
(# of
crimps)
Y1MRTC (2)
MY29-11 (1)
YA4C2NU
YA2C2NU
4.64
Y1MRTC (4)
MY29-3 (2)
MY29-11 (2)
MRC840 (2)
Y644HS (1)
Y81KFT (1)
Y81KFTBMH (1)
PAT81KFT-18V (1)
Y1MRTC (4)
MY29-3 (2)
MY29-11 (2)
MRC840 (2)
Y644HS (1)
Y81KFT (2)
Y81KFTBMH (2)
PAT81KFT-18V (2)
Requires Y60BHU HYPRESS

** Minimum bolt hole size must be maintained for UL & CSA.
Canada: 1-800-387-6487
www.burndy.com
US: 1-800-346-4175
BURNDY
TYPES YA-2NU, YA-4NU

Blank Tongue HYLUG
(Continued)
C-15
Conductor
Catalog
Number
AWG
Min.
*** Bolt Tongue Figure Dimensions
MM2 Hole** Width
B
T
L
YA1C2NU
#1 AWG
50
1/4
.83
1.38
.12
4.82
YA252NU
1/0 AWG
1/4
.83
1.38
.11
Dieless
(# of
crimps)
Mechanical
Hydraulic
Wire
MD6, OUR840, BCT500HS, Y750, Y46*, Color Die
Strip
MD7-34R
Y500CTHS
PAT750
Code Index Length
Y1MRTC (4)
MY29-3 (2)
MY29-11 (2)
MRC840 (2)
Y644HS (1)
Y81KFT (2)
Y81KFTMBH (2)
PAT81KFT-18V (2)
W1CVT (2)
W1CRT-1 (2)
X1CRT-1 (2)
W1CVT (2)
W1CRT-1 (2)
X1CRT-1 (2)
MY29-3 (2)
MY29-11 (2)
MRC840 (4)
Y644HS (1)
Y81KFT (2)
Y81KFTMBH (2)
PAT81KFT-18V (2)
W25VT (4)
W25RT (4)
X25RT (4)
W26VT (4)
W26RT (4)
X26RT (4)
W27VT (4)
W27RT (4)
X27RT (6)
W28VT (4)
W28RT (4)
X28RT (6)
W25VT (4)
W25RT (4)
X25RT (4)
W26VT (4)
W26RT (4)
X26RT (4)
W27VT (4)
W27RT (4)
X27RT (6)
W28VT (4)
W28RT (4)
X28RT (6)
W29VT (4)
X29RT (8)
W29VT (4)
W29RT (4)
X29RT (8)
4.81
YA262NU
2/0 AWG
70
1/4
.83
1.50
.12
4.97
YA272NU
3/0 AWG
1/4
.91
1.50
.13
5.01
YA282NU
4/0 AWG
1/4
1.02
1.62
.14
5.17
YA292NU
250 kcmil
120
1/4
1.11
1.62
.16
5.21
YA302NU
300 kcmil
150
1/4
1.20
2.00
.16
5.64
YA312NU
350 kcmil
185
1/4
1.29
2.00
.18
5.68
YA322NU
400 kcmil
3/8
1.40
2.12
.19
5.85
YA342NU
500 kcmil
240
3/8
1.55
2.25
.22
6.06
YA362NU
600 kcmil
300
3/8
1.73
2.69
.26
6.59
YA392NU
750 kcmil
3/8
1.91
2.88
.26
6.87
YA402NU
YA442NU
YA452NU
YA462NU
YA472NU
YA482NU
YA444NU
YA454NU
YA464NU
800 kcmil
1000 kcmil
1250 kcmil
1500 kcmil
1750 kcmil
2000 kcmil
1000 kcmil
1250 kcmil
1500 kcmil
400
500
800
1000
500
800
3/8
3/8
3/8
3/8
3/8
3/8
3/8
3/8
3/8
1.98
2.18
2.46
2.69
2.90
3.10
3.00
3.00
3.00
2.94
3.00
3.19
3.19
3.44
3.44
3.00
3.19
3.19
.30
.33
.38
.40
.42
.46
.23
.30
.34
6.95
7.14
7.44
7.55
7.89
7.98
7.14
7.44
7.55

MY29-3 (2)
MY29-11 (2)
Y644HS (1)
Y81KFT (2)
Y81KFTMBH (2)
PAT81KFT-18V (2)
Y644HS (1)
Y81KFT (3)
Y81KFTMBH (3)
PAT81KFT-18V (3)
Y644HS (1)
Y81KFT (4)
Y81KFTMBH (4)
PAT81KFT-18V (4)
Y644HS (1)
Y81KFT (3)
Y81KFTMBH (3)
PAT81KFT-18V (3)
W30VT (4)
W31VT (4)
W32VT (4)
W34VT (4)
W30VT (4)
W30RT (4)
W31VT (4)
W31RT (4)
W32VT (4)
W32RT (4)
W34VT (4)
W34RT (4)
U1CRT-1 (2)
U4CABT (2)
Green
11
1-7/16
U25RT (2)
U2CABT (2)
Pink
12
1-7/16
U26RT (2)
Black
13
1-9/16
U27RT (2)
Orange
14
1-9/16
U28RT (2)
Purple
15
1-11/16
U29RT (2)
Yellow
16
1-11/16
White
17
2-1/16
Red
18
2-1/16
Blue
19
2-3/16
Brown
20
2-5/16
Green
22
2-3/4
Black
24
2-15/16
Orange
White
Yellow
Green
Gray
Brown
White
Yellow
Green
25
27
29
31
33
34
27
29
31
3
3-1/16
3-1/4
3-1/4
3-1/2
3-1/2
3-1/16
3-1/4
3-1/4
U30RT (4)
U28ART (4)
U31RT (4)
U29ART (4)
U32RT (4)
U30ART (4)
U34RT (4)
U31ART (4)
U36RT (4)
U32ART (4)
U39RT (4)
P39RT (4)**
P40RT (4)
P44RT (4)**
P45RT (6)**
P46RT (6) **
P44RT
P45RT
P46RT
* Use PUADP-1 adaptor with U -dies in Y46 HYPRESS

** Minimum bolt hole size must be maintained for UL & CSA.
US: 1-800-346-4175
www.burndy.com
Canada: 1-800-387-6487
BURNDY
Wind Turbine Kits
C-16
TYPES YBA-KIT,
YA-KIT, YBAFX-KIT,
YAFX-KIT
Copper and Aluminum
Turbine Lug Kits
UL Listed 90C,
600 Volts to 35 kV
Aiding in the staging and flow of material on a
project, the BURNDY Turbine Lug Kits are
designed to meet the termination requirements for the standard 1.5 MW wind turbine,
improving overall project efficiency. Each lug
kit contains UL Listed and CSA Certified copper or aluminum lugs. Kits include the
required number of lugs needed to terminate
aluminum or copper conductors on the low
voltage side of a base transformer or the
down tower switchgear. There are four individual kits, two for aluminum, two for copper,
they are all custom designed to handle any
termination requirements.
Features & Benefits

YA44A3 (1000 kcmil aluminum) HYLUG,
2-hole, narrow tongue aluminum
compression terminal that is dual rated for
both copper and aluminum.
YBA44A (1000 kcmil, 1000 compact
aluminum) BREAK-AWAY HYLUG, 2hole narrow tongue aluminum compression
terminal that is dual rated for both copper
and aluminum. The BREAK-AWAY
feature allows for field modification of the
terminal from a 2-hole to a 1-hole terminal
and still retain UL Listing and CSA
Certification.
YAZ442NNTFX (777.7 Flex, 1925/24 str.,
750 kcmil copper) HYLUG, 2-hole,
narrow tongue copper compression
terminal that accommodates flex and AWG
conductor.
YBA44FX (777.7 Flex, 1925/24 str. [750

kcmil] nom. copper) BREAK-AWAY
HYLUG, 2-hole, narrow tongue copper
compression terminal that accepts a wide
range of conductor combinations (AWG,
compact, DLO, flex, metric). The BREAKAWAY feature allows field modification of
the terminal from a 2-hole to 1-hole
terminal and still retain UL Listing and CSA
Certification.
Both aluminum and copper low voltage
turbine lug kits include YA29-2N (250
kcmil, copper, 2-hole) lugs for terminating
grounding conductor.
Aluminum kits are shipped with squeeze
packets of PENETROX oxide inhibitor for
terminating aluminum conductor.
Copper Kits
Catalog Number
YBAFX15CLKIT
YAFX15CLKIT
Includes:
15 pcs YBA44FX (777.7 Flex Cu 2-hole NEMA lug);
3 pcs YA29-2N (250 kcmil Cu 2-hole NEMA lug)
15 pcs YAZ442NNTFX (777.7 Flex Cu 2-hole NEMA lug);
3 pcs YA29-2N (250 kcmil Cu 2-hole NEMA lug)
Aluminum Kits
Catalog Number
YBA15ALKIT
YA15ALKIT
Includes:
15 pcs YBA44A (1000 Al 2-hole NEMA lug);
3 pcs YA29-2N (250 kcmil Cu 2-hole NEMA lug);
1 squeeze tube (1/2 oz) of PENETROX oxide inhibitor
15 pcs YA44A3 (1000 Al 2-hole NEMA lug);
3 pcs YA29-2N (250 kcmil Cu 2-hole NEMA lug);
1 squeeze tube (1/2 oz) of PENETROX oxide inhibitor
Heat shrink and mounting hardware sold separately.
Canada: 1-800-387-6487
www.burndy.com
US: 1-800-346-4175
BURNDY
Copper Compression Code
ONE HOLE HYLUG

CODE CONDUCTOR
STANDARD BARREL
DIE AND COLOR

CODE INFORMATION
BEVELED
ENTRY
C-17
INSPECTION
WINDOW
TYPES YA-L, YA-L-TC
CRIMP
COPPER COMPRESSION
TERMINAL
ELECTRO-TIN
PLATED
CABLE
ACCOMMODATION
UL Listed 90 C,
600 Volts to 35 kV
45 and 90 angles are available.

Please contact Customer Service to order:
1-800-346-4175
B
90
B
T
T
45
Fig. 1
45
(L)
1.02
.77
.83
1.12
1.10
1.18
(# of crimps)
Mechanical
MD6, OUR840,
MD7-34R
Y8MRB-1 (1)
Conductor
Catalog Number
YAV10-BOX
YAV10R-BOX
YAV10R3-BOX
YAV10T2-BOX
YAV10T3-BOX
YAV10T4-BOX
Fig #
1
3
3
1
1
1
YA8CL1-BOX
YA8CL2-BOX
#8 AWG
#8 Weld
37/24
#6 Solid
10
.38
1/4
5/16
1/4
3/8
.47
.53
.47
.56
Figure
Dimensions
(B)
(T)
.405 .058
.375 .058
.405 .047
.38 .047
.405 .047
.38 .047
.44
.44
.08
1.26
5/16
Tongue
Width
8-10
#14-#10
Str
#12-#10
Sol
Stud
Hole
Size
1/4
AWG
***
MM2
.52
.44
.06
1.38
3/8
.58
.44
.06
1.51
1/2
.71
.44
.05
1.76
Dieless
YA8CL3-BOX
YA8CL4-BOX
YA8CL-BOX
8-10
.41
.44
.08
1.16
YA6CL-BOX
1/4
.45
.54
.08
8-10
.41
.54
.09
.99
YA6CL3-BOX
5/16
.52
.54
.07
1.24
YA6CL4-BOX
3/8
.63
.54
.06
1.28
1/2
.75
.54
.12
1.60
1/4
.44
.81
.07
1.65
Hydraulic
BCT500HS,
Y35, Y39, Y750,
Y500CTHS
Y46*, PAT750
Wire
Color Die Strip
Code Index Length
Y1MRTC (1)
Y8MRB-1 (1)
MY29-3 (1)
W8CVT (1)
MY29-11 (1)
W8CRT (1)
MRC840 (1)
X8CRT (1)
Y81KFT (1)
Y81KFTMBH (1)
PAT81KFT-18V (1)
7/16
W8CVT (1)
W8CRT (1)
X8CRT (1)
U8CRT (1)
Red
49
7/16
U5CRT (1)
Blue
5/8
U5CRT (1)
UBCABT (1)
Blue
5/8
U5CRT (1)
Blue
7/8
1.18
YA6CL1-BOX
90
#6 AWG
#6 AWG
YA6CL6-BOX
YA5CL-BOX
#5 AWG
* Use PUADP-1 adapter with U dies in Y46 HYPRESS.

** P-RT die sets for use in Y46 HYPRESS only, PUADP-1
adapter not required.
W5CVT (1) W5CVT (1)

W5CRT (1) W5CRT (1)
Y1MRTC (1) X5CRT (1) X5CRT (1)
MY29-3 (1) X8CART (1) X8CART (1)
MY29-11 (1)
MRC840 (1)
W5CVT (1) W5CVT (1)
Y81KFT (1)
W5CRT (1) W5CRT (1)
Y81KFTMBH (1)
X5CRT (1) X5CRT (1)
PAT81KFT-18V (1)
X8CART (1) X8CART (1)
W5CRT (1) W5CRT (1)
W5CVT (1) X5CRT (1)
X5CRT (1) W5CVT (1)
The MM2 conductor size listed is for both Class 2 and

Class 5 conductor.
See tooling section of this catalog for complete tool and
die listings.
For applications greater than 2000 Volts, consult cable

manufacturer for voltage stress relief instructions.
Note: All dimensions shown are for reference only.
US: 1-800-346-4175
www.burndy.com
Canada: 1-800-387-6487
BURNDY
C-18
ONE HOLE HYLUG

CODE CONDUCTOR
STANDARD BARREL
B
90
B
T
T
45
Fig. 1
(Continued)
45
90

1-800-346-4175
Mechanical
MD6, OUR840,
MD7-34R
Hydraulic
BCT500HS,
Y35, Y39, Y750,
Y500CTHS
Y46*, PAT750
W4CVT (1)
W4CRT (1)
X4CRT (1)
W4CVT (1)
W4CRT (1)
X4CRT (1)
U4CRT (1)
U6CABT (1)
Gray
7/8
1.88
W3CRT (1)
W3CRT (1)
U3CRT (1)
White
15/16
1.88
1.93
2.06
2.32
W2CVT (1)
W2CRT (1)
X2CRT (1)
W2CVT (1)
W2CRT (1)
X2CRT (1)
U2CRT (1)
Brown 10
15/16
Conductor
Catalog Number
YA4CL-BOX
YA4CL1-BOX
YA4CL3-BOX
YA4CL4-BOX
YA4CL6-BOX
Fig #
1
1
1
1
1
AWG
***
MM2
#4 AWG
Stud
Hole Tongue
Size Width
1/4 .50
8-10 .50
5/16 .58
3/8 .58
1/2 .71
(B)
.81
.81
.81
.81
.81
Figure
Dimensions
(T)
.09
.09
.08
.08
.06
Dieless
(L)
1.74
1.58
1.92
1.92
2.20
(# of crimps)
# 3 Str
# 2 Sol
25 5/16
.55
.88
.09
#2 AWG
1/4
5/16
35
3/8
1/2
.61
.61
.61
.73
.88
.88
.88
.88
.11
.11
.11
.09
1/4
.68
.88
.10
5/16
.68
.88
.01
Y1MRTC (2)
MY29-3 (1)
MY29-11 (1)
MRC840 (1)
Y644HS (1)
Y81KFT (1)
1.81 Y81KFTMBH (1)
PAT81KFT-18V (1)
1.94
3/8
.68
.88
.10
2.06
YA1CL6-BOX
1/2
.73
.88
.09
2.37
YA25L2-BOX
YA25L4-BOX
YA25L6-BOX
YA25L-BOX
YA26L2-BOX
YA26L-BOX
YA26L60
YA26L6-BOX
YA26LNT516
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1/4
3/8
1/2
5/16
1/4
3/8
70 3/4
1/2
5/16
.75
.75
.75
.75
.83
.83
.96
.83
.62
.88
.88
.88
.88
.94
.94
.94
.94
.94
.12
.12
.12
.12
.12
.12
.12
.12
.13
1.84
2.09 MY29-3 (1)
2.34 MY29-11 (1)
1.96 MRC840 (2)
1.94 Y644HS (1)
2.19 Y81KFT (1)
2.96 Y81KFTMBH (1)
2.44 PAT81KFT-18V (1)
2.62
YA27L3
5/16
.91
1.00
.13
2.16
YA27L4-BOX
YA27L-BOX
YA27LNT38
1
1
1
3/0 AWG
3/8
1/2
3/8
.91
.91
.76
1.00
1.00
1.00
.13
.13
.12
YA28L2-BOX
4/0 AWG
1/4
1.02
.88
.14
YA28L3
YA28L4-BOX
1
1
5/16 1.02
3/8 1.02
.88
.88
.14
.14
YA28L56
3/4
1.05
.88
.13
YA28L-BOX
1/2
1.02
.88
.14
YA28LNT38
3/8
.76
.88
.16
Wire
Color Die Strip
Code Index Length
YA3CL
YA2CL2-BOX
YA2CL-BOX
YA2CL4-BOX
YA2CL6-BOX
1
1
1
1
YA1CL2
YA1CL-BOX
1
#1 AWG
YA1CL4-BOX
1/0 AWG
2/0 AWG
4/0 AWG
W1CVT (1) W1CVT (1)

W1CRT-1 (1) W1CRT-1 (1)
X1CRT-1 (1) X1CRT-1 (1)
U1CRT-1 (1)
U4CABT (1)
Green
11
15/16
W25VT (2)
W25RT (2)
X25RT (2)
W25VT (2)
W25RT (2)
X25RT (2)
U25RT (1)
U2CABT (1)
Pink
12
15/16
W26VT (2)
W26RT (2)
X26RT (2)
W26VT (2)
W26RT (2)
X26RT (2)
U26RT (1)
Black
13
W27VT (2)
W27RT (2)
X27RT (3)
W27VT (2)
W27RT (2)
X27RT (3)
U27RT (1)
Orange
14 1-1/16
W28VT (2)
W28RT (2)
X28RT (3)
W28VT (2)
W28RT (2)
X28RT (3)
U28RT (1)
Purple
15
1-1/8
MY29-3 (1)
MY29-11 (1)
MRC840 (2) W28VT (2)
1.97
Y644HS (1) W28RT (2)
Y81KFT (2) X28RT (2)
2.46
Y81KFTMBH (2)
2.79 PAT81KFT-18V (2)
W28VT (2)
W28RT (2)
X28RT (3)
U28RT (1)
Purple
15
1-1/8
50

MY29-3 (1)
MY29-11 (1)
2.29
MRC840 (2)
2.54
Y644HS (1)
Y81KFT (2)
Y81KFTMBH (2)
1.96
PAT81KFT-18V (2)
2.08
2.21
MM2
*** The
conductor sizes listed are the recommendations
die listings.
Canada: 1-800-387-6487
www.burndy.com
US: 1-800-346-4175
BURNDY
ONE HOLE HYLUG

CODE CONDUCTOR
STANDARD BARREL
B
90
B
T
C-19
T
45
Fig. 1
(Continued)
45
90

1-800-346-4175
Conductor
Catalog Number
YA29L2
YA29L4
YA29L7
YA29LTC78
YA29LNT38
YA29L-BOX
YA30L
YA30L1
YA30L24
YA30L27
YA30L28
YA30L7
YA31L
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
400 kcmil
YA33L
450 kcmil
YA34L
YA34L20
YA34L37
YA34L6
YA34L8
YA34L9
YA35L
YA36L11
YA36L
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
(L)
(# of crimps)
2.17 MY29-3 (1)
2.42 MY29-11 (1)
2.30 Y644HS (1) W29VT (2)
3.36 Y81KFT (2) X29RT (4)
2.96 Y81KFTMBH (2)
2.67 PAT81KFT-18V (2)
2.69
2.31
2.44
W30VT (2)
3.37
3.12
2.94
1.29
1.06
.18
2.75
3/8
7/8
5/8
3/8
5/8
1/2
3/8
7/8
1.29
1.29
1.29
96
1.38
1.40
1.38
1.40
1.06
1.06
1.06
1.06
1.19
1.19
1.19
1.19
.18
.18
.18
.18
.19
.19
.19
.19
2.50
4.02
W31VT (2)
3.00
3.37
Y644HS (1)
3.18
Y81KFT (2)
2.93
Y81KFTMBH (2) W32VT (2)
2.68
PAT81KFT-18V (2)
3.62
5/8
1.48
1.50
.21
3.57
5/8
1
3/8
240
1/2
3/4
7/8
5/8
1/2
300
5/8
1.55
1.55
1.55
1.55
1.55
1.55
1.65
1.74
1.74
1.27
1.27
1.27
1.27
1.27
1.27
1.69
1.38
1.38
.23
.23
.23
.23
.23
.23
.25
.27
.27
3.37
4.05
2.87
3.12
3.55
3.80
3.81
3.29
3.72
YA31L11
YA31L36
YA31L7
YA31LNT38
YA32L
YA32L1
YA32L14
YA32LTC78
Tongue
Width
1.11
1.11
1.11
1.11
.96
1.11
1.20
1.20
1.20
1.20
1.20
1.20
Figure
Dimensions
(B)
(T)
1.06 .16
1.06 .16
1.06 .16
1.06 .14
1.06 .16
1.06 .16
1.03 .16
1.03 .16
1.03 .16
1.03 .16
1.03 .16
1.03 .16
1/2
Fig #
AWG
1
1
1
250 kcmil
1
1
1
1
1
1
300 kcmil
1
1
1
Stud
*** Hole
2
MM Size
1/4
3/8
5/16
7/8
3/8
1/2
1/2
5/16
3/8
150
7/8
3/4
5/8
YA36LTC78
YA37L
YA37L1
YA38L
YA39L
YA39L2
YA39L9
YA39LNT38
YA39L6
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
350 kcmil
500 kcmil
550 kcmil
600 kcmil
185
600 kcmil
300 7/8
1.74
1.38
.27
650 kcmil
5/8
1.80
1.39
.27
700 kcmil
5/8
5/8
7/8
1-1/4
3/8
1/2
1.84
1.91
1.91
1.91
1.12
1.91
1.45
1.42
1.42
1.42
1.42
1.42
.27
.27
.27
.27
.27
.27
750 kcmil

Dieless
Y644HS (1)
3.97 Y81KFT (2)
Y81KFTMBH (2)
3.57
3.76
3.66 Y644HS (1)
3.67 Y81KFT (3)
4.10 Y81KFTMBH (3)
4.85 PAT81KFT-18V (3)
4.70
3.41
Mechanical
MD6, OUR840,
MD7-34R
Hydraulic
BCT500HS,
Y35, Y39, Y750,
Y500CTHS
Y46*, PAT750
Wire
Color Die Strip
Code Index Length
W29VT (2)
W29RT (2)
X29RT (4)
U29RT (1)
Yellow
16
W30VT (2)
W30RT (2)
U30RT (2)
U28ART (2)
White
17 1-1/16
W31VT (2)
W31RT (2)
U31RT (2)
U29ART (2)
Red
18 1-3/16
W31VT (2)
W31RT (2)
U31RT (2)
U29ART (2)
Red
18 1-3/16
W32VT (2)
W32RT (2)
U32RT (2)
U30ART (2)
Blue
19
W33VT (2)
W33VT (2)
W33RT (2)
U33RT (2)
Gray
326 1-9/16
W34VT (2)
W34VT (2)
W34RT (2)
U34RT (2)
U31ART (2)
Brown
20 1-7/16
U35RT (2)
Yellow
21
1-3/4
U36RT (2)
Green
22
1-3/4
U36RT (2)
U32ART (2)
Green
22
1-3/4
U37RT (2)
Orange
23 1-15/16
U38RT (2)
Pink
400 1-15/16
U39RT (2)
P39RT (2) **
Black
24 1-15/16
W31VT (2)

die listings.
1-1/8
1-1/4

US: 1-800-346-4175
www.burndy.com
Canada: 1-800-387-6487
BURNDY
C-20
ONE HOLE HYLUG

CODE CONDUCTOR
STANDARD BARREL
B
90
B
T
T
45
Fig. 1
(Continued)
45
90

1-800-346-4175
Conductor
Catalog Number
YA40L
YA41L
YA44L
YA44L2
YA44L23
YA45L
YA453L
YA46L
YA48L
Fig #
AWG
1 800 kcmil
1 850 kcmil
1
1
1000 kcmil
1
1
1
1
1
1250 kcmil
1300 kcmil
1500 kcmil
2000 kcmil
Stud
*** Hole
2
MM Size
400 5/8
5/8
5/8
1/2
500
1
3/4
3/4
3/4
3/4

Tongue
Width
1.98
2.01
2.19
2.49
Figure
Dimensions
(B)
(T)
1.42 .30
1.88 .31
1.65 .33
1.65 .33
(L)
3.81
4.15
4.04
3.98
2.19
1.65
.33
4.73
2.46
2.53
2.69
3.10
2.00
2.00
2.00
2.25
.38
.39
.40
.46
4.68
4.71
4.78
5.19
Mechanical
Dieless
MD6, OUR840,
(# of crimps)
MD7-34R
Y644HS (1)
Y81KFT (3)
Y81KFTMBH (3)
PAT81KFT-18V (3)
Y644MBH (1)
PAT644-18V (1)

die listings.
Hydraulic
BCT500HS,
Y35, Y39, Y750,
Y500CTHS
Y46*, PAT750
P40RT(3) **
Wire
Color Die Strip
Code Index Length
Orange 25 1-15/16
Gold 26 1-15/16
P44RT(3) **
White
27 1-15/16
P45RT(3) **
P46RT (3) **
Yellow
Orange
Green
Brown
29
30
31
34
2-1/16
2-1/16
2-1/16
2-1/4
u For applications greater than 2000 Volts, consult cable

Canada: 1-800-387-6487
www.burndy.com
US: 1-800-346-4175
BURNDY
Copper Compression Code Narrow Tongue
ONE HOLE HYLUG

CODE CONDUCTOR
STANDARD BARREL
NARROW TONGUE
DIE AND COLOR

CODE INFORMATION
BEVELED
ENTRY
C-21
INSPECTION
WINDOW
TYPE YA-L-NT
CRIMP
ELECTRO-TIN
PLATED
COPPER COMPRESSION
NARROW TONGUE
TERMINAL
UL Listed 90 C,
600 Volts to 35 kV
CABLE
ACCOMMODATION
90
B
T
T
45

1-800-346-4175
Fig. 1
45
Hydraulic
BCT500HS,
Y35, Y39, Y750,
Y500CTHS
Y46*, PAT750
Wire
Color Die Strip
Code Index Length
W8CVT (1)
X8CRT (1)
U8CRT (1)
Red
49
1/2
W5CVT (1)
W4CVT (1)
X5CRT (1)
X4CRT (1)
U5CRT (1)
U4CRT (1)
Blue
Gray
7
8
7/8
7/8
W3CVT (1)
W3CVT (1)
U3CRT (1)
White
15/16
W2CVT (1)
X2CRT (1)
U2CRT (1)
Brown
10
15/16
X1CRT (1)
U1CRT (1)
Green
11
15/16
X25RT (2)
U25RT (1)
Pink
12
15/16
X26RT (2)
U26RT (1)
Black
13
Conductor
Catalog Number
YA8CLNT6
Fig #
AWG
1
#8 AWG
YA8CLNT8
1
1
1
1
1
1
YA2CLNT516
YA1CLNT10
YA1CLNT14
YA25LNT10
YA25LNT14
YA25LNT516
YA25LNT38
YA26LNT10
YA26LNT14
YA26LNT516
YA26LNT38
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
**
10
YA6CLNT6
YA4CLNT10
YA3CLNT14
YA3CLNT516
YA2CLNT10
YA2CLNT14
***
MM2
Stud
Hole
Size
6
8
#6 AWG
#4 AWG
#3 AWG
#2 Sol.
#2 AWG
#1 AWG
1/0 AWG
2/0 AWG
Tongue
Width
.29
Figure
Dimensions
(B)
(T)
(L)
.44
.09
1.08
****
Dieless
(# of crimps)
Y8MRB-1 (1)
MY29-3 (1)
MY29-11 (1)
MRC840 (1)
Y81KFT (1)
Y81KFTMBH (1)
PAT81KFT-18V (1)
Y1MRTC (1)
MY29-3 (1)
MY29-11 (1)
MRC840
Y644HS (1)
Y81KFT (1)
Y81KFTMBH (1)
PAT81KFT-18V (1)
Mechanical
MD6, OUR840,
MD7-34R
.33
.44
.09
1.18
6
# 10
1/4
25
5/16
# 10
1/4
35
5/16
.29
.40
.41
.49
.48
.50
.54
.81
.88
.88
.88
.88
.09
.09
.09
.09
.11
.11
1.17
1.73
1.82
1.80
1.80
1.80
.49
.88
.11
1.82
# 10
1/4
# 10
1/4
5/16
3/8
# 10
1/4
70
5/16
3/8
.50
.50
.62
.48
.62
.62
.62
.48
.62
.72
.88
.88
.88
.88
.88
.88
.94
.94
.94
.94
.10
.10
.12
.12
.12
.12
.13
.13
.13
.12
2.23
W1CVT (1)
2.23
MY29-3 (1)
2.28
MY29-11 (1)
1.93
MRC840
W25VT (2)
2.28
Y644HS (1)
2.18
Y81KFT (1)
2.62
Y81KFTMBH (1)
2.02
PAT81KFT-18V (1) W26VT (2)
2.62
2.48
50

** The MM2 conductor size listed is for Class 2 and Class 5
conductor.
90
**** Y644M is not recommended for standard barrel length

#6 AWG HYLUG.
die listings. Use ONLY color-coded die recommendations
for -FXconnectors. For nest/indentor system contact
factory.
For applications greater than 2000 Volts consult cable

US: 1-800-346-4175
www.burndy.com
Canada: 1-800-387-6487
BURNDY
Copper Compression Code Narrow Tongue
C-22
ONE HOLE HYLUG

CODE CONDUCTOR
STANDARD BARREL
NARROW TONGUE
90
B
T
T
45
L
Fig. 1
45
90
(Continued)
1-800-346-4175
Hydraulic
BCT500HS,
Y35, Y39, Y750,
Y500CTHS
Y46*, PAT750
Wire
Color Die Strip
Code Index Length
W27VT (2)
X27RT (3)
U27RT (1)
Orange
14 1-1/16
W28VT (2)
X28RT (3)
U28RT (1)
Purple
15
1-1/8
W29VT (2)
X29RT (4)
U29RT (1)
Yellow
16
1-1/8
W30VT (4)
U30RT (2)
White
17
1-1/8
W31VT (4)
U31RT (2)
Red
18 1-3/16
W32VT (4)
U32RT (2)
W34VT (4)
U34RT (2)
U36RT (2)
Green
22
U39RT (2)
Black
24 1-15/16
Conductor
Catalog Number
YA27LNT14
YA27LNT516
YA27LNT38
YA28LNT14
YA28LNT516
YA28LNT38
YA29LENT516
YA29LENT38
YA29LNT38
YA30LNT14
YA30LNT38
YA31LNT38
YA31LNT12
YA32LNT38
YA32LNT12
YA34LNT38
YA34LNT12
YA36LNT38
YA36LNT12
YA39LNT38
YA39LNT12
YA39LNT58
Fig #
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
AWG
***
MM2
3/0 AWG
4/0 AWG
250 kcmil
300 kcmil
150
350 kcmil
185
400 kcmil
500 kcmil
240
600 kcmil
300
750 kcmil
Stud
Hole
Size
1/4
5/16
3/8
1/4
5/16
3/8
5/16
3/8
3/8
1/4
3/8
3/8
1/2
3/8
1/2
3/8
1/2
3/8
1/2
3/8
1/2
5/8

** The MM2 conductor size listed is for Class 2 and Class 5
conductor.
Tongue
Width
.76
.60
.76
.76
.70
.76
.76
.76
.96
.83
.96
.96
.88
.96
.96
.96
.96
1.12
1.00
1.12
1.63
1.30
Figure
Dimensions
(B)
(T)
1.00 .13
1.00 .12
1.00 .12
.88 .14
.88 .14
.88 .14
1.06 .16
1.06 .16
1.06 .16
1.03 .16
1.03 .16
1.06 .18
1.06 .18
1.19 .20
1.19 .19
1.27 .23
1.27 .23
1.38 .27
1.38 .27
1.42 .27
1.42 .27
1.42 .27
****
Dieless
(L)
(# of crimps)
2.10
2.17
2.73
2.60
2.09
2.67
2.48
2.96
Y644HS (1)
2.96
Y81KFT (2)
2.26
Y81KFTMBH (2)
2.97
PAT81KFT-18V (2)
3.31
2.75
3.21
3.21
3.65
3.65
4.09
3.29
4.24 Y81KFT (3)
4.24 Y81KFTMBH (3)
3.67 PAT81KFT-18V (3)
Mechanical
MD6, OUR840,
MD7-34R
**** Y644M is not recommended for standard barrel length

#6 AWG HYLUG.
for -FXconnectors. For nest/indentor system contact
factory.
19 or
1-1/4
470
20 or
Brown
1-7/16
299
Blue
1-3/4

Canada: 1-800-387-6487
www.burndy.com
US: 1-800-346-4175
BURNDY
Copper Compression Code Long Barrel No Inspection Window
ONE HOLE HYLUG

CODE CONDUCTOR
LONG BARREL
BEVELED
ENTRY
DIE AND COLOR

CODE INFORMATION
C-23
NO INSPECTION
WINDOW
TYPES YA, YA-TC

CRIMPS
UNINSULATED COPPER
COMPRESSION TERMINAL
CABLE
ACCOMMODATION
ELECTRO-TIN
PLATED
UL Listed 90 C,
600 Volts to 35 kV
B

1-800-346-4175
90
B
T
45
L
Fig. 1
Catalog Number
YA8CTC10
Fig #
1
YA8CTC14
YA8CTC38
YA6CTC10
#8 AWG
#8 Weld
37/24
#6 Sol
# 10
YA6CN
YA6C
YA5C
#6 AWG
.81
.08
1.57
1/4
.41
.81
.08
1.69
3/8
10
Tongue
Width
.
38
58
.81
.06
1.88
# 10
AWG
***
MM2
Figure
Dimensions
(B)
(T)
(L)
.41
1.12
.09
1.89
1/2
.83
1.12
.12
2.64
1/4
.41
1.12
.09
1.81
1/4
.44
1.12
.07
1.98
#5 AWG
YA5CN
1/2
.
83
1.12
.12
2.67
YA4CTC10
# 10
.49
1.12
.09
1.94
#4 AWG
YA4C
1/4

.50
1.12
.09
1.87
Dieless
(# of crimps)
MRC840 (2)
Y8MBR-1 (1)
Y1MRTC (2)
Y81KFT (1)
Y81KFTMBH (1)
PAT81KFT-18V (1)
MRC840 (2)
MY29-3 (2)
MY29-11 (2)
Y644HS (1)
Y1MRTC (2)
Y81KFT (1)
Y81KFTMBH (1)
PAT81KFT-18V (1)
Y1MRTC (2)
MRC840 (2)
MY29-3 (2)
MY29-11 (2)
Y644HS (1)
Y81KFT (1)
Y81KFTMBH (1)
PAT81KFT-18V (1)
MRC840 (2)
MY29-3 (2)
MY29-11 (2)
Y644HS (1)
Y81KFT (1)
Y81KFTMBH (1)
PAT81KFT-18V (1)
90
Mechanical
MD6, OUR840,
MD7-34R
Hydraulic
BCT500HS,
Y35, Y39, Y750
Y500CTHS
Y46*, PAT750
W8CVT (2)
W8CRT (2)
X8CRT (2)
X8CRT (2)
W8CVT (2)
W8CRT (2)
U8CRT (2)
Red
49
W5CVT (2) W5CVT (2)

W5CRT (2) W5CRT (2)
X5CRT (2) X5CRT (2)
U5CRT (2)
U8CABT (2)
Blue
1-3/16
W5CVT (2)
W5CRT (2)
X5CRT (2)
W5CVT (2)
W5CRT (2)
X5CRT (2)
U5CRT (2)
Blue
1-3/16
W4CVT (2)
W4CRT (2)
X4CRT (2)
W4CVT (2)
W4CRT (2)
X4CRT (2)
U4CRT (2)
U6CABT (2)
Gray
1-3/16
Conductor
Stud
Hole
Size
45
The MM2 conductor size listed is for Class 2 and Class 5

conductor.
die listings. Use ONLY color coded die recommendations
for -FX connectors. For nest/indentor system contact factory.
Wire
Color Die Strip
Code Index Length
Available undrilled. Add suffix U to catalog number

(example: YA25U).
US: 1-800-346-4175
www.burndy.com
Canada: 1-800-387-6487
BURNDY
C-24
ONE HOLE HYLUG

CODE CONDUCTOR
LONG BARREL
90
B
T
45
(Continued)
UL Listed 90 C,
600 Volts to 35 kV
Fig. 1
45
90

1-800-346-4175
Mechanical
MD6, OUR840,
MD7-34R
Hydraulic
BCT500HS,
Y35, Y39, Y750,
Y500CTHS
Y46*, PAT750
W4CVT (2)
W4CRT (2)
X4CRT (2)
W4CVT (2)
W4CRT (2)
X4CRT (2)
U4CRT (2)
U6CABT (2)
Gray
1-3/16
W3CRT (2)
W3CRT (2)
U3CRT (2)
White
1-1/2
W2CVT (2)
W2CRT (2)
X2CRT (2)
W2CVT (2)
W2CRT (2)
X2CRT (2)
U2CRT (2)
Brown
10 1-5/16
W1CVT (2) W1CVT (2)

W1CRT-1 (2) W1CRT-1 (2)
X1CRT-1 (2) X1CRT-1 (2)
U1CRT-1 (2)
U4CABT (2)
Green
11 1-7/16
W25VT (4)
W25RT (4)
X25RT (4)
U25RT (2)
U2CABT (2)
Pink
12 1-7/16
Conductor
Catalog Number
YA4CTC38
Fig #
AWG
***
MM2
3/8
#4 AWG
YA4CN
YA3C
YA3CTC38
YA3CN
1
1
1
YA2CTC10
YA2C
.58
1.12
.08
2.25
1/2
35
.12
2.69
.55
1.25
.09
2.23
5/16
3/8
1/2
.55
.61
.81
1.25
1.25
1.25
.09
.08
.12
2.30
2.42
2.86
.61
1.25
.11
2.10
1/4
.60
1.25
.11
2.23
5/16
#2 AWG
1.12
# 10
25
.83
1/4
#3 AWG
#2 Solid
YA2CTC14
Tongue
Width
Figure
Dimensions
(B)
(T)
(L)
YA3CTC14
Stud
Hole
Size
.61
1.25
.11
2.29
YA2CN
1/2
.83
1.25
.12
2.88
YA1CTC10
# 10
.68
1.38
.10
2.27
YA1C
5/16
.68
1.38
.10
2.45
YA1CN
1/2
.83
1.38
.12
3.06
YA25TC10
# 10
.75
1.38
.12
2.30
YA25
5/16
.75
1.38
.12
2.48
YA25TC38
3/8
.75
1.38
.12
2.61
#1 AWG
1/0 AWG
50

Dieless
(# of crimps)
MRC840 (2)
MY29-3 (2)
MY29-11 (2)
Y644HS (1)
Y1MRTC (4)
Y81KFT (1)
Y81KFTMBH (1)
PAT81KFT-18V (1)
MY29-3 (2)
MY29-11 (2)
Y644HS (1)
Y81KFT (2)
Y81KFTMBH (2)
PAT81KFT-18V (2)
Y1MRTC (4)
MRC840 (2)
MY29-3 (2)
MY29-11 (2)
Y644HS (1)
Y81KFT (2)
Y81KFTMBH (2)
PAT81KFT-18V (2)
Y1MR (4)
MRC840 (2)
MY29-3 (2)
MY29-11 (2)
Y644HS (1)
Y81KFT (2)
Y81KFTMBH (2)
PAT81KFT-18V (2)
MRC840 (4)
MY29-3 (2)
MY29-11 (2)
Y644HS (1)
Y81KFT (2)
Y81KFTMBH (2)
PAT81KFT-18V (2)

W25VT (4)
W25RT (4)
X25RT (4)
Wire
Color Die Strip
Code Index Length

(example: YA25U).
Canada: 1-800-387-6487
www.burndy.com
US: 1-800-346-4175
BURNDY
ONE HOLE HYLUG

CODE CONDUCTOR
LONG BARREL
90
B
T
T
45
(Continued)
UL Listed 90 C,
600 Volts to 35 kV
Fig. 1
45
90

1-800-346-4175
Conductor
Catalog Number
Fig #
YA25N
YA26
AWG
1/0 AWG
***
MM2
YA26N
YA28TC38
3/0 AWG
1.38
.11
3.05
.83
1.50
.12
2.77
.83
1.50
.12
3.21
1/2
.91
1.50
.13
3.06
3/8
YA29
.81
1/2
4/0 AWG
YA28
1/2
70
YA27
Tongue
Width
Figure
Dimensions
(B)
(T)
(L)
3/8
2/0 AWG
Stud
Hole
Size
2.98
1.02
1.62
.14
1/2
250 kcmil
1/2

3.23
1.11
1.62
.16
3.26
Dieless
(# of crimps)
MRC840 (4)
MY29-3 (2)
MY29-11 (2)
Y644HS (1)
Y81KFT (2)
Y81KFTMBH (2)
PAT81KFT-18V (2)
MRC840 (4)
MY29-3 (2)
MY29-11 (2)
Y644HS (1)
Y81KFT (2)
Y81KFTMBH (2)
PAT81KFT-18V (2)
MRC840 (4)
MY29-3 (2)
MY29-11 (2)
Y644HS (1)
Y81KFT (2)
Y81KFTMBH (2)
PAT81KFT-18V (2)
MRC840 (4)
MY29-3 (2)
MY29-11 (2)
Y644HS (1)
Y81KFT (2)
Y81KFTMBH (2)
PAT81KFT-18V (2)
MY29-3 (2)
MY29-11 (2)
Y644HS (1)
Y81KFT (2)
Y81KFTMBH (2)
PAT81KFT-18V (2)
Mechanical
MD6, OUR840,
MD7-34R
Hydraulic
BCT500HS,
Y35, Y39, Y750,
Y500CTHS
Y46*, PAT750
Wire
Color Die Strip
Code Index Length
W25VT(4)
W25RT (4)
X25RT (4)
W25VT (4)
W25RT (4)
X25RT (4)
U25RT (2)
U2CABT (2)
Pink
12 1-7/16
W26VT (4)
W26RT (4)
X26RT (4)
W26VT (4)
W26RT (4)
X26RT (4)
U26RT (2)
Black
13 1-9/16
W27VT (4)
W27RT (4)
X27RT (6)
W27VT (4)
W27RT (4)
X27RT (6)
U27RT (2)
Orange
14 1-9/16
W28VT (4)
W28RT (4)
X28RT (6)
W28VT (4)
W28RT (4)
X28RT (6)
U28RT (2)
Purple
15 1-1/16
W29VT (4)
X29RT (8)
W29VT (4)
W29RT (4)
X29RT (8)
U29RT (2)
Yellow
16 1-1/16


(example: YA25U).
US: 1-800-346-4175
www.burndy.com
Canada: 1-800-387-6487
C-25
BURNDY
C-26
ONE HOLE HYLUG

CODE CONDUCTOR
LONG BARREL
90
B
T
45
(Continued)
UL Listed 90 C,
600 Volts to 35 kV
Fig. 1
45
90

1-800-346-4175
Conductor
Catalog Number
Fig #
AWG
***
MM2
Stud
Hole
Size
Tongue
Width
Figure
Dimensions
(B)
(T)
(L)
YA30
300 kcmil
150 1/2
1.20
2.00
.16
3.69
YA31
350 kcmil
185 1/2
1.29
2.00
.18
3.73
YA32N
1/2
1.38
2.12
.19
4.09
400 kcmil
YA32
YA33
YA33N
YA34N
YA34
YA35
YA35N
YA36N
YA36
YA37
YA37N
YA38
YA38N
YA39N
YA39
YA40
YA41
YA41N
YA44
YA44N
YA45
YA46
YA46N
YA47
YA47N
YA48
YA48N
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Dieless
(# of crimps)
Mechanical
MD6, OUR840,
MD7-34R
Y644HS (1)
Y81KFT (3)
W30VT (4)
Y81KFTMBH (3)
PAT81KFT-18V (3)
Y644HS (1)
Y81KFT (3)
W31VT (4)
Y81KFTMBH (3)
PAT81KFT-18V (3)
Y644HS (1)
Y81KFT (3)
W32VT (4)
Y81KFTMBH (3)
PAT81KFT-18V (3)
5/8
450 kcmil
500 kcmil
240
550 kcmil
600 kcmil
300
650 kcmil
700 kcmil
750 kcmil
800 kcmil
400
850 kcmil
1000 kcmil 500

1250 kcmil
1500 kcmil
1750 kcmil
2000 kcmil
1.38
2.12
.19
4.15
5/8
1/2
1/2
5/8
5/8
1/2
1/2
5/8
5/8
1/2
5/8
1/2
1/2
5/8
5/8
5/8
1/2
5/8
1/2
3/4
3/4
1/2
3/4
1/2
3/4
1/2
1.48
1.48
2.13
2.13
.21
.21
1.55
2.25
.23
1.65
1.65
1.69
1.69
1.80
1.80
1.84
1.84
1.89
1.89
1.98
2.01
2.01
2.17
2.19
2.46
2.69
2.69
2.90
2.90
3.10
3.10
2.63
2.63
2.69
2.69
2.81
2.81
2.81
2.81
2.88
2.88
2.94
2.94
2.91
3.00
3.00
3.19
3.19
3.19
3.44
3.44
3.44
3.44
.25
.25
.27
.27
.27
.27
.27
.27
.27
.27
.30
.31
.31
.33
.33
.38
.40
.40
.42
.42
.46
.46
4.24
W33VT (4)
4.17
4.32
W34VT (4)
4.39
4.79
4.73
4.83
4.90
5.05
4.98
5.07
5.01 Y644HS (1)

5.11 Y81KFT (4)
5.17 Y81KFTMBH (4)

5.25 PAT81KFT-18V (4)
5.26
5.20
5.45
5.38
5.93
6.04
5.79
6.38
6.13
6.47
6.22


Hydraulic
BCT500HS,
Y35, Y39, Y750,
Y500CTHS
Y46*, PAT750
Wire
Color Die Strip
Code Index Length
W30VT (4)
W30RT (4)
U30RT (4)
U28ART (4)
White
17 or
2-1/16
298
W31VT (4)
W31RT (4)
U31RT (4)
U29ART (4)
Red
18 or
2-1/16
324
W32VT (4)
W32RT (4)
U32RT (4)
U30ART (4)
Blue
19 or
2-3/16
470
W33VT (4)
W33RT (4)
W34VT (4)
W34RT (4)
U34RT (4)
U31ART (4)
326 or
2-5/16
538
20 or
Brown
2-5/16
299
U35RT (4)
Yellow
21 2-11/16
U36RT (4)
U32ART (4)
22 or
Green
2-3/4
472
U37RT (4)
Orange
23
U38RT (4)
Pink
400 2-7/8
U33RT (4)
Gray
2-7/8
Black
24 2-15/16
U39RT (4)
P39RT (4) **
P40RT (4) **
Orange
25
Gold
26
P44RT (4) **
White
27 3-1/16
P45RT (6) **
Yellow
29
P46RT (6) **
Green
31 3-5/16
Gray
33
3-1/2
Brown
34
3-1/2
3-1/4

(example: YA25U).
Canada: 1-800-387-6487
www.burndy.com
US: 1-800-346-4175
BURNDY
Copper Compression Code Long Barrel Inspection Window
ONE HOLE HYLUG

CODE CONDUCTOR
LONG BARREL WITH
INSPECTION WINDOW
DIE AND COLOR

CODE INFORMATION
BEVELED
ENTRY
C-27
INSPECTION
WINDOW
TYPE YAZ
CRIMP
CABLE
ACCOMMODATION
ELECTRO-TIN
PLATED
UNINSULATED COPPER
UL Listed 90 C,
600 Volts to 35 kV
1-800-346-4175
B
90
B
T
T
L
Fig. 1
45
Conductor
Catalog Number
Fig #
AWG
YAZV10TC14
#14 - 10 Str
#12 - 10 Sol
YAZ8CTC10
YAZ8CTC14
YAZ8CTC38
YAZ6CTC14
1
1
YAZ5CTC12
YAZ4CTC14
YAZ4CTC12
1/4
YAZ4CTC38
YAZ6CTC38
YAZ6CTC12
***
MM2
Stud
Hole
Size
Tongue
Width
Figure
Dimensions
(B)
(T)
(L)
3/4
W8CVT (2)
W8CRT (2)
X8CRT (2)
W8CVT (2)
W8CRT (2)
X8CRT (2)
U8CRT (2)
Red
49
7/8
W5CVT (2)
W5CRT (2)
X5CRT (2)
X8CART (2)
W5CRT (2)
W5CVT (2)
X5CRT (2)
W5CVT (2)
W5CRT (2)
X5CRT (2)
X8CART (2)
W5CVT (2)
X5CRT (2)
W5CRT (2)
U5CRT (2)
U8CABT (2)
Blue
7 or
1-3/16
374
U5CRT (2)
Blue
7 or
1-3/16
374
Y1MRTC (4)
MY29-3 (2)
MY29-11 (2)
W4CVT (2)
MRC840 (2)
2.23
W4CRT (2)
Y644HS (1)
X4CRT (2)
Y81KFT (1)
2.50 Y81KFTMBH (1)
PAT81KFT-18V (1)
#4 AWG
W4CVT (2)
W4CRT (2)
X4CRT (2)
U4CRT (2)
U6CABT (2)
Gray
8 or
1-3/16
346
.05
1.54
.75
.08
1/4
.44
.75
.08
1.71
.58
.75
.06
1.89
.45
1.12
.08
2.03
3/8
1/2
1.12
1.12
.06
.12
2.22
2.65
1/2
.58
.83
.
.83
1.12
.12
2.68
.49
1.12
.09
.58
1.12
.08
.73
1.12
.06
Wire
Color Die Strip
Code Index Length
2.05
3/8
Dieless
1.58
1/2
#5 AWG
.69
1/4
Hydraulic
BCT500HS,
Y35, Y39, Y750,
Y500CTHS
Y46*, PAT750
Y8MRB-1
.41
.
.41
3/8
#6 AWG
90
(# of crimps)
#10
10
Mechanical
MD6, OUR840,
MD7-34R
1/4
#8 AWG
#8 Weld
37/24
#6 Sol
45

Y1MRTC (2)
MY29-3 (2)
MY29-11 (2)
MRC840 (2)
Y644HS (1)
Y81KFT (1)
Y81KFTMBH (1)
PAT81KFT-18V (1)
The MM2 conductor size listed is for Class 2 and Class 5

conductor.
die listings.

(example: YA25U).
US: 1-800-346-4175
www.burndy.com
Canada: 1-800-387-6487
BURNDY
C-28
ONE HOLE HYLUG

CODE CONDUCTOR
LONG BARREL WITH
INSPECTION WINDOW
T
L
45
Fig. 1
25
Tongue
Width
.55
.58
.83
1/4
AWG
#3 AWG
#2 Sol
***
MM2
Stud
Hole
Size
1/4
3/8
1/2
.60
Figure
Dimensions
(B)
(T)
1.25 .09
1.25 .08
1.25 .07
Hydraulic
BCT500HS,
Y35, Y39, Y750,
Y500CTHS
Y46*, PAT750
Wire
Color Die Strip
Code Index Length
W3CRT (2)
W3CRT (2)
U3CRT (2)
White
W2CVT (2)
W2CRT (2)
X2CRT (2)
W2CVT (2)
W2CRT (2)
X2CRT (2)
U2CRT (2)
Brown
10 1-5/16
W1CVT (2)
W1CVT (2)
W1CRT-1 (2) W1CRT-1 (2)
X1CRT-1 (2) X1CRT-1 (2)
U1CRT-1 (2)
U4CABT (2)
Green
11 or
1-7/16
375
W25VT (4)
W25RT (4)
X25RT (4)
W25VT (4)
W25RT (4)
X25RT (4)
U25RT (2)
U2CABT (2)
Pink
12 or
1-7/16
348
W26VT (4)
W26RT (4)
X26RT (4)
W27RT (4)
W27VT (4)
X27RT (6)
MY29-3 (2) W27RT (4)
MY29-11 (2) W27VT (4)
MRC840 (4) X27RT (6)
Y644HS (1)
Y81KFT (2) W28VT (4)
Y81KFTMBH (2) W28RT (4)
PAT81KFT-18V (2) X28RT (6)
MY29-3 (2)
MY29-11 (2)
Y644HS (1) W29VT (4)
Y81KFT (2) X29RT (8)
Y81KFTMBH (2)
PAT81KFT-18V (2)
W26VT (4)
W26RT (4)
X26RT (4)
W27VT (4)
W27RT (4)
X27RT (6)
W27VT (4)
W27RT (4)
X27RT (6)
U26RT (2)
Black
13 1-9/16
U27RT (2)
Orange
14 1-9/16
U27RT (2)
Orange 14 1-9/16
W28VT (4)
W28RT (4)
X28RT (6)
U28RT (2)
Purple
W29VT (4)
W29RT (4)
X29RT (6)
U29RT (2)
Yellow 16 1-11/16
Dieless
(L)
2.21
2.39
2.83
(# of crimps)
3/8
.67
1.38
.10
1/2
.83
1.38
.09
YAZ25TC14
YAZ25TC516
YAZ25TC38
YAZ25TC12
YAZ26TC14
YAZ26TC38
YAZ26TC12
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1/4
5/16
3/8
1/2
1/4
70 3/8
1/2
.75
.75
.75
.83
.83
.83
.83
1.38
1.38
1.38
1.38
1.50
1.50
1.50
.12
.12
.12
.12
.12
.12
.12
YAZ27TC38
3/0 AWG
3/8
.90
1.50
.12
Y1MRTC (4)
MY29-3 (2)
MY29-11 (2)
2.23 MRC840 (2)
Y644HS (1)
Y81KFT (2)
2.41 Y81KFTMBH (2)
PAT81KFT-18V (2)
2.85
Y1MRTC (4)
2.39 MY29-3 (2)
MY29-11 (2)
MRC840 (2)
2.57 Y644HS (1)
Y81KFT (2)
Y81KFTMBH (2)
3.01
PAT81KFT-18V (2)
2.42
2.47
MY29-3 (2)
2.60
MY29-11 (2)
3.04
MRC840 (4)
2.58
Y644HS (1)
2.76
Y81KFT (2)
3.2
Y81KFTMBH (2)
PAT81KFT-18V (2)
2.8
YAZ27TC12
3/0 AWG
1/2
.91
1.5
0.12
3.23
YAZ28TC38
3/8
1.02
1.62 0.14
2.99
4/0 AWG
1
#2 AWG
1.25
.11
35
YAZ2CTC38
3/8
.60
1.25
.11
YAZ2CTC12
1/2
.83
1.25
.09
YAZ1CTC14
1/4
.67
1.38
.10
YAZ1CTC38
YAZ1CTC12
#1 AWG
1/0 AWG
2/0 AWG
50
YAZ28TC12
1/2
1.02
1.62 0.14
3.40
YAZ29TC38
3/8
1.10
1.62 0.16
2.99
250 kcmil
YAZ29TC12
90
Mechanical
MD6, OUR840,
MD7-34R
Conductor
YAZ2CTC14

1-800-346-4175
UL Listed 90 C,
600 Volts to 35 kV
Fig #
1
1
1
45
(Continued)
Catalog Number
YAZ3CTC14
YAZ3CTC38
YAZ3CTC12
B
90
1/2

1.10
1.62 0.16
3.43

die listings.
1-5/16
15 1-11/16

(example: YA25U).
Canada: 1-800-387-6487
www.burndy.com
US: 1-800-346-4175
BURNDY
ONE HOLE HYLUG

CODE CONDUCTOR
LONG BARREL WITH
INSPECTION WINDOW
T
L
45
L
45
Fig. 1
(Continued)
C-29
90
90
UL Listed 90 C,
600 Volts to 35 kV
1-800-346-4175
Conductor
Catalog Number
YAZ30TC38
YAZ30TC12
YAZ31TC38
YAZ31TC12
YAZ32TC38
YAZ32TC12
Stud
*** Hole
2
MM Size
3/8
150
1/2
3/8
185
1/2
3/8
1/2
450 kcmil
Fig #
AWG
1
300 kcmil
1
1
350 kcmil
1
1
400 kcmil
1
Tongue
Width
1.20
1.20
1.29
1.29
1.40
1.40
Figure
Dimensions
(B)
(T)
2
.16
2
.16
2
0.18
2
0.18
2.12 .19
2.12 .19
Mechanical
MD6, OUR840,
MD7-34R
Dieless
(L)
(# of crimps)
3.42
W30VT (4)
3.85 Y644HS (1)
3.45 Y81KFT (3)
W31VT (4)
3.89 Y81KFTMBH (3)
3.62 PAT81KFT-18V (3)
W32VT (4)
4.06
1/2
1.48
2.12
.21
4.14
3/8
1/2
1/2
1.55
1.55
1.65
2.25
2.25
2.62
.23
.23
.25
YAZ33TC12
YAZ34TC38
YAZ34TC12
YAZ35TC12
1
1
1
500 kcmil
240
550 kcmil
YAZ36TC38
600 kcmil
300 3/8
1.74
2.69
.26
W33VT (4)
Y644HS (1)
3.85
Y81KFT (4) W34VT (4)
4.29
Y81KFTMBH (4)
4.7
PAT81KFT-18V (4)
4.55
YAZ36TC12
600 kcmil
300 1/2
1.74
2.69
.26
4.80
YAZ37TC12
YAZ38TC12
YAZ39TC38
YAZ39TC12
YAZ39NT12
YAZ40TC12
YAZ41TC12
YAZ44TC38
YAZ44TC12
YAZ45TC12
YAZ453TC12
YAZ46TC12
YAZ47TC12
YAZ48TC12
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
650 kcmil
700 kcmil
1.80
1.84
1.91
1.91
1.63
1.98
2.01
2.19
2.19
2.46
2.53
2.69
2.90
3.10
2.81
2.81
2.88
2.88
2.88
2.94
2.94
3.00
3.00
3.19
3.19
3.19
3.44
3.44
.27
.27
.27
.27
.27
.30
.31
.33
.33
.38
.39
.40
.42
.46
4.95
4.97
Y644HS (1)
4.82
Y81KFT (4)
5.07
Y81KFTMBH (4)
5.07
PAT81KFT-18V (4)
5.14
5.16
5.09
5.33
5.63
5.66
5.73
6.07
6.14
1/2
1/2
3/8
750 kcmil 1/2
1/2
800 kcmil 400 1/2
850 kcmil 1/2
3/8
1000 kcmil 500
1/2
1250 kcmil 1/2
1300 kcmil 1/2
1500 kcmil
1/2
1750 kcmil 1/2
2000 kcmil
1/2


die listings.
(example: YA25U).
Hydraulic
Wire
BCT500HS,
Y35, Y39, Y750, Color Die Strip
Y500CTHS
Y46*, PAT750
Code Index Length
W30VT (4)
U30RT (4)
17 or
White
2-1/16
W30RT (4)
U28ART (4)
298
W31VT (4)
U31RT (4)
18 or
Red
2-1/16
W31RT (4)
U29ART (4)
324
W32VT (4)
U32RT (4)
19 or
Blue
2-3/16
W32RT (4)
U30ART (4)
470
W33VT (4)
326 or
U33RT (4)
Gray
2-5/16
W33RT (4)
538
W34VT (4)
U34RT (4)
20 or
Brown
2-5/16
W34RT (4)
U31ART (4)
299
U35RT (4)
Yellow 21 2-11/16
U36RT (4)
22 or
Green
2-3/4
U32ART (4)
472
22 or
U36RT (4)
Green
2-3/4
472
U37RT (4)
Orange 23 2-7/8
U38RT (4)
Pink 400 2-7/8
U39RT (4)
P39RT (4) **
Black
24 2-15/16
P40RT (4) **
Orange 25
Gold 26
3
3
P44RT (4) **
White
27
3-1/16
P45RT (6) **
P46RT (6) **
Yellow
Orange
Green
Gray
Brown
29
30
31
33
34
3-1/4
2-1/16
3-5/16
3-1/2
3-1/2

US: 1-800-346-4175
www.burndy.com
Canada: 1-800-387-6487
BURNDY
Copper Compression Code Inspection Window
DIE AND COLOR

CODE INFORMATION
BEVELED
ENTRY
INSPECTION
WINDOW
TYPES YAV-2TC, YA-L2L,

YA-2LN, AND YA-L-2TC
CRIMP
COPPER COMPRESSION
TERMINAL
CABLE
ACCOMMODATION
ELECTRO-TIN
PLATED
UL Listed 90 C,
600 Volts to 35 kV
1-800-346-4175
C-30
TWO HOLE HYLUG

CODE CONDUCTOR
STANDARD BARREL
Fig. 1
Catalog Number
YAV10-2TC10
YAV10-2TC14
YAV10-2TC14E1
YAV10-2TC14E2
YAV10-2TC38
YA8CL-2TC10
YA8CL-2TC10E2
YA8CL-2TC14
YA8CL-2TC14E1
YA8CL-2TC14E2
YA8CL-2TC38
YA8C-2LN
YA6C-2L
YA6C-2LN
YA6CL-2TC10
YA6CL-2TC14
YA6CL-2TC14E
YA6CL-2TC14E1
YA6CL-2TC14E2
YA6CL-2TC38
YA6C-2L51
YA6CL-2TC516
YA6CL-2TC516E2
YA6C-2L52
YA5C-2L
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
AWG
#14-10 Str.
#12-10 Sol.
***
MM2
#8 AWG
#8 Weld
37/24
#6 Sol.
10
6 AWG
5 AWG
Stud Stud
Hole Hole Tongue
Size Spacing Width
# 10 5/8 .38
1/4 5/8 .47
1/4
1
.47
1/4 3/4 .47
3/8
1
.56
# 10 5/8 .41
# 10 3/4 .41
1/4 5/8 .44
Figure
Dimensions
(B) (T)
(L)
.38 .06 1.72
.38 .06 1.84
.38 .05 2.22
.38 .05 1.97
.38 .04 2.40
.44 .08 1.83
.44 .08 1.95
.44 .08 1.95
1/4
.44
.44 .08 2.33
1/4
3/8
1/2
1/4
1/2
# 10
1/4
1/4
1/4
1/4
3/8
# 10
5/16
5/16
1/4
1/4
3/4
1
1-3/4
5/8
1-3/4
5/8
5/8
1/2
1
3/4
1
1/2
1
3/4
1/2
5/8
.44
.57
.83
.45
.81
.42
.45
.45
.45
.44
.63
.42
.52
.52
.45
.44
.44
.44
.44
.54
.54
.54
.54
.54
.54
.54
.54
.54
.54
.54
.54
.81
-- Color code not assigned.

.08
.06
.12
.08
.12
.09
.08
.08
.08
.08
.06
.09
.07
.07
.08
.07
90
45
Conductor
Fig
#
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
B
T
(# of crimps)
Mechanical
MD6, OUR840,
MD7-34R
Y8MRB-1 (1)
Dieless
Wire
Color Die Strip
Code Index Length
7/16
W8CVT (1)
W8CRT (1)
X8CRT (1)
U8CRT (1)
Red
49
1/2
W5CVT (1) W5CVT (1)

W5CRT (1) W5CRT (1)
X5CRT (1) X5CRT (1)
U5CRT (1)
U8CABT (1)
Blue
5/8
Y1MRTC (1)
Y8MRB-1 (1)
MY29-3 (1)
W8CVT (1)
MY29-11 (1)
W8CRT (1)
MRC840 (1)
X8CRT (1)
Y81KFT (1)
Y81KFTMBH (1)
PAT81KFT-18V (1)
2.08
2.52
3.75
2.01
3.87
1.94
2.07 Y1MRTC (1)
1.94 MY29-3 (1)
2.44 MY29-11 (1)
2.19 MRC840 (1)
2.63 Y81KFT (1)
1.79 Y81KFTMBH (1)
2.51 PAT81KFT-18V (1)
2.26
1.88
2.28
Hydraulic
BCT500HS,
Y35, Y39, Y750,
Y500CTHS
Y46*, PAT750

The MM2 conductor size referenced here is for both Class
2 and Class 5.
7/8
die listings.
For applications greater than 2000 volts consult cable
Canada: 1-800-387-6487
www.burndy.com
US: 1-800-346-4175
BURNDY
TWO HOLE HYLUG

CODE CONDUCTOR
STANDARD BARREL
B
T
(Continued)
C-31
45
Fig. 1
90
UL Listed 90 C,
600 Volts to 35 kV
1-800-346-4175
Conductor
Catalog Number
Fig
#
YA4C-2L
YA4CL-2TC14
AWG
***
MM2
Stud Stud
Hole Hole Tongue
Size Spacing Width
Figure
Dimensions
(B) (T)
(L)
1/4
.49
.81 .09 2.30
1/4
4 AWG
5/8
5/8
.49
.81 .09 2.36
YA4CL-2TC38
3/8
.58
.81 .08 2.96
YA4CL-2TC14E1
1/4
.49
.81 .09 2.74
YA4C-2LN
YA4CL-2TC14E2
YA4CL-2TC516
YA3CL-2TC14
YA3C-2L
YA3CL-2TC38
YA2C-2L
YA2C-2LN
YA2CL-2TC14
YA2CL-2TC14E1
YA2CL-2TC14E2
YA2CL-2TC38
YA2CL-2TC516
YA1C-2LN
YA1C-2L
YA1CL-2TC14
YA1CL-2TC14E2
YA1CL-2TC38
YA25-2L
YA25-2LN
YA25L-2TC14
YA25L-2TC14E1
YA25L-2TC14E2
YA25L-2TC38
YA26-2L
YA26-2LN
YA26L-2TC14
YA26L-2TC14E1
YA26L-2TC14E2
YA26L-2TC38
YA27-2LN
YA27L-2TC14E2
YA27L-2TC38
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1/2
1/4
5/16
1/4
5/16
3/8
5/16
1/2
1/4
1/4
1/4
3/8
5/16
1/2
5/16
1/4
1/4
3/8
5/16
1/2
1/4
1/4
1/4
3/8
5/16
1/2
1/4
1/4
1/4
3/8
1/2
1/4
3/8
1-3/4
3/4
1
5/8
5/8
1
3/4
1-3/4
5/8
1
3/4
1
1
1-3/4
7/8
5/8
3/4
1
7/8
1-3/4
5/8
1
3/4
1
7/8
1-3/4
5/8
1
3/4
1
1-3/4
3/4
1
4 AWG
3 AWG
#2 Sol.
25
2 AWG
35
1 AWG
50
1/0 AWG
2/0 AWG
70
3/0 AWG

die listings.
.83 .81 .12 4.14

.49 .81 .09 2.49
.52 .81 .09 2.80
.55 .81 .09 2.45
.55 .88 .09 2.64
.58 .88 .08 3.06
.60 .88 .11 2.67
.83 .88 .11 4.27
.60 .88 .11 2.47
.60 .88 .11 2.85
.60 .88 .11 2.60
.60 .88 .11 3.03
.60 .88 .11 2.91
.81 .88 .12 4.32
.68 .88 .10 2.82
.68 .88 .10 2.51
.68 .88 .10 2.64
.68 .88 .10 3.07
.75 .88 .12 2.85
.83 .88 .11 4.29
.75 .88 .12 2.64
.75 .88 .12 3.01
.75 .88 .12 2.66
.75 .88 .12 3.10
.83 .94 .12 2.95
.83 .94 .12 4.39
.83 .94 .12 2.64
.83 .94 .12 3.01
.83 .94 .12 2.76
.83 .94 .12 3.20
.91 1.00 .13 4.48
.91 1.00 .12 2.86
.91 1.00 .12 3.30
Dieless
(# of crimps)
Mechanical
MD6, OUR840,
MD7-34R
Hydraulic
BCT500HS,
Y35, Y39, Y750,
Y500CTHS
Y46*, PAT750
Wire
Color Die Strip
Code Index Length
Y1MRTC (2)
MY29-3 (1)
MY29-11 (1)
W4CVT (1)
MRC840 (1)
W4CRT (1)
Y644HS (1)
X4CRT (1)
Y81KFT (1)
Y81KFTMBH (1)
PAT81KFT-18V (1)
W4CVT (1)
W4CRT (1)
X4CRT (1)
U4CRT (1)
U6CABT (1)
Gray
7/8
W4CVT (1)
X4CRT (1)
U4CRT (1)
Gray
7/8
W3CRT (1)
Y1MRTC (2)
MY29-3 (1)
MY29-11 (1)
MRC840 (1)
W2CVT (1)
Y644HS (1)
W2CRT (1)
Y81KFT (1)
X2CRT (1)
Y81KFTMBH (1)
PAT81KFT-18V (1)
W3CRT (1)
U3CRT (1)
White
15/16
W2CVT (1)
W2CRT (1)
X2CRT (1)
U2CRT (1)
Brown 10
15/16
Green
11
15/16
W1CVT (1)
W1CVT (1)
W1CRT-1 (1) W1CRT-1 (1)
X1CRT-1 (1) X1CRT-1 (1)
U1CRT-1 (1)
U4CABT (1)
W1CVT (1) X1CRT-1 (1)
U1CRT (1)
Green 11
15/16
W25VT (2)
W25RT (2)
X25RT (2)
U25RT (1)
U2CABT (1)
Pink
12
15/16
MY29-3 (1)
MY29-11 (1)
MRC840 (2)
Y644HS (1)
Y81KFT (1) W26VT (2)
PAT81KFT-18V (1) X26RT (2)
W25VT (2)
W25RT (2)
X25RT (2)
W26VT (2)
W26RT (2)
X26RT (2)
U26RT (1)
Black
13
W27VT (2)
W27RT (2)
X27RT (3)
W27VT (2)
W27RT (2)
X27RT (3)
U27RT (1)
Orange 14 1-1/16


US: 1-800-346-4175
www.burndy.com
Canada: 1-800-387-6487
BURNDY
C-32
TWO HOLE HYLUG

CODE CONDUCTOR
STANDARD BARREL
B
T
(Continued)
45
Fig. 1
90
UL Listed 90 C,
600 Volts to 35 kV
1-800-346-4175
Conductor
Catalog Number
YA28L-2NTC516
YA28-2LN
YA28L-2TC14E1
Fig
#
1
1
1
YA28L-2TC14E2
YA28L-2TC38E2
YA28L-2TC38
YA29-2LN
AWG
4/0 AWG
***
MM2
Stud Stud
Figure
Hole Hole Tongue
Dimensions
Size Spacing Width (B) (T)
(L)
5/16 1-3/4 1.02 .88 .14 3.84
1/2 1-3/4 1.02 .88 .14 4.41
1/4
1
1.02 .88 .14 3.03
1/4
3/4
1.02
.88 .14 2.78
1
1
3/8
3/8
3/4
1
1.02
1.02
.88 .14 2.97

.88 .14 3.22
1/2 1-3/4 1.11 1.06 .16 4.62

250 kcmil
YA29L-2TC38
YA30-2LN
YA30L-2TC-38
YA31-2LN
YA31L-2TC12
YA31L-2TC14E2
YA31L-2TC38
YA31L-2NTC516
YA32-2LN
YA32L-2TC38E5
YA32L-2TC38
YA32-2L
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
YA33-2LN
YA34-2LN
YA34L-2TC12
YA34L-2TC14E2
YA34L-2TC38
YA34-2L
YA35-2L
YA35-2LN
YA36-2LN
YA36L-2TC38
YA37-2L
YA37-2LN
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
3/8
300 kcmil 150
350 kcmil 185
400 kcmil
450 kcmil
500 kcmil 240
550 kcmil
600 kcmil 300

650 kcmil
1/2
3/8
1/2
1/2
1/4
3/8
5/16
1/2
3/8
3/8
3/8
1-3/4
1
1-3/4
1-1/4
3/4
1
1-3/4
1-3/4
1-1/16
1
1
1.11 1.06 .16 3.45

1.20
1.20
1.29
1.29
1.29
1.29
1.29
1.38
1.40
1.38
1.40
1.03
1.03
1.06
1.06
1.06
1.06
1.06
1.19
1.19
1.19
1.19
1/2 1-3/4 1.48 1.50

1/2
1/2
1/4
3/8
3/8
3/8
1/2
1/2
3/8
3/8
1/2

die listings.
1-3/4
1-1/4
3/4
1
1
1-1/8
1-3/4
1-3/4
1
1-1/8
1-3/4
1.52
1.52
1.52
1.52
1.55
1.65
1.65
1.74
1.73
1.80
1.80
1.27
1.27
1.27
1.27
1.27
1.69
1.69
1.38
1.38
1.39
1.39
.16
.16
.18
.18
.18
.18
.18
.19
.19
.19
.19
Dieless
(# of crimps)
MY29-3 (1)
MY29-11 (1)
MRC840 (2)
Y644HS (1)
Y81KFT (1)
Y81KFTMBH (1)
PAT81KFT-18V (1)
MY29-3 (1)
MY29-11 (1)
Y644HS (1)
Y81KFT (1)
Y81KFTMBH (1)
PAT81KFT-18V (1)
4.63
3.45
4.70
4.01
3.07
3.51
4.13
4.88
3.75
3.69
3.75
Mechanical
MD6, OUR840,
MD7-34R
Hydraulic
BCT500HS,
Y35, Y39, Y750,
Y500CTHS
Y46*, PAT750
Wire
Color Die Strip
Code Index Length
W28VT (2)
W28RT (2)
X28RT (3)
W28VT (2)
W28RT (2)
X28RT (3)
U28RT (1)
Purple 15
1-1/8
W29VT (2)
X29RT (4)
W29VT (2)
W29RT (2)
X29RT (4)
U29RT (1)
Yellow 16
1-1/8
W30VT (2)
W30VT (2)
W30RT (2)
U30RT (2)
U28ART (2)
White
17
W31VT (2)
W31VT (2)
W31RT (2)
U31RT (2)
U29ART (2)
Red
18
1-1/8
W32VT (2)
W32VT (2)
W32RT (2)
U32RT (2)
U30ART (2)
Blue
19
1-1/4
W33VT (2)
W33RT (2)
U33RT (2)
Gray
W34VT (2)
W34RT (2)
U34RT (2)
U31ART (2)
Brown 20 1-7/16
U35RT (2)
Yellow 21
1-3/4
U36RT (2)
U32ART (2)
Green
1-3/4
U37RT (2)
Orange 23 1-15/16
Y644HS (1)
Y81KFT (1)
.21 5.23
W33VT (2)
Y81KFTMBH (1)
.23 5.06 PAT81KFT-18V (1)
.23 4.38
.23 3.44
W34VT (2)
.23 3.88
.23 3.94
.25 4.64
.25
.27 4.36
.27 4.23
.27 4.40
.27 5.27
326 or
1-9/16
538
22

Canada: 1-800-387-6487
www.burndy.com
US: 1-800-346-4175
BURNDY
TWO HOLE HYLUG

CODE CONDUCTOR
STANDARD BARREL
B
T
(Continued)
C-33
45
Fig. 1
90
UL Listed 90 C,
600 Volts to 35 kV
1-800-346-4175
Conductor
Catalog Number
YA38-2L
YA38-2LN
YA38L-2TC12
YA38L-2TC38
YA39-2L
YA39-2LN
YA39L-2TC12E3
YA39L-2TC38
YA39L-2TC58
YA40-2L
YA40-2LN
YA40L-2TC38
YA41-2L
YA44-2LN
YA44-2L
YA44L-2TC12
Fig
#
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
AWG
700 kcmil
750 kcmil
***
MM2
800 kcmil 400

850 kcmil
1000 kcmil 500
Stud
Hole
Size
3/8
1/2
1/2
3/8
3/8
1/2
1/2
3/8
5/8
3/8
1/2
3/8
3/8
1/2
1/2
1/2

die listings.
Stud
Hole
Spacing
1-1/8
1-3/4
1-1/2
1
1-1/8
1-3/4
1-1/2
1
1-1/2
1-1/8
1-3/4
1
1-1/8
1-3/4
1-1/4
1-1/4
Tongue
Width
1.84
1.81
1.81
1.81
1.91
1.89
1.89
1.89
1.89
1.98
1.89
1.95
2.01
2.17
2.19
2.17
Figure
Dimensions
(B) (T)
(L)
1.45 .27 4.48
1.45 .27 5.35
1.45 .27 4.67
1.45 .27 4.35
1.42 .27 4.48
1.42 .27 5.36
1.42 .27 4.92
1.42 .27 4.36
1.42 .27 5.17
1.42 .30 4.63
1.42 .30 5.51
1.42 .30 4.51
1.88 .31 4.97
1.65 .33 5.74
1.65 .33 5.24
1.65 .33 5.05
Dieless
(# of crimps)
Y644HS (1)
Y81KFT (1)
Y81KFTMBH (1)
PAT81KFT-18V (1)
Mechanical
MD6, OUR840,
MD7-34R
Hydraulic
BCT500HS,
Y35, Y39, Y750,
Y500CTHS
Y46*, PAT750
Wire
Color Die Strip
Code Index Length
U38RT (2)
Y644HS (1)
Y81KFT (2)
Y81KFTMBH (2)
PAT81KFT-18V (2)
Pink 400 1-15/16
U39RT (2)
P39RT (2) **
Black
P40RT (3) **
Orange 25 1-15/16
Gold
26 1-15/16
P44RT (3) **
White
27 1-15/16
24 1-15/16

US: 1-800-346-4175
www.burndy.com
Canada: 1-800-387-6487
BURNDY
Copper Compression Code Two Hole Narrow Tongue Inspection Window
DIE AND COLOR

CODE INFORMATION
BEVELED
ENTRY
INSPECTION
WINDOW
TYPES YA-L-2NT
CRIMP
ELECTRO-TIN
PLATED
COPPER COMPRESSION
TERMINAL
CABLE
ACCOMMODATION
UL Listed 90 C,
600 Volts to 35 kV
C-34
TWO HOLE HYLUG

CODE CONDUCTOR
STANDARD BARREL
NARROW TONGUE

1-800-346-4175
Fig. 1
45
Catalog Number
YA2CL2NT14
YA2CL2NT14E2
YA2CL2NT14E1
YA1CL2NT14
AWG
***
MM2
Stud Stud
Hole Hole Tongue
Size Spacing Width
Figure
Dimensions
(B) (T)
(L)
1/4
5/8
.48
.88 .11 2.47
1/4
3/4
.48
.88 .11 2.60
1/4
.48
.88 .11 2.84
1/4
5/8
.50
.88 .11 2.55
#2 AWG
#1 AWG
YA1CL2NT14E2
50
YA25L2NT14
35
1/4
YA25L2NT14E1
.88 .10 2.68
5/8
.48
.88 .10 2.56
YA26L2NT14
.50
1/4
1/0 AWG
3/4
1/4
70
.48
.88 .12 3.28
1/4
5/8
.48
.94 .12 2.66
2/0 AWG
YA26L2NT14E1
1/4
.48
.94 .12 3.03
Dieless
(# of crimps)
MRC840 (1)
MY29-3 (1)
MY29-11 (1)
Y644HS (1)
Y1MRTC (2)
Y81KFT (1)
Y81KFTMBH (1)
PAT81KFT-18V (1)
MRC840 (1)
MY29-3 (1)
MY29-11 (1)
Y1MRTC (2)
Y644HS (1)
Y81KFT (1)
Y81KFTMBH (1)
PAT81KFT-18V (1)
MRC840 (2)
MY29-3 (1)
MY29-11 (1)
Y644HS (1)
Y81KFT (1)
Y81KFTMBH (1)
PAT81KFT-18V (1)
MRC840 (2)
MY29-3 (1)
MY29-11 (1)
Y644HS (1)
Y81KFT (1)
Y81KFTMBH (1)
PAT81KFT-18V (1)
90
Hydraulic
BCT500HS,
Y35, Y39, Y750,
Y500CTHS
Y46*, PAT750
Wire
Color Die Strip
Code Index Length
W2CVT (1)
W2CVT (1)
U2CRT (1)
Brown 10
15/16
W1CVT (1)
W1CRT (1)
U1CRT (1)
Green
11
15/16
W25VT (2)
W25VT (2)
U25RT (1)
Pink
12
15/16
W26VT (2)
W26VT (2)
X26RT (2)
U26RT (1)
Black
13
Conductor
Fig
#
Mechanical
MD6, OUR840,
MD7-34R

Canada: 1-800-387-6487
www.burndy.com
US: 1-800-346-4175
BURNDY
Copper Compression Code Two Hole Narrow Tongue Inspection Window
TWO HOLE HYLUG

CODE CONDUCTOR
STANDARD BARREL
NARROW TONGUE
B
T
Fig. 1
C-35
45
90
(Continued)
UL Listed 90 C,
600 Volts to 35 kV
1-800-346-4175
Conductor
Catalog Number
Fig
#
YA27L2NT14
YA27L2NT38
YA27LENT516
YA28L2NT14
YA29L2NT38
AWG
***
MM2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
.76
1.00 .13 2.73
3/8
.60
1.00 .13 3.30
.60
1.00 .13 3.11
1/4
5/8
.76
.88 .13 2.65
3/8
4/0 AWG
5/8
5/16
3/0 AWG
.80
1.00 .16 3.43
YA31L2NT38
YA31L2NT38E16
YA34L2NT38
YA34L2NT38E16
YA34L2NTE1
YA36L2NNT
YA39L2NT38
YA39L2NT38E16
YA39L2NT12E1
Figure
Dimensions
(B) (T)
(L)
1/4
250 kcmil
YA29L2NT38E16
Stud Stud
Hole Hole Tongue
Size Spacing Width
3/8 1-3/4 .80

350 kcmil 185
500 kcmil 240
600 kcmil 300
750 kcmil
1.06 .16 4.18
3/8
3/8
3/8
3/8
1/2
1/2
3/8
3/8
1/2
1.06
1.06
1.27
1.27
1.27
1.38
1.42
1.42
1.42
1
1-3/4
1
1-3/4
1
1-3/4
1
1-3/4
1
.96
.88
.96
.96
.96
1.12
1.63
1.30
1.30
.18
.18
.23
.23
.23
.27
.27
.27
.27
Dieless
(# of crimps)
MY29-3 (1)
MY29-11 (1)
MRC840 (2)
Y644HS (1)
Y81KFT (1)
Y81KFTMBH (1)
PAT81KFT-18V (1)
MY29-3 (1)
MY29-11 (1)
Y644HS (1)
Y81KFT (1)
Y81KFTMBH (1)
PAT81KFT-18V (1)
Mechanical
MD6, OUR840,
MD7-34R
Hydraulic
BCT500HS,
Y35, Y39, Y750,
Y500CTHS
Y46*, PAT750
Wire
Color Die Strip
Code Index Length
W27VT (2)
W27RT (2)
X27RT (3)
W27VT (2)
W27RT (2)
X27RT (3)
U27RT (1)
Orange 14 1-1/16
W27RT (2)
W28RT (2)
X28RT (3)
U28RT (1)
Purple 15 1-1/16
W29VT (2)
X29RT (2)
W29VT (2)
W29RT (2)
X29RT (2)
U29RT (1)
Yellow 16
W31VT (2)
W31RT (2)
U31RT (2)
U29ART (2)
W34VT (4)
U34RT (2)
U36RT (2)
20
or 1-7/16
22
Green 472 1-3/4
U39RT (2)
Black
3.51
W31VT (2)
4.26
3.65
Y644HS (1)
4.63
W34VT (4)
Y81KFT (1)
4.13
Y81KFTMBH (1)
5.43
PAT81KFT-18V (1)
4.34
5.11
4.42

Red
18
1-1/8
1-1/8
Brown
24
1-1/2
US: 1-800-346-4175
www.burndy.com
Canada: 1-800-387-6487
BURNDY
DIE AND COLOR

CODE INFORMATION
BEVELED
ENTRY
NO INSPECTION
WINDOW
TYPES YA-2N, YA-2TC, YA-4N

UL Listed 90 C,
600 Volts to 35 kV
CRIMP
ELECTRO-TIN
PLATED
CABLE
ACCOMMODATION

1-800-346-4175
C-36
TWO HOLE HYLUG

CODE CONDUCTOR
LONG BARREL
B
T
90
T
45
45
Fig. 1
90
Conductor
Catalog Number
YA8C2TC14
Fig
#
AWG
***
MM2
YA8C2TC14E2
YA8C2TC38
YA6C2N
YA6C2TC14
YA6C2TC14E1
YA6C2TC14E2
YA6C2TC38
YA6C2TC38E2
YA6C2TC38E6
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
YA5C2N
YA4C2N
YA4C2TC14
YA4C2TC14E2
YA4C2TC38
YA3C2N
YA3C2TC14
YA3C2TC14E2
YA3C2TC38
YA3C2TC38E2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Stud Stud
Hole Hole Tongue
Size Spacing Width
1/4
#8 Str.
#6 Sol.
37/24
5/8
.40
Figure
Dimensions
(B) (T)
(L)
.81 .08 2.33
10
1/4
#6 AWG
#5 AWG
#4 AWG
#3 Str.
#3 AWG
#2 Sol.
25
.41
.81 .08 2.45
3/8
1
1/2 1-3/4
1/4 5/8
1/4
1
1/4 3/4
3/8
1
3/8 3/4
3/8 7/8
.73
.81
.45
.45
.45
.63
.63
.63
.81
1.12
1.12
1.12
1.12
1.12
1.12
1.12
1/2 1-3/4
.83
1.12 .12 4.43
1/2 1-3/4
1/4 5/8
1/4 3/4
3/8
1
1/2 1-3/4
1/4 5/8
1/4 3/4
3/8
1
3/8 3/4
.81
.50
.50
.56
.81
.55
.55
.58
.58
1.12
1.12
1.12
1.12
1.25
1.25
1.25
1.25
1.25

die listings.
* Use PUADP-1 adaptor with U -dies in Y46 HYPRESS.
3/4
.06
.12
.08
.08
.08
.06
.06
.06
.12
.09
.09
.08
.12
.09
.09
.08
.08
2.89
4.40
2.65
3.03
2.78
3.22
2.97
3.09
Dieless
(# of crimps)
Y8MRB-1 (2)
MY29-3 (2)
MY29-11 (2)
MRC840 (2)
Y81KFT (1)
Y81KFTMBH (1)
PAT81KFT-18V (1)
Y1MRTC (2)
MY29-3 (2)
MY29-11 (2)
MRC840 (2)
Y81KFT (1)
Y81KFTMBH (1)
PAT81KFT-18V (1)
MY29-3 (2)
MY29-1 (2)
MRC840 (2)
Y644HS (1)
Y81KFT (1)
Y81KFTMBH (1)
PAT81KFT-18V (1)
4.45
Y1MRTC (4)
2.70
MY29-3 (2)
2.83
MY29-11 (2)
3.26
MRC840 (2)
4.62
Y644HS (1)
2.87
Y81KFT (1)
2.99
Y81KFTMBH (1)
3.43
PAT81KFT-18V (1)
3.18
Mechanical
MD6, OUR840,
MD7-34R
Hydraulic
BCT500HS,
Y35, Y39, Y750,
Y500CTHS
Y46*, PAT750
Wire
Color Die Strip
Code Index Length
W8CVT (2)
W8CRT (2)
X8CRT (2)
W8CVT (2)
W8CRT (2)
X8CRT (2)
U8CRT (1)
Red
49
W5CVT (2)
W5CRT (2)
X5CRT (2)
X8CART (2)
W5CVT (2)
W5CRT (2)
X5CRT (2)
X8CART (2)
U5CRT (2)
U8CABT (2)
Blue
1-3/16
W5CRT (2)
W5CVT (2)
X5CRT (2)
X5CRT (2)
X5CVT (2)
W5CRT (2)
U5CRT (2)
Blue
1-3/16
W4CVT (2)
W4CRT (2)
X4CRT (2)
W4CVT (2)
W4CRT (2)
X4CRT (2)
U4CRT (2)
U6CABT (2)
Gray
1-3/16
W3CRT (2)
W3CRT (2)
U3CRT (2)
White
1-5/16

The MM2 conductor size listed here is for Class 2 and
Class 5 conductor.

(example: YA25U).
Canada: 1-800-387-6487
www.burndy.com
US: 1-800-346-4175
BURNDY
TWO HOLE HYLUG

CODE CONDUCTOR
LONG BARREL
YA1C2N
YA1C2TC14E2
YA1C2TC38
YA252N
YA252TC14
YA252TC14E2
YA252TC38
YA252TC516
YA252NTC38
YA262N
YA262TC14
YA262TC14E2
YA262TC38
YA272N
YA272TC14E2
YA272TC38
YA282N
YA282TC38
YA282TC14E2
YA282NTC38
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
YA292N
AWG
***
MM2
#2 AWG
35
#1 AWG
50
1/0 AWG
2/0 AWG
70
3/0 AWG
4/0 AWG
.81
1/4
5/8
.68
1/4
3/8
1/2
1/4
1/4
3/8
5/16
3/8
1/2
1/4
1/4
3/8
1/2
1/4
3/8
1/2
3/8
1/4
3/8
3/4
1
1-3/4
5/8
3/4
1
1
1-3/4
1-3/4
5/8
3/4
1
1-3/4
3/4
1
1-3/4
1
3/4
1-3/4
.75
.68
.81
.75
.75
.75
.75
.75
.83
.83
.83
.83
.91
.91
.90
1.02
1.02
1.02
1.02
1/2 1-3/4 1.11

250 kcmil
Stud Stud
Hole Hole Tongue
Size Spacing Width
1/2 1-3/4 .81
1/4 5/8 .60
1/4 3/4 .60
3/8 3/4 .60
5/16 3/4 .60
3/8 1-3/4 .60
3/8
1
.60
3/8 7/8 .60
5/16 3/4 .60
1/2 1-3/4
YA292TC38
90

1-800-346-4175
YA1C2TC14
45
Conductor
Catalog Number
YA2C2N
YA2C2TC14
YA2C2TC14E2
YA2C2TC38E2
YA2C2TC516E2
YA2C2NTC38
YA2C2TC38
YA2C2TC38E6
YA2C2TC516E2
Fig. 1
Fig
#
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
90
T
45
(Continued)
UL Listed 90 C,
600 Volts to 35 kV
B
T
3/8

die listings.
1.10
Figure
Dimensions
Dieless
(B) (T)
(L)
(# of crimps)
1.25 .12 4.64
Y1MRTC (4)
1.25 .11 2.86
MY29-3 (2)
1.25 .11 2.98
MY29-11 (2)
1.25 .11 3.17
MRC840 (2)
1.25 .11 3.05
Y644HS (1)
1.25 .11 4.17
Y81KFT (2)
1.25 .11 3.42
Y81KFTMBH (2)
1.25 .11 3.30
PAT81KFT-18V (2)
1.25 .11 3.05
Y1MRTC (4)
1.38 .12 4.82
MY29-3 (2)
MY29-11 (2)
MRC840 (2)
1.38 .10 3.03
Y644HS (1)
Y81KFT (2)
1.38 .10 3.15 Y81KFTMBH (2)
1.38 .10 3.59 PAT81KFT-18V (2)
1.38 .11 4.81
1.38 .12 3.05
1.38 .12 3.18
1.38 .12 3.62
1.38 .12 3.49
1.38 .12 4.37
MY29-3 (2)
1.50 .12 4.97 MY29-11 (2)
1.50 .12 3.22 MRC840 (4)
1.50 .12 3.34
Y644HS (1)
1.50 .12 3.78
Y81KFT (2)
1.50 .13 5.01 Y81KFTMBH (2)
1.50 .12 3.38 PAT81KFT-18V (2)
1.50 .12 3.82
1.62 .14 5.17
1.62 .14 3.99
1.62 .14 3.55
1.62 .14 4.74
MY29-3 (2)
1.62 .16 5.21 MY29-11 (2)
Y644HS (1)
Y81KFT (2)
1.62 .16 4.02 Y81KFTMBH (2)
PAT81KFT-18V (2)
Mechanical
MD6, OUR840,
MD7-34R
W2CVT (2)
W2CRT (2)
X2CRT (2)
Hydraulic
BCT500HS,
Y35, Y39, Y750,
Y500CTHS
Y46*, PAT750
W2CVT (2)
W2CRT (2)
X2CRT (2)
W1CVT (2) W1CVT (2)

W1CRT-1 (2) W1CRT-1 (2)
X1CRT-1 (2) X1CRT-1 (2)
U2CRT (2)
Wire
Color Die Strip
Code Index Length
Brown 10 1-5/16
U1CRT-1 (2)
U4CABT (2)
Green
11
1-1/2
W25VT (4)
W25RT (4)
X25RT (4)
W25VT (4)
W25RT (4)
X25RT (4)
U25RT (2)
U2CABT (2)
Pink
12 1-7/16
W26VT (4)
W26RT (4)
X26RT (4)
W26VT (4)
W26RT (4)
X26RT (4)
U26RT (2)
Black
13 1-9/16
W27VT (4)
W27RT (4)
X27RT (6)
W27VT (4)
W27RT (4)
X27RT (6)
U27RT (2)
Orange 14 1-9/16
W28VT (4)
W28RT (4)
X28RT (6)
W28VT (4)
W28RT (4)
X28RT (6)
U28RT (2)
Purple
W29VT (4)
X29RT (8)
W29VT (4)
W29RT (4)
X29RT (8)
U29RT (2)
Yellow 16 1-11/16

15 1-11/16

(example: YA25U).
US: 1-800-346-4175
www.burndy.com
Canada: 1-800-387-6487
C-37
BURNDY
C-38
TWO HOLE HYLUG

CODE CONDUCTOR
LONG BARREL
90
T
45
(Continued)
Catalog Number
YA302TC38
YA302N
YA312N
YA312TC14E2
YA312TC38
YA322N
YA322TC38
YA332N
YA342N
YA342TC14E2
YA342TC38
YA352N
YA362N
YA362TC38
YA372N
YA382N
YA382TC38
YA392N
YA392NT38
YA392TC38
YA402N
YA412N
YA442N
YA442TC38
YA452N
YA4532N
YA462N
YA472N
YA482N
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
90

1-800-346-4175
Conductor
Fig
#
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
45
Fig. 1
UL Listed 90 C,
600 Volts to 35 kV
B
T
AWG
***
MM2
300 kcmil 150

350 kcmil 185
400 kcmil
450 kcmil
500 kcmil 240

550 kcmil
600 kcmil 300

650 kcmil
700 kcmil
750 kcmil
800 kcmil 400

850 kcmil
1000 kcmil 500
1250 kcmil
1300 kcmil
1500 kcmil
1750 kcmil
2000 kcmil
Stud
Hole
Size
3/8
1/2
1/2
1/4
3/8
1/2
3/8
Stud
Hole
Spacing
1
1-3/4
1-3/4
3/4
1
1-3/4
1
Tongue
Width
1.20
1.20
1.29
1.29
1.29
1.38
1.38
Figure
Mechanical
Dimensions
Dieless
MD6, OUR840,
(B) (T)
(L)
(# of crimps)
MD7-34R
2.00 .16 4.45
W30VT (4)
2.00 .16 5.64
Y644HS (1)
2.00 .18 5.68
Y81KFT (3)
2.00 .18 4.05
W31VT (4)
Y81KFTMBH (3)
2.00 .18 4.49
PAT81KFT-18V (3)
2.12 .19 5.85
W32VT (4)
2.12 .19 4.66
1/2 1-3/4 1.48 2.12 .21 5.93

1/2
1/4
3/8
1/2
1/2
3/8
1/2
1/2
3/8
1/2
3/8
3/8
1/2
1/2
1/2
3/8
1/2
1/2
1/2
1/2
1/2

die listings.
1-3/4
3/4
1
1-3/4
1-3/4
1
1-3/4
1-3/4
1
1-3/4
1
1
1-3/4
1-3/4
1-3/4
1
1-3/4
1-3/4
1-3/4
1-3/4
1-3/4
1.55
1.55
1.55
1.65
1.74
1.74
1.80
1.84
1.84
1.91
1.63
1.91
1.95
2.01
2.17
2.19
2.46
2.53
2.67
2.90
3.10
2.25
2.25
2.25
2.63
2.69
2.69
2.81
2.81
2.81
2.88
2.88
2.88
2.94
2.94
3.00
3.00
3.19
3.19
3.19
3.44
3.44
.23
.23
.23
.25
.27
.26
.27
.27
.27
.27
.27
.27
.30
.31
.33
.33
.38
.39
.40
.42
.46
W33VT (4)
6.06
4.46
W34VT (4)
4.90
6.49
6.59
5.59
6.74
6.77
Y644HS (1)
5.76
Y81KFT (4)
6.87
Y81KFTMBH (4)
5.87
PAT81KFT-18V (4)
5.87
6.95
6.96
7.14
6.14
7.44
7.48
7.55
7.89
7.98

Hydraulic
BCT500HS,
Y35, Y39, Y750,
Y500CTHS
Y46*, PAT750
W30VT (4)
U30RT (4)
W30RT (4)
U28ART (4)
Wire
Color Die Strip
Code Index Length
White
17
W31VT (4)
W31RT (4)
U31RT (4)
U29ART (4)
Red
18 2-1/16
W32VT (4)
W32RT (4)
W33VT (4)
W33RT (4)
U32RT (4)
U30ART (4)
Blue
19 2-3/16
U33RT
Gray
326 or
2-3/16
538
W34VT (4)
W34RT (4)
U34RT (4)
U31ART (4)
U35RT (4)
U36RT (4)
U32ART (4)
U37RT (4)
U38RT (4)
Pink
400 2-7/8
U39RT (4)
P39RT (4) **
Black
24
P40RT (4) **
Orange 25
Gold 26
P44RT (4) **
White
27 3-1/16
P45RT (6) **
P46RT (6) **
Yellow
Orange
Green
Gray
Brown
29
30
31
33
34
Brown 20
2-1/2
Yellow 21 2-11/16
Green
22
2-3/4
Orange 23
2-7/8
2-3/4
3
3
3-1/4
3-1/4
3-1/4
3-1/2
3-1/2

(example: YA25U).
Canada: 1-800-387-6487
www.burndy.com
US: 1-800-346-4175
BURNDY
TWO HOLE HYLUG

CODE CONDUCTOR
LONG BARREL WITH
INSPECTION WINDOW
DIE AND COLOR

CODE INFORMATION
BEVELED
ENTRY
C-39
INSPECTION
WINDOW
CRIMP
TYPES YAZ-2N, YAZ-2TC

COPPER COMPRESSION
TERMINAL
ELECTRO-TIN
PLATED
CABLE
ACCOMMODATION
UL Listed 90 C,
600 Volts to 35 kV
90

1-800-346-4175
T
45
L
Fig. 1
Conductor
YAZ8C-2TC14
YAZ8C-2TC14E2
YAZ8C-2TC14E1
YAZ8C-2TC38
1
1
1
YAZ6C-2N
#8 Str
#6 Sol
37/24
10
Figure
Dimensions
(B) (T)
(L)
.69 .05 2.16
.69 .05 2.28
.75 .08 2.20
.75 .08 2.33
1/4
5/8
.44
.75 .08 2.33
1/4
1/4
3/8
Catalog Number
YAZV10-2TC14
YAZV10-2TC14E2
YAZ8C-2TC10
YAZ8C-2TC10E2
Fig
***
#
AWG
MM2
1
14-10 AWG 6
1
1
1
Stud Stud
Hole Hole Tongue
Size Spacing Width
1/4 5/8 .41
1/4 3/4 .41
#10 5/8 .41
#10 3/4 .41
3/4
1
1
.44
.44
.58
.75 .08 2.45

.75 .08 2.70
.75 .06 2.89
.83
1.12 .12 4.40
1/2 1-3/4
#6 AWG
YAZ6C-2TC10E2
#10
3/4
.42
1.12 .09 2.65
YAZ6C-2TC14
1/4
5/8
.45
1/4
3/4
.45
1.12 .08 2.78
Hydraulic
BCT500HS,
Y35, Y39, Y750,
Y500CTHS
Y46*, PAT750
(# of crimps)
Mechanical
MD6, OUR840,
MD7-34R
Y8MRB-1 (2)
3/4
W8CVT (2)
W8CRT (2)
X8CRT (2)
W8CVT (2)
W8CRT (2)
X8CRT (2)
U8CRT (2)
Red
49
7/8
W5CVT (2)
W5CRT (2)
X5CRT (2)
X8CART (2)
W5CVT (2)
X5CRT (2)
X5CRT (2)
X8CART (2)
U5CRT (2)
U8CABT (2)
Blue
7 or
1-1/16
374
W5CVT (2)
W5CRT (2)
X5CRT (2)
X8CART (2)
W5CVT (2)
X5CRT (2)
X5CRT (2)
X8CART (2)
U5CRT (2)
U8CABT (2)
Blue
7 or
1-1/6
374
W5CRT (2)
W5CVT (2)
X5CRT (2)
W5CVT (2)
W5CRT (2)
X5CRT (2)
U5CRT (2)
Blue
7 or
374
Dieless
Y1MRTC (2)
Y8MRB-1 (2)
MY29-3 (2)
MY29-11 (2)
MRC840 (2)
Y81KFT (1)
Y81KFTMBH (1)
PAT81KFT-18V (1)
MY29-3 (2)
MY29-11 (2)
MRC840 (2)
Y644HS (1)
Y1MRTC (2)
Y81KFT (1)
Y81KFTMBH (1)
PAT81KFT-18V (1)
Wire
Color Die Strip
Code Index Length
1.12 .08 2.65
YAZ6C-2TC14E2
90
45
#6 AWG
YAZ6C-2TC14E1
YAZ6C-2TC38E2
YAZ6C-2TC38E6
YAZ6C-2TC38
1
1
1
1
YAZ5C-2N
1/4
3/8
3/8
3/8
#5 AWG
1
3/4
7/8
1
1/2 1-3/4

die listings.
.45
.58
.58
.58
1.12
1.12
1.12
1.12
.08
.06
.06
.06
3.03
2.97
3.09
3.22
.83
Y1MRTC (2)
MY29-3 (2)
MY29-11 (2)
MRC840 (2)
Y644HS (2)
Y81KFT (1)
Y81KFTMBH (1)
PAT81KFT-18V (1)
1.12 .12 4.43

The MM2 conductor size referred to here is for Class 2
and Class 5 conductor.
1/16

(example: YA25U).
US: 1-800-346-4175
www.burndy.com
Canada: 1-800-387-6487
BURNDY
C-40
TWO HOLE HYLUG

CODE CONDUCTOR
LONG BARREL WITH
INSPECTION WINDOW
B
90
45
L
Fig. 1
45
90

1-800-346-4175
UL Listed 90 C,
600 Volts to 35 kV
Conductor
Catalog Number
YAZ4C-2N
YAZ4C-2TC10-E2
#10
3/4
.49
1.12 .09 2.67
YAZ4C-2TC14
YAZ4C-2TC14E2
1
1
1/4
1/4
5/8
3/4
1.12 .09 2.67

1.12 .09 2.80
YAZ4C-2TC38
3/8
.49
.49
.
.58
1.12 .08 3.01
YAZ3C-2N
1/2 1-3/4
.83
1.25 .12 4.58
YAZ3C-2TC14
1/4
5/8
.55
1.25 .09 2.83
1/4
3/4
.55
1.25 .09 2.95
3/8
3/4
.58
1.25 .08 3.14
3/8
1/2
#10
1/4
1/4
1/4
5/16
3/8
3/8
3/8
3/8
1/2
1/4
1/4
3/8
1/2
1/4
1/4
1/4
5/16
5/16
3/8
3/8
1-3/4
3/4
5/8
3/4
1
3/4
3/4
7/8
1
1-3/4
1-3/4
5/8
3/4
1
1-3/4
5/8
3/4
1
7/8
1
1
1-3/4
YAZ3C-2TC38E2
YAZ2C-2N
YAZ2C-2TC10E2
YAZ2C-2TC14
YAZ2C-2TC14E2
YAZ2C-2TC14E1
YAZ2C-2TC516E2
YAZ2C-2TC38E2
YAZ2C-2TC38E6
YAZ2C-2TC38
YAZ2C-2NTC38
YAZ1C-2N
YAZ1C-2TC14
YAZ1C-2TC14E2
YAZ1C-2TC38
YAZ25-2N
YAZ25-2TC14
YAZ25-2TC14E2
YAZ25-2TC14E1
YAZ25-2TC516E6
YAZ25-2TC516
YAZ25-2TC38
YAZ25-2NTC38
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
#4 AWG
#3 AWG
#2 Sol
YAZ3C-2TC38
AWG
***
MM2
Stud Stud
Figure
Hole Hole Tongue
Dimensions
(L)
1/2 1-3/4 .83 1.12 .12 4.42
Fig
#
1
(Continued)
YAZ3C-2TC14E2
#3 AWG
#2 Sol
25
25
#2 AWG
35
#1 AWG
50
1/0 AWG

die listings.
Dieless
(# of crimps)
Y1MRTC (4)
MY29-3 (2)
MY29-11 (2)
MRC840 (2)
Y644HS (2)
Y81KFT (1)
Y81KFTMBH (1)
PAT81KFT-18V (1)
Y1MRTC (4)
MY29-3 (2)
MY29-11 (2)
MRC840 (2)
Y644HS (2)
Y81KFT (2)
Y81KFTMBH (2)
PAT81KFT-18V (2)
1.25
1.25
1.25
1.25
1.25
1.25
1.25
1.25
1.25
1.25
1.38
1.38
1.38
1.38
1.38
1.38
1.38
1.38
1.38
1.38
1.38
1.38
.12
.11
.11
.11
.11
.11
.11
.11
.11
.11
.12
.10
.10
.10
.11
.12
.12
.12
.12
.12
.12
.12
4.60
2.85
2.85
2.97
3.22
3.03
3.16
3.28
3.41
4.16
4.76
3.01
3.13
3.57
4.79
3.04
3.16
3.41
3.35
3.47
3.60
4.35
Hydraulic
BCT500HS,
Y35, Y39, Y750,
Y500CTHS
Y46*, PAT750
Wire
Color Die Strip
Code Index Length
W4CVT (2)
W4CRT (2)
X4CRT (2)
W4CVT (2)
W4CRT (2)
X4CRT (2)
U4CRT (2)
U6CABT (2)
Gray
W3CRT (2)
W3CRT (2)
U3CRT (2)
White
1-5/16
W3CRT (2)
.58 1.25 .08 3.39

.83
.60
.60
.60
.60
.60
.60
.60
.60
.60
.83
.67
.67
.67
.83
.75
.75
.75
.75
.75
.75
.75
Mechanical
MD6, OUR840,
MD7-34R
W3CRT (2)
U3CRT (2)
White
1-5/16
W2CVT (2)
W2CRT (2)
X2CRT (2)
U2CRT (2)
Brown 10 1-5/16
Y1MRTC (4)
MY29-3 (2)
W2CVT (2)
MY29-11 (2)
W2CRT (2)
MRC840 (2)
X2CRT (2)
Y644HS (1)
Y81KFT (2)
Y81KFTMBH (2)
PATKFT-18V (2)
W1CVT (2)
W1CVT (2)
W1CRT-1 (2) W1CRT-1 (2)
X1CRT-1 (2) X1CRT-1 (2)
MY29-3 (2)
MY29-11 (2)
MRC840 (4) W25RT (4)
Y644HS (1) W25VT (4)
Y81KFT (2)
X25RT (4)
Y81KFTMBH (2)
PAT81KFT-18V (2)

(example: YA25U).
W25VT (4)
W25RT (4)
W25RT (4)
8 or
1-1/16
346
U1CRT-1 (2)
U4CABT (2)
Green
11 or
1-7/16
375
U25RT (2)
U2CABT (2)
Pink
12 or
1-7/16
348

Canada: 1-800-387-6487
www.burndy.com
US: 1-800-346-4175
BURNDY
TWO HOLE HYLUG

CODE CONDUCTOR
LONG BARREL WITH
INSPECTION WINDOW
90
T
45
L
Fig. 1
(Continued)
45
90
UL Listed 90 C,
600 Volts to 35 kV
1-800-346-4175
Conductor
Catalog Number
YAZ26-2N
YAZ26-2TC14
YAZ26-2TC14E2
YAZ26-2TC38
YAZ27-2N
YAZ27-2TC14E2
YAZ27-2TC38
YAZ28-2N
YAZ28-2TC14E2
YAZ28-2TC38
YAZ28-2NTC38
Fig
#
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
YAZ29-2N
AWG
***
MM2
2/0 AWG
70
3/0 AWG
4/0 AWG
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
YAZ33-2N
YAZ34-2N
YAZ34-2TC14E2
YAZ34-2TC38
YAZ35-2N
YAZ36-2N
YAZ36-2TC38
YAZ37-2N
YAZ38-2N
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Tongue
Width
.83
.83
.83
.83
.91
.90
.90
1.02
1.02
1.02
1.02
YAZ30-2N
YAZ30-2TC38
YAZ31-2N
YAZ31-2TC14E2
YAZ31-2TC38
YAZ32-2N
YAZ32-2TC38
Stud
Hole
Spacing
1-3/4
5/8
3/4
1
1-3/4
3/4
1
1-3/4
3/4
1
1-3/4
1/2 1-3/4 1.10

250 kcmil
YAZ29-2TC38
Stud
Hole
Size
1/2
1/4
1/4
3/8
1/2
1/4
3/8
1/2
1/4
3/8
3/8
3/8
300 kcmil 150
350 kcmil 185
400 kcmil
450 kcmil
500 kcmil 240

550 kcmil
600 kcmil 300

650 kcmil
700 kcmil
1.10
1/2 1-3/4 1.20

3/8
1
1.20
1/2 1-3/4 1.29
1/4 3/4 1.29
3/8
1
1.29
1/2 1-3/4 1.40
3/8
1
1.40
Figure
Mechanical
Dimensions
Dieless
MD6, OUR840,
(B) (T)
(L)
(# of crimps)
MD7-34R
1.50 .12 4.95
W26VT (4)
1.50 .12 3.20
W26RT (4)
1.50 .12 3.32
MY29-3 (2)
X26RT (4)
1.50 .12 3.76 MY29-11 (2)
1.50 .13 4.98 MRC840 (4) W27VT (4)
1.50 .12 3.36
Y644HS (1) W27RT (4)
1.50 .12 3.80
Y81KFT (2)
X27RT (6)
1.62 .14 5.15 Y81KFTMBH (2)
W28VT (4)
1.62 .14 3.55 PAT81KFT-18V (2)
W28RT (4)
1.62 .14 3.99
X28RT (6)
1.62 .14 4.74
MY29-3 (2)
1.62 .16 5.18 MY29-11(2)
Y644HS (1) W29VT (4)
Y81KFT (2)
X29RT (8)
1.62 .14 3.99 Y81KFTMBH (2)
PAT81KFT-18V (2)
2.00 .16 5.60
W30VT (4)
2.00 .16 4.42
Y644HS (1)
2.00 .18 5.64
Y81KFT (3)
2.00 .18 4.02
W31VT (4)
Y81KFTMBH (3)
2.00 .18 4.45
PAT81KFT-18V (3)
2.12 .19 5.81
W32VT (4)
2.12 .19 4.62
1/2 1-3/4 1.48 2.13 .21 5.89

1/2
1/4
3/8
1/2
1/2
3/8
1/2
1/2

die listings.
1-3/4
3/4
1
1-3/4
1-3/4
1
1-3/4
1-3/4
1.55
1.55
1.55
1.65
1.74
1.74
1.80
1.84
2.25
2.25
2.25
2.63
2.69
2.69
2.81
2.81
.23
.23
.23
.25
.27
.26
.27
.27
W33VT (4)
6.04
4.42
Y644HS (1) W34VT (4)
4.85
Y81KFT (4)
6.45 Y81KFTMBH (4)
6.55 PAT81KFT-18V (4)
5.55
6.70
6.72

(example: YA25U).
Hydraulic
BCT500HS,
Y35, Y39, Y750,
Y500CTHS
Y46*, PAT750
Wire
Color Die Strip
Code Index Length
W26VT (4)
W26RT (4)
X26RT (4)
U26RT (2)
Black
W27VT (4)
W27RT (4)
X27RT (6)
U27RT (2)
Orange 14 1-9/16
W28VT (4)
W28RT (4)
X28RT (6)
U28RT (2)
Purple 15 1-11/16
X29RT (8)
W29VT (4)
W29RT (4)
U29RT (2)
Yellow 16 1-11/16
W30VT (4)
W30RT (4)
U30RT (4)
U28ART (4)
White
17 or
2-1/16
298
W31VT (4)
W31RT (4)
U31RT (4)
U29ART (4)
Red
18 or
2-1/16
324
W32VT (4)
W32RT (4)
W33VT (4)
W33RT (4)
U32RT (4)
U30ART (4)
W34VT (4)
W34RT (4)
U34RT (4)
U31ART (4)
Brown
U35RT (4)
U36RT (4)
U32ART (4)
U37RT (4)
U38RT (4)
Yellow 21
22 or
Green
472
Orange 23
Pink 400
U33RT (4)
13 1-9/16
19 or
2-1/16
470
326 or
Gray
2-5/16
538
Blue
20 or
2-5/16
299
2-11/16
2-3/4
2-7/8
2-7/8

US: 1-800-346-4175
www.burndy.com
Canada: 1-800-387-6487
C-41
BURNDY
C-42
TWO HOLE HYLUG

CODE CONDUCTOR
LONG BARREL WITH
INSPECTION WINDOW
90
T
45
L
Fig. 1
(Continued)
45
90
UL Listed 90 C,
600 Volts to 35 kV
1-800-346-4175
Conductor
Catalog Number
YAZ39-2N
YAZ39-2NT38
YAZ39-2TC38
YAZ39-2NNT
YAZ40-2N
YAZ41-2N
YAZ44-2N
YAZ44-2TC38
YAZ45-2N
YAZ453-2N
YAZ46-2N
YAZ47-2N
YAZ48-2N
Fig
#
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
AWG
***
MM2
750 kcmil
800 kcmil 400

850 kcmil
1000 kcmil 500
1250 kcmil
1300 kcmil
1500 kcmil
1750 kcmil
2000 kcmil
Stud
Hole
Size
1/2
3/8
3/8
1/2
1/2
1/2
1/2
3/8
1/2
1/2
1/2
1/2
1/2

die listings.
Stud
Hole
Spacing
1-3/4
1
1
1-3/4
1-3/4
1-3/4
1-3/4
1
1-3/4
1-3/4
1-3/4
1-3/4
1-3/4
Tongue
Width
1.91
1.63
1.91
1.63
1.98
2.01
2.19
2.19
2.46
2.53
2.69
2.90
3.10
Figure
Mechanical
Dimensions
Dieless
MD6, OUR840,
(B) (T)
(L)
(# of crimps)
MD7-34R
2.88 .27 6.82
2.88 .27 5.82
2.88 .27 5.82

2.88 .27 6.82
2.94 .30 6.89
Y644HS (1)
2.94 .31 6.91
Y81KFT (4)
3.00 .33 7.08
Y81KFTMBH (4)
3.00 .33 6.09

PAT81KFT-18V (4)
3.19 .38 7.38
3.19 .39 7.41
3.19 .40 7.48
3.44 .42 7.82
3.44 .46 7.89

(example: YA25U).
Hydraulic
BCT500HS,
Y35, Y39, Y750,
Y500CTHS
Y46*, PAT750
Wire
Color Die Strip
Code Index Length
U39RT (4)
P39RT (4) **
Black
P40RT (4) **
Orange 25
Gold
P44RT (4) **
White
27 3-1/16
P45RT (6) **
P46RT (6) **
Yellow
Orange
Green
Gray
Brown
29 3-1/4
30 2-1/16
31 3-5/16
33 3-1/2
34 3-1/2
24 2-15/16
3
3

Canada: 1-800-387-6487
www.burndy.com
US: 1-800-346-4175
BURNDY
FOUR HOLE
HYLUG
CODE CONDUCTOR
C-43
TYPE YA
1-800-346-4175
YA-4N
YAB-4N
B
T
90
T
45
Fig. 1
Fig.#
1
1
1
1
1
1
YAB344N
YAB394N
1
1
90
45
Conductor
Catalog
Number
YA444N
YA454N
YA464N
YA47N
YA484N
YA4864N
AWG
1000 kcmil
1250 kcmil
1500 kcmil
1750 kcmil
2000 kcmil
2500 kcmil
***
MM2
500
Stud Hole
Size
1/2
1/2
1/2
1/2
1/2
1/2
Stud Hole
Spacing
1.75
1.75
1.75
1.75
1.75
1.75
Tongue
Width
3
3
3
3.10
3.06
3.46
Tongue
Angle
Straight
Straight
Straight
Straight
Straight
Straight
B
3.00
3.19
3.19
3.44
3.44
4.69
T
.23
.30
.34
.39
.46
.52
L
7.14
7.44
7.55
7.89
7.98
9.38
500 kcmil
750 kcmil
1/2
1/2
1.75
1.75
3.00
3.00
Straight
Straight
2.25
2.88
.25
.25
6.33
7.15

(example YA444NU).
* Use PUADP-1 adaptor with U dies in Y46 HYPRESS.
** P dies for use with Y46 HYPRESS only. PUADP-1
Hydraulic
(Y35, Y39, Y750, Y46*)
*
Color Die
**
Code Index
P44RT
White
27
P45RT Yellow
29
P46RT Green
31
L47RT
Gray
33
L48RT Brown
34
L486RT
U36RT
U39RT
Green
Black
22
24
Wire
Strip
Length
3-1/16
3-1/4
3-1/4
3-1/2
3-1/2
4-3/4
2-1/2
2-15/16
*** The MM2 conductor sizes listed are for Class 2 conductor.
US: 1-800-346-4175
www.burndy.com
Canada: 1-800-387-6487
BURNDY
Copper Compression Flex Inspection Window
DIE AND COLOR

CODE INFORMATION
BEVELED
ENTRY
INSPECTION
WINDOW
TYPES YA-L, YA-L-FX, YAV,

YAV-L-FX
CRIMP
ELECTRO-TIN
PLATED
CABLE
ACCOMMODATION
COPPER COMPRESSION
TERMINAL
UL Listed 90 C,
600 Volts to 35 kV
B
C-44
ONE HOLE HYLUG

FLEX CONDUCTOR
STANDARD BARREL

1-800-346-4175
90
T
T
45
Fig. 1
45
90
Conductor
Catalog Number
YA8CL-BOX
YA8C-L1-BOX
Fig #
1
1
YA8C-L2-BOX
YA8C-L3-BOX
YA8C-L4-BOX
YAV6CL-TC10-FX
YAV6CL-TC12-FX
YAV6CL-TC14-FX
YAV6CL-TC38-FX
YAV6CL-TC516-FX
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
YAV6CL-TC34-FX
YAV4CL-TC10-FX
YAV4CL-TC12-FX
YAV4CL-TC14-FX
YAV4CL-TC38-FX
YAV4CL-TC516-FX
YAV2CL-TC10-FX
YAV2CL-TC12-FX
YAV2CL-TC14-FX
YAV2CL-TC38-FX
YAV2CL-TC516-FX
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
AWG
37/24
#8 Weld
#8 AWG
61/24
#6 Weld
#6 AWG
61/24
#6 Weld
#6 AWG
91/24
105/24
#4 Weld
#4 AWG
125/24
150/24
#2 Weld
#2 AWG
***
MM2
Stud
Hole Tongue
Size Width
8-10 .41
1/4 .44
**
5/16
10
3/8
1/2
8-10
1/2
** 1/4
16 3/8
5/16
Figure
Dimensions
(B)
(T)
(L)
.44 .08 1.16
.44 .08 1.26
.52
.44
.08
.58
.71
.48
.75
.48
.60
.60
.44
.44
.50
.50
.50
.50
.50
.08
.08
.08
.12
.08
.06
0.07
3/4
1.05
.50
.13
10-8
1/2
1/4
3/8
5/16
# 10
1/2
35 1/4
3/8
5/16
.55
.71
.55
.58
.55
.68
.77
.68
.68
.68
.50
.50
.50
.50
.50
.63
.63
.63
.63
.63
.09
.07
.09
.08
.09
.10
0.09
.10
.10
.10
**
16

** The MM2 conductor size listed is for both Class 2 and
Class 5 conductors.
Dieless
(# of crimps)
Mechanical
MD6, OUR840,
MD7-34R
Y1MRTC (1)
Y8MRB-(1)
W8CVT (1)
MY29-11 (1)
1.38
W8CRT (1)
Y81KFT (1)
X8CRT (1)
1.51 Y81KFTMBH (1)
1.76 PAT81KFT-18V (1)
1.30
Y1MRTC (1)
1.86
W5CVT (1)
MY29-11 (1)
1.43
W5CRT (1)
Y81KFT (1)
1.61
X5CRT (1)
Y81KFTMBH (1)
1.49
MY29-11 (1)
Y644HS (1)
2.30 Y81KFT (1) W5CVT (1)
Y81KFTMBH (1)
PAT81KFT-18V (1)
1.32
1.92
W4CVT (1)
1.44
W4CRT (1)
Y1MRTC (2)
1.67
X4CRT (1)
MY29-11 (1)
1.51
Y81KFT (1)
1.50
Y81KFTMBH (1)
2.12
W2CVT (1)
PAT81KFT-18V (1)
1.62
W2CRT (1)
1.81
X2CRT (1)
1.69

Hydraulic
BCT500HS,
Y35, Y39, Y750,
Y500CTHS
Y46*, PAT750
Wire
Color Die Strip
Code Index Length
W8CVT (1)
W8CRT (1)
X8CRT (1)
U8CRT (1)
Red
49
7/16
W5CVT (1)
W5CRT (1)
X5CRT (1)
U5CRT (1)
Blue
1/2
X5CRT (1)
U5CRT (1)
Blue
1/2
W4CVT (1)
W4CRT (1)
X4CRT (1)
U4CRT (1)
Gray
1/2
W2CVT (1)
W2CRT (1)
X2CRT (1)
U2CRT (1)
Brown 10
11/16

Canada: 1-800-387-6487
www.burndy.com
US: 1-800-346-4175
BURNDY
ONE HOLE HYLUG

FLEX CONDUCTOR
STANDARD BARREL
90
T
T
45
Fig. 1
(Continued)
45
90
UL Listed 90 C,
600 Volts to 35 kV
1-800-346-4175
Conductor
Catalog Number
YAV1CL-TC10-FX
YAV1CL-TC12-FX
YAV1CL-TC14-FX
YAV1CL-TC38-FX
YAV1CL-TC516-FX
YAV25L-TC12-FX
YAV25L-TC14-FX
YAV25L-TC38-FX
YAV25L-TC516-FX
YAV26L-TC10-FX
YAV26L-TC12-FX
YAV26L-TC14-FX
YAV26L-TC34-FX
YAV26L-TC38-FX
YAV26L-TC516-FX
YAV26L-TC58-FX
YAV27L-TC10-FX
YAV27L-TC12-FX
YAV27L-TC14-FX
YAV27L-TC38-FX
YAV27L-TC516-FX
YAV28L-TC12-FX
YAV28L-TC14-FX
YAV28L-TC34-FX
YAV28L-TC38-FX
YAV28L-TC516-FX
YAV28L-TC58-FX
YAV29L-TC12-FX
YAV29L-TC14-FX
YAV29L-TC34-FX
YAV29L-TC38-FX
YAV29L-TC516-FX
YAV29L-TC58-FX
YA30L-TC516-FX
YA30L-TC38-FX
YA30L-TC12-FX
YA30L-TC58-FX
YA30L-TC34-FX
Fig #
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
AWG
***
MM2
175/24
225/24
#1 Weld
#1 AWG
275/24
1/0 Weld
1/0 AWG
50
325/24
2/0 Weld
2/0 AWG
70
450/24
3/0 Weld
3/0 AWG
95
550/24
4/0 Weld
4/0 AWG
550/24
4/0 Weld
250 Flex
CLASS G
259 Str.
CLASS H
427 Str.
**
120
Stud
Hole
Size
# 10
1/2
1/4
3/8
5/16
1/2
1/4
3/8
5/16
# 10
1/2
1/4
3/4
3/8
5/16
5/8
# 10
1/2
1/4
3/8
5/16
1/2
1/4
3/4
3/8
5/16
5/8
1/2
1/4
3/4
3/8
5/16
5/8
5/16
3/8
1/2
5/8
3/4
* Use PUADP-1 adapter with U dies in Y46 HYPRESS

** The 16 MM2 is for both Class 2 and Class 5 conductors.
Tongue
Width
.75
.75
75
.75
.75
.83
.83
.83
.83
.93
.93
.93
1.10
.93
.93
.93
1.03
1.03
1.03
1.03
1.03
1.14
1.14
1.14
1.14
1.14
1.14
1.14
1.14
1.14
1.14
1.14
1.14
1.20
1.20
1.20
1.20
1.20
Figure
Dimensions
(B)
(T)
.69 .12
.69 .12
.69 .12
.69 .12
.69 .12
.69 .12
.69 .12
.69 .12
.69 .12
.81 .13
.81 .13
.81 .13
.81 .11
.81 .13
.81 .13
.81 .13
1.00 .14
1.00 .14
1.00 .14
1.00 .14
1.00 .14
1.03 .15
1.03 .15
1.03 .15
1.03 .15
1.03 .15
1.03 .15
1.03 .16
1.03 .16
1.03 .16
1.03 .16
1.03 .16
1.03 .16
1.03 .16
1.03 .16
1.03 .16
1.03 .16
1.03 .16
Dieless
(L)
1.59
2.15
1.71
1.90
1.78
2.19
1.75
1.94
1.77
1.80
2.36
1.92
2.89
2.11
1.98
2.61
2.03
2.59
2.15
2.34
2.21
2.67
2.23
3.11
2.42
2.29
2.92
2.67
2.23
3.11
2.42
2.29
2.92
2.31
2.44
2.69
2.94
3.12
(# of crimps)
Mechanical
MD6, OUR840,
MD7-34R
Hydraulic
BCT500HS,
Y35, Y39, Y750,
Y500CTHS
Y46*, PAT750
Wire
Color Die Strip
Code Index Length
W1CVT (1)
W1CRT-1 (1)
MY29-11 (1)
X1CRT-1 (1)
Y81KFT (1)
Y81KFTMBH (1)
PAT81KFT-18V (1) W25VT (2)
W25RT (2)
X25RT (2)
W1CVT (1)
W1CRT-1 (1)
X1CRT-1 (1)
U1CRT (1)
Green
11
11/16
W25VT (2)
W25RT (2)
X25RT (2)
U25RT (1)
Pink
12
11/16
W26VT (2)
W26RT (2)
X26RT (2)
W26VT (2)
W26RT (2)
X26RT (2)
U26RT (1)
Black
13
13/16
W27VT (2)
W27RT (2)
X27RT (3)
W27VT (2)
W27RT (2)
X27RT (3)
U27RT (1)
Orange 14
W28VT (2)
W28RT (2)
X28RT (3)
U28RT (1)
Purple 15 1-1/16
W29VT (2)
W29RT (2)
X29RT (4)
U29RT (1)
Yellow 16 1-1/16
MY29-11 (1)
Y644HS (1)
W28VT (2)
Y81KFT (1)
W28RT (2)
Y81KFTMBH (1)
X28RT (2)
PAT81KFT-18V (1)
W29VT (2)
X29RT (4)


US: 1-800-346-4175
www.burndy.com
Canada: 1-800-387-6487
C-45
BURNDY
C-46
ONE HOLE HYLUG

FLEX CONDUCTOR
STANDARD BARREL
90
T
T
45
Fig. 1
(Continued)
45
90
UL Listed 90 C,
600 Volts to 35 kV
1-800-346-4175
Conductor
Catalog Number
YA31L-TC14-FX
YA31L-TC516-FX
YA31L-TC38-FX
YA31L-NT12-FX
YA31L-TC12-FX
YA31L-TC58-FX
YA31L-TC34-FX
YA32L-TC38-FX
YA32L-TC12-FX
YA32L-TC58-FX
YA34L-TC516-FX
YA34L-TC38-FX
YA34L-TC12-FX
YA34L-TC58-FX
YA36L-TC12-FX
YA36L-TC58-FX
YA38L-TC12-FX
YA38L-TC58-FX
YA38L-TC516-FX
YA38L-TC38-FX
YA40L-TC516-FX
YA40L-TC38-FX
YA40L-TC12-FX
YA40L-TC58-FX
YA44L-TC12-FX
YA44L-TC58-FX
Fig #
AWG
1
1
1
250 Flex
1
637/24
1
CLASS I, K, M
1
1
1
313.1 kcmil
1
775/24
1
300 Flex
1
373.7 kcmil
1
925/24
1
350 Flex
1
444.4 kcmil
1
450 Flex
1
1100/24
1
535.3 kcmil
1
1325/24
1
500 Flex
1
1
1
646 kcmil
1
1600/24
1
1
777.7 kcmil
1
1925/24
Stud
*** Hole
MM2 Size
1/4
5/16
3/8
150 1/2
1/2
5/8
3/4
3/8
185 1/2
5/8
5/16
3/8
240
1/2
5/8
Tongue
Width
1.29
1.29
1.29
.96
1.29
1.29
1.29
1.40
1.40
1.40
1.55
1.55
1.55
1.55
Figure
Dimensions
(B)
(T)
1.06 .18
1.06 .18
1.06 .18
1.06 .18
1.06 .18
1.06 .18
1.06 .18
1.19 .19
1.19 .19
1.19 .19
1.27 .23
1.27 .23
1.27 .23
1.27 .23
(L)
(# of crimps)
2.31
2.37
2.50
2.75
W30VT (2)
2.75
3.00
3.19
2.68
2.93
W31VT (2)
Y644HS (1)
3.18
Y81KFT (1)
2.74
Y81KFTMBH (1)
2.87
PAT81KFT-18V (1) W32VT (2)
3.12
3.37
1/2
1.74
1.38
.27
3.29
5/8
1/2
5/8
300
5/16
3/8
5/16
3/8
400
1/2
5/8
1/2
500
5/8
1.74
1.84
1.84
1.84
1.84
1.98
1.98
1.98
1.98
2.19
2.19
1.38
1.45
1.45
1.45
1.45
1.42
1.42
1.42
1.42
1.65
1.65
.27
.27
.27
.27
.27
.30
.30
.30
.30
.33
.33
3.54
3.41
3.66
3.03
3.34
3.05
3.38 Y644HS (1)
3.43 Y81KFT (2)
3.68 Y81KFTMBH (2)
3.79 PAT81KFT-18V (2)
4.04

** The 16 MM2 is for both Class 2 and Class 5 conductors.
Dieless
Mechanical
MD6, OUR840,
MD7-34R
Hydraulic
BCT500HS,
Y35, Y39, Y750,
Y500CTHS
Y46*, PAT750
Wire
Color Die Strip
Code Index Length
W30VT (2)
W30RT (2)
U30RT (2)
White
17
1-1/8
W31VT (2)
W31RT (2)
U31RT (2)
Red
18
1-1/4
W32VT (2)
W32RT (2)
U32RT (2)
Blue
19 1-5/16
U34RT (2)
U38XRT (2)
Pink
L99 1-7/16
U39RT (2)
Black
24 1-5/16
U44XRT (2)
Yellow L115 1-5/8

Brown 20
1-3/8

Canada: 1-800-387-6487
www.burndy.com
US: 1-800-346-4175
BURNDY
Copper Compression Flex Standard Barrel Narrow Tongue
ONE HOLE HYLUG

FLEX CONDUCTOR
STANDARD BARREL
NARROW TONGUE
C-47
TYPE YAV-L-NTFX
COPPER COMPRESSION
NARROW TONGUE
TERMINAL
UL Listed 90 C,
600 Volts to 35 kV
90
T
T
45
Fig. 1

1-800-346-4175
45
90
Conductor
Catalog Number
Fig #
YAV4CLNT10FX
YAV2CLNT14FX
YAV2CLNT516FX
YAV25LNT14FX
YAV25LNT516FX
1
1
YAV25LNT38FX
YAV26LNT516FX
YAV26LNT38FX
YAV26LNT12FX
YAV28LNT516FX
YAV28LNT38FX
YAV28LNT12FX
YA31LNT12FX
AWG
***
MM2
#4 AWG
#4 Weld
91/24
105/24
#2 AWG
#2 Weld
125/24
150/24
50
Tongue
Width
Figure
Dimensions
(B)
(T)
(L)
35
1/0 AWG
1/0 Weld
275/24
Stud
Hole
Size
2/0 AWG
2/0 Weld
325/24
#10
.41
.50
.09
1.32
1/4
.46
.63
.10
1.71
5/16
.67
.67
.69
.69
.12
.12
1.75
1.81
.76
.69
.13
1.94
.90
.81
.13
1.98
3/8
.90
.81
.13
2.11
.94
1.03
.15
2.29
3/8
.94
1.03
.15
2.42
1/2
150
1/4
5/16
5/16
250 Flex
637/24
Class
I,K,M
1.78
1/2
.10
5/16
4/0 AWG
4/0 Weld
550/24
.63
3/8
70
.44
.76
1.03
.15
2.67
1/2
.96
1.06
.18
2.75
Consult cable manufacturers for stress relief instructions.

Dieless
(# of crimps)
MY29-11 (1)
Y1MRTC (2)
Y81KFT (1)
Y81KFTMBH (1)
PAT81KFT-18V (1)
Y1MRTC (2)
MY29-11 (1)
Y81KFT (1)
Y81KFTMBH (1)
PAT81KFT-18V (1)
MY29-11 (1)
Y81KFT (1)
Y81KFTMBH (1)
PAT81KFT-18V (1)
MY29-11 (1)
Y644HS (1)
Y81KFT (1)
Y81KFTMBH (1)
PAT81KFT-18V (1)
MY29-11 (1)
Y644HS (1)
Y81KFT (1)
Y81KFTMBH (1)
PAT81KFT-18V (1)
Y644HS (1)
Y81KFT (1)
Y81KFTMBH (1)
PAT81KFT-18V (1)
Mechanical
MD6, OUR840,
MD7-34R
Hydraulic
BCT500HS,
Y35, Y39, Y750,
Y500CTHS
Y46*, PAT750
Wire
Color Die Strip
Code Index Length
W4CRT (1)
X4CRT (1)
W4CVT (1)
W4CRT (1)
W4CVT (1)
X4CRT (1)
U4CRT (1)
W2CVT (1)
W2CRT (1)
X2CRT (1)
W2CVT (1)
W2CRT (1)
X2CRT (1)
U2CRT (1)
W25VT (2)
W25RT (2)
X25RT (2)
W25VT (2)
W25RT (2)
X25RT (2)
U25RT (1)
Pink
12
11/16
W26VT (2)
W26RT (2)
X26RT (2)
W26VT (2)
W26RT (2)
X26RT (2)
U26RT (1)
Black
13
13/16
W28VT (2)
W28RT (2)
X28RT (3)
W28VT (2)
W28RT (2)
X28RT (3)
U28RT (1)
Purple 15 1-1/16
W30VT (2)
W30VT (2)
W30RT (2)
U30RT (2)
White

for -FX connectors.
Gray
Brown 10
17
1/2
11/16
1-1/8
US: 1-800-346-4175
www.burndy.com
Canada: 1-800-387-6487
BURNDY
C-48
ONE HOLE HYLUG

FLEX CONDUCTOR
STANDARD BARREL
NARROW TONGUE
90
T
T
45
Fig. 1
45
90
(Continued)
UL Listed 90 C,
600 Volts to 35 kV
1-800-346-4175
Conductor
Catalog Number
YA32LNT516FX
Fig #
1
YA32LNT38FX
YA38LNT12FX
YA38LNTM20FX
YA44LNT38FX
YA44LNT12FX
AWG
313.1
kcmil
775/24
300 Flex
535.3
kcmil
1325/24
500 Flex
777.7
kcmil
1925/24
750 Flex
***
MM2
Stud
Hole
Size
Tongue
Width
Figure
Dimensions
(B)
(T)
(L)
5/16
.96
1.19
.19
2.65
3/8
.96
1.19
.19
2.68
1/2
1.63
1.45
.27
3.41
M20
1.63
1.45
.27
3.84
3/8
1.50
1.65
.33
3.79
1/2
1.62
1.65
.33
3.98
185
300
500

Dieless
(# of crimps)
Mechanical
MD6, OUR840,
MD7-34R
Y644HS (1)
Y81KFT (1)
W31VT (2)
Y81KFTMBH (1)
PAT81KFT-18V (1)
Y644HS (1)
Y81KFT (1)
Y81KFTMBH (1)
PAT81KFT-18V (1)
Y644HS (1)
Y81KFT (2)
Y81KFTMBH (2)
PAT81KFT-18V (2)

for -FX connectors.
Hydraulic
BCT500HS,
Y35, Y39, Y750,
Y500CTHS
Y46*, PAT750
Wire
Color Die Strip
Code Index Length
W31VT (2)
W31RT (2)
U31RT (2)
Red
18
U38XRT (2)
Pink
L99 1-7/16
U44XRT (2)
1-1/4
Yellow L115 1-5/8
Canada: 1-800-387-6487
www.burndy.com
US: 1-800-346-4175
BURNDY
Copper Compression Flex Standard Barrel No Inspection Window
ONE HOLE HYLUG

FLEX CONDUCTOR
STANDARD BARREL
NO INSPECTION
WINDOW
DIE AND COLOR

CODE INFORMATION
BEVELED ENTRY
C-49
NO INSPECTION
WINDOW
CRIMPS
TYPE YAG-L-TC
FLEXIBLE CONDUCTOR
ACCOMMODATION
COPPER COMPRESSION
TERMINAL
B
UL Listed 90 C,
600 Volts to 35 kV
T
L
Fig. 1
AWG
37/24 #8
Weld 8
AWG
61/24 #6
Weld #6
AWG
91/24
105/24
#4 AWG
#4 Weld
#2 AWG
#2 Weld
125/24
150/24
#1 AWG
#1 Weld
175/24
225/24
***
MM2
10
16
35
1/0 AWG
1/0 Weld
275/24
50
2/0 AWG
2/0 Weld
325/24
70
3/0 AWG
3/0 Weld
450/24
95
4/0 AWG
4/0 Weld
550/24
Stud
Hole Tongue
Size Width
1/4
.44
5/16 .52
1/2
.72
1/4
.48
5/16 .52
3/8
.58
1/2
.75
1/4
.55
5/16 .55
3/8
.58
1/2
.71
1/4
.68
5/16 .68
3/8
.68
1/2
.77
1/4
.75
5/16 .75
3/8
.75
1/2
.75
1/4
.83
5/16 .83
3/8
.83
1/2
.83
1/4
.93
5/16 .93
3/8
.93
1/2
.93
1/4 1.03
5/16 1.03
3/8 1.03
1/2 1.03
1/4 1.14
5/16 1.14
3/8 1.14
1/2 1.14

** The MM2 conductor size referenced here is for Class 5
conductor.
Figure
Dimensions
(B)
(T)
.44
.08
.44
.06
.44
.05
.50
.05
.50
.07
.50
.06
.50
.12
.50
.09
.50
.08
.50
.08
.50
.07
.63
.10
.63
.10
.63
.10
.63
.10
.69
.12
.69
.12
.69
.12
.69
.12
.69
.12
.69
.12
.69
.12
.69
.12
.81
.13
.81
.13
.81
.13
.81
.13
1.00 .14
1.00 .14
1.00 .14
1.00 .14
1.03 .15
1.03 .15
1.03 .15
1.03 .15
(L)
1.32
1.38
1.76
1.43
1.49
1.61
1.86
1.48
1.55
1.67
1.92
1.52
1.64
1.70
1.83
1.73
1.80
1.92
2..17
1.77
1.84
1.96
2.21
1.95
2.01
2.13
2.38
2.18
2.21
2.37
2.62
2.26
2.32
2.45
2.70
90
45
Conductor
Fig #
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
90
T
45

Please contact Customer Service
to order: 1-800-346-4175
Catalog Number
YAG8CLTC14FX
YAG8CLTC516FX
YAG8CLTC12FX
YAG6CLTC14FX
YAG6CLT516FX
YAG6CLTC38FX
YAG6CLTC12FX
YAG4CLTC14FX
YAG4CLTC516FX
YAG4CLTC38FX
YAG4CLTC12FX
YAG2CLTC14FX
YAG2CLTC516FX
YAG2CLTC38FX
YAG2CLTC12FX
YAG1CLTC14FX
YAG1CLTC516FX
YAG1CLTC38FX
YAG1CLTC12FX
YAG25LTC14FX
YAG25LTC516FX
YAG25LTC38FX
YAG25LTC12FX
YAG26LTC14FX
YAG26LTC516FX
YAG26LTC38FX
YAG26LTC12FX
YAG27LTC14FX
YAG27LTC516FX
YAG27LTC38FX
YAG27LTC12FX
YAG28LTC14FX
YAG28LTC516FX
YAG28LTC38FX
YAG28LTC12FX
B
T
Mechanical
Dieless
MD6, OUR840,
(# of crimps)
MD7-34R
W8CRT (1)
MY29-11 (1)
X8CRT (1)
Y1MRTC (1)
W8CVT (1)
Y81KFT (1)
W5CRT (1)
Y81KFTMBH (1)
X5CRT (1)
PAT81KFT-18V (1)
W5CVT (1)
Hydraulic
BCT500HS,
Y35, Y39, Y750,
Y500CTHS
Y46*, PAT750
W8CRT (1)
X8CRT (1)
U8CRT (1)
W8CVT (1)
Wire
Color Die Strip
Code Index Length
Red
49
7/16
U5CRT (1)
Blue
1/2
W4CRT (1)
X4CRT (1)
W4CVT (1)
W4CRT (1)
W4CVT (1)
X4CRT (1)
U4CRT (1)
Gray
1/2
W2CVT (1)
W2CRT (1)
X2CRT (1)
W2CVT (1)
W2CRT (1)
X2CRT (1)
U2CRT (1)
W1CVT (1)
W1CRT (1)
X1CRT (1)
MY29-11 (1)
Y1MRTC (2)
Y81KFT (1)
Y81KFTMBH (1)
PAT81KFT-18V (1)
W5CRT (1)
W5CVT (1)
X5CRT (1)
W1CVT (1)
W1CRT (1)
X1CRT (1)
MY29-11 (1)
Y81KFT (1)
Y81KFTMBH (1)
W25VT (2)
PAT81KFT-18V (1)
W25RT (2)
X25RT (2)
W26VT (2)
W26RT (2)
X26RT (2)
MY29-11 (1)
Y644HS (1)
W27VT (2)
Y81KFT (1)
W27RT (2)
Y81KFTMBH (1) X27RT (3)
PAT81KFT-18V (1)
W28VT (2
W28RT (2)
X28RT (3)
Brown 10
11/16
U1CRT-1 (1)
Green
11
11/16
W25VT (2)
W25RT (2)
X25RT (2)
U25RT (1)
Pink
12
11/16
W26VT (2)
W26RT (2)
X26RT (2)
U26RT (1)
Black
13
13/16
W27VT (2)
W27RT (2)
X27RT (3)
U27RT (1)
Orange 14
W28VT (2
W28RT (2)
X28RT (3)
U28RT (1)
Purple
15
1-1/16

die listings.
US: 1-800-346-4175
www.burndy.com
Canada: 1-800-387-6487
BURNDY
Copper Compression Flex Standard Barrel No Inspection Window
C-50
ONE HOLE HYLUG

FLEX CONDUCTOR
STANDARD BARREL
NO INSPECTION
WINDOW
B
T
90
T
45
L
45
Fig. 1
90
(Continued)
UL Listed 90 C,
600 Volts to 35 kV
1-800-346-4175
Conductor
Catalog Number
YAG29LTC38FX
YAG29LTC12FX
YAG29LTC58FX
YAG30LTC38FX
YAG30LTC12FX
YAG30LTC58FX
YAG31LTC14FX
YAG31LTC516FX
YAG31LTC38FX
YAG31LTC12FX
YAG31LTC58FX
YAG32LTC12FX
YAG32LTC58FX
YAG34LTC516FX
YAG34LTC38FX
YAG34LTC12FX
YAG34LTC58FX
YAG36LTC38FX
YAG38LTC38FX
YAG38LTC516FX
YAG38LTC38FX
YAG38LTC12FX
YAG40LTC14FX
YAG40LTC516FX
YAG40LTC38FX
YAG40LTC12FX
YAG44LTC516FX
YAG44LTC38FX
YAG44LTC12FX
Stud
*** Hole Tongue
2
Fig #
AWG
MM Size Width
1
4/0 AWG
3/8 1.14
1
4/0 Weld
1/2 1.14
1
550/24
5/8 1.14
1
250 Flex
3/8 1.20
1 Class G 259 Str. 1/2 1.20
1 Class H 427 Str.
5/8 1.20
1
1/4 1.29
1
250 Flex
5/16 1.29
1
637/24
150 3/8 1.29
1 Class I,K,M
1/2 1.29
1
5/8 1.29
313.1 kcmil
1
1/2
1.40
775/24
185
1
300 Flex
5/8
1.40
1
5/16 1.55
373.7 kcmil
1
3/8
1.55
925/24
240
1
1/2
1.55
350 Flex
1
5/8
1.55
444.4 kcmil
1
1100/24
3/8
1.73
450 Flex
1
1/4
1.84
535.3 kcmil
1
5/16 1.84
1325/24
300
1
3/8
1.84
500 Flex
1
1/2
1.84
1
1/4
1.96
1
646 kcmil
5/16 1.96
1
1600/24
400 3/8
1.96
1
650 Flex
1/2
1.96
1
777.7 kcmil
5/16 2.18
1
1925/24
500 3/8
2.18
1
750 Flex
1/2
2.18

** The MM2 conductor size referenced here is for Class 5
conductor.
Figure
Dimensions
(B)
(T)
1.03 .16
1.03 .16
1.03 .16
1.03 .16
1.03 .16
1.03 .16
1.06 .18
1.06 .18
1.06 .18
1.06 .18
1.06 .18
(L)
(# of crimps)
2.45
2.70
Y644HS (1)
3.14
Y81KFT (1)
W29VT (2)
2.47 Y81KFTMBH (1) X29RT (4)
2.72 PAT81KFT-18V (1)
2.97
2.35
2.41
2.53
W30VT (2)
2.78
3.06
1.19
.19
2.97
1.19
1.27
1.27
1.27
1.27
.19
.23
.23
.23
.23
3.22
2.78
2.91
3.16
3.41
1.38
.27
3.27
1.45
1.45
1.45
1.45
1.42
1.42
1.42
1.42
1.65
1.65
1.65
.27
.27
.27
.27
.30
.30
.30
.30
.33
.33
.33
3.02
3.08
3.39
3.46
3.04
3.11
3.42
3.48
3.50
3.81
3.85
Dieless
Mechanical
MD6, OUR840,
MD7-34R
Hydraulic
BCT500HS,
Y35, Y39, Y750,
Y500CTHS
Y46*, PAT750
Wire
Color Die Strip
Code Index Length
U29RT (1)
Yellow
16
1-1/16
W30VT (2)
W30RT (2)
U30RT (2)
White
17
1-1/8
W31VT (2)
W31VT (2)
W31RT (2)
U31RT (2)
Red
18
1-1/4
W32VT (2)
W32VT (2)
W32RT (2)
U32RT (2)
Blue
19
1-5/16
U34RT (2)
Brown
20
1-7/16
Y644HS (1)
Y81KFT (1)
Y81KFTMBH (1)
PAT81KFT-18V (1)
W29VT (2)
W29RT (2)
X29RT (4)
U38XRT (2)
Pink
L99
1-7/16
U39RT (2)
Black
24
1-5/16
U44XRT (2)
Yellow L115
Y644HS (1)
Y81KFT (2)
Y81KFTMBH (2)
PAT81KFT-18V (2)
1-5/8

die listings.
Canada: 1-800-387-6487
www.burndy.com
US: 1-800-346-4175
BURNDY
Copper Compression Flex Belled End Inspection Window
ONE HOLE HYLUG

FLEX CONDUCTOR
STANDARD BARREL
BELLED END
DIE AND COLOR

CODE INFORMATION
BELLED END
ASSISTS FLEXIBLE
WIRE INSERTION
C-51
INSPECTION
WINDOW
TYPE YA-LB
CRIMPS
COPPER COMPRESSION
TERMINAL
ELECTRO-TIN
PLATED
FLEXIBLE CONDUCTOR
ACCOMMODATION
UL Listed 90 C,
600 Volts to 35 kV
Catalog
Number
YA8C-LB
YA5C-LB
YA4C-LB
YA3C-LB
YA2C-LB
YA1C-LB
YA25-LB
YA26-LB
YA27-LB
YA28-LB
YA29-LB
YA30-LB
YA31-LB
YA32-LB
YA34-LB
YA36-LB
YA38-LB
YA39-LB
YA40-LB
YA44-LB
Flexible
Conductor
Size
AWG/kcmil
8
6
5
4
3
2
1
1/0
2/0
3/0
4/0
4/0
250
250
262.2
300
313.1
350
373.7
400
444.4
450
500
535.3
550
600
650
750
777.7
49
133
259
259
259
427
427
427
Stranding Class (Size of Strand)

Battery
Welding
I
Cable K
Cable M
H (#24 Str.) (#30 Str.)
(#34 Str.) Locomotive
Number of Strands
Cable
41
168
420
37/24
63
266
665
61/24
84
336
836
91/24
133
105
420
1064
105/24
133
532
1323
125/24
161
665
1666
150/24
210
836
2107
225/24
266
1064
2646
275/24
259
342
1323
3325
325/24
418
1666
4256
450/24
532
2107
5320
550/24
427
637
2499
6384
650/24
427
735
2989
7851
775/24
3458
8806
925/24
427
980
1100/24
1127
4522
11396
12691
1325/24
703
1372
5054
13664
703
1470
14945
1600/24
5985
1596
703
1925/24
Installation
Tooling
Dieless
(# of crimps)
Die
Index
1013
1014
1015
1016
1017
1018
1019
1020
1021
1022
1023
Dimensions
B
L
.41
1.12
.44
1.73
.50
1.92
.55
1.94
.61
1.97
.68
2.02
.75
2.26
.83
2.61
.91
2.67
1.02
2.77
1.11
2.82
1024
1.20
2.93
1-3/16
1025
1.29
3.31
1-1/4
1026
1.40
3.56
1-7/16
1027
1.52
3.83
1-3/4
1028
1.69
4.31
1029
1.81
4.27
1030
1.89
4.27
1031
1.95
4.27
1032
2.17
4.5
Bolt
Size
10
Wire
Strip
Length
7/16
1/4
7/8
5/16
5/16
3/8
1
1-1/16
1/2
1-1/8
Y81KFT (1)
Y81KFTMBH (1)
PAT81KFT-18 (1)
5/8
1-15/16
Y81KFT (2)
Y81KFTMBH (2)
PAT81KFT-18 (2)
US: 1-800-346-4175
www.burndy.com
Canada: 1-800-387-6487
BURNDY
Copper Compression Flex Long Barrel Inspection Window
DIE AND COLOR

CODE INFORMATION
BEVELED
ENTRY
INSPECTION
WINDOW
CRIMP
ELECTRO-TIN
PLATED
TYPES YAZ, YAZV
CABLE
ACCOMMODATION
COPPER COMPRESSION
TERMINAL
UL Listed 90 C,
600 Volts to 35 kV
C-52
ONE HOLE HYLUG

FLEX CONDUCTOR
LONG BARREL WITH
INSPECTION WINDOW

1-800-346-4175
Fig #
YAZ8CTC10
YAZ8CTC14
AWG
***
MM2
Stud
Hole
Size
Fig. 1
45
90
Tongue
Width
Figure
Dimensions
(B)
(T)
(L)
# 10
37/24
#8 Weld
#8 AWG
**
10
.41
.75
.08
1.58
1/4
.44
.75
.08
1.58
YAZ8CTC38
3/8
.58
.75
.06
1.89
YAZV6CTC14FX
1/4
.48
.75
.08
2.03
YAZV6CTC38FX
YAZV4CTC14FX
YAZV4CTC38FX
YAZV2CTC14FX
61/24
#6 Weld
#6 AWG
**
16
91/24
105/24
#4 Weld
#4 AWG
YAZV2CTC38FX
125/24
150/24
#2 Weld
YAZV2CTC12FX
3/8
.75
.06
1.77
.55
1.25
.09
.58
1.25
.08
1/4
.68
1.38
.10
3/8
.68
1.38
.10
1/2
.83
1.38
.09
1.38
.12
.
YAZV1CTC14FX
175/24
Dieless
(# of crimps)
Y1MRTC (2)
Y8MRB-1 (2)
MY29-3 (2)
MY29-11 (2)
MRC840 (2)
Y81KFT (1)
Y81KFTMBH (1)
PAT81KFT-18V (1)
Y1MRTC (2)
MY29-3 (2)
MY29-11 (2)
MRC840 (2)
Y644HS (1)
Y81KFT (1)
Y81KFTMBH (1)
PAT81KFT-18V (1)
2.21
3/8
#2 AWG
.58
1/4
35
1/4

** The MM2 conductor size referenced here is for both Class
2 and Class 5 conductor.
45
Mechanical
MD6, OUR840,
MD7-34R
Hydraulic
BCT500HS,
Y35, Y39, Y750,
Y500CTHS
Y46*, PAT750
W8CVT (2)
W8CRT (2)
X8CRT (2)
W8CVT (2)
W8CRT (2)
X8CRT (2)
U8CRT (2)
Red
49
7/16
W5CVT (2)
W5CRT (2)
X5CRT (2)
W5CVT (2)
W5CRT (2)
X5CRT (2)
U5CRT (2)
Blue
1-3/16
W4CVT (2)
W4CRT (2)
X4CRT (2)
W4CVT (2)
W4CRT (2)
X4CRT (2)
U4CRT (2)
Gray
1-5/16
W2CVT (2)
W2CRT (2)
X2CRT (2)
W2CVT (2)
W2CRT (2)
X2CRT (2)
U2CRT (2)
Brown 10 1-7/16
Conductor
Catalog Number
B
90
75
Y1MRTC (4)
MY29-3 (2)
2.39 MY29-11 (2)
MRC840 (2)
2.39 Y644HS (1)
Y81KFT (1)
2.57 Y81KFTMBH (1)
PAT81KFT-18V (1)
3.01
MY29-3 (2)
MY29-11 (2)
MRC840 (2)
2.42 Y644HS (1)
Y81KFT (1)
Y81KFTMBH (1)
PAT81KFT-18V (1)
W1CRT-1 (2) W1CRT-1 (2)

W1CVT (2) W1CVT (2)
X1CRT-1 (2) X1CRT-1 (2)

U1CRT-1 (2)
Wire
Color Die Strip
Code Index Length
Green
11
11/16

Canada: 1-800-387-6487
www.burndy.com
US: 1-800-346-4175
BURNDY
ONE HOLE HYLUG

FLEX CONDUCTOR
LONG BARREL WITH
INSPECTION WINDOW
T
L
Fig. 1
45
Conductor
YAZV1CTC516FX
YAZV1CTC38FX
YAZV25TC14FX
YAZV25TC38FX
YAZV25TC12FX
YAZV26TC14FX
YAZV26TC38FX
YAZV26TC12FX
1
1
1
1
1
1
YAZV27TC38FX
YAZV28NT38FX
YAZV28TC38FX
YAZV28TC12FX
1
1
1
YAZV29NT516FX
YAZ30TC38FX
YAZ31TC38FX
YAZ32TC38FX
YAZ34NT38FX
YAZ34TC38FX
YAZ34TC12FX
1
1
1
YAZ36TC38FX
YAZ38NT38FX
YAZ38TC38FX
YAZ38NT12FX
YAZ38TC12FX
1
1
1
1
T
L
90

1-800-346-4175
UL Listed 90 C,
600 Volts to 35 kV
Fig #
45
(Continued)
Catalog Number
B
90
AWG
225/24
#1 Weld
#1 AWG
275/24
1/0 Weld
1/0 AWG
325/24
2/0 Weld
2/0 AWG
450/24
3/0 Weld
3/0 AWG
550/24
4/0 Weld
4/0 AWG
550/24
4/0 Weld
***
MM2
Stud
Hole
Size
Tongue
Width
Figure
Dimensions
(B)
(T)
(L)
5/16
.75
1.38
.12
3/8
.75
1.38
.12
1/4
3/8
1/2
1/4
3/8
1/2
.83
.83
.83
.93
.93
.93
1.50
1.50
1.50
1.50
1.50
1.50
.12
.12
.12
.13
.13
.13
3/8
1.03
1.50
.14
3/8
**
3/8
120
1/2
.94
1.14
1.14
1.62
1.62
1.62
.14
.14
.14
5/16
.96
2.00
.16
3/8
1.20
2.00
.16
50
70
95
Dieless
(# of crimps)
Mechanical
MD6, OUR840,
MD7-34R
Hydraulic
BCT500HS,
Y35, Y39, Y750,
Y500CTHS
Y46*, PAT750
Y644HS (1)
2.47
W1CRT-1 (2) W1CRT-1 (2)
Y81KFT (1)
W1CVT (2) W1CVT (2)
Y81KFTMBH (1)
2.60
X1CRT-1 (2) X1CRT-1 (2)
PAT81KFT-18V (1)
2.58
W25VT (4) W25VT (4)
2.76
W25RT (4) W25RT (4)
3.20
X25RT (4) X25RT (4)
2.58
W26VT (4) W26VT (4)
2.76
W26RT (4) W26RT (4)
3.20 MY29-11 (2) X26RT (4) X26RT (4)
Y644HS (1) W27RT (4) W27RT (4)
2.80 Y81KFT (2) W27VT (4) W27VT (4)
Y81KFTMBH (2) X27RT (4) X27RT (4)
2.96 PAT81KFT-18V (2) W28VT (4) W28VT (4)
2.96
W28RT (4) W28RT (4)
3.18
X28RT (6) X28RT (6)
W29RT (4)
W29VT (4)
2.87
W29VT (4)
X29RT (8)
X29RT (8)
W29RT (4)
W29VT (4)
3.42
W29VT (4)
X29RT (8)
X29RT (8)
Wire
Color Die Strip
Code Index Length
U1CRT-1 (2)
Green
11 1-7/16
U25RT (2)
Pink
12 1-9/16
U26RT (2)
Black
13 1-9/16
U27RT (2)
Orange 14 1-9/16
U28RT (2)
Purple 15 1-11/16
U29RT (2)
Yellow 16 2-1/16
U29RT (2)
Yellow 16 2-1/16
W30VT (4)
W30RT (4)
U30RT (4)
White
17 2-1/16
W31VT (4)
W31RT (4)
U31RT (4)
Blue
19 2-3/16
W32VT (4)
W32RT (4)
U32RT (4)
Blue
19 2-5/16
250 Flex
CLASS G 259 Str.
CLASS H 427 Str
262.2 Flex
637/24
CLASS I, K, M
775/24
313.1 kcmil
300 Flex
925/24
373.3 kcmil
350 Flex
1100/24
444.4 kcmil
450 Flex
150 3/8
1.28
2.00
.18
3.45
185 3/8
1.55
2.12
.19
3.62
3/8
240 3/8
1/2
.96
1.52
1.52
2.25
2.25
2.25
.23
.23
.23
W31VT (4)
Y644HS (1)
Y81KFT (2)
3.85
Y81KFTMBH (2)
3.85
W32VT (4)
PAT81KFT-18V (2)
4.29
3/8
1.72
2.69
.26
4.55
U34RT (4)
Brown 20
1325/24
535.3 kcmil
500 Flex
3/8
3/8
300
1/2
1/2
1.63
1.81
1.63
1.81
2.81
2.81
2.81
2.81
.27
.27
.27
.27
4.72
4.72
4.97
4.97
U38XRT (4)
Pink

** The 120 MM2 referenced here is for both Class 2 and
Class 5 conductor.
W30VT (4)

for -FX connectors. For nest/indentor system contact
factory.
2-3/4
L99 2-7/8

US: 1-800-346-4175
www.burndy.com
Canada: 1-800-387-6487
C-53
BURNDY
Copper Compression Flex Long Barrel Belled End No Inspection Window
BELLED END
ASSISTS FLEXIBLE
WIRE INSERTION
DIE AND COLOR

CODE INFORMATION
NO INSPECTION
WINDOW
CRIMPS
ELECTRO-TIN
PLATED
TYPES YA-TC-FXB,
YAV-TC-FXB
UL Listed 90 C,
600 Volts to 35 kV
FLEXIBLE CONDUCTOR
ACCOMMODATION
C-54
ONE HOLE HYLUG

FLEX CONDUCTOR
LONG BARREL
BELLED END
90
T
T
L
Fig. 1
Fig #
YA8C-TC14-FXB
YAV6C-TC10-FXB
YAV6C-TC14-FXB
YAV5C-TC14-FXB
YAV4C-TC10-FXB
AWG
***
MM2
37/24 #8 Weld
8 AWG
**
10
61/24 #6 Weld
#6 AWG
91/24 #5 Str.
**
16
YAV4C-TC516-FXB
#5 AWG
1.22
.08
1.90
.
2.11
.44
1.22
.07
2.11
.55
1.22
.09
2.03
1/4
.55
1.22
.09
2.16
.63
1.22
.09
2.22
.67
1.35
.10
8-10
1
1
48
1.76
5/16
YAV1C-TC516-FXB
.08
8-10
91/24 105/24
#4 Weld
#4 AWG
125/24 150/24
#2 Weld #2 AWG
YAV1C-TC10-FXB
.90
1/4
YAV2C-TC516-FXB
.41
1/4
YAV2C-TC10-FXB
1/4
Tongue
Width
Figure
Dimensions
(B)
(T)
(L)
8-10
YAV4C-TC14-FXB
Stud
Hole
Size
35
2.23
5/16
2.42
8-10
175/24 225/24
#1 Weld #1AWG
2.40
.69
5/16

** The MM2 conductor sizes referenced here are for both
Class 2 and Class 5 conductor.
1.50
90
45
Hydraulic
BCT500HS,
Y35, Y39, Y750
Y500CTHS
Y46*, PAT750
Wire
Color Die Strip
Code Index Length
W8CVT (2)
W8CVT (2)
U8CRT (2)
Red
49
W5CVT (2)
W5CVT (2)
U5CRT (2)
Blue
1-5/16
W5CVT (2)
W5CVT (2)
U5CRT (2)
Blue
1-5/16
W4CVT (2)
W4CVT (2)
U4CRT (2)
Gray
1-5/16
W2CVT (2)
W2CVT (2)
U2CRT (2)
Brown 10 1-7/16
W1CVT (2)
W1CVT (2)
U1CRT-1 (2)
Conductor
Catalog Number
45

Please contact
Customer Service
to order:
1-800-346-4175
.12
2.59
Dieless
(# of crimps)
MRC840 (2)
MY29-11 (2)
Y1MRTC (2)
Y81KFT (1)
Y81KFTMBH (1)
PAT81KFT-18V (1)
MY29-11 (2)
Y1MRTC (2)
Y644HS (1)
Y81KFT (1)
Y81KFTMBH (1)
PAT81KFT-18V (1)
MY29-11 (2)
Y1MRTC (2)
Y644HS (1)
Y81KFT (1)
Y81KFTMBH (1)
PAT81KFT-18V (1)
MY29-11 (2)
Y1MRTC (4)
Y644HS (1)
Y81KFT (1)
Y81KFTMBH (1)
PAT81KFT-18V (1)
MY29-11 (2)
Y1MRTC (4)
Y644HS (1)
Y81KFT (1)
Y81KFTMBH (1)
PAT81KFT-18V (1)
MY29-11 (2)
Y644HS (1)
Y81KFT (1)
Y81KFTMBH (1)
PAT81KFT-18V (1)
Mechanical
MD6, OUR840,
MD7-34R
P44RT for use with Y46 HYPRESS only.

PUADP-1 adapter not required.
Green
11 1-9/16

factory.
Canada: 1-800-387-6487
www.burndy.com
US: 1-800-346-4175
BURNDY
ONE HOLE HYLUG

FLEX CONDUCTOR
LONG BARREL
BELLED END
C-55
90
T
45
L
Fig. 1
45
90
(Continued)
1-800-346-4175
UL Listed 90 C,
600 Volts to 35 kV
Hydraulic
BCT500HS,
Y35, Y39, Y750
Y500CTHS
Y46*, PAT750
Wire
Color Die Strip
Code Index Length
W25VT (4)
W25VT (4)
U25RT (2)
Pink
12 1-9/16
W26VT (4)
W26VT (4)
U26RT (2)
Black
13 1-13/16
W27VT (4)
W27VT (4)
U27RT (2)
Orange
14 1-13/16
W28VT (4)
W28VT (4)
U28RT (2)
Purple
15
1-7/8
W29VT (4)
W29VT (4)
U29RT (2)
Yellow 16
2-1/4
W30VT (4)
W30VT (4)
U30RT (4)
White 17
2-1/4
W31VT (4)
W31VT (4)
U31RT (4)
Red
18
W32VT (4)
U32RT (4)
Blue
19 2-9/16
U34RT (4)
Brown 20 3-1/16
Conductor
Catalog Number
YAV25-TC10-FXB
YAV25-TC516-FXB
YAV25-TC38-FXB
Fig #
1
1
1
YAV25-TC12-FXB
YAV26-TC38-FXB
AWG
Stud
*** Hole Tongue
2
MM Size Width
8-10
5/16
50 3/8 .83
275/24
1/0 Weld
1/0 AWG
Figure
Dimensions
(B)
(T)
(L)
2.44
2.63
1.50 .12 2.75
1/2
3/8
352/24 2/0 Weld

2/0 AWG
95
2.94
70
3/0 AWG
450/24 3/0 Weld
3.19
.93
1.63
.13
YAV26-TC12-FXB
YAV27-TC12-FXB
YAV28-TC38-FXB
YAV28-TC12-FXB
YA30-TC12-FXB
Class G 259 str.

Class H 427 str.
250 Flex
1/2
1.20
2.16
.16
4.02
YA31-TC12-FXB
637/24
Class I,K,M
150 1/2
1.28
2.18
.18
4.08
YA32-TC12-FXB
313.1 kcmil
185 1/2
1.38
2.32
.19
YA34-TC12-FXB
240 1/2
1.50
2.48
.23
YA36-TC12-FXB
YA36-TC58-FXB
1
1
1/2
5/8
1.69
2.95
.26
YA38-TC58-FXB
300 5/8
1.81
3.08
.27
YA40-TC58-FXB
646 kcmil - 1600/24
400 5/8
1.95
3.24
.30
YA44-TC58-FXB
777.7 kcmil - 1925/24 500 5/8
2.17
3.33
.33
YA46-TC58-FXB
1111 kcmil
2.69
3.58
.39
373.7 kcmil
925/24
444.4 kcmil
1100/24
535.3 kcmil
1325/24
**
120
1/2
3.37
(# of crimps)
MY29-11 (2)
Y644HS (1)
Y81KFT (2)
Y81KFTMBH (2)
PAT81KFT-18V (2)
MY29-11 (2)
Y644HS (1)
Y81KFT (2)
Y81KFTMBH (2)
PAT81KFT-18V (2)
MY29-11 (2)
Y644HS (1)
Y81KFT (2)
Y81KFTMBH (2)
PAT81KFT-18V (2)
MY29-11 (2)
Y644HS (1)
Y81KFT (2)
Y81KFTMBH (2)
PAT81KFT-18V (2)
Y644HS (1)
Y81KFT (2)
Y81KFTMBH (2)
PAT81KFT-18V (2)
Y644HS (1)
Y81KFT (2)
Y81KFTMBH (2)
PAT81KFT-18V (2)
4.28
550/24 4/0 Weld

4/0 AWG
250 Flex
1/2
Dieless
1.10
1.64
.14
3/8
3.17
1.12
1.77
.14
1/2
5/8

** The 16 MM2 and 120 MM2 referenced here are for both
Class 2 and Class 5 conductor.
3.43
3.61
Mechanical
MD6, OUR840,
MD7-34R
Y644HS (1)
W32VT (4)
Y81KFT (2)
5.09 Y81KFTMBH (2)
5.15 PAT81KFT-18V (2)
4.54
5.32
Y644HS (1)
Y81KFT (3)
Y81KFTMBH (3)
PAT81KFT-18V (3)
Y644HS (1)
Y81KFT (3)
5.71
Y81KFTMBH (3)
PAT81KFT-18V (3)
6.19
5.53
2-1/4
U38XRT (4)
Pink
L99 3-3/16
U39RT (4)
Black
24 3-5/16
U44XRT (4)
Yellow L115 3-7/16
**P45RT (4)
Yellow 29 3-11/16
P44RT for use with Y46 HYPRESS only.


factory.
US: 1-800-346-4175
www.burndy.com
Canada: 1-800-387-6487
BURNDY
COLOR CODE AND

DIE INFORMATION
BEVELED
ENTRY
INSPECTION
WINDOW
TYPES YA-L-2TC, YA-L-2TC-FX,

YAV-L-2TC-FX
COPPER COMPRESSION
TERMINAL
CRIMP
ELECTRO-TIN
PLATED
CABLE
ACCOMMODATION

UL Listed 90 C,
600 Volts to 35 kV
1-800-346-4175
C-56
TWO HOLE HYLUG

FLEX CONDUCTOR
STANDARD BARREL
Fig. 1
Catalog Number
YA8C-L2TC10
YA8C-L2TC14
YA8C-L2TC14E1
YA8C-L2TC14E2
YA8C-L2TC38
1
1
1
YAV6C-L2TC10-FX
AWG
***
MM2
YAV6C-L2TC10E2-FX
YAV6C-L2TC10E4-FX
YAV6C-L2TC10E9-FX
YAV6C-L2TC14-FX
YAV6C-L2TC14E2-FX
YAV6C-L2TC14E1-FX
YAV6C-L2TC516-FX
YAV6C-L2TC38-FX
YAV6C-L2NTC-FX
YAV4C-L2NT10-FX
YAV4C-L2NT10E1-FX
YAV4C-L2TC14-FX
YAV4C-L2TC14E2-FX
YAV4C-L2TC14E1-FX
YAV4C-L2TC516-FX
YAV4C-L2TC38-FX
YAV4C-L2NTC-FX
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Stud Stud
Hole Hole Tongue
Size Spacing Width
Figure
Dimensions
(B) (T)
(L)
# 10
61/24
#6 Weld
#6 AWG
**
16
61/24
#6 Weld
#6 AWG
**
16
91/24
105/24
#4 Weld
#4 AWG
.44 .08 1.84
1/4
5/8
.44
.44 .08 1.95
1/4
1/4
3/8
**
10
.41
1
3/4
1
.44
.44
.58
.44 .08 2.33

.44 .08 2.08
.44 .06 2.52
# 10
37/24
#8 Weld
#8 AWG
5/8
5/8
.44
.50 .07 1.94
# 10
3/4
.48
.50 .08 2.06
.44
.48
.48
.48
.48
.52
.58
.83
.41
.41
.55
.55
.55
.55
.58
.83
.50
.50
.50
.50
.50
.50
.50
.50
.50
.50
.50
.50
.50
.50
.50
.50
# 10 11/16
# 10 1/2
1/4 5/8
1/4 3/4
1/4
1
5/16
1
3/8
1
1/2 1-3/4
# 10 5/8
# 10
1
1/4 5/8
1/4 3/4
1/4
1
5/16
1
3/8
1
1/2 1-3/4

.07
.08
.08
.08
.08
.07
.06
.12
.09
.09
.09
.09
.09
.09
.08
.12
90
45
Conductor
Fig
#
Dieless
(# of crimps)
MRC840 (1)
MY29-3 (1)
MY29-11 (1)
Y8MRB-1 (1)
Y1MRTC (1)
Y81KFT (1)
Y81KFTMBH (1)
PAT81KFT-18V (1)
MRC840 (1)
MY29-11 (1)
Y1MRTC (1)
Y81KFT (1)
Y81KFTMBH (1)
PAT81KFT-18V (1)
2.00
1.81
2.06
MY29-11 (1)
2.19
Y1MRTC (1)
2.44
Y81KFT (1)
2.50
Y81KFTMBH (1)
2.62
PAT81KFT-18V (1)
3.81
1.95
2.33
MY29-11 (1)
2.08
Y1MRTC (2)
2.20
Y81KFT (1)
2.45
Y81KFTMBH (1)
2.52
PAT81KFT-18V (1)
2.68
3.87
Mechanical
MD6, OUR840,
MD7-34R
Hydraulic
BCT500HS,
Y35, Y39, Y750,
Y500CTHS
Y46*, PAT750
Wire
Color Die Strip
Code Index Length
W8CVT (1)
W8CRT (1)
X8CRT (1)
W8CVT (1)
W8CRT (1)
X8CRT (1)
U8CRT (1)
Red
49
7/16
W5CVT (1)
W5CRT (1)
X5CRT (1)
W5CVT (1)
W5CRT (1)
X5CRT (1)
U5CRT (1)
Blue
1/2
W5CVT (1)
W5CRT (1)
X5CRT (1)
W5CVT (1)
W5CRT (1)
X5CRT (1)
U5CRT (1)
Blue
7/16
W4CVT (1)
W4CRT (1)
X4CRT (1)
W4CVT (1)
W4CRT (1)
X4CRT (1)
U4CRT (1)
Gray
1/2


Canada: 1-800-387-6487
www.burndy.com
US: 1-800-346-4175
BURNDY
TWO HOLE HYLUG

FLEX CONDUCTOR
STANDARD BARREL
(Continued)
Catalog Number
YAV2C-L2TC14-FX
YAV2C-L2TC14E2-FX
YAV2C-L2TC14E1-FX
YAV2C-L2TC516-FX
YAV2C-L2TC38-FX
YAV2C-L2NTC-FX
YAV1C-L2TC14-FX
YAV1C-L2TC14E1-FX
YAV1C-L2TC14E2-FX
YAV1C-L2TC516-FX
YAV1C-L2TC38-FX
YAV1C-L2NTC-FX
YAV25-L2TC14-FX
YAV25-L2TC14E2-FX
YAV25-L2TC516E2-FX
YAV25-L2TC516-FX
YAV25-L2TC38-FX
YAV25-L2TC12E1-FX
YAV25-L2NTC-FX
YAV26-L2TC14-FX
YAV26-L2TC14E2-FX
YAV26-L2TC516-FX
YAV26-L2TC38-FX
YAV26-L2TC12E1-FX
YAV26-L2NTC-FX
YAV27-L2TC14-FX
YAV27-L2TC38-FX
YAV27-L2TC-FX
YAV28-L2TC14E2-FX
YAV28-L2TC14-FX
YAV28-L2TC516-FX
YAV28-L2TC38-FX
YAV28-L2NTC-FX
YAV28-L2TC14E2
YAV28-L2NT38-FX
YAV28-LTC12E1-FX
YAV28-L2TC12-FX
YAV28-L2NTC-FX
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
90

1-800-346-4175
Conductor
Fig
#
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
C-57
45
Fig. 1
UL Listed 90 C,
600 Volts to 35 kV
B
T
AWG
125/24
150/24
#2 Weld
#2 AWG
175/24
225/24
#1 Weld
#1 AWG
***
MM2
35
275/24
1/0 Weld
1/0 AWG
50
275/24
1/0 AWG
1/0 Weld
50
325/24
2/0 Weld
2/0 AWG
70
450/24
3/0 Weld
3/0 AWG
95
550/24
4/0 Weld
4/0 AWG
**
120
Stud Stud
Hole Hole Tongue
Size Spacing Width
1/4 5/8
.68
1/4 3/4
.68
1/4
1
.68
5/16
1
.68
3/8
1
.68
1/2 1-3/4 .83
1/4 5/8
.75
1/4
1
.75
1/4 3/4
.75
5/16
1
.75
3/8
1
.75
1/2 1-3/4 .83
1/4 5/8
.83
1/4 3/4
.83
5/16 3/4
.83
5/16
1
.83
3/8
1
.83
1/2
1
.83
Figure
Dimensions
Dieless
(B) (T)
(L)
(# of crimps)
.63 .10 2.26
MY29-11 (1)
.63 .10 2.38
Y1MRTC (2)
.63 .10 2.63
Y81KFT (1)
.63 .10 2.71
Y81KFTMBH (1)
.63 .10 2.82
PAT81KFT-18V (1)
.63 .08 4.07
.69 .12 2.35
.69 .12 2.71
.69 .12 2.47
.69 .12 2.79
.69 .12 2.91
MY29-11 (1)
.69 .11 4.10
Y81KFT (1)
.69 .12 2.39 Y81KFTMBH (1)
.69 .12 2.51 PAT81KFT-18V (1)
.69 .12 2.57
.69 .12 2.82
.69 .12 2.95
.69 .12 3.20
1/2
1-3/4
.83
.69 .12 4.14
1/4
1/4
5/16
3/8
1/2
1/2
1/4
3/8
1/2
1/4
1/4
5/16
3/8
1/2
1/4
3/8
1/2
1/2
1/2
5/8
3/4
1
1
1
1-3/4
5/8
1
1-3/4
3/4
5/8
1
1
1-3/4
3/4
1
1
1-1/4
1-3/4
.93
.93
.93
.93
.93
.93
1.03
1.03
1.03
1.12
1.12
1.12
1.12
1.20
1.14
.94
1.14
1.14
1.14
.81
.81
.81
.81
.81
.81
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.03
1.03
1.03
1.03
1.03
1.03
1.03
1.03
1.03
1.03

Class 5 conductor.
.13
.13
.13
.13
.13
.13
.14
.14
.14
.15
.15
.15
.15
.15
.15
.15
.15
.15
.15
2.56
2.68
2.99
3.12
3.37
4.31
MY29-11 (1)
2.83
Y644HS (1)
3.35
Y81KFT (1)
4.54
Y81KFTMBH (1)
2.91
PAT81KFT-18V (1)
2.86
3.30
3.43
4.18
2.99
3.44
3.68
3.93
4.62
Mechanical
MD6, OUR840,
MD7-34R
Hydraulic
BCT500HS,
Y35, Y39, Y750,
Y500CTHS
Y46*, PAT750
Wire
Color Die Strip
Code Index Length
W2CVT (1)
W2CRT (1)
X2CRT (1)
W2CVT (1)
W2CRT (1)
X2CRT (1)
U2CRT (1)
Brown
10
11/16
W1CVT (1)
W1CRT-1 (1)
X1CRT-1 (1)
W1CVT (1)
W1CRT-1 (1)
X1CRT-1 (1)
U1CRT-1 (1)
Green
11
11/16
W25VT (2)
W25RT (2)
X25RT (2)
W25VT (2)
W25RT (2)
X25RT (2)
U25RT (1)
Pink
12
11/16
W25VT (2)
W25VT (2)
U25RT (1)
Pink
12
11/16
W26VT (2)
W26RT (2)
X26RT (2)
W26VT (2)
W26RT (2)
X26RT (2)
U26RT (1)
Black
13
13/16
W27VT (2)
W27RT (2)
X27RT (3)
W27VT (2)
W27RT (2)
X27RT (3)
U27RT (1)
Orange
14
W28VT (2)
W28RT (2)
X28RT (3)
W28VT (2)
W28RT (2)
X28RT (3)
U28RT (1)
Purple
15
1-1/16


US: 1-800-346-4175
www.burndy.com
Canada: 1-800-387-6487
BURNDY
C-58
TWO HOLE HYLUG

FLEX CONDUCTOR
STANDARD BARREL
(Continued)
45
Fig. 1
UL Listed 90 C,
600 Volts to 35 kV
Catalog Number
YAV29-L2TC14E2-FX
YAV29-L2TC14-FX
YAV29-L2TC516-FX
YAV29-L2TC38-FX
YAV29-L2NTC-FX
YAV29-L2NT38-FX
YAV29-LTC12E1-FX
YAV29-L2TC12-FX
YA30-L2TC38-FX
YA30-L2TC12-FX
YA30-L2NTC-FX
YA31-L2TC38-FX
YA31-L2TC12-FX
YA31-L2NTC-FX
YA31-L2NTC38-FX
YA32-L2TC38-FX
YA32-L2NTC-FX
YA34-L2TC38-FX
YA34-L2TC12-FX
YA34-L2NTC-FX
YA34-L2TC516-FX
YA34-L2NT38-FX
YA34-L2NTC38-FX
YA36-L2TC38-FX
YA36-L2NTC-FX
YA38-L2TC38-FX
YA38-L2TC12-FX
YA38-L2NTC-FX
YA38-L2TC516-FX
YA38-L2NT38-FX
YA38-L2NNT-FX
YA39-L2NTC-FX
YA40-L2NTC-FX
YA40-L2TC38-FX
YA40-L2NNT-FX
YA44-L2TC38-FX
YA44-L2NTC-FX
YA44-L2TC58-FX
YA44-L2TC12-FX
YA44-L2TC12E3-FX
YA44-L2NT38-FX
YA44-L2NNT-FX
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
90

1-800-346-4175
Conductor
Fig
#
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
B
T
AWG
550/24
4/0 Weld
250 Flex
CLASS G 259 Str.
CLASS H 427 Str.
***
MM2
250 Flex
637/24 150
CLASS I, K, M
775/24
185
313.1 kcmil
373.7 kcmil
925/24 240
(350 kcmil Nom.)
1100/24
444.4 kcmil
535.3 kcmil
1325/24 300
(500 kcmil nom.)
535.3 kcmil
1325/24 300
(500 kcmil nom.)
600 kcmil
646 kcmil
400
1600/24
777.7 kcmil
1925/24 500
(750 kcmil nom.)
Stud
Hole
Size
1/4
1/4
5/16
3/8
1/2
3/8
1/2
1/2
3/8
1/2
1/2
3/8
1/2
1/2
3/8
3/8
1/2
3/8
1/2
1/2
5/16
3/8
3/8
3/8
1/2
Stud
Hole
Spacing
3/4
5/8
1
1
1-3/4
1
1
1-1/4
1
1-1/4
1-3/4
1
1-1/4
1-3/4
1-3/4
1
1-3/4
1
1-1/4
1-3/4
1
1
1-3/4
1
1-3/4
3/8
1/2
1/2
5/16
3/8
1/2
1/2
1/2
3/8
1/2
3/8
1/2
5/8
1/2
1/2
3/8
1/2
1-1/4
1-3/4
1
1
1-3/4
1-3/4
1-3/4
1
1-3/4
1
1-3/4
1-1/2
1-1/4
1-1/2
1
1-3/4

Tongue
Width
1.12
1.12
1.12
1.12
1.20
.94
1.14
1.14
1.20
1.20
1.20
1.29
1.29
1.29
1.29
1.38
1.38
1.52
1.52
1.52
1.55
.96
1.55
1.72
1.72
Figure
Dimensions
Dieless
(B) (T)
(L)
(# of crimps)
1.03 .16 2.91
1.03 .16 2.86
1.03 .16 3.30
1.03 .16 3.43
1.03 .16 4.18
1.03 .16 3.44
1.03 .16 3.68
1.03 .16 3.93
1.03 .16 3.45
1.03 .16 3.95
1.03 .16 4.63
1.06 .18 3.51
1.06 .18 4.01
1.06 .18 4.70
1.06 .18 4.26 Y644HS (1)
1.19 .19 3.69
Y81KFT (1)
1.19 .19 4.88 Y81KFTMBH (1)
1.27 .23 3.88 PAT81KFT-18V (1)
1.27 .23 4.38
1.27 .23 5.06
1.27 .23 3.75
1.27 .23 3.88
1.27 .23 4.63
1.38 .27 4.24
1.38 .27 5.24
Mechanical
MD6, OUR840,
MD7-34R
Hydraulic
BCT500HS,
Y35, Y39, Y750,
Y500CTHS
Y46*, PAT750
Wire
Color Die Strip
Code Index Length
W29VT (2)
X29RT (4)
W29VT (2)
W29RT (2)
X29RT (4)
U29RT (1)
Yellow
16
1-1/16
W30VT (2)
W30VT (2)
W30RT (2)
U30RT (2)
White 17
1-1/8
W31VT (2)
W31VT (2)
W31RT (2)
U31RT (2)
Red
18
W32VT (2)
W32VT (2)
W32RT (2)
U32RT (2)
Blue
19 1-5/16
U34RT (2)
U38XRT (2)
U38RT (2)
Purple 23
U39RT (2)
Black
U44XRT (2)
Yellow L115 1-5/8
1-1/4
Brown 20 1-7/16
1.81 1.45 .27 4.35

1.81
1.81
1.84
1.63
1.63
1.91
1.95
1.98
1.63
2.19
2.19
2.19
2.19
2.19
1.63
1.63
1.45
1.45
1.45
1.45
1.45
1.42
1.42
1.42
1.42
1.65
1.65
1.65
1.65
1.65
1.65
1.65
.27
.27
.27
.27
.27
.27
.30
.30
.30
.33
.33
.33
.33
.33
.33
.33
4.67
5.35
4.04
4.35
5.35
5.36
5.38
4.28
5.38
Y644HS (1)
4.74
Y81KFT (2)
5.74
Y81KFTMBH (2)
5.55
PAT81KFT-18V (2)
5.05
5.30
4.74
5.74

Pink
L99 1-7/16
1-3/8
24 1-5/16

Canada: 1-800-387-6487
www.burndy.com
US: 1-800-346-4175
BURNDY
TWO HOLE HYLUG

FLEX CONDUCTOR
STANDARD BARREL
NARROW TONGUE
C-59
TYPE YAV-L-NTFX
COPPER COMPRESSION
NARROW TONGUE TERMINAL
UL Listed 90 C
600 Volts to 35 kV
1-800-346-4175
Fig. 1
Catalog Number
YAV4CL2NT10E1FX
YAV4CL2NT10FX
YAV4CL2NT14FX
YAV2CL2NT10FX
YAV2CL2NT14E1FX
YAV2CL2NT14FX
YAV1CL2NT14FX
YAV1CL2NT516FX
YAV25L2NT14E1FX
YAV25L2NT14FX
YAV25L2NT516FX
1
1
YAV26L2NT14FX
YAV26L2NT516FX
YAV26L2NT38FX
YAV28L2ENT14FX
YAV28L2NT38FX
AWG
#4 AWG
#4 Weld
91/24
105/24
***
MM2
Stud Stud
Hole Hole Tongue
Size Spacing Width
#10
Figure
Dimensions
(B) (T)
(L)
1.00 0.41 0.50 0.09 2.33

0.63 0.41 0.50 0.09 1.95
1/4
#10
#2 AWG
#2 Weld
125/24
150/24
1/0 AWG
1/0 Weld
275/24
50
0.63 0.48 0.63 0.10 2.14
35
#1 AWG
#1 Weld
175/24
225/24
0.63 0.45 0.50 0.09 2.08
2/0 AWG
2/0 Weld
325/24
4/0 AWG
4/0 Weld
550/24
1.00 0.48 0.63 0.10 2.63

1/4
1/4
0.63 0.48 0.63 0.10 2.26

0.63 0.50 0.62 0.12 2.28
5/16 1.00 0.58 0.63 0.12 2.72

1/4
1/4 0.63 0.64 0.69 0.12 2.39

5/16 1.00 0.58 0.69 0.12 2.82
1/4
70
1.00 0.64 0.69 0.12 2.76
0.63 0.76 0.81 0.13 2.56
5/16 1.00 0.58 0.81 0.13 2.99

3/8
1.00 0.63 0.81 0.13 3.23
1/4
0.63 0.76 1.03 0.15 2.86
3/8
1.00 0.94 1.03 0.15 3.43

90
45
Conductor
Fig
#
B
T
Dieless
(# of crimps)
MY29-11 (1)
Y1MRTC (2)
Y81KFT (1)
Y81KFTMBH (1)
PAT81KFT-18V (1)
MY29-11 (1)
Y1MRTC (2)
Y81KFT (1)
Y81KFTMBH (1)
PAT81KFT-18V (1)
MY29-11 (1)
Y81KFT (1)
Y81KFTMBH (1)
PAT81KFT-18V (1)
MY29-11 (1)
Y81KFT (1)
Y81KFTMBH (1)
PAT81KFT-18V (1)
MY29-11 (1)
Y644HS (1)
Y81KFT (1)
Y81KFTMBH (1)
PAT81KFT-18V (1)
MY29-11 (1)
Y644HS (1)
Y81KFT (1)
Y81KFTMBH (1)
PAT81KFT-18V (1)
Mechanical
MD6, OUR840,
MD7-34R
Hydraulic
BCT500HS,
Y35, Y39, Y750,
Y500CTHS
Y46*, PAT750
W4CVT (1)
W4CRT (1)
X4CRT (1)
W4CVT (1)
W4CRT (1)
X4CRT (1)
U4CRT (1)
W2CVT (1)
W2CRT (1)
X2CRT (1)
W2CVT (1)
W2CRT (1)
X2CRT (1)
U2CRT (1)
W1CVT (1) W1CVT (1)

W1CRT-1 (1) W1CRT-1 (1)
X1CRT-1 (1) X1CRT-1 (1)
Wire
Color Die Strip
Code Index Length
Gray
9/16
Brown 10
11/16
U1CRT-1 (1)
Green
11
11/16
W25VT (2)
W25RT (2)
X25RT (2)
W25VT (2)
W25RT (2)
X25RT (2)
U25RT (1)
Pink
12
11/16
W26VT (2)
W26RT (2)
X26RT (2)
W26VT (2)
W26RT (2)
X26RT (2)
U26RT (1)
Black
13
13/16
W28VT (2)
W28RT (2)
X28RT (3)
W28VT (2)
W28RT (2)
X28RT (3)
U28RT (1)
Purple 15 1-1/16

for -FX connectors.
US: 1-800-346-4175
www.burndy.com
Canada: 1-800-387-6487
BURNDY
C-60
TWO HOLE HYLUG

FLEX CONDUCTOR
STANDARD BARREL
NARROW TONGUE
45
Conductor
YAV29L2NT38FX
YA31L2NT38FX
YA32L2NT38FX
YA34L2NT38FX
YA36L2NT38FX
YA38L2ENT38FX
YA38L2NT38FX
YA38L2NNTFX
1
1
YA40L2NNTFX
YA44L2NNTFX
YA44L2NT38FX
YA45L2NT38FX
90

1-800-346-4175
UL Listed 90 C,
600 Volts to 35 kV
Catalog Number
Fig. 1
(Continued)
Fig
#
B
T
AWG
4/0 AWG
4/0 Weld
550/24
250 Flex
637/24
Class
I,K,M
313.1
kcmil
775/24
300 Flex
373.7
kcmil
925/24
350 Flex
444.4
kcmil
1100/24
450 Flex
535.3
kcmil
1325/24
500 Flex
646
kcmil
1600/24
650 Flex
777.7
kcmil
1925/24
750 Flex
929 kcmil
2300/24
***
MM2
Stud Stud
Hole Hole Tongue
Size Spacing Width
Figure
Dimensions
(B) (T)
(L)
3/8
1.00 0.94 1.03 0.16 3.43
150
3/8
1.00 0.96 1.06 0.18 3.51
185
3/8
1.00 0.96 1.19 0.20 3.69
240
3/8
1.00 0.96 1.27 0.23 3.88
3/8
1.00 1.63 1.38 0.27 4.24
3/8
1.00 1.50 1.45 0.27 4.35
3/8
1/2
1.00 1.63 1.45 0.27 4.35

1.75 1.63 1.45 0.27 5.35
1/2
1.75 1.63 1.42 0.30 5.38
1/2
1.75 1.63 1.65 0.33 5.74
3/8
1.00 1.63 1.65 0.33 4.74
3/8
1.00 1.70 2.00 0.38 5.18
300
400
500

Dieless
(# of crimps)
Y644HS (1)
Y81KFT (1)
Y81KFTMBH (1)
PAT81KFT-18V (1)
Y644HS (1)
Y81KFT (1)
Y81KFTMBH (1)
PAT81KFT-18V (1)
Y644HS (1)
Y81KFT (1)
Y81KFTMBH (1)
PAT81KFT-18V (1)
Y644HS (1)
Y81KFT (1)
Y81KFTMBH (1)
PAT81KFT-18V (1)
Y644HS (1)
Y81KFT (1)
Y81KFTMBH (1)
PAT81KFT-18V (1)
Y644HS (1)
Y81KFT (1)
Y81KFTMBH (1)
PAT81KFT-18V (1)
Y644HS (1)
Y81KFT (2)
Y81KFTMBH (2)
PAT81KFT-18V (2)
Y644HS (1)
Y81KFT (2)
Y81KFTMBH (2)
PAT81KFT-18V (2)
Mechanical
MD6, OUR840,
MD7-34R
Hydraulic
BCT500HS,
Y35, Y39, Y750,
Y500CTHS
Y46*, PAT750
Wire
Color Die Strip
Code Index Length
W29VT (2)
X29RT (4)
W29VT (2)
W29RT (2)
X29RT (4)
U29RT (1)
Yellow 16 1-1/16
W30VT (2)
W30VT (2)
W30RT (2)
U30RT (2)
White
17
1-1/8
W31VT (2)
W31VT (2)
W31RT (2)
U31RT (2)
Red
18
1-1/4
W32VT (2)
W32VT (2)
W32RT (2)
U32RT (2)
Blue
19 1-5/16
U34RT (2)
Brown 20 1-7/16
U38XRT (2)
Pink
L99 1-7/16
U39RT (2)
Black
24 1-5/16
U44XRT (2)
Yellow L115 1-5/8
P44RT(2)

for -FX connectors.
White
27 2-1/16
Canada: 1-800-387-6487
www.burndy.com
US: 1-800-346-4175
BURNDY
TWO HOLE HYLUG

FLEX CONDUCTOR
LONG BARREL WITH
INSPECTION WINDOW
BEVELED
ENTRY
DIE AND COLOR

CODE INFORMATION
C-61
INSPECTION
WINDOW
CRIMPS
TYPE YAZ-FX
ELECTRO-TIN
PLATED
COPPER COMPRESSION
TERMINAL
CABLE
ACCOMMODATION
UL Listed 90 C,
600 Volts to 35 kV
T

1-800-346-4175
90
T
T
45
L
Fig. 1
45
90
Mechanical
MD6, OUR840,
MD7-34R
Hydraulic
BCT500HS,
Y35, Y39, Y750,
Y500CTHS
Y46*, PAT750
W8CVT (2)
W8CRT (2)
X8CRT (2)
W8CVT (2)
W8CRT (2)
X8CRT (2)
U8CRT (2)
Red
49
W5CVT (2)
W5CRT (2)
X5CRT (2)
W5CVT (2)
W5CRT (2)
X5CRT (2)
U5CRT (2)
Blue
1-3/16
W4CVT (2)
W4CRT (2)
X4CRT (2)
W4CVT (2)
W4CRT (2)
X4CRT (2)
U4CRT (2)
Gray
1-5/16
W2CVT (2)
W2CRT (2)
X2CRT (2)
W2CVT (2)
W2CRT (2)
X2CRT (2)
U2CRT (2)
Brown 10
1-7/16
Green
1-7/16
Conductor
Catalog Number
YAZ8C2TC10FX
YAZ8C2TC10E2FX
YAZ8C2TC14E1FX
YAZ8C2TC14FX
YAZ8C2TC14E2FX
YAZ8C2TC38FX
YAZV6C2TC10E2FX
YAZV6C2TC14FX
YAZV6C2TC14E2FX
YAZV6C2TC14E1FX
YAZV6C2TC38FX
YAZV6C2TC38E2FX
YAZV6C2TC38E6FX
YAZV4C2TC38E2-FX
Fig
#
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
YAZV4C2TC38FX
YAZV4C2TC14FX
YAZV4C2TC14E2FX
AWG
***
MM2
37/24
#8 Weld
#3 AWG
**
10
61/24
#6 Weld
#6 AWG
**
16
91/24-105/24
#4 Weld
#4 AWG
3/8
YAZV2C2TC38FX
YAZV2C2NTCFX
YAZV1C2TC14FX
YAZV1C2TC14E1FX
YAZV1C2TC14E2FX
YAZV1C2TC38FX
YAZV1C2TC516E6FX
YAZV1C2TC516FX
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
175/24-225/24
#1 Weld
#1 AWG
.58
1/4
5/8
.55
3/4
.55
1/4
125/24-150/24
#2 Weld
35
#2 AWG
1/4
YAZV2C2TC14E2FX
Stud Stud
Hole Hole Tongue
Size Spacing Width
# 10 5/8 .41
# 10 3/4 .41
1/4
1
.44
1/4 5/8 .44
1/4 3/4 .44
3/8
1
.58
# 10 3/4 .48
1/4 5/8 .48
1/4 3/4 .48
1/4
1
.48
3/8
1
.58
3/8 3/4 .58
3/8 7/8 .58
3/8 3/4 .58
YAZV2C2TC14FX
5/8
.68
1/4
3/4
.68
3/8
1
1/2 1-3/4
1/4 5/8
1/4
1
1/4 3/4
3/8
1
5/16 7/8
5/16 1

*** The MM2 conductor size listed are the recommendations
.68
.83
.75
.75
.75
.75
.75
.75
Figure
Dimensions
Dieless
(B) (T)
(L)
(# of crimps)
.75 .08 2.20 Y8MRB-1 (1)
.75 .08 2.33 MY29-11 (2)
.75 .08 2.70 Y1MRTC (2)
.75 .08 2.32
Y81KFT (1)
.75 .08 2.45 Y81KFTMBH (1)
.75 .06 2.89 PAT81KFT-18V (1)
.75 .08 2.64
MY29-11 (2)
.75 .08 2.65
Y644HS (1)
.75 .08 2.78
Y1MRTC (2)
.75 .08 3.03
Y81KFT (1)
.75 .06 3.22
Y81KFTMBH (1)
.75 .06 2.97
PAT81KFT-18V (1)
.75 .06 3.09
1.25 08 3.14
Y1MRTC (4)
MY29-11 (2)
1.25 .08 3.39
Y644HS (1)
Y81KFT (1)
1.25 .09 2.83
Y81KFTMBH (1)
1.25 .09 2.95 PAT81KFT-18V (1)
Y1MRTC (4)
1.38 .10 3.01
MY29-11 (4)
Y644HS (1)
1.38 .10 3.13
Y81KFT (1)
1.38 .10 3.57 Y81KFTMBH (1)
1.38 .10 4.76 PAT81KFT-18V (1)
1.38 .12 3.04
MY29-11 (2)
1.38 .12 3.41
Y644HS (1)
1.38 .12 3.16
Y81KFT (2)
1.38 .12 3.60
Y81KFTMBH (2)
1.38 .12 3.35
PAT81KFT-18V (2)
1.38 .12 3.47
W1CVT (2)
W1CVT (2)
W1CRT-1 (2) W1CRT-1 (2)
X1CRT-1 (2) X1CRT-1 (2)

for -FX connecotrs. For nest/indentor system contact factory.
U1CRT-1 (2)
Wire
Color Die Strip
Code Index Length
11

US: 1-800-346-4175
www.burndy.com
Canada: 1-800-387-6487
BURNDY
C-62
TWO HOLE HYLUG

FLEX CONDUCTOR
LONG BARREL WITH
INSPECTION WINDOW
90
T
45
L
Fig. 1
45
Conductor
YAZV272TC38FX
YAZV282TC14E2FX
YAZV282NT38FX
YAZV282TC38FX
YAZV282NTCFX
1
1
1
1
YAZV292NT516FX
90

1-800-346-4175
UL Listed 90 C,
600 Volts to 35 kV
Catalog Number
YAZV252TC14FX
YAZV252TC14E2FX
YAZV252TC38FX
YAZV252NTCFX
YAZV262TC14FX
YAZV262TC14E2FX
YAZV262TC38FX
YAZV262NTCFX
YAZV272TC14E2FX
(Continued)
Fig
#
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
AWG
***
MM2
Stud Stud
Figure
Hole Hole Tongue
Dimensions
(L)
1/4 5/8 .83 1.50 .12 3.20
1/4 3/4 .83 1.50 .12 3.32
3/8
1
.83 1.50 .12 3.76
1/2 1-3/4 .83 1.50 .12 4.95
1/4 5/8 .93 1.50 .13 3.20
1/4 3/4 .93 1.50 .13 3.32
3/8
1
.93 1.50 .13 3.76
1/2 1-3/4 .93 1.50 .13 4.95
1/4 3/4 1.03 1.50 .14 3.36
275/24
1/0 Weld
1/0 AWG
50
325/24
2/0 Weld
2/0 AWG
70
450/24
3/0 Weld
3/0 AWG
95
550/24
4/0 Weld
4/0 AWG
**
120
1/4 3/4
3/8
1
3/8
1
1/2 1-3/4
Dieless
(# of crimps)
Mechanical
MD6, OUR840,
MD7-34R
5/16 1-3/4 1.20 2.00 .16 4.62
550/24
4/0 Weld
250 Flex
CLASS G 259 Str.
CLASS H 427 Str.
250 Flex
637/24
CLASS I, K, M
775/24
313.1 kcmil
YAZ302TC38FX
YAZ312TC38FX
YAZ312TC14E2FX
YAZ322TC38FX
YAZ342TC14E2FX
YAZ342NT38FX
YAZ342TC38FX
YAZ342NTCFX
1
1
1
1
373.3 kcmil
925/24 240
(350 kcmil nom.)
YAZ362TC38FX
YAZ382NT38FX
YAZ382TC38FX
YAZ382NNTFX
YAZ382NTCFX
1
1
1
1
YAZ402NTCFX
YAZ442NT38FX
3/8
1.03 1.50 .14 3.80

1.14
.94
1.14
1.14
1.62
1.62
1.62
1.62
.15
.15
.15
.15
Hydraulic
BCT500HS,
Y35, Y39, Y750,
Y500CTHS
Y46*, PAT750
Wire
Color Die Strip
Code Index Length
W25VT (4)
W25RT (4)
X25RT (4)
Pink
12 1-9/16
W26VT (4)
W26RT (4)
X26RT (4)
W26VT (4)
W26RT (4)
X26RT (4)
U26RT (2)
Black
13 1-9/16
W27VT (4)
W27RT (4)
X27RT (4)
W27VT (4)
W27RT (4)
X27RT (4)
U27RT (2)
Orange 14 1-9/16
W28VT (4)
W28RT (4)
X28RT (6)
U28RT (2)
Purple 15 1-11/16
W29VT (4)
X29RT (8)
W29RT (4)
W29VT (4)
X29RT (8)
U29RT (2)
Yellow 16 2-1/16
W30VT (4)
3.52
3.96
3.96
4.93
U25RT (2)
W28VT (4)
W28RT (4)
X28RT (6)
MY29-11 (2)
Y644HS (1)
Y81KFT (2)
Y81KFTMBH (2)
PAT81KFT-18V (2)
W25VT (4)
W25RT (4)
X25RT (4)
W30VT (4)
W30RT (4)
U30RT (4)
White
17 2-1/16
3/8
1.20 2.00 .16 4.42
3/8
1.28 2.00 .18 4.45
1/4
3/4
1.29 2.00 .18 4.02
3/8
1.55 2.12 .19 4.62
W31VT (4)
W31RT (4)
U31RT (4)
Red
18 2-3/16
1/4 3/4
3/8
1
3/8
1
1/2 1-3/4
1.55
.96
1.55
1.55
W32VT (4)
W32RT (4)
U32RT (4)
Blue
19 2-5/16
1100/24
444.4 kcmil
3/8
1.72 2.69 .27 5.55
U34RT (4)
Brown 20
535.3 kcmil
1325/24 300
(500 kcmil nom.)
3/8
1 1.63
3/8
1 1.81
1/2 1-3/4 1.63
1/2 1-3/4 1.84
U38XRT (4)
Pink
L99 2-7/8
U39RT (4)
Black
24
U44XRT (4)
Yellow L115 3-1/16
150
185
646 kcmil
1600/24
650 kcmil Flex
750 Flex
1925/24 Str.
777.7 kcmil
2.25
2.25
2.25
2.25
2.81
2.81
2.81
2.81
Y644HS (1)
W31VT (4)
Y81KFT (2)
.23 4.42 Y81KFTMBH (2)
.23 4.85 PAT81KFT-18V (2)
W32VT (4)
.23 4.85
.23 6.04
.27
.27
.27
.27
5.72
5.72
6.72
6.72
1/2 1-3/4 1.93 2.94 .30 6.89
3/8

Y644HS (1)
U39RT (4)
Y644MBH (1)
1.63 3.00 .33 6.08

for -FX connecotrs. For nest/indentor system contact factory.
2-3/4

Canada: 1-800-387-6487
www.burndy.com
US: 1-800-346-4175
BURNDY
TWO HOLE HYLUG

FLEX CONDUCTOR
LONG BARREL
BELLED END
DIE AND COLOR

CODE INFORMATION
BELLED END
ASSISTS
FLEXIBLE WIRE
INSERTION
NO INSPECTION
WINDOW
C-63
CRIMPS
ELECTRO-TIN
PLATED
TYPES YA-2TC-FXB,
YAV-2TC-FXB
COPPER COMPRESSION
TERMINAL
CABLE
ACCOMMODATION
90
T
45
UL Listed 90 C,
600 Volts to 35 kV
45
90
Fig. 1

1-800-346-4175
Mechanical
MD6, OUR840,
MD7-34R
Hydraulic
BCT500HS,
Y35, Y39, Y750,
Y500CTHS
Y46*, PAT750
W8CRT (2)
W8CVT (2)
X8CRT (2)
W8CVT (2)
W8CRT (2)
X8CRT (2)
U8CRT (2)
Red
49
W5CVT (2)
W5CRT (2)
X5CRT (2)
W5CVT (2)
W5CRT (2)
X5CRT (2)
U5CRT (2)
Blue
1-5/16
W4CVT (2)
W4CRT (2)
X4CRT (2)
W4CVT (2)
W4CRT (2)
X4CRT (2)
U4CRT (2)
Gray
1-5/16
W3CRT (2)
W3CRT (2)
U3CRT (2)
White
1-9/16
W2CVT (2)
W2CRT (2)
X2CRT (2)
W2CVT (2)
W2CRT (2)
X2CRT (2)
U2CRT (2)
Brown 10 1-7/16
Conductor
Catalog Number
YA8C2TC14E2-FXB
Fig
#
1
YA8C2TC38-FXB
YAV6C2TC14E2-FXB
YAV6C2TC38-FXB
YAV6C2N-FXB
YAV4C2TC14E2-FXB
1/4
YAV1C2TC38-FXB
YAV1C2N-FXB
.41
.90 .08 2.54
3/8
YAV4C2TC14-FXB
YAV4C2TC516-FXB
YAV4C2TC38-FXB
YAV4C2N-FXB
YA3C2TC516-FXB
YA3C2TC38-FXB
YA3C2N-FXB
YAV2C2TC14-FXB
YAV2C2TC14E2-FXB
YAV2C2TC14E1-FXB
YAV2C2TC516-FXB
YAV2C2TC38-FXB
YAV2C2N-FXB
61/24
#6 Weld
#6 AWG
3/4
.57
.90 .06 2.98
3/4
.48 1.22 08 2.88
1/4
5/8
.48 1.22 .08 2.76
3/8
.60 1.22 .06 3.32
**
10
YAV5C2TC14-FXB
Figure
Dimensions
(B) (T)
(L)
1/4
37/24
#8 Weld
#8 AWG
YAV6C2TC14-FXB
AWG
***
MM2
Stud Stud
Hole Hole Tongue
Size Spacing Width
**
16
1/2 1-3/4 .77 1.22 .04 4.51

#5 AWG
35
1/4
5/8
.44 1.22 .07 2.76
1/4
91/24 - 105/24
1
#4 Weld
1
#4 AWG
1
1
1 105/24 - 125/24
1
#3 Weld
1
#3 AWG
1
1
125/24 - 150/24
1
#2 Weld
1
#2 AWG
1
1
175/24 - 225/24
1
#1 Weld
1
#1 AWG
3/4
.55 1.22 .09 2.93
1/4
5/16
3/8
1/2
5/16
3/8
1/2
1/4
1/4
1/4
5/16
3/8
1/2
5/8
1
1
1-3/4
1
1
1-3/4
5/8
3/4
1
1
1
1-3/4
3/8
.55
.55
.63
.77
.55
.58
.77
.67
.67
.67
.67
.67
.77
1.22
1.22
1.22
1.22
1.48
1.48
1.48
1.35
1.35
1.35
1.35
1.35
1.35
.09
.09
.09
.09
.09
.09
.09
.10
.10
.10
.10
.10
.09
Dieless
(# of crimps)
Y8MRB-1 (2)
Y1MRTC (2)
MY29-11 (2)
Y81KFT (1)
Y81KFTMBH (1)
PAT81KFT-18V (1)
Y1MRTC (2)
MY29-11 (2)
Y644HS (1)
Y81KFT (1)
Y81KFTMBH (1)
PAT81KFT-18V (1)
Y644HS (1)
Y81KFT (1)
Y81KFTMBH (1)
PAT81KFT-18V (1)
Y1MRTC (4)
MY29-11 (2)
Y644HS (1)
Y81KFT (1)
Y81KFTMBH (1)
PAT81KFT-18V (1)
2.81
3.24
3.37
4.56
3.51
3.64
4.83
3.00
MY29-11 (2)
3.13
Y644HS (1)
3.38
Y81KFT (1)
3.44
Y81KFTMBH (1)
3.57
PAT81KFT-18V (1)
4.76
.75 1.50 .12 3.74
1/2 1-3/4 .77 1.50 .12 4.92

Class 2 and Class 5 conductors.
W1CVT (2) W1CVT (2)

W1CRT-1 (2) W1CRT-1 (2)
X1CRT-1 (2) X1CRT-1 (2)

P-RT die sets for use in Y46 HYPRESS only, PUADP-1
U1CRT-1 (2)
Wire
Color Die Strip
Code Index Length
Green
11 1-9/16

for -FX connectors.
Consult shielded cable manufacturers for stress relief
instructions.
US: 1-800-346-4175
www.burndy.com
Canada: 1-800-387-6487
BURNDY
C-64
TWO HOLE HYLUG

FLEX CONDUCTOR
LONG BARREL
BELLED END
90
T
45
L
(Continued)
45
Fig. 1
90

1-800-346-4175
UL Listed 90 C,
600 Volts to 35 kV
Conductor
Catalog Number
YAV252TC14-FXB
YAV252TC14E2-FXB
YAV252TC38-FXB
YAV252N-FXB
YAV262TC14-FXB
YAV262TC14E2-FXB
YAV262TC38-FXB
YAV262NTC38-FXB
YAV262N-FXB
YAV272TC14E2-FXB
YAV272TC38-FXB
YAV272N-FXB
YAV282TC14E2-FXB
YAV282NT38-FXB
YAV282TC38-FXB
YAV282NTC38-FXB
YAV282N-FXB
YAV292TC14E2-FXB
YAV292NT38-FXB
YAV292TC38-FXB
YAV292NTC38-FXB
YAV292N-FXB
Fig
#
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
YA302N-FXB
YA312TC38-FXB
YA312N-FXB
YA322TC38-FXB
YA322N-FXB
1
1
1
1
YA342TC38-FXB
YA342N-FXB
YA362MFXB
YA382TC38-FXB
YA382N-FXB
YA382-FXBG2
YA382-FXBG3
1
1325/24
1
535.3 kcmil 300
1
(500 kcmil nom.)
1
AWG
***
MM2
275/24
1/0 Weld
1/0 AWG
50
325/24
2/0 Weld
2/0 AWG
70
450/24
3/0 Weld
3/0 AWG
95
550/24
4/0 Weld
4/0 AWG
**
120
550/24
4/0 Weld
250 Flex - CLASS G 259 Str.

CLASS H 427 Str.
250 Flex
637/24 CLASS I, K, M
775/24
313.1 kcmil
925/24
373.7 kcmil
(350 kcmil nom.)
1100/24
444.4 kcmil
(450 nom.)
150
185
240
Stud
Hole
Size
1/4
1/4
3/8
1/2
1/4
1/4
3/8
3/8
1/2
1/4
3/8
1/2
1/4
3/8
3/8
3/8
1/2
1/4
3/8
3/8
3/8
1/2
Stud
Hole
Spacing
5/8
3/4
1
1-3/4
5/8
3/4
1
1-3/4
1-3/4
3/4
1
1-3/4
3/4
1
1
1-3/4
1-3/4
3/4
1
1
1-3/4
1-3/4
Tongue
Width
.83
.83
.83
.83
.93
.93
.93
.93
.93
1.02
1.02
1.02
1.14
.75
1.14
1.14
1.14
1.14
.75
1.14
1.14
1.14
Figure
Dimensions
Dieless
(B) (T)
(L)
(# of crimps)
1.50 .12 3.21
1.50 .12 3.34
1.50 .12 3.78
1.50 .12 4.96
1.63 .13 3.40
1.63 .13 3.52
1.63` .13 3.96 MY29-11 (2)
1.63 .13 4.71 Y644HS (1)
1.63 .13 5.15
Y81KFT (2)
1.64 .14 3.58 Y81KFTMBH (2)
1.64 .14 4.01 PAT81KFT-18V (2)
1.64 .14 5.20
1.77 .14 3.76
1.77 .14 4.20
1.77 .14 4.20
1.77 .14 4.20
1.77 .14 5.39
2.00 .15 3.76
2.00 .15 4.20
2.00 .15 4.20
2.00 .15 4.20
2.00 .15 5.39
Mechanical
MD6, OUR840,
MD7-34R
Hydraulic
BCT500HS,
Y35, Y39, Y750,
Y500CTHS
Y46*, PAT750
Wire
Color Die Strip
Code Index Length
W25RT (4)
W25VT (4)
X25RT (4)
W25RT (4)
W25VT (4)
X25RT (4)
U25RT (2)
Pink
12 1-9/16
W26VT (4)
W26RT (4)
X26RT (4)
W26VT (4)
W26RT (4)
X26RT (4)
U26RT (2)
Black
13 1-13/16
W27RT (4)
W27VT (4)
X27RT (4)
W27RT (4)
W27VT (4)
X27RT (4)
U27RT (2)
Orange
14 1-13/16
W28VT (4)
W28RT (4)
X28RT (6)
W28VT (4)
W28RT (4)
X28RT (6)
U28RT (2)
Purple
15
1-7/8
W29VT (4)
X29RT (6)
W29VT (4)
W29RT (4)
X29RT (6)
U29RT (2)
Yellow
16
1-7/8
U30RT (4)
White
17
2-1/4
U31RT (4)
Red
18
2-1/4
U32RT (4)
Blue
19 2-9/16
1/2 1-3/4 1.20 2.12 .16 5.80

3/8
1 1.29 2.18
1/2 1-3/4 1.29 2.18
3/8
1 1.40 2.32
1/2 1-3/4 1.40 2.32
.18
.18
.19
.19
4.66
5.85
4.85
6.04
W30VT (4)
Y644HS (1)
Y81KFT (2)
W31VT (4)
Y81KFTMBH (2)
3/8
1 1.55 2.48 .23 5.10 PAT81KFT-18V (2)
W32VT (4)
1/2 1-3/4 1.55 2.48 .23 6.29
W30RT (4)
W30VT (4)
W31RT (4)
W31VT (4)
W32VT (4)
W32RT (4)
1/2 1-3/4 1.73 2.95 .26 6.84

3/8
1 1.84 3.08
1/2 1-3/4 1.84 3.08
3/8
2 1.84 3.08
1/2 1-3/16 1.84 3.08

.26
.26
.27
.27
6.01
7.01
6.82
6.26
U34RT (4)

U38XRT (4)
Brown 20 3-1/16
Pink
L99 3-3/16

for -FX connectors.
Canada: 1-800-387-6487
www.burndy.com
US: 1-800-346-4175
BURNDY
TWO HOLE HYLUG

FLEX CONDUCTOR
LONG BARREL
BELLED END
B
45
L
Conductor
YA402N-FXB
YA442TC38-FXB
YA442N-FXB
YA462N-FXB
45
Fig. 1
90

1-800-346-4175
UL Listed 90 C,
600 Volts to 35 kV
Catalog Number
(Continued)
Fig
#
90
***
MM2
AWG
1600/24
400
646 kcmil
1925/24
777.7 kcmil 500
(750 kcmil nom.)
2750/24
1111 kcmil
(1000 kcmil nom.)
Stud Stud
Hole Hole Tongue
Size Spacing Width
Figure
Dimensions
(B) (T)
(L)
Dieless
(# of crimps)
1/2 1-3/4 1.98 3.24 .30 7.22

3/8
2.19 3.33 .33 6.44
1/2 1-3/4 2.19 3.33 .33 7.44
Hydraulic
BCT500HS,
Y35, Y39, Y750,
Y500CTHS
Y46*, PAT750
Wire
Color Die Strip
Code Index Length
Y644HS (1)
Y81KFT (3)
Y81KFTMBH (3)
PAT81KFT-18V (3)
1/2 1-3/4 2.69 3.58 .39 7.91

Mechanical
MD6, OUR840,
MD7-34R
U39RT (4)
Black
U44XRT (4)
Yellow L115 3-7/16
P45RT (4)**
Yellow

24 3-5/16
29 3-11/16

for -FX connectors.
US: 1-800-346-4175
www.burndy.com
Canada: 1-800-387-6487
C-65
BURNDY
Copper Compression Flex Long Barrel Narrow Tongue
TYPES YAZ-2-NTFX,
YAZV-2NTFX
COPPER COMPRESSION
NARROW TONGUE TERMINAL
C-66
TWO HOLE HYLUG

FLEX CONDUCTOR
LONG BARREL
NARROW TONGUE
UL Listed 90 C
600 Volts to 35 kV
90
T
45
L
Fig. 1

1-800-346-4175
45
90
Conductor
Catalog Number
Fig
#
AWG
***
MM2
Stud Stud
Hole Hole Tongue
Size Spacing Width
Figure
Dimensions
(B) (T)
(L)
#4 AWG
#4 Weld
91/24
105/24
1/4
0.75 0.44 1.25 0.09 2.95
YAZV2C2NT14E2FX
#2 AWG
#2 Weld
125/24
150/24
35
1/4
0.75 0.50 1.38 0.10 3.14
YAZV282NT38FX
4/0 AWG
4/0 Weld
550/24
3/8
1.00 0.94 1.62 0.17 3.96
YAZV292NT516FX
4/0 Flex
Class
I,K,M
5/16 1.00 0.96 2.00 0.16 4.28
240
3/8
1.00 0.96 2.25 0.23 4.85
300
3/8
1.00 1.46 2.81 0.27 5.72
YAZV4C2NT14E2FX
YAZ342NT38FX
YAZ382ENT38FX
373.7
kcmil
925/24
350 Flex
535.3
kcmil
1325/24
500 Flex

Dieless
(# of crimps)
Y1MRTC (4)
MY29-11 (2)
Y644HS (1)
Y81KFT (1)
Y81KFTMBH (1)
PAT81KFT-18V (1)
Y1MRTC (4)
MY29-11 (4)
Y644HS (1)
Y81KFT (1)
Y81KFTMBH (1)
PAT81KFT-18V (1)
MY29-11 (2)
Y644HS (1)
Y81KFT (2)
Y81KFTMBH (2)
PAT81KFT-18V (2)
Y644HS (1)
Y81KFT (2)
Y81KFTMBH (2)
PAT81KFT-18V (2)
Y644HS (1)
Y81KFT (2)
Y81KFTMBH (2)
PAT81KFT-18V (2)
Y644HS (1)
Y81KFT (2)
Y81KFTMBH (2)
PAT81KFT-18V (2)
Mechanical
MD6, OUR840,
MD7-34R
Hydraulic
BCT500HS,
Y35, Y39, Y750,
Y500CTHS
Y46*, PAT750
Wire
Color Die Strip
Code Index Length
W4CVT (2)
W4CRT (2)
X4CRT (2)
W4CVT (2)
W4CRT (2)
X4CRT (2)
U4CRT (2)
W2CVT (2)
W2CRT (2)
X2CRT (2)
W2CVT (2)
W2CRT (2)
X2CRT (2)
U2CRT (2)
Brown 10 1-7/16
W28VT (4)
W28RT (4)
X28RT (6)
W28VT (4)
W28RT (4)
X28RT (6)
U28RT (2)
Purple 15 1-11/16
W29VT (4)
X29RT (8)
W29RT (4)
W29VT (4)
X29RT (8)
U29RT (2)
Yellow 16
W32VT (4)
W32VT (4)
W32RT (4)
U32RT (4)
Blue
19 2-5/16
U38XRT (4)
Pink
L99 2-7/8

for -FX connectors.
Gray
1-5/16
2-1/16
Canada: 1-800-387-6487
www.burndy.com
US: 1-800-346-4175
BURNDY
Copper Compression Flex Long Barrel Narrow Tongue
TWO HOLE HYLUG

FLEX CONDUCTOR
LONG BARREL
NARROW TONGUE
90
45
45
Fig. 1
Conductor
YAZ382NNTFX
YAZ382NT38FX
YAZ442NT38FX
90

1-800-346-4175
UL Listed 90 C,
600 Volts to 35 kV
Catalog Number
T
L
(Continued)
Fig
#
AWG
535.3
kcmil
1325/24
500 Flex
535.3
kcmil
1325/24
500 Flex
777.7
kcmil
1925/24
750 Flex
***
MM2
Stud Stud
Hole Hole Tongue
Size Spacing Width
300
1/2
300
3/8
500
3/8

Figure
Dimensions
(B) (T)
(L)
Dieless
(# of crimps)
Y644HS (1)
Y81KFT (2)
1.75 1.62 2.81 0.27 6.72
Y81KFTMBH (2)
PAT81KFT-18V (2)
Y644HS (1)
Y81KFT (2)
1.00 1.62 2.81 0.27 5.72
Y81KFTMBH (2)
PAT81KFT-18V (2)
1.00 1.62 3.00 0.33 6.09
Mechanical
MD6, OUR840,
MD7-34R
Hydraulic
BCT500HS,
Y35, Y39, Y750,
Y500CTHS
Y46*, PAT750
Wire
Color Die Strip
Code Index Length
U38XRT (4)
Pink
L99 2-7/8
U38XRT (4)
Pink
L99 2-7/8
U44XRT (4)

for -FX connectors.
Yellow L115 3-1/16
US: 1-800-346-4175
www.burndy.com
Canada: 1-800-387-6487
C-67
BURNDY
Copper Compression Flex Lead Plated No Inspection Window
DIE AND COLOR

CODE INFORMATION
BEVELED ENTRY
NO INSPECTION
WINDOW
TYPE YAG-L-TC-LD
CRIMPS
UL Listed 90 C,
600 Volts to 35 kV
LEAD PLATED
FLEXIBLE CONDUCTOR
ACCOMMODATION

1-800-346-4175
B
C-68
ONE HOLE HYLUG

FLEX CONDUCTOR
STANDARD BARREL
LEAD PLATED
B
T
90
T
45
L
Fig. 1
Mechanical
MD6, OUR840,
MD7-34R
Hydraulic
BCT500HS,
Y35, Y39, Y750,
Y500CTHS
Y46*, PAT750
W8CVT (1)
W8CRT (1)
X8CRT (1)
W8CVT (1)
W8CRT (1)
X8CRT (1)
U8CRT (1)
Red
49
7/16
W5CVT (1)
W5CRT (1)
X5CRT (1)
W5CVT (1)
W5CRT (1)
X5CRT (1)
U5CRT (1)
Blue
1/2
Y1MRTC (2)
MY29-11 (1) W4CVT (1)
Y81KFT (1) W4CRT (1)
Y81KFTMBH (1) X4CRT (1)
PAT81KFT-18V (1)
W4CVT (1)
W4CRT (1)
X4CRT (1)
U4CRT (1)
Gray
1/2
Y1MRTC (2)
MY29-11 (1) W2CRT (1)
Y81KFT (1) W2CVT (1)
PAT81KFT-18V (1)
W2CRT (1)
W2CVT (1)
X2CRT (1)
U2CRT (1)
Brown 10
11/16
Green
11/16
Conductor
Catalog Number
YAG18TC516LD
YAG8CLTC10LD
YAG8CLTC14LD
YAG8CLTC516LD
YAG8CLTC38LD
YAG8CLTC12LD
YAG6CLTC10LD
YAG6CLTC14LD
YAG6CLTC516LD
YAG6CLTC38LD
YAG6CLTC12LD
YAG4CLTC10LD
YAG4CLNT10LD
YAG4CLTC14LD
YAG4CLTC516LD
YAG4CLTC38LD
YAG4CLTC12LD
YAG2CLTC10LD
YAG2CLTC14LD
YAG2CLTC516LD
YAG2CLTC38LD
YAG2CLTC12LD
YAG1CLTC10LD
YAG1CLTC14LD
YAG1CLTC516LD
YAG1CLTC38LD
YAG1CLTC12LD
Fig #
AWG
1 22-18 AWG
1
1
37/24
1
#8 Weld
1
8 AWG
1
1
1
61/24
1
#6 Weld
1
#6 AWG
1
1
1
91/24 - 105/24
1
#4 Weld
1
4 AWG
1
1
1
1
125/24
1
#2 Weld
1
2 AWG
1
1
1
225/24
1 175/24 - #1 Weld
1
1 AWG
1
***
MM2
**
10
**
16
35
Stud
Hole Tongue
Size Width
5/16 .52
#10
.41
1/4 .44
5/16 .52
3/8 .58
1/2 .71
#10
.41
1/4 .48
5/16 .52
3/8 .58
1/2 .75
#10
.55
#10
.41
1/4 .55
5/16 .55
3/8 .58
1/2 .71
#10
.68
1/4 .68
5/16 .68
3/8 .68
1/2 .73
#10
.75
1/4 .75
5/16 .75
3/8 .75
1/2 .75

(B)
.25
.44
.44
.44
.44
.44
.50
.50
.50
.50
.50
.50
.50
.50
.50
.50
.50
.63
.63
.63
.63
.63
.69
.69
.69
.69
.69
Figure
Dimensions
(T)
.06
.08
.08
.06
.06
.05
.08
.08
.07
.06
.12
.09
.09
.09
.08
.08
.07
.10
.10
.10
.10
.10
.12
.12
.12
.12
.12
Dieless
(L)
1.42
1.19
1.32
1.38
1.51
1.76
1.30
1.43
1.49
1.61
1.86
1.36
1.36
1.48
1.55
1.67
1.92
1.52
1.64
1.70
1.83
2.12
1.61
1.73
1.80
1.92
2.17
90
45
(# of crimps)
MR20 (1)
MY29-11 (1)
Y1MRTC (1)
Y81KFT (1)
Y81KFTMBH (1)
PAT81KFT-18V (1)
Y1MRTC (1)
MY29-11 (1)
Y81KFT (1)
Y81KFTMBH (1)
PAT81KFT-18V (1)
MY29-11 (1)
W1CVT (1)
W1CVT (1)
Y81KFT (1)
W1CRT-1 (1) W1CRT-1 (1)
Y81KFTMBH (1)
X1CRT-1 (1) X1CRT-1 (1)
PAT81KFT-18V (1)

die listings.
Alternate Tooling includes Y8MRB-1, MY29-11
U1CRT-1 (1)
Wire
Color Die Strip
Code Index Length
1/4
11

Canada: 1-800-387-6487
www.burndy.com
US: 1-800-346-4175
BURNDY
ONE HOLE HYLUG

FLEX CONDUCTOR
STANDARD BARREL
LEAD PLATED
T
L
45
Fig. 1
Conductor
YAG30LTC34LD
YAG31LTC14LD
YAG31LTC516LD
YAG31LTC38LD
YAG31LTC12LD
YAG31LNT12LD
YAG31LTC58LD
YAG31LTC34LD
YAG32LTC38LD
YAG32LTC12LD
YAG32LTC58LD
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
90

1-800-346-4175
UL Listed 90 C,
600 Volts to 35 kV
YAG30LTC58LD
90
T
45
(Continued)
Catalog Number
Fig #
YAG25LTC14LD
1
YAG25LTC516LD
1
YAG25LTC38LD
1
YAG25LTC12LD
1
YAG26LTC10LD
1
YAG26LTC14LD
1
YAG26LTC516LD
1
YAG26LTC38LD
1
YAG26LTC12LD
1
YAG26LTC58LD
1
YAG26LTC34LD
1
YAG27LTC10LD
1
YAG27LTC14LD
1
YAG27LTC516LD
1
YAG27LTC38LD
1
YAG27LTC12LD
1
YAG28LTC14LD
1
YAG28LTC516LD
1
YAG28LTC516N66LD 1
YAG28LTC38LD
1
YAG28LTC12LD
1
YAG28LTC58LD
1
YAG29LTC516LD
1
YAG29LTC38LD
1
YAG29LTC12LD
1
YAG29LTC34LD
1
B
T
AWG
275/24
1/0 Weld
1/0 AWG
325/24
2/0 Weld
2/0 AWG
Tongue
Width
.83
.83
.83
.83
.93
.93
.93
.93
.93
.93
.93
1.03
1.03
1.03
1.03
1.03
1.14
1.14
1.14
1.14
1.14
1.14
1.14
1.14
1.14
1.14
Figure
Dimensions
(B)
(T)
.69 .12
.69 .12
.69 .12
.69 .12
.81 .13
.81 .13
.81 .13
.81 .13
.81 .13
.81 .13
.81 .11
1.00 .14
1.00 .14
1.00 .14
1.00 .14
1.00 .14
1.03 .15
1.03 .15
1.03 .15
1.03 .15
1.03 .15
1.03 .15
1.03 .16
1.03 .16
1.03 .16
1.03 .16
(L)
1.77
1.84
1.96
2.21
1.82
1.95
2.01
2.13
2.38
2.63
2.89
2.05
2.18
2.24
2.37
2.62
2.26
2.32
2.64
2.45
2.70
2.95
2.32
2.45
2.70
3.14
5/8
1.20
1.03
.16
2.97
3/4
1/4
5/16
3/8
150 1/2
1/2
5/8
3/4
3/8
185 1/2
5/8
1.20
1.29
1.29
1.29
1.29
.96
1.29
1.29
1.40
1.40
1.40
1.03
1.06
1.06
1.06
1.06
1.06
1.06
1.06
1.19
1.19
1.19
.16
.18
.18
.18
.18
.18
.18
.18
.19
.19
.19
3.16
Y644HS (1)
2.35
Y81KFT (1)
2.41
Y81KFTMBH (1)
2.53
PAT81KFT-18V (1)
2.78
W30VT (2)
2.78
3.03
3.22
2.72
2.97
W31VT (2)
3.22
***
MM2
50
70
450/24
3/0 Weld
3/0 AWG
95
550/24
4/0 Weld
4/0 AWG
**
120
550/24
4/0 Weld
250 Flex
CLASS G - 259 Str.
CLASS H - 427 Str.
637/259
250 Flex
CLASS I, K, M
775/24-300
Flex
313.1 kcmil
Stud
Hole
Size
1/4
5/16
3/8
1/2
#10
1/4
5/16
3/8
1/2
5/8
3/4
#10
1/4
5/16
3/8
1/2
1/4
5/16
5/16
3/8
1/2
5/8
5/16
3/8
1/2
3/4

die listings.
Dieless
(# of crimps)
Mechanical
MD6, OUR840,
MD7-34R
Hydraulic
BCT500HS,
Y35, Y39, Y750,
Y500CTHS
Y46*, PAT750
Wire
Color Die Strip
Code Index Length
MY29-11 (1)
W25RT (2)
Y81KFT (1)
W25VT (2)
Y81KFTMBH (1)
X25RT (2)
PAT81KFT-18V (1)
W25RT (2)
W25VT (2)
X25RT (2)
U25RT (1)
Pink
12
11/16
MY29-11 (1)
Y644HS (1) W26VT (2)
Y81KFT (1) W26RT (2)
PAT81KFT-18V (1)
W26VT (2)
W26RT (2)
X26RT (2)
U26RT (1)
Black
13
13/16
MY29-11 (1)
W27VT (2)
Y81KFT (1)
X27RT (3)
Y81KFTMBH (1)
W27RT (2)
PAT81KFT-18V (1)
W27VT (2)
X27RT (3)
W27RT (2)
U27RT (1)
Orange 14
MY29-11 (1)
Y644HS (1) W28VT (2)
Y81KFT (1) X28RT (3)
PAT81KFT-18V (1)
W28VT (2)
X28RT (3)
W28RT (2)
U28RT (1)
Purple 15 1-1/16
W29VT (2)
X29RT (4)
W29VT (2)
X29RT (4)
W29RT (2)
U29RT (1)
Yellow 16 1-1/16
W30VT (2)
W30RT (2)
U30RT (2)
White
17
1-1/8
W31VT (2)
W31RT (2)
U31RT (2)
Red
18
1-1/4

US: 1-800-346-4175
www.burndy.com
Canada: 1-800-387-6487
C-69
BURNDY
C-70
ONE HOLE HYLUG

FLEX CONDUCTOR
STANDARD BARREL
LEAD PLATED
T
45
L
45
Fig. 1
Conductor
YAG36LTC12LD
Stud
*** Hole
MM2 Size
5/16
5/16
3/8
240
3/8
1/2
5/8
Tongue
Width
1.55
1.55
.96
1.55
1.55
1.55
Figure
Dimensions
(B)
(T)
1.27 .23
1.27 .23
1.27 .23
1.27 .23
1.27 .23
1.27 .23
1.73
1.38
.27
1.73
1.84
1.84
1.84
1.84
1.96
1.96
1.96
1.96
1.38
1.45
1.45
1.45
1.45
1.42
1.42
1.42
1.42
.27
.27
.27
.27
.27
.30
.30
.30
.30
1/2
2.18
1.65
.33
5/8
2.18
1.65
.33
Fig #
AWG
1
1
925/24-350
1
Flex
1
373.7 kcmil
1
1
1100/24-450
1
1/2
Flex
1 444.4 kcmil
5/8
1
5/16
1325/24
1
3/8
500 Flex
300
1
1/2
535.3 kcmil
1
5/8
1
5/16
1600/24-646
1
3/8
kcmil
400
1
1/2
650 Flex
1
5/8
YAG44LTC12LD
YAG44LTC58LD
90

1-800-346-4175
UL Listed 90 C,
600 Volts to 35 kV
YAG36LTC58LD
YAG38LTC516LD
YAG38LTC38LD
YAG38LTC12LD
YAG38LTC58LD
YAG40LTC516LD
YAG40LTC38LD
YAG40LTC12LD
YAG40LTC58LD
90
(Continued)
Catalog Number
YAG34LTC516LD
YAG34LTC516N66LD
YAG34LNT516N66LD
YAG34LTC38LD
YAG34LTC12LD
YAG34LTC58LD
B
T
1925/24
750 Flex
500
777.7 kcmil

die listings.
Dieless
(L)
2.78
3.09
3.09
2.91
3.16
3.41
(# of crimps)
Mechanical
MD6, OUR840,
MD7-34R
Hydraulic
BCT500HS,
Y35, Y39, Y750,
Y500CTHS
Y46*, PAT750
Wire
Color Die Strip
Code Index Length
W32VT (2)
W32VT (2)
W32RT (2)
U32RT (2)
U34RT (2)
U38XRT (2)
Pink
L99 1-7/16
U39RT (2)
Black
24 1-5/16
U44XRT (2)
Yellow L115 1-5/8
Y644HS (1)
Y81KFT (1)
3.34 Y81KFTMBH (1)
PAT81KFT-18V (1)
3.59
3.08
3.39
3.46
3.71
3.11
3.42
3.48
Y644HS (1)
3.73
Y81KFT (2)
Y81KFTMBH (2)
3.85
PAT81KFT-18V (2)
Blue
19 1-5/16
Brown 20
1-3/8
4.10

Canada: 1-800-387-6487
www.burndy.com
US: 1-800-346-4175
BURNDY
TWO HOLE HYLUG

FLEX CONDUCTOR
STANDARD BARREL
LEAD PLATED
BEVELED
ENTRY
DIE AND COLOR

CODE INFORMATION
C-71
NO INSPECTION
WINDOW
CRIMPS
TYPE YAG-L-2TC-LD
LEAD
PLATED
COPPER COMPRESSION
TERMINAL
CABLE
ACCOMMODATION
UL Listed 90 C,
600 Volts to 35 kV
B

1-800-346-4175
Fig. 1
Catalog Number
YAG8CL-2TC14-LD
YAG8CL-2TC38-LD
YAG8CL-2TC10-LD
YAG8CL-2TC14E1-LD
YAG8CL-2TC14E2-LD
YAG6CL-2TC10-LD
YAG6CL-2TC10E2-LD
YAG6CL-2TC10E4-LD
YAG6CL-2TC10E-LD
YAG6CL-2TC14-LD
YAG6CL-2TC14E1-LD
YAG6CL-2TC14E2-LD
YAG6CL-2TC516-LD
YAG6CL-2TC38-LD
YAG6CL-2NTC-LD
YAG4CL-2NT10-LD
YAG4CL-2NT10E1-LD
YAG4CL-2TC14-LD
YAG4CL-2TC14E2-LD
YAG4CL-2TC14E1-LD
YAG4CL-2TC38-LD
YAG4CL-2TC516-LD
YAG4CL-2NTC-LD
YAG2CL-2TC14-LD
YAG2CL-2TC14E1-LD
YAG2CL-2TC14E2-LD
YAG2CL-2TC38-LD
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
AWG
Stud Stud
Hole Hole Tongue
Size Spacing Width
Figure
Dimensions
(B) (T)
(L)
1/4
#8 Weld
37/24
#8 AWG
**
10
#6 Weld
61/24
#6 AWG
**
16
#4 Weld
91/24
105/24
#4 AWG
#2 Weld
125/24
150/24
#2 AWG
35
5/8
.41
.44 .08 1.95
3/8
.57
.44 .06 2.52
#10
5/8
.41
.44 .08 1.84
.44
.44
.44
.48
.44
.48
.48
.48
.48
.52
.58
.83
.41
.41
.55
.55
.55
.58
.55
.83
.68
.68
.68
.68
.44
.44
.50
.50
.50
.50
.50
.50
.50
.50
.50
.50
.50
.50
.50
.50
.50
.50
.50
.50
.63
.63
.63
.63
1/4
1
1/4 3/4
#10 5/8
#10 3/4
#10 11/16
#10 1/2
1/4 5/8
1/4
1
1/4 3/4
5/16
1
3/8
1
1/2 1-3/4
#10
5/8
#10
1
1/4 5/8
1/4 3/4
1/4
1
3/8
1
5/16
1
1/2 1-3/4
1/4 5/8
1/4
1
1/4 3/4
3/8
1
* Use PUADP-1 adapter with U dies in Y46 Hypress.

.08
.08
.07
.08
.07
.08
.08
.08
.08
.07
.06
.12
.09
.09
.09
.09
.09
.08
.09
.12
.10
.10
.10
.10
90
45
Conductor
***
MM2
90
45
L
Fig
#
B
T
Dieless
(# of crimps)
Mechanical
MD6, OUR840,
MD7-34R
MRC840 (1)
W8CVT
MY29-3 (1)
MY29-11 (1)
Y8MRB-1 (1)
W8CVT (1)
Y1MRTC (1)
W8CRT (1)
Y81KFT (1)
X8CRT (1)
Y81KFTMBH (1)
PAT81KFT-18V (1)
2.33
2.08
1.94
2.06
2.00
MY29-11 (1)
1.81
Y1MRTC (1)
W5CVT (1)
2.06
Y81KFT (1)
W5CRT (1)
2.44
2.18
PAT81KFT-18V (1)
2.50
2.62
3.81
1.99
2.37
2.11
W4CVT (1)
2.24
MY29-11 (1)
W4CRT (1)
2.49
Y1MRTC (2)
X4CRT (1)
2.68
Y81KFT (1)
2.56
Y81KFTMBH (1)
3.87
PAT81KFT-18V (1)
2.28
W2CVT (1)
2.63
W2CRT (1)
2.40
X2CRT (1)
2.84

Hydraulic
BCT500HS,
Y35, Y39, Y750,
Y500CTHS
Y46*, PAT750
Wire
Color Die Strip
Code Index Length
W8CVT
U8CRT
Red
49
1/2
W8CVT (1)
W8CRT (1)
X8CRT (1)
U8CRT (1)
Red
49
7/16
W5CVT (1)
W5CRT (1)
X5CRT (1)
U5CRT (1)
Blue
1/2
W4CVT (1)
W4CRT (1)
X4CRT (1)
U4CRT (1)
Gray
1/2
W2CVT (1)
W2CRT (1)
X2CRT (1)
U2CRT (1)
Brown
10
11/16
US: 1-800-346-4175
www.burndy.com
Canada: 1-800-387-6487
BURNDY
C-72
TWO HOLE HYLUG

FLEX CONDUCTOR
STANDARD BARREL
LEAD PLATED
T
45
L
Conductor
YAG2CL-2TC516-LD
YAG2CL-2NTC-LD
YAG1CL-2TC14-LD
YAG1CL-2TC14E2-LD
YAG1CL-2TC14E1-LD
YAG1CL-2TC516-LD
YAG1CL-2TC38-LD
YAG1CL-2NTC-LD
YAG25L-2TC14-LD
YAG25L-2TC14E2-LD
YAG25L-2TC516E2-LD
YAG25L-2TC516-LD
YAG25L-2TC38-LD
YAG25L-2NTC-LD
YAG25L-2TC12E1-LD
YAG26L-2TC14-LD
YAG26L-2TC14E2-LD
YAG26L-2TC516-LD
YAG26L-2TC38-LD
YAG26L-2NTC-LD
YAG27L-2TC14-LD
YAG27L-2TC14E2-LD
YAG27L-2TC516-LD
YAG27L-2TC38-LD
YAG27L-2NTC-LD
YAG28L-2TC14-LD
YAG28L-2TC14E2-LD
YAG28L-2TC516-LD
YAG28L-2TC38-LD
YAG28L-2NT38-LD
YAG28L-2TC12E1-LD
YAG28L-2TC12-LD
YAG28L-2NTC-LD
YAG29L-2TC14-LD
YAG29L-2TC14E2-LD
YAG29L-2TC516-LD
YAG29L-2TC38-LD
YAG29L-2NT38-LD
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
45
Fig. 1
90

1-800-346-4175
UL Listed 90 C,
600 Volts to 35 kV
Catalog Number
90
(Continued)
Fig
#
B
T
AWG
#2 Weld
125/24
150/24
#2 AWG
***
MM2
Stud Stud
Hole Hole Tongue
Size Spacing Width
Figure
Dimensions
(B) (T)
(L)
Dieless
(# of crimps)
MY29-11 (1)
Y1MRTC (2)
Y81KFT (1)
Y81KFTMBH (1)
PAT81KFT-18V (1)
Mechanical
MD6, OUR840,
MD7-34R
5/16
.68
.63
.10
2.71
1/2
1-3/4
.83
.63
.08
4.03
1/4
1/4
1/4
5/16
3/8
1/2
1/4
1/4
5/16
5/16
3/8
1/2
1/2
1/4
1/4
5/16
3/8
1/2
1/4
1/4
5/16
3/8
1/2
1/4
1/4
5/16
3/8
3/8
1/2
1/2
1/2
1/4
1/4
5/16
3/8
3/8
5/8
3/4
1
1
1
1-3/4
5/8
3/4
3/4
1
1
1-3/4
1
5/8
3/4
1
1
1-3/4
5/8
3/4
1
1
1-3/4
5/8
3/4
1
1
1
1
1-1/4
1-3/4
5/8
3/4
1
1
1
.75
.75
.75
.75
.75
.83
.83
.83
.83
.83
.83
.83
.83
.93
.93
.93
.93
.93
1.03
1.03
1.03
1.03
1.03
1.14
1.14
1.14
1.14
.94
1.14
1.14
1.14
1.14
1.14
1.14
1.14
.94
.69
.69
.69
.69
.69
.69
.69
.69
.69
.69
.69
.69
.69
.81
.81
.81
.81
.81
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.03
1.03
1.03
1.03
1.03
1.03
1.03
1.03
1.03
1.03
1.03
1.03
1.03
.12
.12
.12
.12
.12
.11
.12
.12
.12
.12
.12
.12
.12
.13
.13
.13
.13
.13
.14
.14
.14
.14
.14
.15
.15
.15
.15
.17
.17
.17
.15
.16
.16
.16
.16
.16
2.37
2.49
W1CVT (1)
2.73
W1CRT-1 (1)
2.81
X1CRT-1 (1)
2.93
MY29-11 (1)
4.12
Y81KFT (1)
2.41
Y81KFTMBH (1)
2.53
PAT81KFT-18V (1)
2.60
W25VT (2)
2.85
W25RT (2)
2.97
X25RT (2)
4.16
3.22
2.58
2.71
W26RT (2)
3.02
W26VT (2)
3.14
X26RT (2)
4.33
2.81
2.94
W27VT (2)
MY29-11 (1)
3.25
W27RT (2)
Y644HS (1)
3.38
X27RT (3)
Y81KFT (1)
4.56
Y81KFTMBH (1)
2.90
PAT81KFT-18V (1)
3.02
3.33
W28VT (2)
3.46
W28RT (2)
3.48
X28RT (3)
3.71
3.96
4.65
2.90
Y644HS (1)
3.02
Y81KFT (1)
W29VT (2)
3.33
3.46
PAT81KFT-18V (1)
3.48
35
#1 Weld
175/24
225/24
#1 AWG
1/0 Weld
275/24
1/0 AWG
50
2/0 Weld
325/24
2/0 AWG
70
3/0 Weld
450/24
3/0 AWG
95
4/0 Weld
550/24
4/0 AWG
**
120
4/0 Weld
550/24
* Use PUADP-1 adapter with U dies in Y46 Hypress.

Class 5 conductor.
W2CVT (1)
W2CRT (1)
X2CRT (1)

Hydraulic
BCT500HS,
Y35, Y39, Y750,
Y500CTHS
Y46*, PAT750
Wire
Color Die Strip
Code Index Length
W2CVT (1)
W2CRT (1)
X2CRT (1)
U2CRT (1)
Brown
10
11/16
W1CVT (1)
W1CRT-1 (1)
X1CRT-1 (1)
U1CRT-1 (1)
Green
11
11/16
W25VT (2)
W25RT (2)
X25RT (2)
U25RT (1)
Pink
12
11/16
W26RT (2)
W26VT (2)
X26RT (2)
U26RT (1)
Black
13
13/16
W27VT (2)
W27RT (2)
X27RT (3)
U27RT (1)
Orange 14
W28VT (2)
W28RT (2)
X28RT (3)
U28RT (1)
Purple
15
1-1/16
W29VT (2)
W29RT (2)
X29RT (4)
U29RT (1)
Yellow
16
1-1/16

Canada: 1-800-387-6487
www.burndy.com
US: 1-800-346-4175
BURNDY
TWO HOLE HYLUG

FLEX CONDUCTOR
STANDARD BARREL
LEAD PLATED
T
45
L
45
Fig. 1
90

1-800-346-4175
UL Listed 90 C,
600 Volts to 35 kV
Conductor
Catalog Number
YAG29L-2TC12E1-LD
YAG29L-2TC12-LD
YAG29L-2NTC-LD
YAG30L-2TC38-LD
YAG30L-2TC12-LD
YAG30L-2NTC-LD
YAG31L-2TC38-LD
YAG31L-2NTC38-LD
YAG31L-2TC12-LD
YAG31L-2NTC-LD
YAG32L-2TC38-LD
YAG32L-2NTC-LD
YAG34L-2TC516-LD
YAG34L-2TC38-LD
YAG34L-2NT38-LD
YAG34L-2TC12-LD
YAG34L-2NTC-LD
YAG36L-2TC38-LD
YAG36L-2NTC-LD
YAG38L-2TC516-LD
YAG38L-2NT38-LD
YAG38L-2TC38-LD
YAG38L-2TC12-LD
YAG38L-2NTC-LD
YAG39L-2NTC-LD
YAG40L-2TC38-LD
YAG40L-2NNT-LD
YAG40L-2NTC-LD
YAG44L-2TC38-LD
YAG44L-2TC12-LD
YAG44L-2TC12E3-LD
YAG44L-2NTC-LD
YAG44L-2TC58-LD
90
(Continued)
Fig
#
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
B
T
AWG
***
MM2
4/0 Weld
550/24
250 kcmil
CLASS G 259 Str.
CLASS H 427 Str.
250 Weld
637/24
CLASS I,K,M
150
775/24
185
313.1 kcmil
373.7 kcmil
925/24
240
350 kcmil CLASS I
1100/24
444.4 kcmil
535.3 kcmil
1325/24 300
500 kcmil CLASS I
600 kcmil
646 kcmil
1600/24
400
777.7 kcmil
1925/24 500
750 kcmil CLASS I
Stud
Hole
Size
1/2
1/2
1/2
3/8
1/2
1/2
3/8
3/8
1/2
1/2
3/8
1/2
5/16
3/8
3/8
1/2
1/2
3/8
1/2
5/16
3/8
3/8
1/2
1/2
1/2
3/8
1/2
1/2
3/8
1/2
1/2
1/2
5/8

Stud
Hole
Spacing
1
1-1/4
1-3/4
1
1-1/4
1-3/4
1
1-3/4
1-1/4
1-3/4
1
1-3/4
1
1
1-3/4
1-1/4
1-3/4
1
1-3/4
1
1
1
1-1/4
1-3/4
1-3/4
1
1-3/4
1-3/4
1
1-1/4
1-1/2
1-3/4
1-1/2
Tongue
Width
1.14
1.14
1.14
1.20
1.20
1.20
1.29
1.29
1.29
1.29
1.40
1.40
1.55
1.55
.96
1.55
1.55
1.73
1.73
1.82
1.63
1.82
1.82
1.82
1.90
1.98
1.63
1.98
2.18
2.18
2.18
2.18
2.18
Figure
Dimensions
Dieless
(B) (T)
(L)
(# of crimps)
1.03 .16 3.71
1.03 .16 3.96
1.03 .16 4.65
1.03 .16 3.48
1.03 .16 3.98
1.03 .16 4.67
1.06 .18 3.54
1.06 .18 4.30
1.06 .18 4.04
1.06 .18 4.73
1.19 .19 3.73
Y644HS (1)
1.19 .19 4.91
Y81KFT (1)
1.27 .23 3.79 Y81KFTMBH (1)
1.27 .23 3.92 PAT81KFT-18V (1)
1.27 .23 4.67
1.27 .23 4.42
1.27 .23 5.11
1.38 .27 4.28
1.38 .27 5.28
1.45 .27 4.09
1.45 .27 4.40
1.45 .27 4.28
1.45 .27 4.72
1.45 .27 5.28
1.19 .27 5.29
1.42 .30 4.33
1.42 .30 5.43
Y644HS (1)
1.42 .30 5.43
Y81KFT (2)
1.65 .33 4.80
Y81KFTMBH (2)
1.65 .33 5.11
PAT81KFT-18V (2)
1.65 .33 5.36
1.65 .33 5.80
1.65 .33 5.61
Mechanical
MD6, OUR840,
MD7-34R
Hydraulic
BCT500HS,
Y35, Y39, Y750,
Y500CTHS
Y46*, PAT750
Wire
Color Die Strip
Code Index Length
W29VT (2)
X29RT (4)
W29VT (2)
W29RT (2)
X29RT (4)
U29RT (1)
Yellow
16
1-1/16
W30VT (2)
W30VT (2)
W30RT (2)
U30RT (2)
White
17
1-1/8
W31VT (2)
W31VT (2)
W31RT (2)
U31RT (2)
Red
18
1-1/4
W32VT (2)
W32VT (2)
W32RT (2)
U32RT (2)
Blue
19
1-5/16
U34RT (2)
Brown
20
1-3/8
U38XRT (2)
Pink
20
1-3/8
U38RT (2)
Purple 400
1-3/8
U39RT (2)
Black
U44XRT (2)
Yellow L115 1-5/8

24 1-5/16
US: 1-800-346-4175
www.burndy.com
Canada: 1-800-387-6487
C-73
BURNDY
Copper Compression Flex
TYPE YAS-L-2TC-FX,60
C-74
TWO HOLE HYLUG DOUBLE BARREL

COPPER COMPRESSION
TERMINAL
UL Listed 90 C,
600 Volts to 35 kV
Fig. 1
Conductor
Catalog Number
Flex
AWG
YASG6CL-2TC14E2-FX
#6
Weld
61/24
#6
AWG
#6
Weld
61/24
#6
AWG
YASV6CL-2TC14E2-FX**
YASV6CL-2TC14E2-FX-60**
Fig. 2
Dimensions
***
MM2
16
Bolt Fig.
Size No.
1/4
1
1
16
1/4
2
T
Y
Die
Ref. Min. Index
Mechanical
Hydraulic
MD7-34 Y1MRTC
Wire
Color
MD6
Y2MR Y750, Y35, Strip
Code OUR840 Y8MRB-1 Y39, Y46* Length
.50
(13)
.48
(12)
.75
(19)
3.0
(78)
.08
(2)
1.14
(29)
7 or
374
Blue
W5CVT (1) Y2MR (1)

W5CRT (1) Y1MRTC (1)
U5CRT (1)
9/16
.50
(13)
.48
(12)
.75
(19)
3.0
(78)
2.9
(75)
.08
(2)
1.14
(29)
7 or
374
Blue
W5CVT (1) Y2MR (1)

W5CRT (1) Y1MRTC (1)
U5CRT (1)
9/16
.68
(17)

** Type YASV series have inspection hole.
for Class 2 and Class 5 conductor.
Canada: 1-800-387-6487
www.burndy.com
US: 1-800-346-4175
BURNDY
Copper Compression Metric Inspection Window
TYPE YAV
C-75
HYLUG
NON-INSULATED COPPER
TUBULAR TERMINALS
0.3 - 1000 mm2
Made from electrolytic copper tube, electro
tinned. Range of copper tube formed terminals taking wires from 0.3 - 1000 mm2. Heat
resistant up to +125 C.
7.2
9.9
12.0
14.0
15.0
100
Y10R4BY
100
Y10R4BY
50
Y10R4BY
50
Y10R4BY
50
Y10R4BY
MY2913GE2
50
MY2913GE2
50
MY2913GE2
Y644M
Dieless
9.5
Y10R4BY
Y35P1 + Y29PQS (Y29PQ10B1 UK)
5.7
6.9
100
Y29BH
Y29NC
MRD29
U10C
25
4.6
6.9
Tooling
Number
U16C
16
3.8
6.9
3.1
3.7
4.3
5.1
6.4
8.4
6.4
3.7
4.3
5.3
6.4
8.4
10.5
6.4
6.4
8.4
10.5
12.3
6.4
8.4
10.5
13.2
6.4
8.4
10.5
13.2
Pack
Qty.
U25C
10
3.3
4.8
6.1
8.0
8.0
10.4
11.1
9.1
7.0
8.0
10.0
11.0
13.0
14.2
11.0
11.1
14.3
14.3
18.5
12.7
15.0
15.0
18.5
13.9
15.9
15.9
18.5
Y29PL
Flex 6
2.6
13.7
15.5
15.5
15.5
16.7
17.9
16.7
17.9
19.4
19.9
20.9
23.4
22.5
20.1
21.4
23.4
25.4
28.4
23.9
25.9
27.9
30.9
25.7
27.7
29.7
32.7
DV8L
4-6
2.3
DV6L
2.5 - 4
1.4
Hydraulic Tools
Y35BH, Y35,
Y750, Y46*,
PAT750
DV4L
1.5 - 2.5
3.0
3.5
4.0
5.0
6.0
8.0
6.0
3.5
4.0
5.0
6.0
8.0
10.0
6.0
6.0
8.0
10.0
12.0
6.0
8.0
10.0
12.0
6.0
8.0
10.0
12.0
50PIO-25C
0.3 - 1.2
Stud
Size
50NC1
YAV18T4
YAV18T5
YAV18T1
YAV18
YAV025M6
YAV14T3
YAV04M6
YAV06M35
YAV06M4
YAV06M5
YAV06M6
YAV06M8
YAV10T38
YAV06FM6
YAV10M6
YAV10M8
YAV10M10
YAV10M12
YAV16M6
YAV16M8
YAV16M10
YAV16M12
YAV25M6
YAV25M8
YAV25M10
YAV25M12
mm2
50NC1
Catalog
Number
50NC2
Mechanical Tools
N = Nest die, I = Indentor

US: 1-800-346-4175
www.burndy.com
Canada: 1-800-387-6487
BURNDY
TYPE YAV
C-76
HYLUG
TUBULAR TERMINALS
0.3 - 1000 mm2
(Continued)
YAV70M5
YAV70M6
YAV70M8
YAV70M10
YAV70M12
YAV70M14
YAV70M16
5
6
8
10
12
14
16
11.3
32.4
33.4
35.4
37.4
40.4
40.4
43.4
21.4
21.4
21.4
21.4
22.4
22.4
22.4
21.0
5.3
6.4
8.4
10.5
13.2
15.0
17.0
10
12.8
42.4
23.8
25.0
70
YAV70FM10
Flex 70
YAV70FM12
12
10
YAV95M10
45.4
43.4
95
YAV95M12
MY2913GE2
13.2
10.5
25
12
13.4
46.4
25.0
13.2
U35C
MY2913GE2
10.5
U50C
MY2913GE2
15.0
Dieless
21.8
Y35P1 + Y29PQ6S (Y29PQ12B1 UK)
38.9
U70C
25
25
14
UV26D
MY2913GE2
25
YAV50FM14
U95C
50
13.2
20.0
Y29PL
MY2913GE2
Y29PR
50
DV2L
MY2913GE2
DV1L
50
MRD29
N
I
DV25L
Tooling
Number
DV26L
20.0
Pack
Qty.
Hydraulic Tools
Y35BH, Y35, Y750,
Y46*, PAT750
I
N
I
Y644M
DV27L*
21.8
10.0
17.0
k
5.3
6.4
8.4
10.5
13.2
5.3
6.4
8.4
10.5
13.2
15.0
17.0
50P35-70C
12
Flex 50
50NC2
38.9
9.5
b
15.9
15.9
15.9
15.9
19.8
18.2
18.2
18.2
18.2
19.8
21.5
22.4
50P95-120C
YAV50FM12
8.5
y
27.4
28.4
30.4
32.4
35.4
30.9
31.9
33.9
35.9
38.9
38.9
41.9
50NC2
50
50NC12
35
Stud
Size
5
6
8
10
12
5
6
8
10
12
14
16
50NC1 -2X
mm2
50NC2 - 2X 50NC1 - 2X
Catalog
Number
YAV35M5
YAV35M6
YAV35M8
YAV35M10
YAV35M12
YAV50M5
YAV50M6
YAV50M8
YAV50M10
YAV50M12
YAV50M14
YAV50M16
Y29BH
Y29NC
Y35P1 + Y29PQS (Y29PQ11B1 UK)
Mechanical Tools

*DV27L - DV28L only for Y29BH
Canada: 1-800-387-6487
www.burndy.com
US: 1-800-346-4175
BURNDY
TYPE YAV
C-77
HYLUG
TUBULAR TERMINALS
0.3 - 1000 mm2
(Continued)
Tooling
Number
Flex 95
12
14.2
46.4
25.0
25.0
13.2
25
MY2913GE2
120
8
10
12
14
16
20
15.0
44.4
46.4
49.4
49.4
52.4
58.4
29.0
27.0
8.4
10.5
13.2
15.0
17.0
21.0
25
MY2913GE2
29.0
27.0
25
MY2913GE2
YAV120FM10
YAV120FM12
YAV120FM16
10
Flex 120
12
16
46.4
15.9
49.4
52.4
10.5
13.2
17.0
MRD29
N
I
DV27L*
Y644M
Dieless
Pack
Qty.
U95C
U120C
Hydraulic Tools
Y35BH, Y35, Y750
Y46*, PAT750
I
N
I
Y29PR
Y29BH
Y29NC
DV28L*
50P95-120C
YAV120M8
YAV120M10
YAV120M12
YAV120M14
YAV120M16
YAV120M20
Stud
Size
50NC2 -2X
YAV95FM12
mm2
50NC1 - 2X
Catalog
Number
50NC1 - 2X
Mechanical Tools

*DV27L - DV28L only for Y29BH.
Y260DBHM takes U-Dies with adaptor 26UADP.
* Y46 takes U-Dies with adaptor PUADP-1.
US: 1-800-346-4175
www.burndy.com
Canada: 1-800-387-6487
BURNDY
TYPE YAV
C-78
HYLUG
TUBULAR TERMINALS
0.3 - 1000 mm2
(Continued)
Hydraulic Tools
34.9
10.5
13.2
15.0
17.0
21.0
YAV240FM10
10
73.4
10.5
10
13.2
YAV300M12
YAV300M14
YAV300M16
YAV300M20
12
14
16
20
23.4
77.3
78.3
80.3
86.3
43.0
43.0
13.2
15.0
17.0
21.0
10
14
24.2
82.4
45.0
43.0
15.0
10
YAV300FM14
300
Flex 300 UK
U150C
26P36C
76.4
26M36D
36.0
12
26M37BD
41.0
YAV240FM12
U300C
22.0
10
U37BD
Flex 240 UK
39.6
EDBP1 + Y20PQ8
21.2
68.2
71.2
71.2
74.2
80.2
EDBP1 + Y20PQ10
240
10
12
14
16
20
ED31BD
10.5
ED32BD
30.2
ED35BD
35.7
ED37BD
61.8
PUADP + Y35P3 + Y34PR
19.4
U185C
10
U32D
Flex 185 UK
U240C
30.2
U35BD
35.7
10.5
13.2
15.0
17.0
21.0
UK
Y22BH
N
I
U300C
18.4
61.8
64.8
64.8
67.8
73.8
26P30-34C
185
10
12
14
16
20
U37BD
10
Y46*
10
26M30D
13.2
26M31D
28.6
58.9
26M32D
32.8
17.8
10
26M34D
27.0
Y260DBHM
N
I
26M35BD
YAV240M10
YAV240M12
YAV240M14
YAV240M16
YAV240M20
30.4
Y644M
DIeless
YAV185FM10
k
10.5
13.2
15.0
17.0
21.0
YAV185M10
YAV185M12
YAV185M14
YAV185M16
YAV185M20
U185C
12
U32D
Flex 150 UK
16.5
y
52.3
55.3
55.3
58.3
64.3
U150C
150
Pack
Qty.
U240C
YAV150FM12
mm2
Stud
Size
10
12
14
16
20
U35BD
Catalog
Number
YAV150M10
YAV150M12
YAV150M14
YAV150M16
YAV150M20
Y35BH, Y35,
Y750, PAT750
N
I

* Y46 takes U-Dies with adaptor PUADP-1.
Y22BH takes U-Dies with adaptor 22UADP.
Canada: 1-800-387-6487
www.burndy.com
US: 1-800-346-4175
BURNDY
TYPE YAV
C-79
HYLUG
TUBULAR TERMINALS
0.3 - 1000 mm2
(Continued)
Hydraulic Tools
81.3
26.2
84.3
Pack
Qty.
Y644M
Y260DBHM
N
I
Y46*
N
UK-Y22BH
N
I
Y530DBHM
N
I
13.2
48.0
43.0
17.0
20
90.3
21.0
YAV500M12
12
87.8
13.2
10
53.0
21.0
10
YAV800M20*
800
(1500 kcmil)
20
38.0
113.6
67.5
52.0
21.0
10
YA48L
1000
(2000 kcmil)
20
42.2
127.2
77.7
55.0
21.0
10
53P46-48C
63.0
53M45D
104.6
53M46D
34.4
53M48D
20
ED466BD
Flex 630 UK
ED488D
YAV630FM20
EDPB2 +
Y22PQ12
21.0
EDPB2 +
Y48PQ2
96.8
15.0
53M44D
47.7
EDPB1 +
Y20PQ11
55.1
P45D
20
88.8
ED44BD
29.8
HEAD
YAV500M20
14
ED453BD
500
P44PR
YAV500M14
P44D
Dieless
53P40-45C
YAV375M20
10
53M39D
16
EDPB1 +
Y20PQ10
375
(750 kcmil)
P39D
12
26P-36C
YAV375M16
26P40-45C
YAV375M12
Stud
Size
26M39D
mm2
26M44D
Catalog
Number

Y260DBHM takes U-Dies with adaptor 26UADP
* Y46 takes U-Dies with adaptor PUADP-1
Y22BH takes U-Dies with adaptor 22UADP
US: 1-800-346-4175
www.burndy.com
Canada: 1-800-387-6487
BURNDY
Copper and Aluminum Compression Narrow Tongue One and Two Hole
C-80
E-LINE HYLUG
EQUIPMENT LINE
TYPE YA-E
COPPER AND ALUMINUM
Fig. 1
Fig. 2
UL Listed 90 C,
600 Volts to 35 kV
YA-E Equipment terminals are designed to
provide replacements for original equipment
mechanical or other compression terminals.
These narrow tongue terminals are specially
designed to fit in tight areas. Whether youre
upgrading or replacing, YA-E connectors will

provide for any of your cable termination
needs. When installed with our dieless tool,
these terminals can accommodate a range of
conductor sizes.
COPPER E-LINE HYLUG COMPRESSION TERMINALS
Catalog
Number
Conductor Accommodations
Copper Only
Fig Conventional Expanded Wire Range
No. Wire Size
using Y644M
Bolt Tongue
Bolt
Hole Width
Size Spacing (max)
Dimensions
T
L
YA25LN50T14E
YA25LN64T516E
1
1
1/0 AWG
#6 - 1/0 AWG
1/4
5/16
0.50
0.64
0.88
0.88
0.12
0.12
YA26LN50T14E
2/0 AWG
#4 - 2/0 AWG
1/4
0.50
0.94
0.12
YA30L24N100T38E
300 kcmil
2/0 AWG - 300 kcmil
3/8
1.00
1.03
YA342LNN119T12E
YA342LNN131T12E
YA34L6N131T12E
YA39L6N131T12E
YA392LNN131T12E
2
2
1
1
2
1/2
1/2
1/2
1/2
1/2
1.75
1.75
1.745
1.19
1.31
1.31
1.31
1.31
1.27
1.27
1.27
1.42
1.42
500 kcmil
4/0 AWG - 500 kcmil
750 kcmil
500 - 750 kcmil
Mechanical
Hydraulic
Y35, Y750, Y46*,
Dieless
MD6, MD7
PAT750
(number of crimps) (number of crimps) (number of crimps)
1.84
1.96
Color
Code
Die
Index
Wire
Strip
Length
Y644HS (1)
PAT644HS (1)
Y81KFT (1)
1.94 Y81KFTMBH (1)
PAT81KFT-18V (1)
W25RT (2)
W25VT (2)
U25RT (1)
U2CABT (1)
Pink
12
348
15/16
W26RT (2)
W26VT (2)
U26RT (1)
Black
13
0.16
2.44
W30RT (2)
White
17
298
1-1/16
0.23
0.23
0.23
0.27
0.27
5.06
5.06
3.31
3.61
5.37
Brown
20
299
1-5/16
Black
24
1-1/2
Color
Code
Die
Index
Wire
Strip
Length
Y644HS (1)
PAT644HS (1)
Y81KFT (2)
Y81KFTMBH (2)
PAT81KFT-18V (2)
U30RT (2)
U28ART (2)
U34RT (2)
U31ART (2)
P34RT (2)
U39RT (2)
ALUMINUM E-LINE HYLUG COMPRESSION TERMINALS
Catalog
Number
YA8CA3S56T14E
YA2CA5S53T14E
YA2CA1S91T516E
YA25A1S60T516E
YA25A3N69T38E
YA26A13N100T516E
YA26A6N100T38E
YA27A10S76T516E
YA28A14N100T516E
YA28A1N100T38E
YA30A9N100T516E
YA30A6N100T38E
YA30A1N131T12E
YA31A11N100T516E
YA31A9N100T38E
YA32A8N106T516E
Aluminum
Copper or Aluminum
No. Wire Size
using Y644M
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
#8 AWG
#8 AWG
#2 AWG
#6 - #2 AWG
1/0 AWG
#1 - 1/0 AWG
2/0 AWG
#1 - 2/0 AWG
3/0 AWG
#1 - 3/0 AWG
4/0 AWG
1/0 - 4/0 AWG
300 kcmil
2/0 AWG - 300 kcmil
350 kcmil
3/0 AWG - 350 kcmil
400 kcmil
4/0 AWG - 400 kcmil
A variety of BURNDY installation tools are available and

not all tools are listed. If you require additional tooling
information, please feel free to call our customer service
department for other recommendations.
Canada: 1-800-387-6487
Bolt Tongue
Bolt Hole Width
Size Spacing (max)
1/4
1/4
5/16
5/16
3/8
5/16
3/8
5/16
3/8
5/16
5/16
3/8
1/2
5/16
3/8
5/16
0.56
0.53
0.91
0.63
0.69
1.00
1.00
0.76
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.31
1.00
1.00
1.06
Dimensions
B
T
L
0.62
1.00
1.12
1.00
1.05
1.11
1.11
1.11
1.39
1.39
1.53
1.53
1.53
1.85
1.85
2.26
0.09
0.22
0.16
0.21
0.21
0.24
0.24
0.26
0.30
0.30
0.36
0.36
0.35
0.39
0.39
0.43
Mechanical
Hydraulic
Y35, Y750, Y46*,
Dieless
MD6, MD7, Y500CT
PAT750
1.65
Y644HS (1)
PAT644HS (1)
2.25
2.50
Y81KFT (1)
2.29 Y81KFTMBH (1)
2.38 PAT81KFT-18V (1)
2.45
2.53
2.58
2.85
Y644HS (1)
2.94
PAT644HS (1)
3.12
Y81KFT (2)
3.20 Y81KFTMBH (2)
3.57 PAT81KFT-18V (2)
3.51
3.59
3.92
* Use PUADP-1 adapter with U dies in Y46 HYPRESS,

P-RT die sets for use in Y46 HYPRESS only. PUADP-1
www.burndy.com
U8CABT (1)
Blue
374
11/16
U2CABT (1)
Pink
348
1-3/16
U25ART (1)
Tan
296
1-1/8
U26ART (2)
Olive
297
1-3/16
U27ART (2)
Ruby
467
1-3/16
U28ART (2)
White
298
1-7/16
U30ART (2)
Blue
470
1-5/8
U31ART (2)
Brown
299
1-7/8
U32ART (4)
Green
472
2-5/16

** 900 Compact Aluminum Cable not UL Listed. Tested with
Y644HS and PAT644 dieless tools only.
US: 1-800-346-4175
BURNDY
Copper and Aluminum Compression Narrow Tongue One and Two Hole
E-LINE HYLUG
EQUIPMENT LINE
C-81
TYPE YA-E
COPPER AND ALUMINUM
(Continued)
Fig. 1
Fig. 2
UL Listed 90 C,
600 Volts to 35 kV
ALUMINUM E-LINE HYLUG COMPRESSION TERMINALS
Catalog
Number
YA34A8N131T38E
YA34A3N131T12E
YA34A7N131T12E
YA36A9N131TD12E
YA36A3N131TD38E
YA36A3N131TD12E
YA39A5N131TD12E
YA39A1N131TD12E
Aluminum
Copper or Aluminum
No. Wire Size
using Y644M
1
2
1
1
2
2
2
1
500 kcmil
4/0 AWG - 500 kcmil
600 kcmil
250 - 600 kcmil
750 kcmil
500 - 900** kcmil Aluminum

500 kcmil Copper Only
A variety of BURNDY installation tools are available and

not all tools are listed. If you require additional tooling
information, please feel free to call our customer service
department for other recommendations.
Bolt Tongue
Bolt Hole Width
Size Spacing (max)
3/8
1/2
1/2
1/2
3/8
1/2
1/2
1/2
1.75
1.75
1.75
1.31
1.31
1.31
1.31
1.31
1.31
1.31
1.31
Dimensions
B
T
L
1.64
1.64
1.64
1.64
1.64
1.64
1.86
1.86
0.35
0.35
0.35
0.39
0.39
0.39
0.31
0.31
Mechanical
Hydraulic
Y35, Y750, Y46*,
Dieless
MD6, MD7, Y500CT
PAT750
3.88
5.71
Y644HS (2)
3.88
PAT644HS (2)
3.98
Y81KFT (2)
5.32
Y81KFTMBH (2)
5.71
PAT81KFT-18V (2)
6.09
4.28
* Use PUADP-1 adapter with U dies in Y46 HYPRESS,

P-RT die sets for use in Y46 HYPRESS only. PUADP-1
Color
Code
Die
Index
Pink
Wire
Strip
Length
300
1-11/16
U34ART (4)
1-15/16
** 900 Compact Aluminum Cable not UL Listed. Tested with
Y644HS and PAT644 dieless tools only.
US: 1-800-346-4175
www.burndy.com
Canada: 1-800-387-6487
BURNDY
Copper Compression Code Splice
TYPE YS-L
C-82
HYLINK SPLICE
STANDARD BARREL
COPPER COMPRESSION
UL Listed 90 C,
600 Volts to 35 kV

Standard barrel length.
Ideal for limited space applications
while providing ample barrel length for
proper crimp.
Four (4) center conductor stops.
Provides a center wire stop for proper
conductor insertion.
Conductor
Dimensions
MD7-34R
W8CVT (1)
MD6
OUR840
X8CRT (1)
Die Number
(# crimps)
U8CRT (1)
Color
Code
Red
Die Index
& Embossment
49
Wire
Strip
Length
1/2
W5CVT (1)
X5CRT (1)
U5CRT (1)
Blue
7 or 374
7/8
Y1MRTC (2)
W4CVT (1)
X4CRT (1)
U4CRT (1)
Gray
8 or 346
7/8
Y1MRTC (2)
U3CRT (1)
White
15/16
Y1MRTC (2)
W2CVT (1)
X2CRT (1)
U2CRT (1)
Brown
10
15/16
Y1MRTC (2)
W1CVT (1)
W25VT (2)
W26VT (2)
W27VT (2)
W28VT (2)
W29VT (2)
W30VT (2)
W31VT (2)
W32VT (2)
W34VT (2)
X1CRT (1)
X25RT (2)
X26RT (2)
X27RT (2)
X28RT (2)
U1CRT-1 (1)
U25RT (1)
U26RT (1)
U27RT (1)
U28RT (1)
U29RT (1)
U30RT (2)
U31RT (2)
U32RT (2)
U34RT (2)
U36RT (2)
U38RT (2)
U39RT (2)
P44RT** (2)
Green
Pink
Black
Orange
Purple
Yellow
White
Red
Blue
Brown
Green
Pink
Black
White
11 or 375
12 or 348
13
14
15
16
17 or 298
18 or 324
19 or 470
20 or 299
22 or 472
400
24
27
15/16
15/16
1
1-1/16
1-1/16
1-1/8
1-1/8
1-3/16
1-1/4
1-7/16
1-7/16
1-7/16
1-11/16
1-15/16
Y35, Y39, Y750, Y46*
Mechanical
Catalog
Number
YS8C-L-BOX
YS6C-L BOX
YS5C-L BOX
AWG
8 str.
6 str.
5 str.
***
MM2
10
16
L
1.00
1.75
1.90
B
.41
.81
.81
YS4C-L BOX
4 str.
1.75
.81
YS3C-L
3 str.
25
2.05
.88
YS2C-L BOX
2 str.
2.00
.88
YS1C-L BOX
YS25-L BOX
YS26-L BOX
YS27-L BOX
YS28-L BOX
YS29-L BOX
YS30-L
YS31-L
YS32-L
YS34-L
YS36-L
YS38-L
YS39-L
YS44-L
1 str.
1/0 str.
2/0 str.
3/0 str.
4/0 str.
250 kcmil
300 kcmil
350 kcmil
400 kcmil
500 kcmil
600 kcmil
700 kcmil
750 kcmil
1000 kcmil
50
70
95
120
150
185
240
300
500
2.06
2.08
2.17
2.30
2.32
2.46
2.47
2.60
2.74
3.15
3.22
3.22
3.72
4.28
.88
.88
.94
1.00
1.00
1.06
1.06
1.12
1.19
1.38
1.38
1.38
1.62
1.88
Dieless
(# of crimps)
Y1MRTC
Y2MR
Y1MRTC (1)
Y81KFT (1)
Y81KFTMBH (1)
PAT81KFT-18V (1)
Y81KFT (2)
Y81KFTMBH (2)
PAT81KFT-18V (2)
Y81KFT (3)
Y81KFTMBH (3)
PAT81KFT-18V (3)

die listings.
** P44RT for use with Y46 HYPRESS only. PUADP-1

adaptor not required.
The maximum size for the Y35 is 400 kcmil insulated

code cable.
manufacturer for voltage stress relief instuctions.
Canada: 1-800-387-6487
www.burndy.com
US: 1-800-346-4175
BURNDY
Copper Compression Code Long Barrel Splice
TYPE YS
BEVELED
ENTRY
DIE AND COLOR

CODE INFORMATION
HYLINK SPLICE LONG BARREL
C-83
ELECTRO-TIN
PLATED
COPPER COMPRESSION
SPLICE
CRIMP
CRIMP
UL Listed 90 C,
600 Volts to 35 kV
CRIMP
CRIMP
(4) CENTER
WIRE STOPS

Long barrel length.
Ideal for 600 volt heavy duty applications. Also may be used at higher
voltages up to 35KV.
High pull out force.
Provides added security for much
greater mechanical and electrical properties.
Conductor
Dimensions
MD7-34R
W8CVT (2)
MD6
OUR840
X8CRT (2)
Die Number
(# crimps)
U8CRT (2)
Color
Code
Red
Die Index
& Embossment
49
Wire
Strip
Length
7/8
W5CVT (2)
X5CRT (2)
U5CRT (2)
Blue
7 or 374
1-3/16
W4CVT (2)
X4CRT (2)
U4CRT (2)
Gray
8 or 346
1-3/16
U2CRT (2)
U2CRT (2)
U1CRT-1 (2)
U25RT (2)
U26RT (2)
U27RT (2)
U28RT (2)
U29RT (2)
U30RT (4)
U31RT (4)
U32RT (4)
U34RT (4)
U36RT (4)
U39RT (4)
P44RT** (2)
P46RT** (6)
L48RT (4)
White
Brown
Brown
Green
Pink
Black
Orange
Purple
Yellow
White
Red
Blue
Brown
Green
Black
White
Green
Brown
9
10
10
11 or 375
12 or 348
13
14
15
16
17 or 298
18 or 324
19 or 470
20 or 299
22 or 472
24
27
31
34
1-5/16
1-5/8
1-5/16
1-7/16
1-7/16
1-9/16
1-9/16
1-11/16
1-11/16
2-1/16
2-1/16
2-3/16
2-5/16
2-3/4
2-15/16
3-1/16
3-1/4
3-3/8
Y35 , Y39, Y750, Y46*
Mechanical
Catalog
Number
YS8C
YS6C
YS5C
YS4C
YS3C
YR2C2WT
YS2C
YS1C
YS25
YS26
YS27
YS28
YS29
YS30
YS31
YS32
YS34
YS36
YS39
YS44
YS46
YS48
AWG
8 str.
6 str.
5 str.
***
MM2
10
16
L
1.75
2.38
2.55
B
.78
1.09
1.09
4 str.
2.55
1.09
3 str./2 sol.
2 str. - 2 sol.
2 str.
1 str.
1/0 str.
2/0 str.
3/0 str.
4/0 str.
250 kcmil
300 kcmil
350 kcmil
400 kcmil
500 kcmil
600 kcmil
750 kcmil
1000 kcmil
1500 kcmil
2000 kcmil
25
25
35
50
70
120
150
185
240
300
500
2.80
2.90
2.82
3.07
3.06
3.30
3.30
3.57
3.58
4.34
4.35
4.62
4.91
5.85
6.38
6.95
7.01
7.57
1.22
1.44
1.22
1.34
1.34
1.45
1.45
1.58
1.58
1.95
1.95
2.08
2.20
2.63
2.81
2.94
3.13
3.27
Dieless
(# of crimps)
Y1MRTC
Y2MR
Y81KFT (1)
Y81KFTMBH (1)
PAT81KFT-18V (1)
Y1MRTC (2)
Y1MRTC (4)
Y1MRTC (4)
Y1MRTC (4)
Y81KFT (2)
Y81KFTMBH (2)
PAT81KFT-18V (2)
Y81KFT (3)
Y81KFTMBH (3)
PAT81KFT-18V (3)
Y1MRTC (4)
Y81KFT (4)
Y81KFTMBH (4)
PAT81KFT-18V (4)
Not color coded.

** P44RT for use with Y46 HYPRESS only. PUADP-1
U3CRT (2)
W2CVT/W2CRT
W2CVT/W2CRT
W2CVT (2)
W1CVT (2)
W25VT (4)
W26VT (4)
W27VT (4)
W28VT (4)
W29VT (4)
W30VT (4)
W31VT (4)
W32VT (4)
W34VT (4)
X2CRT (2)
X1CRT (2)
X25RT (4)
X26RT (4)
X27RT (4)
X28RT (4)

The maximum size for the Y35 is 400 kcmil.
die listings.

Requires Y60BHU HYPRESS with L48RT die set.
US: 1-800-346-4175
www.burndy.com
Canada: 1-800-387-6487
BURNDY
Copper Compression Code Reducing Adapter
TYPES Y-R
INTERNALLY
BEVELED ENDS
C-84
REDUCING ADAPTER
FOR COPPER
600 Volts to 35 kV
The Y-R reducing adapter has been designed
to allow large size, long barrel, copper long
barrel HYDENT, HYSPLICE and
HYTEE terminals, splices, and T taps to be
used on smaller conductor sizes. To use,
simply insert the reducer into the barrel,
insert the wire into the reducer adapter and
crimp the outer barrel using its recommended tooling.
ELECTRO-TIN
PLATED
WIRE RANGE

Wide range of conductors are
accommodated.
Lowers inventory requirements and
affords maximum versatility.
Same die set for all legs of the connection.
Permits the same tool and die
combination normally used on
the compression barrel.
Length fits the long barrel connector
design (YS, YA).
Can be used on all long barrel
connectors. Field cut to fit shorter
length compression barrels (YS-L, YA-L).
Manufactured from high conductivity
electrolytic copper and electro-tin plated.
Provides maximum conductivity low
forming properties, and provides
long lasting corrosion resistance.
Insert reducing adapter into splice connection as shown.

Y3428R
APPLICATION EXAMPLE
YS34
Crimp with U34RT, 4 crimps each side (a total of 8 crimps).
Catalog
Number
Y286CR
Y284WR
Y284CR
Y282CR
Y281CR
Y2825R
Y2826R
Y2827R
Y2928R
Y302CR
Y304CR
Y3025R
Y3026R
Y3027R
Y3028R
Y3126R
Y3128R
Y3129R
Y342CR
Y3425R
Y3426R
Y3427R
Y3428R
Y3429R
Y3430R
Y3431R
Y3432R
Y3934R
Y3936R
Y4439R
From
Wire Range
To
4/0 str.
250 kcmil
300 kcmil
350 kcmil
500 kcmil
750 kcmil
1000 kcmil
6, 8 str. 6 sol.
4 sol.
4 str.
2 str.
1 str.
1/0 str.
2/0 str.
3/0 str.
4/0
2
4
1/0
2/0
3/0
4/0
2/0
4/0
250
2 str.
1/0 str.
2/0 str.
3/0 str.
4/0 str.
250 kcmil
300 kcmil
350 kcmil
400 kcmil
500 kcmil
600 kcmil
750 kcmil
Dimensions
Max O.D. L
.534
1.75
.582
1.62
.637
2.00
.687
2.00
.821
2.50
1.017
2.25
1.296
3.19
Contact Technical Support for other sizes not listed.

Canada: 1-800-387-6487
www.burndy.com
US: 1-800-346-4175
BURNDY
Copper Compression Flex Splice Belled Ends
TYPE YS-LB
DIE AND COLOR

CODE INFORMATION
HYLINK
CRIMP
STANDARD LENGTH
BELLED BARREL
BELLED
END
UL Listed 90 C,
600 Volts to 35 kV
YS4C-LB
YS3C-LB
YS2C-LB
YS1C-LB
YS25-LB
YS26-LB
YS27-LB
YS28-LB
YS29-LB
YS30-LB
CRIMP
(4) CENTER
WIRE STOP
HYLINK type YS-LB splices are designed

for flexible and extra flexible copper conductors used in mining machines, locomotives,
welding cables and other flexible cable applications. The seamless, high conductivity
copper, electro-tin plated belled barrel
provides for easy insertion of flexible stranded conductors and the nest indentor die
system provides an excellent electrical and
mechanical connection.
YS5C-LB
C-85
ELECTRO-TIN
PLATED
UNINSULATED
BELLED COPPER
COMPRESSION SPLICE
Catalog
Number
BELLED
END
Code
Cable
Flex
Cable
Navy
Cable
6 Flex
5 Flex
4 Flex
3 Flex
2 Flex
1 Flex
1/0 Flex
2/0 Flex
3/0 Flex
4/0 Flex
4/0 - 250 Flex
Belled barrel ends.

Provides easy cable insertion into the
splice barrel and smooth cable strain
relief during cable flexing and
movement.
Standard length barrel.
Permits easy passage around pulleys
yet is long enough for easy crimping.
Class G
Class H
#6 (49 str)
#5 (49 str)
#4 (49 str)
#3 (49 str)
#2 (49 str)
#1 (133 str)
1/0 (133 str)
2/0 (133 str)
3/0 (133 str)
4/0 (133 str)
250 kcmil
(259 str)
#6 (133 str)
#5 (133 str)
#4 (133 str)
#3 (133 str)
#2 (133 str)
#1 (259 str)
1/0 (259 str)
2/0 (259 str)
3/0 (259 str)
4/0 (259 str)
250 kcmil
(427 str)
Copper Cables *
Flexible and Extra Flexible Cables
Battery
Welding
Cable
Cable
Locomotive
Class I
Class K
Class M
Cable
Metric
Cable
#6 (63/24)
#5 (84/24)
#4 (105/24)
#3 (133/24)
#2 (161/24)
#1 (210/24)
1/0 (266/24)
2/0 (342/24)
3/0 (418/24)
#6 (266/30)
#5 (336/30)
#4 (420/30)
#3 (532/30)
#2 (665/30)
#1 (836/30)
1/0 (1064/30)
2/0 (1323/30)
3/0 (1666/30)
#6 (665/34)
#5 (836/34)
#4 (1064/34)
#3 (1323/24)
#2 (1666/34)
#1 (2107/34)
1/0 (2646/34)
2/0 (3325/34)
#6 (61/24)
#5 (91/24)
#4 (105/24)
#3 (125/24)
#2 (150/24)
#1 (225/24)
1/0 (275/24)
2/0 (325/24)
3/0 (450/24)
4/0 (532/24)
4/0 (2107/30)
4/0 (5320/34)
4/0 (550/24)
Dimensions
B
L
.81
1.75
.81
1.75
.81
1.88
.81
1.88
.81
1.88
.81
1.88
.94
2.00
1.00
2.13
1.00
2.13
1.06
2.25
1.06
2.25
Contact BURNDY for conductors not shown.

US: 1-800-346-4175
www.burndy.com
Canada: 1-800-387-6487
BURNDY
Copper Compression Flex Splice Belled Ends
TYPE YS-LB
DIE AND COLOR

CODE INFORMATION
BELLED
END
C-86
ELECTRO-TIN
PLATED
HYLINK
UNINSULATED BELLED
COPPER COMPRESSION
SPLICE
CRIMP
BELLED
END
STANDARD LENGTH
BELLED BARREL
(4) CENTER
WIRE STOP
CRIMP
UL Listed 90 C,
600 Volts to 35 kV
(INSTALLATION TOOLING)
Catalog
Number
Code
Cable
Flex
Cable
Dieless
Dieless HYTOOL Die
Color
Hydraulic Tooling, Die Sets, (# of crimps)
(# of crimps)
(# of crimps)
Index Code Die Type
Y35
Y39, Y750
Y46*
YS5C-LB
6 Flex
1014
YS4C-LB
5 Flex
1015
YS3C-LB
4 Flex
1016
YS2C-LB
3 Flex
YS1C-LB
2 Flex
YS25-LB
1 Flex
YS26-LB
1/0 Flex
1020
YS27-LB
2/0 Flex
1021
YS28-LB
3/0 Flex
YS29-LB
4/0 Flex
YS30-LB
Y81KFT (1)
Y81KFTMBH (1)
PAT81KFT-18V (1)
1017
MY29-11 (1)
(1 Crimp/end)
1018
1019
Nest
Indentor
U6CD-1 (1)
Y34PR (1)
U4CD-1 (1)
Y34PR (1)
U3CD-1 (1)
Y34PR (1)
U2CD-1 (1)
Y34PR (1)
U1CD-1 (1)
Y34PR (1)
U25D-1 (1)
Y34PR-2 (1)
U26D-1 (1)
Y34PR-2 (1)
U27D-1 (1)
Y34PR-2 (1)
1022
Y81KFT (2)
Y81KFTMBH (2)
PAT81KFT-18V (2)
4/0-250 Flex
1023
1024
U6CD-1 (1)
Y34PR (1)
U4CD-1 (1)
Y34PR (1)
U3CD-1 (1)
Y34PR (1)
U2CD-1 (1)
Y34PR (1)
U1CD-1 (1)
Y34PR (1)
U25D-1 (1)
Y34PR-2 (1)
U26D-1 (1)
Y34PR-2 (1)
U27D-1 (1)
Y34PR-2 (1)
U28D-1 (1)
Y34PR-2 (1)
U29D-1 (1)
Y34PR-2 (1)
U30D-1 (1)
Y34PR-2 (1)
U6CD-1 (1)
Y34PR (1)
U4CD-1 (1)
Y34PR (1)
U3CD-1 (1)
Y34PR (1)
U2CD-1 (1)
Y34PR (1)
U1CD-1 (1)
Y34PR (1)
U25D-1 (1)
Y34PR-2 (1)
U26D-1 (1)
Y34PR-2 (1)
U27D-1 (1)
Y34PR-2 (1)
U28D-1 (1)
Y34PR-2 (1)
U29D-1 (1)
Y34PR-2 (1)
U30D-1 (1)
Y34PR-2 (1)
Wire
Strip
Length
7/8
7/8
15/16
15/16
15/16
15/16
1
1-1/16
1-1/16
1-1/16
1-1/8
Use Y35P3 adaptor with Y34PR indentor.

* Use PUADP-1 adaptor with U-DIES in Y46 HYPRESS.
See Tooling section in this catalog for complete tool and
die listings.
Not color coded.
Canada: 1-800-387-6487
www.burndy.com
US: 1-800-346-4175
BURNDY
Copper Compression Code Splice Tapered Ends
TYPES YS-T
AND YSP-T
CRIMPING
INFORMATION
ELECTRO-TIN
PLATED
C-87
HIGH-VOLTAGE HYLINKS
UNINSULATED HIGH
VOLTAGE COPPER
COMPRESSION SPLICE
CRIMP
TAPERED
END
CRIMP
STANDARD BARREL TAPERED ENDS
Seamless types YS-T and YSP-T high conductivity copper electro-tin plated compression HYLINK high-voltage splices with
standard barrel and tapered ends are ideally
suited for higher voltage applications from
5KV through 35 KV.
Type YS-T splice connector has four center
wire stops for proper conductor insertion.
Type YSP-T splice connector has a brazed in
place center plug to prevent the passage of
oil between two oil filled conductors or
between conductors without oil and conductors with oil and acts as a center wire stop for
proper conductor insertion.
YS6C-T
YS4C-T
YS2C-T
YS1C-T
YS25-T
YS26-T
YS28-T
YS29-T
YS30-T
YS31-T
YS34-T
YS39-T
YSP4C-T
YSP2C-T
YSP1C-T
YSP25-T
YSP26-T
YSP28-T
YSP29-T
YSP30-T
YSP31-T
YSP34-T
YSP39-T
Code
Conductors
6 str.
4 str.
2 str.
1 str.
1/0 str.
2/0 str.
4/0 str.
250 kcmil
300 kcmil
350 kcmil
500 kcmil
750 kcmil
CENTER OIL STOP
YS-T
YSP-T
UL Listed 90 C,
600 Volts to 35 kV
Catalog Number
YS-T
YSP-T
BRAZED CENTER
OIL STOP PLUG
(TYPE YSP-T)
(4) CENTER
WIRE STOPS
(TYPE YS-T)
Tapered connector ends per

EEI standard TD160.
Suitable for use on voltages 5KV
through 35KV to aid in preventing
corona emission and simplify taping
thus lowering installed cost.
Type YS-T four center wire stops.
Type YSP-T has a center plug permanently brazed in place.
Prevents oil within oil-filled conductors
from passing through the splice
connector and provides a center
strip for proper conductor insertion.
Dimensions
B
L
.90
.90
.98
.97
.98
1.04
1.13
1.21
1.22
1.32
1.68
2.00
2.16
2.16
2.34
2.31
2.35
2.47
2.67
2.85
2.87
3.09
3.86
4.60
Y34B
Y34PR
Indentor
Nest Die
B6CD
B4CD
B2CD
B1CD
B25D
B26D
B28D
B29D
B30D
B31D
No Die Needed
Installation Tooling - Nest/Indentor

Y35, Y39, Y750
Y35, Y39, Y750
Y34PR Indentor
Y46*, PAT750
Y35P3 Adaptor
Die Number (# of
Nest Die
crimps per end)
U6CD-1
U4CD-1
U2D-1
U1D-1
U25D-1
U26D-1
U28D-1
U29D-1
U30D-1
U31D-1
U34D-1
U5CRT (2)
U4CRT (2)
U2CRT (2)
U1CRT-1 (2)
U25RT (2)
U26RT (2)
U28RT (2)
U29RT (2)
U30RT (4)
U31RT (4)
U34RT (4)
U39RT (4)
Die
Index
No. of
Indent
Wire
Strip
Length
7
8
10
11
12
13
15
16
17
18
20
24
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
2
2
15/16
15/16
1
1
1-3/32
1-3/32
1-3/16
1-3/32
1-5/16
1-3/5
1-3/4
2-1/8
* Use adapter PUADP-1 with U Dies in Y46 HYPRESS.

Y46 HYPRESS uses the same nest indentor and
adaptor as the Y35, Y39 and Y750, but with the PUADP-1
adaptors.
die listings.
US: 1-800-346-4175
www.burndy.com
Canada: 1-800-387-6487
BURNDY
Copper Compression Flex Splice Long Barrel Belled Ends
TYPE YS-FXB
C-88
HYLINK - SPLICE - BELLED

LONG BARREL
UL Listed 90 C,
600 Volts to 35 kV
Catalog
Number
YS8C-FXB
YSV6C-FXB
YSV4C-FXB
YSV2C-FXB
YSV1C-FXB
YSV25-FXB
YSV26-FXB
YSV27-FXB
YSV28-FXB
YS30-FXB
YS31-FXB
YS32-FXB
YS34-FXB
YS36-FXB
YS38-FXB
YS40-FXB
YS44-FXB
Conductor
Flexible Cable
Code AWG
#8 Str. (37/24)
#8 AWG
#6 Str. (61/24)
#6 AWG
#4 Str. (91/24-105/24)
#4 AWG
#2 Str. (125/24-150/24)
#2 AWG
#1 Str. (175/24-225/24)
#1 AWG
1/0 Str. (275/24)
1/0 AWG
2/0 Str. (325/24)
2/0 AWG
3/0 Str. (450/24)
3/0 AWG
4/0 Str. (550/24)
4/0 AWG
250 kcmil Flex
Class G 259 Str.
Class H 427 Str.
263 kcmil (650/24)
250 Flex Class I, K, M
313.1 kcmil (775/24)
300 kcmil Nom.
373 kcmil (925/24)
350 kcmil Nom.
444.4 kcmil (1100/24)
450 kcmil Nom.
535.3 kcmil (1325/24)
500 kcmil Nom.
646 kcmil (1600/24)
600 kcmil Nom.
777.7 kcmil (1925/24)
750 kcmil Nom.
***
MM2
10
16
35
50
70
95
120
150
185
240
300
400
500
Long barrel length.

High voltage terminations.
High pull out force.
Provides added security for greater
mechanical and electrical properties.
Belled cable entry.
A funnel type entry provide easy insertion of extra flexable cables plus offers
mechanical strain relief for individual
strands.
Dimensions
L
B
[mm]
[mm]
1.99
.90
[51]
[23]
2.62
1.22
[67]
[31]
2.62
1.22
[67]
[31]
2.89
1.35
[73]
[34]
3.18
1.50
[81]
[38]
3.18
1.50
[81]
[38]
3.44
1.63
[87]
[41]
3.46
1.64
[88]
[42]
3.72
1.77
[94]
[45]
4.51
[115]
2.16
[55]
4.54
[115]
4.82
[122]
5.14
[131]
6.09
[155]
6.34
[161]
6.66
[1.69]
6.84
[174]
2.18
[55]
2.32
[59]
2.48
[63]
2.95
[75]
3.08
[78]
3.24
[82]
3.33
[85]

** P44RT and P46RT dies sets are for use with Y46
HYPRESS only. PUADP-1 adapter not required.
Dieless
(# of crimps/end)
Y35 , Y39, Y750, Y46*
Mechanical
Y1MRTC
Embossed
Color
Die Number (# of
Y2MR
Die Index
Code
crimps/end)
Gray
U4CRT (2)
10
Brown
U2CRT (2)
Green
U1CRT-1 (4)
12
Pink
U25RT (4)
Black
U26RT (4)
Orange
U27RT (4)
Purple
U28RT (4)
Yellow
U29RT (4)
17
White
U30RT (4)
Red
U31RT (4)
Blue
U32RT (4)
20
Brown
U34RT (4)
L99
Pink
U38XRT (4)
24
Black
U39RT (4)
L115
16 mm2 and 120 mm2 referenced are for both Class 2

and Class 5
The maximum size for the Y35 is 373.7 kcmil.
die listings.
19
U5CRT (2)
18
Y81KFT (3)
Y81KFTMBH (3)
PAT81KFT-18V (3)
Blue
16
15
Y81KFT (2)
Y81KFTMBH (2)
PAT81KFT-18V (2)
U8CRT (2)
14
Red
13
Y81KFT (1)
Y81KFTMBH (1)
PAT81KFT-18V (1)
Y2MR (4)
Y1MR (4)
49
11
Y2MR (2)
Y1MR (2)
Yellow
U44XRT (4)
Cable
Strip
Length
1
[25]
1-5/16
[33]
1-5/16
[33]
1-7/16
[37]
1-9/16
[40]
1-9/16
[40]
1-11/16
[43]
1-11/16
[43]
1-7/8
[48]
2-1/4
[57]
2-1/4
[57]
2-7/16
[62]
2-9/16
[65]
3-1/16
[79]
3-3/16
[81]
3-5/16
[84]
3-7/16
[87]

Measurements in brackets [ ] are in metric dimensions.
Canada: 1-800-387-6487
www.burndy.com
US: 1-800-346-4175
BURNDY
Copper Compression In Line Splice Kit Code and Flex Inspection Window
TYPE YS-TC
C-89
HYSPLICE
In-line Splice Kits for
Telecommunications
Applications
YS-TC kits are for splicing cables and covering the connection with clear heat shrink.
Splices are constructed from seamless, high
conductivity electrolytic copper tubing for
maximum conductivity and tin-plated to
resist corrosion. Each YS-TC splice is provided with inspection holes and cable stops.
The YS-TC family also features the
BURNDY color code system.
* Clear
Heat Shrink Kit
Catalog Number
YS44FXLTCKITC
YS39LTCKITC
YS38FXLTCKITC
YS34LTCKITC
YS34FXLTCKITC
YS31LTCKITC
YS29FXLTCKITC
YS28LTCKITC
YS26LTCKITC
YS26FXLTCKITC
YS25LTCKITC
YS25FXLTCKITC
YS2CLTCKITC
YS2CFXLTCKITC
YS4CFXLTCKITC
Plastic
Bag/Kit
Wire Size
Barrel
Type
Connector
Dimensions
Barrel Length
B
L
Color Code
Die Index
Wire Strip
Length
Yellow
L115
1.96
3.68
Black
23
1.67
1.71
3.87
Pink
L99
1.77
Standard
1.56
3.51
Brown
20
1.60
Standard
1.56
3.51
Blue
19 or L80
1.60
Standard
1.39
3.10
Red
17
1.42
Standard
1.36
2.98
Yellow
16
1.38
AWG
mm2
750 kcmil
Flex
750 kcmil
Code
500 kcmil
Flex
500 kcmil
Code
350 kcmil
Flex
350 kcmil
Code
4/0 AWG
Flex
4/0 AWG
Code
2/0 AWG Code
2/0 AWG
Flex or Code
1/0 AWG Code
1/0 AWG
Flex or Code
#2 AWG
Code
#2 AWG
Flex or Code
#4 AWG
Flex or Code
500 mm2
Class 5
Standard
1.90
4.30
Standard
1.62
Standard
300 mm2
Class 5
240 mm2
Class 2
240 mm2
Class 5
185 mm2
Class 2
Standard
1.23
2.69
Purple
15
1.24
70 mm2
70 mm2
Class 5
50 mm2
Class 5
35 mm2
Class 5
35 mm2
Class 5
Standard
1.16
2.62
Black
13
1.10
Standard
1.09
2.41
Black
13
1.10
Standard
1.04
2.37
Pink
12
1.00
Standard
1.04
2.18
Pink
12
1.00
Standard
0.82
1.88
Brown
10
0.78
Standard
0.82
1.73
Brown
10
0.78
Standard
0.74
1.69
Grey
0.71
Standard
0.73
1.60
Blue
7 or
24
0.70
Standard
0.65
1.48
Red
49
0.62
YS6CFXLTCKITC
#6 AWG
Flex or Code
16 mm2
Class 5 or
Class 2
YS8CFXLTCKITC
#8 AWG
Flex or Code
* Clear Heatshrink UL224 VW1 Listed passes

TELCORDIA GR-347-CORE Abrasion and Cut Test.
(Up to 750 kcmil Class B code cable. Contact factory for
750 flex cable applications.)
US: 1-800-346-4175
www.burndy.com
Canada: 1-800-387-6487
BURNDY
Copper Compression Reducing Splice Kit Code and Flex Inspection Window
TYPE YSR-TC
C-90
HYREDUCER
In-line Reducer Splice Kits for
Telecommunications
Applications
YSR-TC reducing splice kits provide for
splicing two different cable sizes with inspection holes. The larger conductor is inserted
first and butts against the center of the connector where the smaller barrel begins.
Constructed from seamless, high conductivity electrolytic copper tubing for maximum
conductivity, and tin plated to resist corrosion. The YSR-TC family also features the
BURNDY color code system.
Plastic
Bag/Kit
Connector
** Clear
Heat Shrink Kit
Catalog Number
YSR44FX39LTCKITC
YSR44FX38FXLTCKITC
YSR44FX34LTCKITC
YSR44FX34FXLTCKITC
YSR44FX31LTCKITC
YSR44FX30LTCKITC
YSR44FX29FXLTCKITC
Wire Range
Barrel A
AWG
mm2
750 kcmil
Flex
500 mm2
Class 5
YSR44FX28FXLTCKITC
YSR44FX28LTCKITC
YSR3939LTCKITC
YSR3938FXLTCKITC
YSR3934LTCKITC
YSR3934FXLTCKITC
YSR3931LTCKITC
YSR3930LTCKITC
YSR3929FXLTCKITC
750 kcmil
Code
YSR3928FXLTCKITC
YSR3928LTCKITC
YSR38FX34LTCKITC
YSR38FX34FXLTCKITC
YSR38FX31LTCKITC
YSR38FX30LTCKITC
YSR38FX29FXLTCKITC
YSR38FX28FXLTCKITC
500 kcmil
Flex
300 mm2
YSR38FX28LTCKITC
YSR38FX26FXLTCKITC
YSR3434FXLTCKITC
YSR3431LTCKITC
YSR3429FXLTCKITC
YSR3428FXLTCKITC
500 kcmil
Code
240 mm2
YSR3428LTCKITC
YSR3425FXLTCKITC
Provided with 2 heat shrink tubings. One will overlap the
other. Install the smaller first and larger second.
Dimensions
Barrel B
AWG
750 kcmil Code
500 kcmil Flex
500 kcmil Code
350 kcmil Flex
350 kcmil Code
300 kcmil Code
4/0 AWG Flex
4/0 AWG Flex
or Telco Flex
4/0 AWG Code
750 kcmil Code
500 kcmil Flex
500 kcmil Code
350 kcmil Flex
350 kcmil Code
300 kcmil Code
4/0 AWG Flex
4/0 AWG Flex
or Telco Flex
4/0 AWG Code
500 kcmil Code
350 kcmil Flex
350 kcmil Code
300 kcmil Code
4/0 AWG Flex
4/0 AWG Flex
or Telco Flex
4/0 AWG Code
2/0 AWG Flex
or Code
350 kcmil Flex
350 kcmil Code
4/0 AWG Flex
4/0 AWG Flex
or Telco Flex
4/0 AWG Code
1/0 AWG Flex
or Code
Wire Strip
Color Code
Die Index
Length
Barrel A Barrel B Barrel A Barrel B Barrel A Barrel B
Yellow
Black
L115
24
1.96
1.67
Yellow
Pink
L115
L99
1.96
1.77
Yellow Brown
L115
20
1.96
1.60
Yellow
Blue
L115 19 or L80 1.96
1.60
Yellow
Red
L115
18
1.96
1.41
Yellow
White
L115 17 or 298 1.96
1.24
Yellow Yellow
L115
16
1.96
1.24
mm2
300 mm2
240 mm2
240 mm2
185 mm2
150 mm2
120 mm2
Barrel
Type Barrel A Barrel B
Standard 2.09
1.78
Standard 2.09
1.60
Standard 2.09
1.69
Standard 2.09
1.69
Standard 2.09
1.49
Standard 2.09
1.30
Standard 2.09
1.44
L
4.38
4.61
4.91
4.91
5.18
5.01
5.46
120 mm2
Standard
2.09
1.43
5.21
Yellow
Purple
L115
15
1.96
1.38
300 mm2
240 mm2
240 mm2
185 mm2
150 mm2
120 mm2
Standard
Standard
Standard
Standard
Standard
Standard
Standard
Standard
2.09
1.78
1.78
1.78
1.78
1.78
1.78
1.78
1.30
1.78
1.88
1.69
1.69
1.49
1.30
1.44
5.27
4.13
3.79
4.09
4.09
4.36
4.23
4.71
Yellow
Black
Black
Black
Black
Black
Black
Black
Purple
Black
Pink
Brown
Blue
Red
White
Yellow
L115
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
15
24
L99
20
19 or L80
18
17 or 298
16
1.96
1.67
1.67
1.67
1.67
1.67
1.67
1.67
1.36
1.67
1.77
1.60
1.60
1.41
1.24
1.38
120 mm2
Standard
1.78
1.43
4.43
Black
Purple
24
15
1.67
1.36
240 mm2
240 mm2
185 mm2
150 mm2
120 mm2
Standard
Standard
Standard
Standard
Standard
Standard
1.78
1.88
1.88
1.88
1.88
1.88
1.30
1.69
1.69
1.49
1.30
1.44
4.65
4.06
4.06
4.33
4.20
4.67
Black
Pink
Pink
Pink
Pink
Pink
Purple
Brown
Blue
Red
White
Yellow
24
L99
L99
L99
L99
L99
15
20
19 or L80
18
17 or 298
16
1.67
1.77
1.77
1.77
1.77
1.77
1.24
1.60
1.60
1.41
1.24
1.38
120 mm2
Standard
1.88
1.43
4.60
Pink
Purple
L99
15
1.77
1.36
70 mm2
Class 5
240 mm2
185 mm2
120 mm2
Standard
1.88
1.30
4.62
Pink
Purple
L99
15
1.77
1.24
Standard
1.88
1.13
4.62
Pink
Black
L99
13
1.77
1.19
Standard
Standard
Standard
1.69
1.69
1.69
1.69
1.49
1.44
3.51
3.66
3.81
Brown
Brown
Brown
Blue
Red
Yellow
20
20
20
19 or L80
18
16
1.60
1.60
1.60
1.60
1.41
1.38
120 mm2
Standard
1.69
1.43
3.78
Brown
Purple
20
15
1.60
1.36
Standard
1.69
1.30
3.93
Brown
Purple
20
15
1.60
1.24
50 mm2
Standard
1.69
1.04
4.01
Brown
Pink
20
12
1.60
1.00
** Clear Heatshrink UL224 VW1 Listed passes

Note 1: All dimensions shown are for reference only.

Note 2: Non-inspection window versions are available.
Please contact customer service.
Note 3: Installation Tooling Charts on pages C-94 - C-99.
Canada: 1-800-387-6487
www.burndy.com
US: 1-800-346-4175
BURNDY
TYPE YSR-TC
C-91
HYREDUCER
(Continued)
Telecommunications
Applications
Plastic
Bag/Kit
Connector
** Clear
Heat Shrink Kit
Catalog Number
YSR34FX31LTCKITC
YSR34FX29FXLTCKITC
Wire Range
Barrel A
AWG
mm2
YSR34FX28FXLTCKITC
YSR34FX28LTCKITC
YSR34FX26FXLTCKITC
YSR34FX25FXLTCKITC
350 kcmil
Flex
240 mm2
YSR34FX2CFXLTCKITC
YSR34FX4CFXLTCKITC
YSR34FX6CFXLTCKITC
YSR32FX29FXLTCKITC
YSR32FX28FXLTCKITC
300 kcmil
Flex
185 mm2
Class 2
YSR3129FXLTCKITC
YSR3128FXLTCKITC
YSR3128LTCKITC
YSR3126FXLTCKITC
YSR3125FXLTCKITC
350 kcmil
Code
185 mm2
Class 2
YSR312CFXLTCKITC
YSR314CFXLTCKITC
YSR316CFXLTCKITC
YSR29FX28LTCKITC
YSR29FX25FXLTCKITC
4/0 AWG
Flex
120 mm2
YSR29FX2CFXLTCKITC
Dimensions
Barrel B
AWG
350 kcmil Code
4/0 AWG Flex
4/0 AWG Flex
or Telco Flex
4/0 AWG Code
2/0 AWG Flex
or Code
1/0 AWG Flex
or Code
#2 AWG Flex
or Code
#4 AWG Flex
or Code
#6 AWG Flex
or Code
4/0 AWG Flex
4/0 AWG Flex
or Telco Flex
4/0 AWG Flex
4/0 AWG Flex
or Telco Flex
4/0 AWG Code
2/0 AWG Flex
or Code
1/0 AWG Flex
or Code
#2 AWG Flex
or Code
#4 AWG Flex
or Code
#6 AWG Flex
or Code
4/0 AWG Code
1/0 AWG Flex
or Code
#2 AWG Flex
or Code
mm2
185 mm2
120 mm2
Barrel
Standard 1.69
1.49
Standard 1.69
1.44
L
3.63
3.81
120 mm2
Standard
3.86
70 mm2
Class 5
1.69
1.43
Wire Strip
Color Code
Die Index
Length
Blue
Red 19 or L80 18
1.60
1.41
Blue
Yellow 19 or L80 16
1.60
1.38
Blue
Purple
19 or L80
15
1.60
1.36
Standard
1.69
1.30
3.95
Blue
Purple
19 or L80
15
1.60
1.24
Standard
1.69
1.13
3.94
Blue
Black
19 or L80
13
1.60
1.09
50 mm2
Standard
1.69
1.04
4.01
Blue
Pink
19 or L80
12
1.60
1.00
35 mm2
Standard
1.69
0.82
4.02
Blue
Brown 19 or L80
10
1.60
0.78
Standard
1.69
0.74
4.11
Blue
Gray
19 or L80
1.60
0.71
16 mm2
Standard
1.69
0.73
4.26
Blue
Blue
19 or L80
1.60
0.70
120 mm2
Standard
1.57
1.44
3.50
Red
Yellow
19 or L80
16
1.48
1.38
120 mm2
Standard
1.57
1.43
3.46
Red
Purple
19 or L80
15
1.48
1.36
120 mm2
Standard
1.49
1.44
3.13
Red
Yellow
18
16
1.41
1.38
120 mm2
Standard
1.49
1.43
3.25
Red
Purple
19 or L80
15
1.41
1.36
70 mm2
Class 5
Standard
1.49
1.30
3.27
Red
Purple
18
15
1.41
1.24
Standard
1.49
1.16
3.24
Red
Black
18
13
1.41
1.10
50 mm2
Standard
1.49
1.04
3.33
Red
Pink
18
12
1.41
1.00
35 mm2
Standard
1.49
0.82
3.37
Red
Brown
18
10
1.41
0.78
Standard
1.49
0.74
3.43
Red
Gray
18
1.41
0.71
16 mm2
Standard
1.49
0.73
3.58
Red
Blue
18
1.41
0.70
Standard
1.44
1.30
3.00
Yellow
Purple
16
15
1.38
1.24
50 mm2
Standard
1.44
1.04
3.07
Yellow
Pink
16
12
1.38
1.00
35 mm2
Standard
1.44
0.82
3.11
Yellow
Brown
16
10
1.38
0.78


(Table continued on next 2 pages)
US: 1-800-346-4175
www.burndy.com
Canada: 1-800-387-6487
BURNDY
TYPE YSR-TC
C-92
HYREDUCER
(Continued)
Telecommunications
Applications
Plastic
Bag/Kit
Connector
** Clear
Heat Shrink Kit
Catalog Number
YSR28FX28LTCKITC
Wire Range
Barrel A
AWG
mm2
YSR28FX26FXLTCKITC
YSR28FX25FXLTCKITC
4/0 AWG Flex

120 mm2
or Telco Flex
YSR28FX2CFXLTCKITC
YSR28FX4CFXLTCKITC
YSR2825FXLTCKITC
YSR282CFXLTCKITC
YSR284CFXLTCKITC
4/0 AWG
Code
YSR286CFXLTCKITC
YSR26FX25FXLTCKITC
YSR26FX2CFXLTCKITC
YSR26FX4CFXLTCKITC
2/0 AWG Flex

or Code
70 mm2
YSR26FX6CFXLTCKITC
YSR25FX2CFXLTCKITC
YSR25FX4CFXLTCKITC
1/0 AWG Flex

or Code
50 mm2
YSR25FX6CFXLTCKITC
YSR2CFX4CFXLTCKITC
YSR2CFX6CFXLTCKITC
#2 AWG Flex
or Code
35 mm2
YSR2CFX8CFXLTCKITC
YSR4CFX6CFXLTCKITC
YSR4CFX8CFXLTCKITC
#4 AWG Flex
or Code
YSR4CFX10CLTCKITC
Dimensions
Barrel B
AWG
4/0 AWG Code
2/0 AWG Flex
or Code
1/0 AWG Flex
or Code
#2 AWG Flex
or Code
#4 AWG Flex
or Code
1/0 AWG Flex
or Code
#2 AWG Flex
or Code
#4 AWG Flex
or Code
#6 AWG Flex
or Code
1/0 AWG Flex
or Code
#2 AWG Flex
or Code
#4 AWG Flex
or Code
#6 AWG Flex
or Code
#2 AWG Flex
or Code
#4 AWG Flex
or Code
#6 AWG Flex
or Code
#4 AWG Flex
or Code
#6 AWG Flex
or Code
#8 AWG Flex
or Code
#6 AWG Flex
or Code
#8 AWG Flex
or Code
#10 AWG Flex
or Code
Wire Strip
Color Code
Die Index
Length
Purple Purple
15
15
1.36
1.36
Barrel
Standard 1.43
1.43
L
3.00
Standard
1.43
1.13
2.94
Purple
Black
15
13
1.36
1.19
50 mm2
Standard
1.43
1.04
2.94
Purple
Pink
15
12
1.36
1.00
35 mm2
Standard
1.43
0.82
2.92
Purple
Brown
15
10
1.36
0.78
Standard
1.43
0.74
3.19
Purple
Gray
15
1.36
0.71
50 mm2
Standard
1.30
1.04
2.66
Purple
Pink
15
12
1.24
1.00
35 mm2
Standard
1.30
0.82
2.70
Purple
Brown
15
10
1.24
0.78
Standard
1.30
0.74
2.69
Purple
Gray
15
1.24
0.71
16 mm2
Standard
1.30
0.73
2.99
Purple
Blue
15
1.24
0.70
50 mm2
Standard
1.16
1.04
2.36
Black
Pink
13
12
1.10
1.00
35 mm2
Standard
1.16
0.82
2.41
Black
Brown
13
10
1.10
0.78
Standard
1.16
0.74
2.47
Black
Gray
13
1.10
0.71
16 mm2
Standard
1.16
0.73
2.71
Black
Blue
13
1.10
0.70
35 mm2
Standard
1.04
0.82
2.12
Pink
Brown
12
10
1.00
0.78
Standard
1.04
0.74
2.18
Pink
Gray
12
1.00
0.71
16 mm2
Standard
1.04
0.73
2.42
Pink
Blue
12
1.00
0.70
Standard
0.82
0.74
1.79
Brown
Gray
10
0.78
0.71
16 mm2
Standard
0.82
0.73
1.93
Brown
Blue
10
0.78
0.70
10 mm2
Standard
0.82
0.60
1.79
Brown
Red
10
49
0.78
0.57
16 mm2
Standard
0.74
0.73
1.67
Gray
Blue
0.71
0.70
10 mm2
Standard
0.74
0.60
1.50
Gray
Red
49
0.71
0.57
Standard
0.74
0.66
1.66
Gray
0.71
0.63
mm2
70 mm2
Class 5
6 mm2 Str. or
2.5 mm2 Flex


(Table continued on next page)
Canada: 1-800-387-6487
www.burndy.com
US: 1-800-346-4175
BURNDY
TYPE YSR-TC
C-93
HYREDUCER
(Continued)
Telecommunications
Applications
Plastic
Bag/Kit
Connector
** Clear
Heat Shrink Kit
Catalog Number
YSR6CFX8CFXLTCKITC
YSR6CFX10CLTCKITC
YSR8CFX10CLTCKITC
YSR8CFX14CLTCKITC
YSR10CFX12CLTCKITC
YSR10CFX14CLTCKITC
Wire Range
Barrel A
AWG
mm2
#6 AWG Flex
or Code
16 mm2
#8 AWG Flex
or Code
10 mm2
6 mm2 Str.
#10 AWG Flex
or
or Code
2.5 mm2
Flex

Dimensions
Barrel B
AWG
#8 AWG Flex
or Code
#10 AWG Flex
or Code
#10 AWG Flex
or Code
#14 AWG Flex
or Code
#12 AWG Flex
or Code
#14 AWG Flex
or Code
Wire Strip
Color Code
Die Index
Length
mm2
Barrel
Type
10 mm2
Standard
0.73
0.60
1.37
Blue
Red
49
0.70
0.57
Standard
0.73
0.66
1.53
Blue
0.70
0.63
Standard
0.60
0.66
1.41
Red
49
0.57
0.63
Standard
0.60
0.66
1.41
Red
49
0.57
0.06
Standard
0.66
0.66
1.45
0.63
0.63
Standard
0.66
0.66
1.45
0.63
0.63
6 mm2 Str. or
2.5 mm2 Flex
6 mm2 Str. or
2.5 mm2 Flex
6 mm2 Str. or
2.5 mm2 Flex
6 mm2 Str. or
2.5 mm2 Flex
6 mm2 Str. or
2.5 mm2 Flex
Barrel A Barrel B


US: 1-800-346-4175
www.burndy.com
Canada: 1-800-387-6487
BURNDY
TYPE YSR-TC
C-94
INSTALLATION TOOLING
CHART
Telecommunications
Applications
Plastic
Bag/Kit
** Clear
Heat Shrink Kit
Catalog Number
Wire Range
Barrel A
AWG
mm2
YSR44FX39LTCKITC
YSR44FX38FXLTCKITC
YSR44FX34LTCKITC
YSR44FX34FXLTCKITC
YSR44FX31LTCKITC
YSR44FX30LTCKITC
750 kcmil
Flex
500 mm2
Class 5
Barrel B
AWG
mm2
750 kcmil
Code
500 kcmil
300 mm2
Flex
500 kcmil
240 mm2
Code
350 kcmil
240 mm2
Flex
350 kcmil
185 mm2
Code
300 kcmil
150 mm2
Code
YSR44FX29FXLTCKITC
4/0 AWG
Flex
120 mm2
YSR44FX28FXLTCKITC
4/0 AWG
Flex or
Telco Flex
120 mm2
YSR44FX28LTCKITC
4/0 AWG
Code
YSR3939LTCKITC
YSR3938FXLTCKITC
YSR3934LTCKITC
YSR3934FXLTCKITC
YSR3931LTCKITC
YSR3930LTCKITC
750 kcmil
Code
750 kcmil
Code
500 kcmil
Flex
500 kcmil
Code
350 kcmil
Flex
350 kcmil
Code
300 kcmil
Code
300 mm2
240 mm2
240 mm2
185 mm2
150 mm2
YSR3929FXLTCKITC
4/0 AWG
Flex
120 mm2
YSR3928FXLTCKITC
4/0 AWG
Flex or
Telco Flex
120 mm2
YSR3928LTCKITC
4/0 AWG
Code

Hydraulic
Hydraulic
Mechanical
Dieless
Y750, Y35, Y46,
BCT500HS,
OUR840,
Y/PAT644 Series,
Color Code
Die Index
PAT750, BAT750
Y500CTHS
MD7-34
MY29-11
Barrel A Barrel B Barrel A Barrel B Barrel A Barrel B Barrel A Barrel B Barrel A Barrel B Barrel A Barrel B
U39RT (2)
Y644M (1) Y644M (1)
Yellow Black L115
24
U44XRT (2)
P39RT (2)
PAT644M (1) PAT644M (1)
Y644M (1) Y644M (1)
Yellow Pink L115
L99 U44XRT (2) U38XRT (2)
PAT644M (1) PAT644M (1)

U34RT (2)
W34VT (2)
W34VT (2) Y644M (1), Y644M (1),
Yellow Brown L115
20
U44XRT (2)
U31ART (2)
W34RT (2)
W34RT (2) PAT644M (1) PAT644M (1)
W32VT (2)
W32VT (2) Y644M (1), Y644M (1),
Yellow Blue L115 19 or L80 U44XRT (2) U32RT (2)
W32RT (2)
W32RT (2) PAT644M (1) PAT644M (1)
W31VT (2)
W31VT (2) Y644M (1), Y644M (1),
Yellow Red
L115
18
U44XRT (2) U31RT (2)
W31RT (2)
W31RT (2) PAT644M (1) PAT644M (1)
W30VT (2)
W30VT (2) Y644M (1), Y644M (1),
Yellow White L115 17 or 298 U44XRT (2) U30RT (2)
W30RT (2)
W30RT (2) PAT644M (1) PAT644M (1)
W29VT (2)
W29VT (2)
Y644M (1), Y644M (1),
Yellow Yellow L115
16
U44XRT (2) U29RT (1)
W29RT (2)
W29RT (2)
PAT644M (1) PAT644M (1)
X29RT (4)
X29RT (4)
W28VT (2)
W28VT (2)
Y644M (1), Y644M (1),
Yellow Purple L115
15
U44XRT (2) U28RT (1)
W28RT (2)
W28RT (2)
PAT644M (1) PAT644M (1)
X28RT (3)
X28RT (3)
MY29-11 (1),
W28VT (2)
W28VT (2)
Y644M (1), Y644M (1),
Yellow Purple L115
15
U44XRT (2) U28RT (1)
W28RT (2)
W28RT (2)
PAT644M (1) MRC840 (2)
X28RT (3)
X28RT (3)
PAT644M (1)
U39RT (2) U39RT (2)
Y644M (1), Y644M (1),
Black Black
24
24
P39RT (2) P39RT (2)

PAT644M (1) PAT644M (1)
U39RT (2)
Y644M (1), Y644M (1),
Black Pink
24
L99
U38XRT (2)
P39RT (2)
PAT644M (1) PAT644M (1)
U39RT (2) U34RT (2)
W34VT (2)
W34VT (2) Y644M (1), Y644M (1),
Black Brown 24
20
P39RT (2) U31ART (2)

W34RT (2)
W34RT (2) PAT644M (1) PAT644M (1)
U39RT (2)
W32VT (2)
W32VT (2) Y644M (1), Y644M (1),
Black Blue
24 19 or L80
U32RT (2)
P39RT (2)
W32RT (2)
W32RT (2) PAT644M (1) PAT644M (1)
U39RT (2)
W31VT (2)
W31VT (2) Y644M (1), Y644M (1),
Black Red
24
18
U31RT (2)
P39RT (2)
W31RT (2)
W31RT (2) PAT644M (1) PAT644M (1)
U39RT (2)
W30VT (2)
W30VT (2) Y644M (1), Y644M (1),
Black White
24 17 or 298
U30RT (2)
P39RT (2)
W30RT (2)
W30RT (2) PAT644M (1) PAT644M (1)
W29VT (2)
W29VT (2)
U39RT (2)
Y644M (1), Y644M (1),
Black Yellow
24
16
U29RT (1)
W29RT (2)
W29RT (2)
P39RT (2)
PAT644M (1) PAT644M (1)
X29RT (4)
X29RT (4)
W28VT (2)
W28VT (2)
U39RT (2)
Y644M (1), Y644M (1),
Black Purple
24
15
U28RT (1)
W28RT (2)
W28RT (2)
P39RT (2)
PAT644M (1) PAT644M (1)
X28RT (3)
X28RT (3)
MY29-11 (1),
W28VT (2)
W28VT (2)
U39RT (2)
Y644M (1), Y644M (1),
Black Purple
24
15
U28RT (1)
W28RT (2)
W28RT (2)
P39RT (2)
PAT644M (1) PAT644M (1)
X28RT (3)
X28RT (3)
MRC840 (2)


(Installation Tooling Chart

continued on next 5 pages)
Canada: 1-800-387-6487
www.burndy.com
US: 1-800-346-4175
BURNDY
TYPE YSR-TC
C-95
CHART (Continued)
Telecommunications
Applications
Plastic
Bag/Kit
** Clear
Heat Shrink Kit
Catalog Number
Wire Range
Barrel A
AWG
mm2
YSR38FX34LTCKITC
YSR38FX34FXLTCKITC
YSR38FX31LTCKITC
YSR38FX30LTCKITC
YSR38FX26FXLTCKITC
500 kcmil
Flex
300 mm2
Barrel B
AWG
mm2
500 kcmil
240 mm2
Code
350 kcmil
240 mm2
Flex
350 kcmil
185 mm2
Code
300 kcmil
150 mm2
Code
2/0 AWG
70 mm2
Flex or
Class 5
Code
Color Code
Barrel A Barrel B
Pink
Brown
Pink
Blue
Pink
Red
Pink
White
Pink
Black
YSR38FX29FXLTCKITC
4/0 AWG
Flex
120 mm2
Pink
Yellow
YSR38FX28FXLTCKITC
4/0 AWG
Flex or
Telco Flex
120 mm2
Pink
Purple
YSR38FX28LTCKITC
4/0 AWG
Code
Pink
Purple
L99
15
U38XRT (2) U28RT (1)
240 mm2
Brown
Blue
20
19 or
L80
185 mm2
Brown
Red
20
18
U34RT (2)
U32RT (2)
U31ART (2)
U34RT (2)
U31RT(2)
U31ART (2)
W34VT (2)
W34RT (2)
W34VT (2)
W34RT (2)
4/0 AWG
Flex
120 mm2
Brown Yellow
20
16
U34RT (2)
W34VT (2)
U29RT (1)
U31ART (2)
W34RT (2)
4/0 AWG
Flex or
Telco Flex
120 mm2
Brown Purple
20
15
U34RT (2)
W34VT (2)
U28RT (1)
U31ART (2)
W34RT (2)
4/0 AWG
Code
YSR3431LTCKITC
YSR3429FXLTCKITC
500 kcmil
Code
240 mm2
YSR3428LTCKITC
Brown Purple
20
15
W28VT (2)
U34RT (2)
W34VT (2)
W34VT (2)
U28RT (1)
W28RT (2)
U31ART (2)
W34RT (2)
W34RT (2)
X28RT (3)
50 mm2
Brown
Pink
20
12
185 mm2
Blue
Red
19 or
L80
18
120 mm2
Blue
Yellow
19 or
L80
16
1/0 AWG
Flex or
Code
350 kcmil
Code
YSR3425FXLTCKITC
YSR34FX31LTCKITC
YSR34FX29FXLTCKITC
W28VT (2)
W28RT (2)
X28RT (3)
350 kcmil
Flex
350 kcmil
Code
YSR3434FXLTCKITC
YSR3428FXLTCKITC
Hydraulic
Hydraulic
Mechanical
Y750, Y35, Y46,
BCT500HS,
OUR840,
Die Index
PAT750, BAT750
Y500CTHS
MD7-34
Barrel A Barrel B Barrel A Barrel B Barrel A Barrel B Barrel A Barrel B
U34RT (2)
W34VT (2)
W34VT (2)
L99
20
U38XRT (2)
U31ART (2)
W34RT (2)
W34RT (2)
19 or
W32VT (2)
W32VT (2)
L99
U38XRT (2) U32RT (2)
L80
W32RT (2)
W32RT (2)
W31VT (2)
W31VT (2)
L99
18
U38XRT (2) U31RT (2)
W31RT (2)
W31RT (2)
17 or
W30VT (2)
W30VT (2)
L99
U38XRT (2) U30RT (2)
298
W30RT (2)
W30RT (2)
W26VT (2)
W26VT (2)
L99
13
U38XRT (2) U26RT (1)
W26RT (2)
W26RT (2)
X26RT (2)
X26RT (2)
W29VT (2)
W29VT (2)
L99
16
U38XRT (2) U29RT (1)
W29RT (2)
W29RT (2)
X29RT (4)
X29RT (4)
W28VT (2)
W28VT (2)
L99
15
U38XRT (2) U28RT (1)
W28RT (2)
W28RT (2)
X28RT (3)
X28RT (3)
350 kcmil
Flex
240 mm2
4/0 AWG
Flex

W32VT (2)
W32RT (2)
W31VT (2)
W31RT (2)
W29VT (2)
W29RT (2)
X29RT (4)
W28VT (2)
W28RT (2)
X28RT (3)
W25VT (2)
W25RT (2)
X25RT (2)
W31VT (2)
W31RT (2)
W29VT (2)
W32VT (2)
U32RT (2) U29RT (1)
W29RT (2)
W32RT (2)
X29RT (4)
U34RT (2)
U25RT (1) W34VT (2)
U31ART (2)
W34RT (2)
W32VT (2)
U32RT (2) U31RT (2)
W32RT (2)

W34VT (2)
W34RT (2)
W34VT (2)
W34RT (2)
W34VT (2)
W34RT (2)
W34VT (2)
W34RT (2)
W34VT (2)
W34RT (2)
W32VT (2)
W32RT (2)
W32VT (2)
W32RT (2)
Dieless
Y/PAT644 Series,
MY29-11
Barrel A Barrel B
Y644M (1), Y644M (1),
PAT644M (1) PAT644M (1)
Y644M (1), Y644M (1),
PAT644M (1) PAT644M (1)
Y644M (1), Y644M (1),
PAT644M (1) PAT644M (1)
Y644M (1), Y644M (1),
PAT644M (1) PAT644M (1)
MY29-11 (1)
Y644M (1),
Y644M (1)
PAT644M (1)
PAT644M (1)
Y644M (1), Y644M (1),
PAT644M (1) PAT644M (1)
Y644M (1), Y644M (1),
PAT644M (1) PAT644M (1)
MY29-11 (1),
W28VT (2)
Y644M (1), Y644M (1),
W28RT (2)
PAT644M (1) PAT644M (1)
X28RT (3)
MRC840 (2)
W32VT (2) Y644M (1), Y644M (1),
W32RT (2) PAT644M (1) PAT644M (1)
W31VT (2) Y644M (1), Y644M (1),
W31RT (2) PAT644M (1) PAT644M (1)
W29VT (2)
Y644M (1), Y644M (1),
W29RT (2)
PAT644M (1) PAT644M (1)
X29RT (4)
W28VT (2)
Y644M (1), Y644M (1),
W28RT (2)
PAT644M (1) PAT644M (1)
X28RT (3)
MY29-11 (1),
W28VT (2)
Y644M (1), Y644M (1),
W28RT (2)
PAT644M (1) PAT644M (1)
X28RT (3)
MRC840 (2)
W25VT (2)
MY29-11 (1),
Y644M (1),
W25RT (2)
Y644M (1)
PAT644M (1)
X25RT (2)
PAT644M (1)
W31VT (2) Y644M (1), Y644M (1),
W31RT (2) PAT644M (1) PAT644M (1)
W29VT (2)
Y644M (1), Y644M (1),
W29RT (2)
PAT644M (1) PAT644M (1)
X29RT (4)


US: 1-800-346-4175
www.burndy.com
Canada: 1-800-387-6487
BURNDY
TYPE YSR-TC
C-96
CHART (Continued)
Telecommunications
Applications
Plastic
Bag/Kit
** Clear
Heat Shrink Kit
Catalog Number
Wire Range
Barrel A
AWG
mm2
YSR34FX28FXLTCKITC
4/0 AWG
Code
YSR34FX28LTCKITC
YSR34FX26FXLTCKITC
YSR34FX25FXLTCKITC
Barrel B
AWG
mm2
4/0 AWG
Flex or
120 mm2
Telco Flex
350 kcmil
Flex
240 mm2
2/0 AWG
Flex or
Code
1/0 AWG
Flex or
Code
70 mm2
Class 5
50 mm2
YSR34FX2CFXLTCKITC
#2 AWG
Flex or
Code
35 mm2
YSR34FX4CFXLTCKITC
#4 AWG
Flex or
Code
YSR34FX6CFXLTCKITC
#6 AWG
Flex or
Code
16 mm2
YSR32FX29FXLTCKITC
4/0 AWG
Flex
120 mm2
4/0 AWG
Flex or
Telco Flex
120 mm2
300 kcmil
Flex
185 mm2
Class 2
YSR32FX28FXLTCKITC
YSR3129FXLTCKITC
YSR3128FXLTCKITC
350 kcmil
Code
185 mm2
Class 2
4/0 AWG
Flex
4/0 AWG
Flex or
Telco Flex
4/0 AWG
Code
YSR3128LTCKITC

120 mm2
120 mm2
Hydraulic
Hydraulic
Mechanical
Dieless
Y750, Y35, Y46,
BCT500HS,
OUR840,
Y/PAT644 Series,
Color Code
Die Index
PAT750, BAT750
Y500CTHS
MD7-34
MY29-11
Barrel A Barrel B Barrel A Barrel B Barrel A Barrel B Barrel A Barrel B Barrel A Barrel B Barrel A Barrel B
W28VT (2)
W28VT (2)
19 or
W32VT (2)
Y644M (1), Y644M (1),
Blue Purple
15
U32RT (2) U28RT (1)
W28RT (2) W32VT (2) W28RT (2)
L80
W32RT (2)
PAT644M (1) PAT644M (1)
X28RT (3) W32RT (2) X28RT (3)
MY29-11 (1),
W28VT (2)
W28VT (2)
19 or
W32VT (2)
W32VT (2)
Y644M (1), Y644M (1),
Blue Purple
15
U32RT (2) U28RT (1)
W28RT (2)
W28RT (2)
L80
W32RT (2)
W32RT (2)
PAT644M (1) PAT644M (1)
X28RT (3)
X28RT (3)
MRC840 (2)
W26VT (2)
W26VT (2)
MY29-11 (1),
19 or
W32VT (2)
W32VT (2)
Y644M (1),
Blue Black
13
U32RT (2) U26RT (1)
W26RT (2)
W26RT (2)
Y644M (1)
L80
W32RT (2)
W32RT (2)
PAT644M (1)
X26RT (2)
X26RT (2)
PAT644M (1)
W25VT (2)
W25VT (2)
MY29-11 (1),
19 or
U25RT (1) W32VT (2)
W32VT (2)
Y644M (1),
Blue
Pink
12
U32RT (2)
W25RT (2)
W25RT (2)
Y644M (1)
L80
U2CABT (1) W32RT (2)
W32RT (2)
PAT644M (1)
X25RT (2)
X25RT (2)
PAT644M (1)
Y1MRTC (2),
W2CVT (1)
W2CVT (1)
19 or
W32VT (2)
W32VT (2)
Y644M (1), MY29-11 (1),
Blue Brown
10
U32RT (2) U2CRT (1)
W2CRT (1)
W2CRT (1)
L80
W32RT (2)
W32RT (2)
PAT644M (1) Y644M (1)
X2CRT (1)
X2CRT (1)
PAT644M (1)
Y1MRTC (2),
W4CVT (1)
W4CVT (1)
19 or
W32VT (2)
W32VT (2)
Y644M (1), MY29-11 (1),
Blue
Gray
8
U32RT (2) U4CRT (1)
W4CRT (1)
W4CRT (1)
L80
W32RT (2)
W32RT (2)
PAT644M (1) Y644M (1)
X4CRT (1)
X4CRT (1)
PAT644M (1)
Y1MRTC (2),
W5CVT (1)
W5CVT (1)
19 or
W32VT (2)
W32VT (2)
Y644M (1), MY29-11 (1),
Blue
Blue
7
U32RT (2) U5CRT (1)
W5CRT (1)
W5CRT (1)
L80
W32RT (2)
W32RT (2)
PAT644M (1) Y644M (1)
X5CRT (1)
X5CRT (1)
PAT644M (1)
W29VT (2)
W29VT (2)
19 or
W31VT (2)
W31VT (2)
Y644M (1), Y644M (1),
Red Yellow
16
U31RT (2) U29RT (1)
W29RT (2)
W29RT (2)
L80
W31RT (2)
W31RT (2)
PAT644M (1) PAT644M (1)
X29RT (4)
X29RT (4)
MY29-11 (1),
W28VT (2)
W28VT (2)
19 or
W31VT (2)
W31VT (2)
Y644M (1), Y644M (1),
Red Purple
15
U31RT (2) U28RT (1)
W28RT (2)
W28RT (2)
L80
W31RT (2)
W31RT (2)
PAT644M (1) PAT644M (1)
X28RT (3)
X28RT (3)
MRC840 (2)
W29VT (2) W29VT (2)
W29RT (2)
Y644M (1), Y644M (1),
Red Yellow
18
16
U31RT (2) U29RT (1) W31VT (2)
W31VT (2) W29RT (2)
W31RT (2)
PAT644M (1) PAT644M (1)
X29RT (4) X29RT (4)
W28VT (2)
W28VT (2)
W31VT (2)
Y644M (1), Y644M (1),
Red Purple 19 or L80 15
U31RT (2) U28RT (1)
W28RT (2) W31VT (2) W28RT (2)
W31RT (2)
PAT644M (1) PAT644M (1)
X28RT (3)
X28RT (3)
MY29-11 (1),
W28VT (2)
W28VT (2)
W31VT (2)
Y644M (1), Y644M (1),
Red Purple
18
15
U31RT (2) U28RT (1)
W28RT (2) W31VT (2) W28RT (2)
W31RT (2)
PAT644M (1) MRC840 (2)
X28RT (3)
X28RT (3)
PAT644M (1



Canada: 1-800-387-6487
www.burndy.com
US: 1-800-346-4175
BURNDY
TYPE YSR-TC
C-97
CHART (Continued)
Telecommunications
Applications
Plastic
Bag/Kit
** Clear
Heat Shrink Kit
Catalog Number
Wire Range
Barrel A
AWG
mm2
YSR3126FXLTCKITC
350 kcmil
Code
185 mm2
Class 2
YSR3125FXLTCKITC
Barrel B
AWG
mm2
2/0 AWG
70 mm2
Flex or
Class 5
Code
1/0 AWG
Flex or
50 mm2
Code
Color Code
Barrel A Barrel B
Red
Black
Red
Pink
#2 AWG
Flex or
Code
35 mm2
Red
Brown
#4 AWG
Flex or
Code
Red
Gray
YSR316CFXLTCKITC
#6 AWG
Flex or
Code
16 mm2
Red
Blue
YSR29FX28LTCKITC
4/0 AWG
Code
1/0 AWG
Flex or
Code
50 mm2
Yellow
YSR29FX2CFXLTCKITC
#2 AWG
Flex or
Code
35 mm2
Yellow Brown
YSR28FX28LTCKITC
4/0 AWG
Code
Purple Purple
YSR312CFXLTCKITC
YSR314CFXLTCKITC
YSR29FX25FXLTCKITC
YSR28FX26FXLTCKITC
YSR28FX25FXLTCKITC
350 kcmil
Code
4/0 AWG
Flex
4/0 AWG
Flex or
Telco Flex
YSR28FX2CFXLTCKITC
185 mm2
Class 2
120 mm2
120 mm2
2/0 AWG
Flex or
Code
1/0 AWG
Flex or
Code
#2 AWG
Flex or
Code

Yellow Purple
Pink
70 mm2
Class 5
Purple
Black
50 mm2
Purple
Pink
35 mm2
Purple Brown
Hydraulic
Hydraulic
Mechanical
Dieless
Y750, Y35, Y46,
BCT500HS,
OUR840,
Y/PAT644 Series,
Die Index
PAT750, BAT750
Y500CTHS
MD7-34
MY29-11
Barrel A Barrel B Barrel A Barrel B Barrel A Barrel B Barrel A Barrel B Barrel A Barrel B
W26VT (2)
W26VT (2)
MY29-11 (1),
W31VT (2)
Y644M (1),
18
13
U31RT (2) U26RT (1)
W26RT (2) W31VT (2) W26RT (2)
Y644M (1),
W31RT (2)
PAT644M (1)
X26RT (2)
X26RT (2)
PAT644M (1)
W25VT (2)
W25VT (2)
MY29-11 (1),
W31VT (2)
Y644M (1),
18
12
U31RT (2) U25RT (1)
W25RT (2) W31VT (2) W25RT (2)
Y644M (1),
W31RT (2)
PAT644M (1)
X25RT (2)
X25RT (2)
PAT644M (1)
Y1MRTC (2),
W2CVT (1)
W2CVT (1)
W31VT (2)
Y644M (1), MY29-11 (1),
18
10
U31RT (2) U2CRT (1)
W2CRT (1) W31VT (2) W2CRT (1)
W31RT (2)
PAT644M (1) Y644M (1),
X2CRT (1)
X2CRT (1)
PAT644M (1)
Y1MRTC (2),
W4CVT (1)
W4CVT (1)
W31VT (2)
Y644M (1), MY29-11 (1),
18
8
U31RT (2) U4CRT (1)
W4CRT (1) W31VT (2) W4CRT (1)
W31RT (2)
PAT644M (1) Y644M (1),
X4CRT (1)
X4CRT (1)
PAT644M (1)
Y1MRTC (1),
W5CVT (1)
W5CVT (1)
W31VT (2)
Y644M (1), MY29-11 (1),
18
7
U31RT (2) U5CRT (1)
W5CRT (1) W31VT (2) W5CRT (1)
W31RT (2)
PAT644M (1) Y644M (1),
X5CRT (1)
X5CRT (1)
PAT644M (1)
MY29-11 (1),
W29VT (2) W28VT (2) W29VT (2) W28VT (2)
Y644M (1), Y644M (1),
16
15
U29RT (1) U28RT (1) W29RT (2) W28RT (2) W29RT (2) W28RT (2)
PAT644M (1) PAT644M (1),
X29RT (4) X28RT (3) X29RT (4) X28RT (3)
MRC840 (2)
W29VT (2) W25VT (2) W29VT (2) W25VT (2)
MY29-11 (1),
Y644M (1),
16
12
Y644M (1),
PAT644M (1)
X29RT (4) X25RT (2) X29RT (4) X25RT (2)
PAT644M (1)
Y1MRTC (2),
W29VT (2) W2CVT (1) W29VT (2) W2CVT (1)
Y644M (1), MY29-11 (1),
16
10
U29RT (1) U2CRT (1) W29RT (2) W2CRT (1) W29RT (2) W2CRT (1)
PAT644M (1) Y644M (1),
X29RT (4) X2CRT (1) X29RT (4) X2CRT (1)
PAT644M (1)
MY29-11 (1),
W28VT (2) W28VT (2) W28VT (2) W28VT (2)
Y644M (1), Y644M (1),
15
15
PAT644M (1) PAT644M (1)
X28RT (3) X28RT (3) X28RT (3) X28RT (3)
MRC840 (2)
W28VT (2) W26VT (2) W28VT (2) W26VT (2)
MY29-11 (1),
Y644M (1),
15
13
Y644M (1),
PAT644M (1)
X28RT (3) X26RT (2) X28RT (3) X26RT (2)
PAT644M (1)
W28VT (2) W25VT (2) W28VT (2) W25VT (2)
MY29-11 (1),
Y644M (1),
15
12
Y644M (1),
PAT644M (1)
X28RT (3) X25RT (2) X28RT (3) X25RT (2)
PAT644M (1)
MY29-11 (1),
W28VT (2) W2CVT (1) W28VT (2) W2CVT (1)
Y644M (1), Y644M (1),
15
10
U28RT (1) U2CRT (10) W28RT (2) W2CRT (1) W28RT (2) W2CRT (1)
PAT644M (1) PAT644M (1),
X28RT (3) X2CRT (1) X28RT (3) X2CRT (1)
Y1MRTC (2)



US: 1-800-346-4175
www.burndy.com
Canada: 1-800-387-6487
BURNDY
TYPE YSR-TC
C-98
CHART (Continued)
Telecommunications
Applications
Plastic
Bag/Kit
** Clear
Heat Shrink Kit
Catalog Number
Wire Range
Barrel A
AWG
mm2
Color Code
Die Index
Barrel A Barrel B Barrel A Barrel B
#4 AWG
Flex or
Code
Purple
Gray
15
W28VT (2) W4CVT (1) W28VT (2)

U28RT (1) U4CRT (1) W28RT (2) W4CRT (1) W28RT (2)
X28RT (3) X4CRT (1) X28RT (3)
1/0 AWG
Flex or
Code
50 mm2
Purple
Pink
15
12
W28VT (2) W25VT (2) W28VT (2)

U28RT (1) U25RT (1) W28RT (2) W25RT (2) W28RT (2)
X28RT (3) X25RT (2) X28RT (3)
YSR282CFXLTCKITC
#2 AWG
Flex or
Code
35 mm2
Purple Brown
15
10
W28VT (2) W2CVT (1) W28VT (2)

X28RT (3) X2CRT (1) X28RT (3)
YSR284CFXLTCKITC
#4 AWG
Flex or
Code
Purple
Gray
15
W28VT (2) W4CVT (1) W28VT (2)

X28RT (3) X4CRT (1) X28RT (3)
YSR286CFXLTCKITC
#6 AWG
Flex or
Code
16 mm2
Purple
Blue
15
W28VT (2) W5CVT (1) W28VT (2)

X28RT (3) X5CRT (1) X28RT (3)
YSR26FX25FXLTCKITC
1/0 AWG
Flex or
Code
50 mm2
Black
Pink
13
12
W26VT (2) W25VT (2) W26VT (2)

U26RT (1) U25RT (1) W26RT (2) W25RT (2) W26RT (2)
X26RT (2) X25RT (2) X26RT (2)
YSR26FX2CFXLTCKITC
#2 AWG
Flex or
Code
35 mm2
Black
Brown
13
10
W26VT (2) W2CVT (1) W26VT (2)

X26RT (2) X2CRT (1) X26RT (2)
#4 AWG
Flex or
Code
Black
Gray
13
W26VT (2) W4CVT (1) W26VT (2)

X26RT (2) X4CRT (1) X26RT (2)
YSR26FX6CFXLTCKITC
#6 AWG
Flex or
Code
16 mm2
Black
Blue
13
W26VT (2) W5CVT (1) W26VT (2)

X26RT (2) X5CRT (1) X26RT (2)
YSR25FX2CFXLTCKITC
#2 AWG
Flex or
Code
35 mm2
Pink
Brown
12
10
W25VT (2) W2CVT (1) W25VT (2)

X25RT (2) X2CRT (1) X25RT (2)
#4 AWG
Flex or
Code
Pink
Gray
12
W25VT (2) W4CVT (1) W25VT (2)

X25RT (2) X4CRT (1) X25RT (2)
#6 AWG
Flex or
Code
16 mm2
Pink
Blue
12
W25VT (2) W5CVT (1) W25VT (2)

X25RT (2) X5CRT (1) X25RT (2)
YSR28FX4CFXLTCKITC
4/0 AWG
Flex or
Telco Flex
Barrel B
AWG
mm2
Hydraulic
Hydraulic
Mechanical
Y750, Y35, Y46,
BCT500HS,
OUR840,
PAT750, BAT750
Y500CTHS
MD7-34
120 mm2
YSR2825FXLTCKITC
4/0 AWG
Code
4/0 AWG
Code
YSR26FX4CFXLTCKITC
YSR25FX4CFXLTCKITC
2/0 AWG
Flex or
Code
1/0 AWG
Flex or
Code
YSR25FX6CFXLTCKITC
70
mm2
50 mm2

Canada: 1-800-387-6487

www.burndy.com
Dieless
Y/PAT644 Series,
MY29-11
Barrel A Barrel B
Y1MRTC (2),
W4CVT (1)
Y644M (1), MY29-11 (1),
W4CRT (1)
PAT644M (1) Y644M (1),
X4CRT (1)
PAT644M (1)
MRC840 (2)
W25VT (2) MY29-11 (1),
MY29-11 (1),
W25RT (2) Y644M (1),
Y644M (1),
X25RT (2) PAT644M (1)
PAT644M (1)
MY29-11 (1), Y1MRTC (2),
W2CVT (1)
Y644M (1), MY29-11 (1),
W2CRT (1)
PAT644M (1) Y644M (1),
X2CRT (1)
MRC840 (2) PAT644M (1)
MY29-11 (1), Y1MRTC (2),
W4CVT (1)
Y644M (1), MY29-11 (1),
W4CRT (1)
PAT644M (1) Y644M (1),
X4CRT (1)
MRC840 (2) PAT644M (1)
MY29-11 (1), Y1MRTC (1),
W5CVT (1)
Y644M (1), MY29-11 (1),
W5CRT (1)
PAT644M (1), Y644M (1),
X5CRT (1)
MRC840 (2) PAT644M (1)
W25VT (2) MY29-11 (1), MY29-11 (1),
W25RT (2) Y644M (1), Y644M (1),
X25RT (2) PAT644M (1) PAT644M (1)
Y1MRTC (2),
W2CVT (1) MY29-11 (1),
MY29-11 (1),
W2CRT (1) Y644M (1),
Y644M (1),
X2CRT (1) PAT644M (1)
PAT644M (1)
Y1MRTC (2),
W4CVT (1) MY29-11 (1),
MY29-11 (1),
W4CRT (1) Y644M (1),
Y644M (1),
X4CRT (1) PAT644M (1)
PAT644M (1)
Y1MRTC (1),
W5CVT (1) MY29-11 (1),
MY29-11 (1),
W5CRT (1) Y644M (1),
Y644M (1),
X5CRT (1) PAT644M (1)
PAT644M (1)
Y1MRTC (2),
W2CVT (1) MY29-11 (1),
MY29-11 (1),
W2CRT (1) Y644M (1),
Y644M (1),
X2CRT (1) PAT644M (1)
PAT644M (1)
Y1MRTC (1),
W4CVT (1) MY29-11 (1),
MY29-11 (1),
W4CRT (1) Y644M (1),
Y644M (1),
X4CRT (1) PAT644M (1)
PAT644M (1)
Y1MRTC (1),
W5CVT (1) MY29-11 (1),
MY29-11 (1),
W5CRT (1) Y644M (1),
Y644M (1),
X5CRT (1) PAT644M (1)
PAT644M (1)

Chart continued on next page)
US: 1-800-346-4175
BURNDY
TYPE YSR-TC
C-99
CHART (Continued)
Telecommunications
Applications
Plastic
Bag/Kit
** Clear
Heat Shrink Kit
Catalog Number
Wire Range
Barrel A
AWG
mm2
Barrel B
AWG
mm2
Color Code
Die Index
Barrel A Barrel B Barrel A Barrel B
Hydraulic
Hydraulic
Mechanical
Y750, Y35, Y46,
BCT500HS,
OUR840,
PAT750, BAT750
Y500CTHS
MD7-34
#4 AWG
Flex or
Code
Brown
Gray
10
W2CVT (1) W4CVT (1) W2CVT (1)

U2CRT (1) U4CRT (1) W2CRT (1) W4CRT (1) W2CRT (1)
X2CRT (1) X4CRT (1) X2CRT (1)
#6 AWG
Flex or
Code
16 mm2
Brown
Blue
10

YSR2CFX8CFXLTCKITC
#8 AWG
Flex or
Code
10 mm2
Brown
Red
10
49

YSR4CFX6CFXLTCKITC
#6 AWG
Flex or
Code
16 mm2
Gray
Blue

#8 AWG
Flex or
Code
10 mm2
Gray
Red
49

YSR4CFX10CLTCKITC
#10 AWG
Flex or
Code
6 mm2 Str.
or
2.5 mm2
Flex
Gray
U4CRT (1)
YSR6CFX8CFXLTCKITC
#8 AWG
Flex or
Code
10 mm2
Blue
Red
49

Blue
U5CRT (1)
W5CVT (1)
W5CRT (1)
X5CRT (1)
W5CVT (1)
W5CRT (1)
X5CRT (1)
Red
49
U8CRT (1)
W8CVT (1)
W8CRT (1)
X8CRT (1)
W8CVT (1)
W8CRT (1)
X8CRT (1)
Red
49
U8CRT (1)
W8CVT (1)
W8CRT (1)
X8CRT (1)
W8CVT (1)
W8CRT (1)
X8CRT (1)
YSR2CFX4CFXLTCKITC
YSR2CFX6CFXLTCKITC
YSR4CFX8CFXLTCKITC
#2 AWG
Flex or
Code
#4 AWG
Flex or
Code
#6 AWG
Flex or
Code
35 mm2
16 mm2
YSR6CFX10CLTCKITC
#10 AWG
Flex or
Code
YSR8CFX10CLTCKITC
#10 AWG
Flex or
Code
#8 AWG
Flex or
Code
YSR8CFX14CLTCKITC
YSR10CFX12CLTCKITC
YSR10CFX14CLTCKITC
10 mm2
#14 AWG
Flex or
Code
#12 AWG
6 mm2 Str. Flex or
#10 AWG
or
Code
Flex or
2.5 mm2 #14 AWG
Code
Flex
Flex or
Code

US: 1-800-346-4175
6 mm2 Str.
or
2.5 mm2
Flex
6 mm2 Str.
or
2.5 mm2
Flex
6 mm2 Str.
or
2.5 mm2
Flex
6 mm2 Str.
or 2.5 mm2
Flex
6 mm2 Str.
or 2.5 mm2
Flex

www.burndy.com
W4CVT (1)
W4CRT (1)
X4CRT (1)
W4CVT (1)
W4CRT (1)
X4CRT (1)
Dieless
Y/PAT644 Series,
MY29-11
Barrel A Barrel B
Y1MRTC (2), Y1MRTC (2),
W4CVT (1)
MY29-11 (1), MY29-11 (1),
W4CRT (1)
Y644M (1), Y644M (1),
X4CRT (1)
PAT644M (1) PAT644M (1)
W5CVT (1)
MY29-11 (1), MY29-11 (1),
W5CRT (1)
Y644M (1), Y644M (1),
X5CRT (1)
PAT644M (1) PAT644M (1)
Y1MRTC (2), Y8MRB-1 (1),
W8CVT (1)
MY29-11 (1), Y1MRTC (1),
W8CRT (1)
Y644M (1), MY29-3 (1),
X8CRT (1)
PAT644M (1) MY29-11 (1)
W5CVT (1)
MY29-11 (1), MY29-11 (1),
W5CRT (1)
Y644M (1), Y644M (1),
X5CRT (1)
PAT644M (1) PAT644M (1)
Y1MRTC (2), Y8MRB-1 (1),
W8CVT (1)
MY29-11 (1), Y1MRTC (1),
W8CRT (1)
Y644M (1), MY29-3 (1),
X8CRT (1)
PAT644M (1) MY29-11 (1)
Y1MRTC (2),
Y8MRB-1 (2),
MY29-11 (1),
MR8G98 (2),
Y644M (1),
Y10D (2)
PAT644M (1)
Y1MRTC (1), Y8MRB-1 (1),
W8CVT (1)
MY29-11 (1), Y1MRTC (1),
W8CRT (1)
Y644M (1), MY29-3 (1),
X8CRT (1)
PAT644M (1) MY29-11 (1)
Y1MRTC (1),
Y8MRB-1 (2),
MY29-11 (1),
MR8G98 (2),
Y644M (1),
Y10D (2)
PAT644M (1)
Y8MRB-1 (1),
Y8MRB-1 (2),
Y1MRTC (1),
MR8G98 (2),
MY29-3 (1),
Y10D (2)
MY29-11 (1)
Y8MRB-1 (1),
Y8MRB-1 (2),
Y1MRTC (1),
MR8G98 (2),
MY29-3 (1),
Y10D (2)
MY29-11 (1)
Y8MRB-1 (2), Y8MRB-1 (2),
MR8G98 (2), MR8G98 (2),

Y10D (2) Y10D (2)
Y8MRB-1 (2), Y8MRB-1 (2),
MR8G98 (2), MR8G98 (2),

Y10D (2) Y10D (2)

Canada: 1-800-387-6487
BURNDY
Copper Compression C-Tap Thin Wall
TYPE YC-L
Bare Copper
C-100
THIN-WALL COPPER C-TAP

UL Listed to 600 Volts
Type YC-L is a thin-wall high conductivity
copper connector for making copper tap and
parallel connections from #14 to 3/0 AWG.
Manufactured form high conductivity

wrought copper.
Provides low resistance and excellent
electrical conductivity.
Range-taking connector.
Lowers inventory requirements.
Reinforced ribs.
Provides maximum pull-out values.
Compact size.
Easy to tape and insulate connection.
Economical.
Provides low installed cost.
RIBS
Catalog
Number
YC10L12
YC8L12
YC6L12
YC4L12
YC3L12
YC2L12
YC1L12
YC25L12
YC26L12
YC27L12
No.
of
Ribs
Accommodates
Run
Tap
14
16-14
12
16-14
10
14
10
10
8
12
8
10-8
6
12-10
6
8-6
5,4
12-8
5,4
6-5
3
12-6
4
4
3
5
2
12-6
3
4-3
2
5-4
1
12-5
2 Str.
2 Str. 2 Sol.
2 Sol.
3 Str. 3 Sol.
1 Str.
4 Str. 4 Sol.
1 Sol.
3 Str. 3 Sol.
1/0 Str. 12 Str. 12 Sol.
1/0 Sol. - 4 Str. 4 Sol.
1
2-1
1/0
3-2
2/0
12-3
1/0
1-1/0
2/0
2-1
3/0
12-2
0
0
0
1
1
Dimensions
C
D
.18
[4.6]
.11
[2.8]
.40
.060
[10.2] [1.65]
.25
[6.4]
.33
[8.4]
.38
[9.7]
.48
[11.4]
.21
[3.8]
.25
[5.1]
.28
[6.1]
.37
[6.4]
.60
[15.2]
.60
[15.2]
1.18
[30.2]
1.18
[30.2]
.072
[1.83]
.072
[1.83]
.072
[1.83]
.081
[2.06]
Color
Code
Red
Y2MR
Red
(1)
Mechanical
MD6, OUR840 &
MD7-34R
Die No.
(# crimps)
Die
Index
Embossment
W8CVT (1)
49
3/8
BCT500,
Y500CT,
BAT500
(# crimps)
Hydraulic
Y35, Y39,
Y750, Y45
Y46*
(# crimps)
Die
Index
Embossment
Wire
Strip
Length
Blue
(1)
Gray
(2)
Brown
(2)
W5CVT (1)
5/8
W4CVT (1)
5/8
W2CVT (2)
10
Green
W1CVT (2)
11
Blue
Gray
Brown
WC4 (1)
UC4 (1)
10M
1-3/16
1-3/16
.50
.36
[12.7] [7.6]
1.18 .081
[30.2] [2.06]
Pink
Pink
(2)
W25VT (2)
12
WC2 (1)
UC2 (1)
12M
1-3/16
.56
.45
[14.2] [8.6]
1.75 .081
[44.4] [2.06]
Black
W26VT (3)
13
WC1 (2)
UC1 (1)
13M
1-13/16
.62
.50
[15.7] [9.6]
1.75 .090
[44.4] [2.29]
Orange
W27VT (3)
14
WC25 (2)
UC25 (1)
14M
1-13/16
.69
.53
1.75 .090
[17.5] [10.7] [44.4] [2.29]
Purple
W28VT (3)
15
.81
.54
1.75 .090
[20.6] [11.9] [44.4] [2.29]
Yellow
W29VT (3)
16

die listings.
UC26 (1)
1-13/16
1-13/16

For Tin plating add TN suffix (example = YC10L12TN)
Canada: 1-800-387-6487
www.burndy.com
US: 1-800-346-4175
BURNDY
Copper Compression C-Tap
TYPES YC-C
Bare Copper
C-101
COPPER CRIMPIT
UL Listed 90 C,
600 Volts to 35 kV
Type YC-C copper CRIMPIT connector is a
range-taking C shape compression connector for making tap or parallel copper
connections from #12 sol. to 4/0 strand
conductor.
YC10C10
YC8C8
YC4C8
YC4C6
YC4C4
YC2C4
YC2C2
YC26C2
YC26C26
YC28C2
YC28C26
YC28C28
Run
Tap
12 Sol. - 10 Str.
8 Sol. - 8 Str.
Copperweld-Copper Conductors
Range-taking connector.
Lowers inventory requirments.
Compact size.
Easy to tape and insulate connection.
Manufactured from high conductivity
wrought copper.
Provides low resistance and excellent
electrical conductivity.
Economical
Provides low installed cost.
Catalog
Number
8A 6A 4A 2A -
12 Sol. - 10 Str.
3/8
10 Sol. - 8 Str.
1/2
8 Sol. - 8 Str.
6 Sol. - 4 Str.
6 Sol. - 6 Str.
5/8
4 Sol. - 4 Str.
8 Sol. - 4 Str.
2 Sol. - 2 Str.
3/4
2 Sol. - 2 Str.
8 Sol. - 2 Str.
1/0 Sol. - 2/0 Str.
11/12
1/0 Sol. - 2/0 Str.
6 Sol. - 2 Str.
3/0 Sol. - 4/0 Str. 1/0 Sol. - 2/0 Str. 1-1/16
3/0 Sol. - 4/0 Str.
Not UL Listed.
Number of Crimps.
die listings.
* Use PUADP-1 adapter when using U dies in the Y46
HYPRESS.
Die
Index
Use CRIMPITS accommodating 6 str. Copper

Use CRIMPITS accommodating 4 Str. Copper
Use CRIMPITS accommodating 2 Str. Copper
Use CRIMPITS accommodating 1/0 and 2/0
Copper
Tools, Die Set, Catalog Number,

and (No. of Crimps)
MD6
OUR840 Y35, Y750, Y45, Y46*
238
162 or K
W238 (1)
W162 (2)
W238 (1)
W162 (2)
U-238 (1)
U162** (1)
BG or 5/8
BG (2)
W-BG** (1)
XNBG (2)
U-BG (1)
W-C (2)
U-C (1)
E or O
U-E (3)
U-O (1)
F or D3
U-F (3)
U-D3** (1)
CRIMPIT for 1 Str.

Copper
Run
Tap
1 Str.
1 Str.
6.8 Str., 8 Sol.
1 or 2 Str.
** Multiple crimp die set. Makes more than one crimp per
tool compression. Figure ( ) indicates number of compressions.
US: 1-800-346-4175
www.burndy.com
Canada: 1-800-387-6487
BURNDY
Copper Compression C-Tap
TYPE YCHC
Electro Tin
Plated
C-102
C-TAP COPPER CRIMPIT
90 C

Wide range of run/tap combinations including Class B code I and locomotive flexible
conductor combinations. All (B/B, B/I, I/I)
combinations are recommended.
Each connector accommodates many
cable combinations, allowing maximum
flexibility for the design and installation
of a system.
Color-coded on the connector that
matches the die.
Provides matched system for fast and
easy installation.
BURNDY
Catalog
Number
Flame Retardant Cover

Clear
Black
Cat. No.
Cat. No.
YCHC44TC44
CCFR-FR
CFR-FR
YCHC39TC39
CCFR-FR
CFR-FR
YCHC39TC31
CCFR-FR
CFR-FR
YCHC39TC2
CCFR-FR
CFR-FR
YCHC34TC34
CCFN-FR
CFN-FR
YCHC34TC29
CCFN-FR
CFN-FR
YCHC34TC2
CCFN-FR
CFN-FR
YCHC29TC29
CCFDXFR
CFD-FR
YCHC29TC2
CCFD-FR
CFD-FR
YCHC2TC2
CCFO-FR
CFO-FR
YCHC8TC8
Tap 1
1000-750
(750-500)
750-500
(550-500)
750-500
(550-500)
750-500
(550-500)
500-4/0
(350-4/0)
500-4/0
(350-4/0)
500-4/0
(350-4/0)
250-2
(4/0-2)
250-2
(4/0-2)
2-6 Str./Sol.
(2-8)
8-12
(8-12)
1000-750
(750-500)
750-350
(550-350)
350-2
(250-2)
2-6 Str./Sol.
(2-8)
500-4/0
(350-4/0)
250-2
(4/0-2)
2-6 Str./Sol.
(2-8)
250-2
(4/0-2)
2-6 Str./Sol.
(2-8)
2-6 Str./Sol.
(2-8)
8-12
(8-12)
Note: To properly use tap 2 and/or tap 3 conductors in YCHC

connector a conductor from the tap 1 cable range must
be included in the tap 1 groove.
To obtain covers made of polyethylene remove suffix-FR
(example: CFO). CFO is not flame retardant.
Tap 2
Die
Index &
Color EmbossY35 Y750 Y46* Code ment
Tooling ( No. of Crimps)
Condutor Sizes Code/(Flex) Cable

Main
Each connector has a recommended

insulating cover available. Flame retardant
type CF-FR covers meet oxygen index
28 and UL94 V-O requirements.
A complete insulated UL Listed installation is provided.
Die index embossed on connector after
completion of crimp.
Permanent inspectability of installed
connector is insure consistently reliable
and dependable connections.
Tap 3
Strip
Length
8-14
(8-14)
8-14
(8-14)
White
1102
3.59 1.73 1.16
1-1/4
P1103 1
Blue
1103
3.12 1.53 1.06
1-1/8
P1103 1
Blue
1103
2.96 1.53 1.31
1-3/8
P1103 1
Blue
1103
2.66 1.53 1.31
1-3/8
U1104 2 P1104 1
Brown
1104
2.97 1.38 1.00
1-1/4
U1104 2 P1104 1
Brown
1104
2.45 1.26 .88
U1104 2 P1104 1
Brown
1104
2.45 1.26 .88
2-6 Str./Sol.
(2-8)
8-14
(8-14)
P1102 1
8-14
(8-14)
2-6 Str./Sol.
(2-8)
8-14
(8-14)
U997
U997
1 Orange
997
2.12 .98
.94
U251
U251
Red
251
1.78 .97
.81
U-C
U-C
Brown
1.22 .60
.81
Red
240
.53
.56
5/8
U-C
U-240 1 U-240 1 U-240 1
* Use PUADP-1 adaptor with U dies in Y46.

See tooling section of Master Catalog for complete tool
and die listings.
For applications requiring flame retardant cover, use
either a CCFBG-FR (Clear) or CFBG-FR (Black) cover and
YH2C2C connector by ordering YH8C8CWCC (Clear) or
YH8C8CWC (Black).
.35
Canada: 1-800-387-6487
www.burndy.com
US: 1-800-346-4175
BURNDY
Copper Compression Code H-Tap
TYPE YH
COLOR CODE
DIE AND
CRIMP
INFORMATION
H-TAP COPPER CRIMPIT
ELECTRO-TIN
PLATED
C-103
Fig. 1
CONDUCTOR
RANGE
PATENTED
THIRD HAND
Accommodates a wide range of run/tap

copper cable combinations including both
flexible and code combinations. All (B/B,
B/I, I/B, I/I) combinations acceptable.
Each connector has many copper cable
combination applications allowing maximum flexibility for the design and installation of a system.
Tap grooves function independently of
each other. Use of one tap is required.
Balance may be used or left empty.
Provides maximum design and installation flexibility.
Color code on the connector matches
installation die.
easy installation.
Fig. 2

connectors to insure consistently reliable and dependable connections.
Recommended flame retardant type CFFR insulating covers meet oxygen index
28 and UL94 V-O requirements.
A complete insulated UL Listed installation is provided.
Third Hand constrains conductors while
installer completes crimp. Included with
each connector.
Simplifies installation, reducing
installed cost.
Fig. 3
Fig. 4
Fig. 5
Fig. 6
TABLE 1 CODE CONDUCTOR AND METRIC EQUIVALENT

H-Tap
Connector
YH4444
Kit Catalog Number

Clear
Black
YH4444WCC
YH4444WC
Fig. #
1
YH4434*
YH4434WCC*
YH4434WC
YH4429
YH4429WCC
YH4429WC
YH3939
YH3939WCC
YH3939WC
YH3931
YH3931WCC
YH3931WC
YH3434
YH3434WCC
YH3434WC
YH3429
YH3429WCC
YH3429WC
YH2929
YH2929WCC
YH2929WC
YH292C
YH292CWCC
YH292CWC
YH298C
YH298CWCC
YH298CWC
YH2C2C
YH2C2CWCC
YH2C2CWC
YH6C6C
YH6C6CWCC
YH6C6CWC
YH8C8C
YH8C8CWCC
YH8C8CWC
Use PUADP-1 adaptor with U dies in Y46.

die listings.
Conductor Sizes Code/(Flex Cable)

Main
Tap 1
Tap 2
1000-750
(750-500)
(750)
1000-750
(750-500)
(350)
1000-750
(777-500)
750-500
(550-500)
750-350
(550-500)
500-250
(350-4/0)
500-4/0
(350-4/0)
250-2
(4/0-2)
250-2
(4/0-2)
250-2
(4/0-2)
2-6 Str/Sol
(2-8)
6-10
(6-10)
8-14
(8-14)
250-2
(4/0-2)
750-350
(550-350)
4/0-1/0
(250-1/0)
500-4/0
(350-4/0)
250/1/0
(4/0-1/0)
250-2
(4/0-2)
2-6 Str/Sol
(2-8)
8-14
(8-14)
2-6 Str/Sol
(2-8)
6-14
(6-14)
8-14
(8-14)
1-6 Str/Sol
(1-8)
Metric Conductor Sizes (mm2)

Tap 3
Main
Tap 1
Tap 2 Tap 3
500-400 500-400
1000-750
(777-500) 500-350
(777-750) (350 FX)
500-400
150-35
300-300
300-185
2-14
(2-14) 300-185
95-70
35-16 35-2.5
240-150
240-120
1-6 Str/Sol
(1-8)
8-14
#8
240-120
120-70
35-16
6-2.5
120-35
120-35
120-35
35-16
6-2.5
8-14
(8-14)
8-14
(8-14)
8-14
(8-14)
120-35
6-2.5
6-2.5
8-14
(8-14)
35-16
35-16
6-2.5
6-2.5
10-6
10-2.5
6-2.5
6-2.5
* Not CSA approved.

Note: All H-Taps ROHS compliant.
US: 1-800-346-4175
www.burndy.com
Canada: 1-800-387-6487
BURNDY
Copper Compression Flex H-Tap
TYPE YH
COLOR CODE
DIE AND
CRIMP
INFORMATION
C-104

(Continued)
ELECTRO-TIN
PLATED
CONDUCTOR
RANGE
THIRD HAND
TABLE 2 FLEX AND METRIC CONDUCTOR RANGES

Maximum
Conductor in
Range
Flex
Conductor
(AWG/kcmil)
Catalog
Number
YH4444
YH4434*
YH4429
YH3939
YH3931
YH3434
YH3429
YH2929
YH292C
YH298C
YH2C2C
YH6C6C
YH8C8C
Main
Tap 1
Main
Tap 1
Main
Tap 1
Main
Tap 1
Main
Tap1
Tap 2
Tap 3
Main
Tap 1
Main
Tap 1
Tap 2
Tap 3
Main
Tap 1
Main
Tap1
Tap 2
Main
Tap1
Tap 2
Main
Tap 1
Tap 2
Tap 3
Main
Tap 1
Main
Tap 1
777
777
777
777
4/0
550
550
550
250
1
2
350
350
350
4/0
1
8
4/0
4/0
4/0
2
8
4/0
8
8
2
2
8
8
6
6
8
8

die listings.
Diameter
mm
Minimum
Conductor in
Range
Flex
Conductor
(AWG/kcmil)
28
28
28
28
15.5
25
25
25
17
9
8
20
20
20
15.5
9
4
15.5
15.5
15.5
8
4
15.5
4
4
8
8
4
4
5
5
4
4
500
500
750
350
500
2
500
350
500
1/0
8
14
4/0
4/0
4/0
1/0
8
14
2
2
2
8
14
2
14
14
8
8
14
14
10
14
14
14
Maximum Metric
Dimensions
mm2
393
393
393
393
107
278
278
278
126
42
33.6
177
177
177
107
42
8
107
107
107
33.6
8
107
8
8
33.6
33.6
8
8
13
13
8
8
Minimum Metric
Dimensions
mm2
Diameter
mm
253
253
380
177
253
33.6
253
177
253
53.5
8
2
107
107
107
53
8
2
33.6
33.6
33.6
8
2
33.6
2
2
8
8
2
2
5
2
2
2
24
24
31
20
24
8
24
20
24
11
4
2
15.5
15.5
15.5
11
4
2
8
8
8
4
2
8
2
2
4
4
2
2
3
2
2
2
* Not CSA approved.

Canada: 1-800-387-6487
www.burndy.com
US: 1-800-346-4175
BURNDY
Copper Compression H-Tap
TYPE YH
COLOR CODE
DIE AND
CRIMP
INFORMATION

(Continued)
ELECTRO-TIN
PLATED
C-105
Fig. 1
CONDUCTOR
RANGE
THIRD HAND
Fig. 2
Fig. 4
Fig. 3
Fig. 5
TABLE 3 INSTALLATION TOOLING + DIMENSIONS

BURNDY
Catalog
Number
Kit Catalog Number

Clear
Black
YH4444
YH4434*
YH4429
YH3939
YH3931
YH4444WCC
YH4434WCC*
YH4429WCC
YH3939WCC
YH3931WCC
YH4444WC
YH4434WC
YH4429WC
YH3939WC
YH3931WC
YH3434
YH3434WCC
YH3429
Tooling ( No. of Crimps)

Fig. No.
Y35
Y750
Y46*
Color Die Index &

Code Embossment
P1102
White
1102
3.38
1.70 1.00
5
1
2
K-R
K-R
K-R
3.22
2.97
2.97
1.70 1.00 1-3/8

1.50 1.25 1-3/8
1.50 .95 1-1/16
Brown
1104
2.43
1.15 1.00
1-1/8
YH3429WCC
YH3429WC
Brown
1104
2.23
1.31 1.00
1-1/8
YH2929
YH2929WCC
YH2929WC
U654
Purple
654
1.85
.90
.90
1-1/16
YH292C
YH292CWCC
YH292CWC
U654
PYFR
PYFR
PYFR
P1104
U1104M
P1104
U1104M
U654
P654
U654
P654
U654
P654
U-C
UBGRT
U11T-1
Yellow
Yellow
Yellow
1
2
1
2
1
1
1
YH3434WC
U1104M
U1104
U1104M
U1104
Purple
654
1.52
.90
.90
1-1/16
Purple
654
1.52
.90
.90
1-1/16
1
1
1
Brown
Orange
Green
C
BG
11
1.25
.81
.63
.60
.39
.40
.75
.60
.60
7/8
3/4
3/4
YH298C
YH298CWCC
YH298CWC
U654
YH2C2C
YH6C6C
YH8C8C
YH2C2CWCC
YH6C6CWCC
YH8C8CWCC
YH2C2CWC
YH6C6CWC
YH8C8CWC
4
1
1
U-C
UBGRT
U11T-1
1
1
1
U-C
UBGRT
U11T-1
1
1
1

die listings.
Strip
Length
1-1/8
* Not CSA approved.

US: 1-800-346-4175
www.burndy.com
Canada: 1-800-387-6487
BURNDY
Flame Retardant H-Tap Covers
TYPE CF-FR
C-106
H-TAP
FLAME RETARDANT COVER

600 VOLT 90 C
Catalog
Number
One-piece design.
No extra parts or hardware required.
Max. Conductor
Accommodated
Matched H Copper CRIMPIT
#8 AWG
#6 AWG
#2 AWG
250 kcmil
500 kcmil
750 kcmil
1000 kcmil
YH8C8C
YH6C6C
YH2C2C
YH292C, YH298C, YH2929
YH3434, YH3429*
YH3939, YH3931, YH4429
YH4434 ,YH4444
CFBG-FR
CFO-FR
CFD-FR
CFN-FR
CFR-FR
* Use CFN-FR for single tap installation; use CFR-FR when

2 or more tap conductors are installed.
CLEAR H-TAP
FLAME RETARDANT COVER

Two-Piece design with Positive Locking
Latch to ensure correct installation,
preventing opening after installation and
eliminating the need for taping.
Catalog
Number
Features and Benefits (continued)

Mounted Magnifying Lens provides
increased visibility of Die Embossment on
installed H-Tap Connectors.
Made of Polished Clear Polycarbonate
material that provides:
High visibility for inspection of installed
connectors.
Max. Conductor
Accommodated
Matched H Copper CRIMPIT
#8 AWG
#6 AWG
#2 AWG
250 kcmil
250 kcmil
500 kcmil
750 kcmil
1000 kcmil
YH8C8C
YH6C6C
YH2C2C
YH292C, YH298C
YH2929
YH3434, YH3429*
YH3939, YH3931, YH4429
YH4434, YH4444
CCFBG-FR
CCFO-FR
CCFD-FR
CCFDX-FR
CCFN-FR
CCFR-FR
* Use CCFN-FR for single tap installation; use CCFR-FR

when 2 or more tap conductors are installed.
Max. Connector
Length
.65
.80
.95
1.10
1.30
1.10
Connector
Color Code
Green
Orange
Brown
Purple
Brown
Yellow
Yellow, White
Two-piece design packaged together.

TYPE CCF-FR
600 VOLT 90 C

Slips over connector and latches
securely shut.
Fast, easy, reliable insulation of
H-Tap compression.
Eliminates tapping.
Economical, fast, easy installation.
Flash barriers.
Protects against electrical flashover.
CF-FR flame retardant design.
Self-extinguishing retardant properties.
Minimum 28 oxygen index.
UL 94 V-O rated.

Flame Retardant UL94 V-O Rated
Material self-extinguishing retardant
properties
High Impact design
Built in Channels to accommodate and
hold Cable ties, Hook & Loop ties, or
Waxed Cord, securely in place after
installation.
Patented highly flexible fingers designed
to contour around the conductor.
Internal pockets designed to
accommodate Identification tags
(4 ID tags included).
Molded barriers prevent installed H-Tap
Connectors from Electrical Flashover.
Covers come packaged complete with
(2) Cover Halves, (2) Cable Ties and
(4) Identification Labels.
Max. Connector
Length
.65
.80
.95
.95
1.10
1.30
1.10
Connector
Color Code
Green
Orange
Brown
Purple
Purple
Brown
Yellow
White
Canada: 1-800-387-6487
www.burndy.com
US: 1-800-346-4175
BURNDY
Copper Compression Split H-Tap
TYPES YSH
C-107
H COPPER CRIMPIT
COPPER SPLIT
COMPRESSION WYE TAP
CONNECTOR
TAP 2
TAP 1
TAP 1
TAP 3
Fig. 1
Expanded Tap 1 Components

Expanded Catalog Number
Tap 1 Range
YSH-292C-E
YSH-2925-E
#2
1/0

Accommodates a wide range of run/tap
copper cable combinations including both
flexible and code combinations. All (B/B,
B/I, I/B, I/I) combinations acceptable.
Each connector has many copper cable
combination applications allowing
maximum flexibility for the design and
installation of a system.
Tap grooves function independently from
each other. Use of one tap is required.
Balance may be used or left empty.
Provides maximum design and installation flexibility.
Conductor Sizes Code Expanded Tap 1

(Flex Cable)
Catalog
Number
Fig.
YSH2929
YSH3429
YSH3434
YSH3931
YSH3939
Main
Tap 1
250-2
(4/0-2)
500-4/0
(350-4/0)
500-250
(350-4/0)
750-350
(550-500)
750-350
(550-500)
Tap 2
Tap 3
Strip Length 11/2
Color code on the connector matches

installation die.
easy installation.
connectors to ensure consistently reliable and dependable connections.
Insulation is not provided. Insulation can
be obtained from Raychem (800-2729243) type HVSY Splice kits for 15 kV
installations.
A complete IEEE 404 15 kV installation
is provided.
Tooling (Number of Crimps)

Color
Y750
Y46*
Code
250-2
U654
U654 (4)
(4/0-2)
P654
250-1/0 1-6 Str./Sol. 8-14
U1104
U1104 (4)
(4/0-1/0)
(1-8)
(8-14)
P1104
500-4/0
U1104
U1104 (4)
(350-4/0)
P1104
350-1/0 1-6 Str./Sol. 2-14
PYFR
(350-1/0)
(1-8)
(2-14)
750-350
PYFR
(550-350)
* Use PUADP-1 adaptor with U dies in Y46. The Y46 and P

dies result in a smooth crimp surface and is recommended for voltages above 600 V.
Fig. 2
Die
Index
&
Embossment
(4)/(2)
Purple
654
1.85
.90
(4)/(2)
Brown
1104
2.23
1.31
(4)/(2)
Brown
1104
2.43
1.15 3.00
Yellow
K-R
2.97
1.50
Yellow
K-R
2.97
1.50

die listings.
Number of crimps per connector. U -dies require double
crimps.
Strip
Length
See Application Notes Below
Type YSH heavy duty connectors are

designed for insulated underground wye
splices. The split H copper CRIMPIT connector is longer than our standard H copper
CRIMPIT and is suitable for use on high
voltage (15 kV) power cables with copper
conductors. The connectors can not be used
with oil filled or mass impregnated cables
since no oil stop is provided. The connector
is installed with standard BURNDY
HYPRESS tools and is made of tin-plated
electrolytic copper.
Conductor ends remain visible

when conductor is split
Main Conductor
Main Conductor
YSH Connector
Tap Conductor
For continuous and/or tap

connections refer to table
for conductor ranges.
Due to thickness of underground wire insulation the minimum

recommended strip length from the connector edge is 1 inch.
US: 1-800-346-4175
www.burndy.com
Canada: 1-800-387-6487
BURNDY
Copper Compression T-Coupler
TYPES YST
ELECTRO-TIN
PLATED
TAP
C-108
UNINSULATED T
COPPER HYTEE COUPLER
CRIMP
UL Listed 90 C,
600 Volts to 35 kV
CRIMP
RUN
CRIMP
Type YST copper compression tee is

designed for connecting a run conductor
with a perpendicular tap conductor.
YST connectors are commonly used in junction boxes and manholes to make a radial
tap off a main run. They are needed in many
industrial, utility generation and commercial
applications. The most common cable combinations are listed below. BURNDY Type
Y-R reducers can be used to accommodate
most cable combinations.
Catalog
Number
YST4C4C
YST2C2C
YST2525
YST2626
YST282C
YST2825
YST2828
YST2929
YST3131
YST3428
YST3434
YST3939
*
**
Code
Conductors
Run
Tap
4 str.
2 str.
1/0 str.
2/0 str.
4/0 str.
4/0 str.
4/0 str.
250 kcmil
350 kcmil
500 kcmil
500 kcmil
750 kcmil
4 str.
2 str.
1/0 str.
2/0 str.
2 str.
1/0 str.
4/0 str.
250 kcmil
350 kcmil
4/0 str.
500 kcmil
750 kcmil
B
1.44
1.56
1.62
1.69
1.75
1.75
1.75
1.75
2.31
2.56
2.25
3.46
Dimensions
BB
H
1.38
1.56
1.56
1.67
1.50
1.56
1.75
1.78
2.25
1.75
2.70
3.34
1.72
1.98
1.91
2.18
2.12
2.25
2.44
2.53
3.12
2.81
3.76
4.64

Manufactured from seamless high conductivity electrolytic copper tubing with heavy
duty wall thickness.
forming properties.
Long barrel design on all three (3) legs.
Provides for an additional crimp or
indent with almost twice the pull out
strength properties as a standard length
barrel plus a connection that will operate cooler under heavy loading.
(# of crimps)
3.25
3.56
Y81KFT (1)
3.81
Y81KFTMBH (1)
3.94
PAT81KFT-18V (1)
3.94
4.00
4.19
4.25
5.50
Y81KFT (2)
5.81 Y81KFTMBH (2)
6.19 PAT81KFT-18V (2)
8.12
Use adapter PUADP-1 with U Dies in Y46 HYPRESS.

Use with appropriate W Dies (see page O-29).
Contact factory for conductor combinations not shown.
die listings.
Long barrel permits the use of the Y-R

reducers.
Affords total flexibility and versatility for
virtually any conductor combination.
Electro-tin plated.
Provides durable long-lasting corrosion
resistance.
Barrel diameter closely matches commercial (code) cable and Navy cable diameters.
Provides an excellent relationship of the
conductor/ connector combination to
produce a high quality electrical connection with the recommended tooling.
Dieless
Run Conductors
Tap Conductors
(# of crimps)
Y35, Y39, Y750, Y46*
Y35, Y39, Y750, Y46*
Mechanical Hydraulic Die Number Color
Die
Die Number Color
Die
HYTOOL HYPRESS (# of crimps) Code
Index (# of crimps) Code Index
MY29-3 (2)
MY29-11 (2)
MD6 (4) **
MD7 (4) **
Y644HS (1)
U4CRT (2)
U2CRT (2)
U24RT (2)
U26RT (2)
U28RT (2)
U28RT (2)
U28RT (2)
U29RT (2)
U31RT (4)
U34RT (4)
U34RT (4)
U39RT (4)
Gray
Brown
Pink
Black
Purple
Purple
Purple
Yellow
Red
Brown
Brown
Black
8 or 346
10
12 or 348
13
15
15
15
16
18 or 324
20 or 299
20 or 299
24 or 473
U4CRT (2)
U2CRT (2)
U25RT (2)
U26RT (2)
U2CRT (2)
U25RT (2)
U28RT (2)
U29RT (2)
U31RT (4)
U28RT (2)
U34RT (4)
U39RT (4)
Gray
Brown
Pink
Black
Brown
Pink
Purple
Yellow
Red
Purple
Brown
Black
8 or 346
10
12 or 348
13
10
12 or 348
15
16
18 or 324
15
20 or 299
24 or 473
Wire Length
Run
Tap
1-3/16
1-5/16
1-7/16
1-9/16
1-11/16
1-11/16
1-11/16
1-11/16
2
2-5/16
2-5/16
2-15/16
1-3/16
1-5/16
1-7/16
1-9/16
1-5/16
1-3/16
1-11/16
1-11/16
2
1-11/16
2-5/16
2-15/16

Canada: 1-800-387-6487
www.burndy.com
US: 1-800-346-4175
BURNDY
Bolted Run/Compression Tee Tap Connectors
T-CONNECTOR
C-109
TYPE NYT
CABLE RUN CABLE TAP
UL Listed 90 C,
600 Volts to 35 kV
Fig. 1
A T connector designed to provide a clamptype element on the run and a permanent

HYPRESS connection on the tap.
Recommended for use on ring buses or for
applications where occasional disconnects
from the run conductor are desired without
disturbing the tap connection. Tin plated.
For proper installation of tap cable, see
table below.
Installation Information
HYPRESS and Indentor Die
Y29B
Y34A
Y34B
Y48B
with
with
with
with
Y29PR Y34PR Y34PR
Y44PR
Nest Die
Conductor Size
Run A
Tap AA
Catalog
Number
Fig.
No.
4/0 Str.
4/0 Str.
1/0 Str.
250 kcmil
2/0 Str.
4/0 Str.
250 kcmil
NYT2828
NYT2925
NYT2929
NYT3426
NYT3428
NYT3429
2
1
2
1
2
2
2
1-3/8
2
1-3/8
2
2
1-5/8
1-3/8
1-5/8
1-1/2
1-5/8
1-5/8
1-3/8
1-7/16
1-7/16
1-5/8
1-5/8
1-5/8
3/8
3/8
3/8
3/8
3/8
3/8
4-5/16
4-1/16
4-7/16
4-7/16
4-5/8
4-5/8
D28L
D25L
D29L
D26L
D28L
D29L
A28D
A25D
A29D
A26D
A28D
A29D
500 kcmil
NYT3434
2-1/4
1-5/8
3/8
5-3/8
A34D
250 kcmil
NYT3929
1-5/8
1-7/8
3/8 4-13/16
D29L
A29D
500 kcmil
NYT3934
2-1/4
1-7/8
3/8
5-9/16
A34D
250 kcmil
350 kcmil
NYT4429
NYT4431
2
2
2
2
1-5/8
2
2-1/8
2-1/8
3/8
3/8
5
5-7/16
D29L
A29D
A31D
500 kcmil
NYT4434
2-1/4
2-1/8
3/8
5-3/4
A34D
1000 kcmil
NYT4444
2-11/16
2-5/16
1/2
1500 kcmil
NYT4646
2-11/16 3-3/16
2-3/4
1/2 7-11/16
250 kcmil
500 kcmil
750 kcmil
1000 kcmil
1500 kcmil
* Y48B Hypress with Y48PR indentor.

Dimensions in Inches
BB
H
J
Fig. 2
B28D
B25D
B29D
B26D
B28D
B29D
No Nest
Die Req.
B29D
No Nest
Die Req.
B29D
B31D
No Nest
Die Req.
(No. of
Indents)
App.
Ship.
Wt. in
Lbs.
E28D
E29D
E28D
E29D
(1)
(1)
(1)
(1)
(1)
(1)
2.2
1.5
2.2
1.7
2.5
2.5
E34D
(2)
2.5
E29D
(1)
2.5
E34D
(2)
2.7
E29D
E31D
(1)
(2)
2.5
2.5
E34D
(2)
2.7
(2)
3.2
(2)
8.0
No Nest
Die Req.
C46D*
Note: Circumferential dies may be used. For information

contact BURNDY.
US: 1-800-346-4175
www.burndy.com
Canada: 1-800-387-6487
BURNDY
Copper Compression Adaptors
TYPES YE-P, YE-P-FX

C-110
HYPLUG FOR COPPER

CONDUCTOR
Type YE-P copper compression adapters are
designed for reliable termination of copper
conductor when the current capacity of the
conductor is downsized, but larger conductor is utilized. Typical applications are for
voltage drop protection when oversized conductors are used or flex conductor is used.
These adapters facilitate the termination into
existing mechanical set screw connectors for
various stranded copper cables.
600 v, 900C EPDM rubber cover

Note: Cover supplied with the connector
For Aluminum HYPLUG go

to page C-118
90 C
Installation Data
Catalog
Number
YEV4CP20X75FX
YEV2CP26X75FX
YEV1CP29X75FX
YEV25P33X75FX
YEV26P37X75FX
YEV27P41X82FX
YEV28P46X92FX
Accommodates
Pin
Copper Wire Sizes
Size
Dimensions
Code
Equiv- A Dia. B
L
P
OD
Flex Cable
AWG Navy alent [MM] [MM] [MM] [MM] [MM]
#4 Str
(91/24-105/24)
#2 Str
(125/24-150/24)
#1 Str
(175/24-225/24)
1/0 Str
(275/24)
2/0 Str
(325/24)
3/0 Str
(450/24)
4/0 Str
(550/24)
.20
[5]
.26
[7]
.29
[8]
.33
[8]
.37
[9]
.41
[10]
.46
[12]
1.37
[35]
1.65
[42]
1.66
[42]
1.80
[46]
1.82
[46]
1.97
[50]
1.99
[51]
2.27
[58]
2.60
[66]
2.63
[67]
2.80
[71]
2.86
[73]
3.11
[77]
3.28
[81]
.75
[19]
.75
[19]
.75
[19]
.75
[19]
.75
[19]
.82
[21]
.92
[23]
.38
[10]
.46
[12]
.51
[13]
.56
[14]
.63
[16]
.70
[18]
.77
[20]
250
kcmil
262.6
kcmil
300
kcmil
350
kcmil
450
kcmil
500
kcmil
600
kcmil
750
kcmil
.50
[10]
.51
[13]
.55
[14]
.59
[15]
.67
[17]
.71
[18]
.78
[20]
.87
[22]
2.37
[60]
2.39
[61]
2.53
[65]
2.68
[68]
3.14
[80]
3.29
[84]
3.31
[84]
3.54
[90]
3.75
[95]
3.82
[97]
4.08
[104]
4.36
[111]
5.04
[128]
5.30
[135]
5.51
[140]
5.99
[152]
1.00
[25]
1.02
[26]
1.10
[28]
1.18
[30]
1.34
[34]
1.42
[36]
1.56
[40]
1.74
[44]
.81
[21]
.88
[22]
.95
[24]
1.06
[27]
1.19
[30]
1.25
[32]
1.35
[34]
1.50
[38]
250
kcmil
300
kcmil
350
kcmil
400
kcmil
500
kcmil
600
kcmil
750
kcmil
.50
[13]
.55
[14]
.59
[15]
.63
[16]
.71
[18]
.78
[20]
.87
[22]
1.99
[51]
2.37
[60]
2.39
[61]
2.53
[65]
2.68
[68]
3.14
[80]
3.37
[86]
3.33
[84]
3.85
[98]
3.98
[101]
4.24
[108]
4.60
[117]
5.25
[133]
5.73
[145]
1.00
[25]
1.10
[28]
1.18
[30]
1.26
[32]
1.42
[36]
1.56
[40]
1.74
[44]
.75
[19]
.81
[21]
.88
[22]
.95
[24]
1.06
[27]
1.19
[30]
1.30
[33]
#4
40
#4
#2
60
#2
#1
75
#1
1/0
100
1/0
2/0
125
2/0
3/0
150
3/0
4/0
200
4/0
Mech Tools (# of Crimps)

Color
Code
Die
Index
Gray
Brown
10
Green
11
Pink
12
Black
13
Orange
14
Purple
15
Yellow
16
MY29-11
(2)
White
17
Red
18
Blue
19
Brown
20
Pink
L99
MD6/
MD7
Y35/Y39
Y750
Hydraulic Tools (# of Crimps)

Y644M (Accommodates
Expanded
Y45
Y46 Y60BHU
Wire Range)
MY
Y2MR
MD7-34R
MY29-11
(2)
MY29-11
(2)
MY29-11
(2)
MY29-11
(2)
MY29-11
(2)
MY29-11
(2)
MY29-11
(2)
Y2MR
(4)
Y2MR
(4)
W4CVT
(4)
W2CVT
(4)
W1CVT
(4)
W25VT
(4)
W26VT
(4)
W27VT
(4)
W28VT
(4)
W4CRT U4CRT
(4)
(2)
W2CRT U2CRT
(4)
(2)
W1CRT U1CRT-1
(4)
(2)
W25RT U25RT
(4)
(2)
W26RT U26RT
(4)
(2)
W27RT U27RT
(4)
(2)
W28RT U28RT
(4)
(2)
U4CRT
(2)
U2CRT
(2)
U1CRT-1
(2)
U25RT
(2)
U26RT
(2)
U27RT
(2)
U28RT
(2)
U4CRT
(2)
U2CRT
(2)
U1CRT-1
(2)
U25RT
(2)
U26RT
(2)
U27RT
(2)
U28RT
(2)
W29VT
(4)
W30VT
(8)
W31VT
(8)
W32VT
(8)
W29RT
(4)
W30RT
(8)
W31RT
(8)
W32RT
(8)
U29RT
(2)
U30RT
(4)
U31RT
(4)
U32RT
(4)
U34RT
(4)
U38XRT
(4)
U39RT
(4)
U44XRT
(4)
U29RT
(2)
U30RT
(4)
U31RT
(4)
U32RT
(4)
U34RT
(4)
U38XRT
(4)
U39RT
(4)
U44XRT
(4)
L29RT
(1)
L30RT
(1)
L31RT
(1)
L32RT
(2) 1
L34RT
(2)
U29RT
(2)
U30RT
(4)
U31RT
(4)
U32RT
(4)
U34RT
(4)
U38XRT
(4)
U39RT
(4)
U44XRT
(4)
U29RT
(2)
U30RT
(4)
U31RT
(4)
U32RT
(4)
U34RT
(4)
U36RT
(4)
U39RT
(4)
U29RT
(2)
U30RT
(4)
U31RT
(4)
U32RT
(4)
U34RT
(4)
U36RT
(4)
U39RT
(4)
U29RT
(2)
U30RT
(4)
U31RT
(4)
U32RT
(4)
U34RT
(4)
U36RT
(4)
U39RT
(4)
#4 - #6 AWG
(1)
#2 - #6 AWG
(1)
#1 - #6 AWG
(1)
1/0 - #6 AWG
(1)
2/0 - #4 AWG
(1)
3/0 - #2 AWG
(1)
4/0 - #1 AWG
(1)
Cable
Strip
Length
1-15/32
1-3/4
1-3/4
1-7/8
1-7/8
2-1/16
2-1/16
Flex Cable Only

YE30P50X100FX
YE31P51X102FX
YE32P55X110FX
YE34P59X118FX
YE36P67X134FX
YE38P71X142FX
YE40P78X156FX
YE44P87X174FX
250 kcmil Flex

CLASS G 259 CLASS H 427
262.6 kcmil Flex
250 Flex CLASS I, K, M
313.1 kcmil (775/24)
(300 kcmil Nom)
373.7 kcmil (925/24)
(350 kcmil Nom)
444.4 kcmil (1100/24)
(450 kcmil Nom
535.3 kciml (1325/24)
(500 kcmil Nom
646 kcmil (1600/24)
(600 kcmil Nom
777.7 kcmil (1925/24)
(750 kcmil Nom
Black
24
Yellow
L115
Yellow
16
MY29-11
(2)
White
17
Red
18
Blue
19
Brown
20
W29VT
(4)
W30VT
(8)
W31VT
(8)
W32VT
(8)
W34VT
(8)
W29RT
(4)
W30RT
(8)
W31RT
(8)
W32RT
(8)
W34RT
(8)
Green
22
Black
24
(1)
2-3/8
(1)
2-1/2
(1)
2-5/8
(1)
2-3/4
(1)
3-1/4
(1)
3-3/8
L39RT
(2)
(1)
3-7/16
(1)
3-5/8
L29RT
(1)
L30RT
(1)
L31RT
(1)
L32RT
(1)
L34RT
(2)
L36RT
(2)
L39RT
(2)
250 kcmil - 1/0 AWG

(1)
300 kcmil - 2/0 AWG
(1)
350 kcmil - 3/0 AWG
(1)
450 kcmil - 4/0 AWG
(1)
500 kcmil - 4/0 AWG
(1)
600 kcmil - 250 kcmil
(1)
(1)
Code Conductor Only AWG

YE29P50X100
250 kcmil
250
YE30P55X110
300 kcmil
300
YE31P59X118
350 kcmil
350
YE32P63X126
400 kcmil
400
YE34P71X142
500 kcmil
YE36P78X156
600 kcmil
YE39P87X174
750 kcmil
1 For sizes above 4/0 the MD6-6R2 must be used.
To use U Dies in Y46 HYPRESS, catalog number
2-1/2
2-5/8
2-3/4
3-1/4
3-3/8
3-7/16
3-5/8
PUADP-1 die adaptor is required.
Canada: 1-800-387-6487
www.burndy.com
US: 1-800-346-4175
BURNDY
Installation Data
Catalog
Number
YEV2CP23X75FX
YEV1CP26X75FX
YEV25P29X75FX
YEV26P33X75FX
YEV27P37X75FX
YEV28P41X75FX
Accommodates
Pin
Copper Wire Sizes
Size
Dimensions
Code
Equiv- A Dia. B
L
P
OD
Flex Cable
#2 Str.
(125/24-150/24)
#1 Str.
(175/24-225/24)
1/0 Str.
(275/24)
2/0 Str.
(325/24)
3/0 Str.
(450/24)
4/0 Str.
(550/24)
#2
60
#3
#1
75
#2
1/0
100
#1
2/0
125
1/0
3/0
150
2/0
4/0
200
3/0
4/0
.23
[6]
.26
[7]
.29
[8]
.33
[8]
.37
[9]
.41
[10]
1.65
[42]
1.66
[42]
1.80
[46]
1.82
[46]
1.97
[50]
1.99
[51]
2.60
[66]
2.63
[67]
2.80
[71]
2.86
[73]
3.04
[77]
3.18
[81]
.75
[19]
.75
[19]
.75
[19]
.75
[19]
.75
[19]
.75
[21]
.46
[12]
.51
[13]
.56
[14]
.63
[16]
.70
[18]
.77
[20]
.46
[12]
.51
[13]
.55
[14]
.59
[15]
.67
[17]
.71
[18]
.78
[20]
2.37
[60]
2.53
[65]
2.68
[68]
3.14
[80]
3.29
[84]
3.31
[84]
3.54
[90]
3.67
[93]
4.00
[102]
4.28
[109]
4.88
[124]
5.22
[133]
5.27
[136]
5.81
[148]
.92
[23]
1.02
[26]
1.10
[28]
1.18
[30]
1.34
[34]
1.42
[36]
1.56
[40]
.81
[21]
.95
[24]
1.06
[27]
1.19
[30]
1.25
[32]
1.35
[34]
1.50
[38]
.46
[12]
.51
[13]
.55
[14]
.59
[15]
.63
[16]
.71
[18]
.78
[20]
2.37
[60]
2.39
[61]
2.53
[65]
2.68
[68]
3.14
[80]
3.37
[86]
3.37
[86]
3.25
[82]
3.75
[95]
3.90
[99]
4.16
[106]
4.44
[113]
5.11
[130]
5.55
[141]
.92
[23]
1.00
[25]
1.10
[28]
1.18
[30]
1.26
[32]
1.42
[36]
1.56
[40]
.75
[19]
.81
[21]
.88
[22]
.95
[24]
1.06
[27]
1.19
[30]
1.30
[33]

Color
Code
Die
Index
MY
Y2MR
MD7-34R
MD6/
MD7
MY29-11
(2)
MY29-11
(2)
MY29-11
(2)
MY29-11
(2)
MY29-11
(2)
MY29-11
(2)
Y2MR
(4)
W2CVT
(2)
W1CVT
(2)
W25VT
(4)
W26VT
(4)
W27VT
(4)
W28VT
(4)
W2CVT
(2)
W1CVT
(2)
W25VT
(4)
W26VT
(4)
W27VT
(4)
W28VT
(4)
U2CRT
(2)
U1CRT
(2)
U25RT
(2)
U26RT
(2)
U27RT
(2)
U28RT
(2)
U2CRT
(2)
U1CRT
(2)
U25RT
(2)
U26RT
(2)
U27RT
(2)
U28RT
(2)
U2CRT
(2)
U1CRT
(2)
U25RT
(2)
U26RT
(2)
U27RT
(2)
U28RT
(2)
W29VT
(4)
W31VT
(8)
W32VT
(8)
W29VT
(4)
U29RT
(2)
U31RT
(4)
U32RT
(4)
U34RT
(4)
U38XRT
(4)
U39RT
(4)
U44XRT
(4)
U29RT
(2)
U31RT
(4)
U32RT
(4)
U34RT
(4)
U38XRT
(4)
U39RT
(4)
U44XRT
(4)
U29RT
(2)
U31RT
(4)
U32RT
(4)
U34RT
(4)
U38XRT
(4)
U39RT
(4)
U44XRT
(4)
L29RT
(1)
L31RT
(1)
L32RT
(2)
L34RT
(2)
U29RT
(2)
U30RT
(4)
U31RT
(4)
U32RT
(4)
U34RT
(4)
U36RT
(4)
U39RT
(4)
U29RT
(2)
U30RT
(4)
U31RT
(4)
U32RT
(4)
U34RT
(4)
U36RT
(4)
U39RT
(4)
U29RT
(2)
U30RT
(4)
U31RT
(4)
U32RT
(4)
U34RT
(4)
U36RT
(4)
U39RT
(4)
Brown
10
Green
11
Pink
12
Black
13
Orange
14
Purple
15
Yellow
16
MY29-11
(2)
Red
18
Blue
19
Brown
20
Pink
L99
Y35/Y39
Y750

Y644M (Accommodates
Expanded
Y45
Y46 Y60BHU
Wire Range)
#2 - #6 AWG
(1)
#1 - #6 AWG
(1)
1/0 - #6 AWG
(1)
2/0 - #4 AWG
(1)
3/0 - #2 AWG
(1)
4/0 - #1 AWG
(1)
Cable
Strip
Length
1-3/4
1-3/4
1-7/8
1-7/8
2-1/16
2-1/16
Flex Cable Only

YE30P46X92FX
YE32P51X102FX
YE34P55X110FX
YE36P59X118FX
YE38P67X134FX
YE40P71X142FX
YE44P78X156FX
250 kcmil Flex

CLASS G 259 CLASS H 427
313.1 kcmil (775/24)
(300 kcmil Nom)
373.7 kcmil (925/24)
(350 kcmil Nom)
444.4 kcmil (1100/24)
(450 kcmil Nom)
535.3 kcmil (1325/24)
(500 kcmil Nom)
646 kcmil (1600/24)
(600 kcmil Nom)
777.7 kcmil (1925/24)
(750 kcmil Nom)
250
kcmil
300
kcmil
350
kcmil
450
kcmil
500
kcmil
600
kcmil
Black
24
Yellow
L115
Yellow
16
MY29-11
(2)
White
17
Red
18
Blue
19
Brown
20
W29VT
(4)
W30VT
(8)
W31VT
(8)
W32VT
(8)
W34VT
(8)
W29RT
(4)
W30RT
(8)
W31RT
(8)
W32RT
(8)
W34RT
(8)
Green
22
Black
24
(1)
2-3/8
(1)
2-5/8
(1)
2-3/4
(1)
3-1/4
(1)
3-3/8
L39RT
(2)
(1)
3-7/16
(1)
3-5/8
L29RT
(1)
L30RT
(1)
L31RT
(1)
L32RT
(2)
L34RT
(2)
L36RT
(2)
L39RT
(2)
250 kcmil - 1/0 AWG

(1)
300 kcmil - 2/0 AWG
(1)
350 kcmil - 3/0 AWG
(1)
450 kcmil - 4/0 AWG
(1)
500 kcmil - 4/0 AWG
(1)
(1)
(1)

YE29P46X92
250 kcmil
250
YE30P50X100
300 kcmil
300
YE31P55X110
350 kcmil
350
YE32P59X118
400 kcmil
400
YE34P63X126
500 kcmil
YE36P71X142
600 kcmil
YE39P78X156
750 kcmil
4/0
250
kcmil
300
kcmil
350
kcmil
400
kcmil
500
kcmil
600
kcmil
2-1/2
2-5/8
2-3/4
3-1/4
3-3/8
3-7/16
3-5/8
To use U Dies in Y46 HYPRESS, Catalog number

US: 1-800-346-4175
www.burndy.com
Canada: 1-800-387-6487
C-111
BURNDY
REDUCED PIN DIAMETER

C-112
Installation Data
Catalog
Number
YEV4CP16X75FX
YEV2CP20X75FX
YEV1CP23X75FX
YEV25P26X75FX
YEV26P29X75FX
YEV27P33X75FX
YEV28P37X75FX
Accommodates
Pin
Copper Wire Sizes
Size
Dimensions
Code
Equiv- A Dia. B
L
P
OD
Flex Cable
#4 Str.
(91/24-105/24)
#2 Str.
(125/24-150/24)
#1 Str.
(175/24-225/24)
1/0 Str.
(275/24)
2/0 Str.
(325/24)
3/0 Str.
(450/24)
4/0 Str.
(550/24)
.16
[4]
.20
[5]
.23
[6]
.26
[7]
.29
[8]
.33
[8]
.37
[9]
1.37
[35]
1.65
[42]
1.66
[42]
1.80
[46]
1.82
[46]
1.97
[50]
1.99
[51]
2.27
[58]
2.60
[66]
2.63
[67]
2.80
[71]
2.86
[73]
3.04
[77]
3.11
[81]
.75
[19]
.75
[19]
.75
[19]
.75
[19]
.75
[19]
.75
[19]
.75
[19]
.38
[10]
.46
[12]
.51
[13]
.56
[14]
.63
[16]
.70
[18]
.77
[20]
250
kcmil
350
kcmil
450
kcmil
.41
[10]
.51
[13]
.59
[15]
.67
[17]
2.39
[61]
2.68
[68]
3.29
[84]
3.31
[84]
3.62
[92]
4.20
[107]
5.06
[129]
5.29
[134]
.82
[21]
1.02
[26]
1.18
[30]
1.34
[34]
.88
[22]
1.06
[27]
1.25
[32]
1.35
[34]
#1
.31
1.99
[51]
1.99
[51]
2.37
[60]
2.39
[61]
2.53
[65]
2.68
[68]
3.14
[80]
3.37
[86]
3.32
[79]
3.15
[80]
3.67
[93]
3.80
[96]
4.08
[104]
4.36
[111]
4.95
[126]
5.41
[137]
1.09
[28]
.82
[21]
.92
[23]
1.00
[25]
1.10
[28]
1.18
[30]
1.26
[32]
1.42
[36]
.75
[19]
.75
[19]
.81
[21]
.88
[22]
.95
[24]
1.06
[27]
1.19
[30]
1.30
[33]
#4
40
#6
#2
60
#4
#1
75
#3
1/0
100
#2
2/0
125
#1
3/0
150
1/0
4/0
200
2/0
3/0

Color
Code
Die
Index
Gray
Brown
10
Green
11
Pink
12
Black
13
Orange
14
Purple
15
White
MD6/
MD7
Y35/Y39
Y750

Y644M (Accommodates
Expanded
Y45
Y46 Y60BHU
Wire Range)
MY
Y2MR
MD7-34R
MY29-11
(2)
MY29-11
(2)
MY29-11
(2)
MY29-11
(2)
MY29-11
(2)
MY29-11
(2)
MY29-11
(2)
Y2MR
(4)
Y2MR
(4)
W4CVT
(4)
W2CVT
(4)
W1CVT
(4)
W25VT
(4)
W26VT
(4)
W27VT
(4)
W28VT
(4)
W4CRT U4CRT
(4)
(2)
W2CRT U2CRT
(4)
(2)
W1CRT U1CRT-1
(4)
(2)
W25RT U25RT
(4)
(2)
W26RT U26RT
(4)
(2)
W27RT U27RT
(4)
(2)
W28RT U28RT
(4)
(2)
U4CRT
(2)
U2CRT
(2)
U1CRT-1
(2)
U25RT
(2)
U26RT
(2)
U27RT
(2)
U28RT
(2)
U4CRT
(2)
U2CRT
(2)
U1CRT-1
(2)
U25RT
(2)
U26RT
(2)
U27RT
(2)
U28RT
(2)
17
Blue
19
W30VT
(8)
W32VT
(8)
W30RT
(8)
W32RT
(8)
L99
U30RT
(4)
U32RT
(4)
U38XRT
(4)
U39RT
(4)
U30RT
(4)
U32RT
(4)
U38XRT
(4)
U39RT
(4)
L30RT
(1)
L32RT
(2) 1
Pink
U30RT
(4)
U32RT
(4)
U38XRT
(4)
U39RT
(4)
U29RT
(2)
U29RT
(2)
U30RT
(4)
U31RT
(4)
U32RT
(4)
U34RT
(4)
U36RT
(4)
U39RT
(4)
U29RT
(2)
U29RT
(2)
U30RT
(4)
U31RT
(4)
U32RT
(4)
U34RT
(4)
U36RT
(4)
U39RT
(4)
U29RT
(2)
U29RT
(2)
U30RT
(4)
U31RT
(4)
U32RT
(4)
U34RT
(4)
U36RT
(4)
U39RT
(4)
L29RT
(1)
L29RT
(1)
L30RT
(1)
L31RT
(1)
L32RT
(1)
L34RT
(2)
L36RT
(2)
L39RT
(2)
250 kcmil - 1/0 AWG

(1)
250 kcmil - 1/0 AWG
(1)
300 kcmil - 2/0 AWG
(1)
350 kcmil - 3/0 AWG
(1)
450 kcmil - 4/0 AWG
(1)
500 kcmil - 4/0 AWG
(1)
(1)
(1)
#4 - #6 AWG
(1)
#2 - #6 AWG
(1)
#1 - #6 AWG
(1)
1/0 - #6 AWG
(1)
2/0 - #4 AWG
(1)
3/0 - #2 AWG
(1)
4/0 - #1 AWG
(1)
Cable
Strip
Length
1-15/32
1-3/4
1-3/4
1-7/8
1-7/8
2-1/16
2-1/16
Flex Cable Only

YE31P41X82FX
YE34P51X102FX
YE38P59X118FX
YE40P67X134FX
262.6 kcmil Flex

250 Flex CLASS I, K, M
373.7 kcmil (925/24)
(350 kcmil Nom)
535.3 kciml (1325/24)
(500 kcmil Nom)
646 kcmil (1600/24)
(600 kcmil Nom)
Black
24
Yellow
16
W29VT
(4)
W29VT
(4)
W30VT
(8)
W31VT
(8)
W32VT
(8)
W34VT
(8)
W29RT
(4)
W29RT
(4)
W30RT
(8)
W31RT
(8)
W32RT
(8)
W34RT
(8)
Yellow
16
White
17
Red
18
Blue
19
Brown
20
Green
22
Black
24
(1)
2-1/2
(1)
2-3/4
(1)
3-3/8
L39RT
(2)
(1)
3-7/16

YE29P31X109
250 kcmil
250
YE29P41X82
YE30P46X92
3/0
300 kcmil
300
YE31P50X100
350 kcmil
350
YE32P55X110
400 kcmil
400
YE34P59X118
500 kcmil
YE36P63X126
600 kcmil
YE39P71X142
750 kcmil
4/0
250
kcmil
300
kcmil
350
kcmil
400
kcmil
500
kcmil
.41
[10]
.46
[12]
.51
[13]
.55
[14]
.59
[15]
.63
[16]
.71
[18]
MY29-11
(2)
MY29-11
(2)
2-1/2
2-1/2
2-5/8
2-3/4
3-1/4
3-3/8
3-7/16
3-5/8
To use U Dies in Y46 HYPRESS, Catalog number

Canada: 1-800-387-6487
www.burndy.com
US: 1-800-346-4175
BURNDY
Copper Stacking Adaptors
TYPE ASA-U
C-113
HYSTACK
TERMINAL STACKING
ADAPTOR
FOR ALUMINUM AND
COPPER TERMINALS
UL Listed 90 C,
600 Volts to 35 kV
The HYSTACK adaptor is specially
designed to allow standard terminals to be
stacked on two or four hole NEMA transformer or equipment terminal pads.
HYSTACK is tin-plated, high-conductivity
aluminum to provide optimum corrosion
resistance. Only three sizes accommodate
terminals from 250 mcm through 1000 mcm
to help keep costly inventories to a minimum.
Accommodates Copper and Aluminum

Conductor
Insulation
Max.
O.D.
250 kcmil
800 kcmil
1000 kcmil
.868
1.372
1.494
To stack 4 hole NEMA drilled terminals use 2 adaptors

assembled side by side.
Catalog
Number
ASA250U
ASA800U
ASA1000U
1.00
1.00
1.25
.77
1.13
1.25
ASA-U stacking adaptors are recommended for use with any

BURNDY UL Listed compression terminal, 2 or 4 hole NEMA
pad aluminum and copper lugs,types YA, YA-L, YA-A, and for
all 2-hole NEMA spaced lugs in the OVERHEAD and
UNDERGROUND catalog sections.
TYPE CUSA
HYSTACK
TERMINAL STACKING
ADAPTOR
This HYSTACK adaptor is specially
designed to get terminals to the back end of
a bus bar or other areas that require
terminals to be elevated off the mounting
surface. This HYSTACK is made from high
conductivity copper and tin-plated to provide
optimum corrosion resistance. It will accommodate #10 AWG through 750 kcmil
HYLUGS.
Catalog
Number
CUSA442TC38
CUSA442NTC
Stud Hole
Size
3/8
1/2
Stud Hole
Spacing
1
1 - 3/4
Length
1.75
2.50
Width
1.12
1.12
Height
1.50
1.50
Reference: Catalog Number TMH332.

This TMH332 Kit has just the right hardware
when using the CUSA442TC38 HYSTACK
on a 1/4 bus bar with a 4/0 through 750 kcmil
HYLUG.
US: 1-800-346-4175
www.burndy.com
Canada: 1-800-387-6487
BURNDY
Aluminum Compression Tin Plated For Aluminum & Copper Conductors
C-114
TYPES YA-A
AND YA-A-TN
DIE AND CRIMP

INFORMATION
COLOR CODED
END CAP
CLOSED
BARREL
ELECTRO-TIN
PLATED
HYLUG
UNINSULATED ALUMINUM
FOR ALUMINUM AND
COPPER CONDUCTORS
CRIMP
CRIMP
CABLE
ACCOMMODATION
1-HOLE DESIGN
UL Listed 90 C,
600 Volts to 35 kV
Type YA-A aluminum tin-plated compression
HYLUG terminals are dual-rated and
designed for use on both aluminum and
copper conductors from #12 sol. through
2000 kcmil.
They are designed for heavy duty applications to 35KV. YA-A terminals are prefilled
with PENETROX, and assembled with
color-coded end caps. Available with one,
two, and four-hole NEMA tongues, the
aluminum HYLUG terminals are designed
for a permanent trouble-free electrical
termination.
Manufactured from high conductivity,

wrought aluminum with heavy duty
wall thickness.
forming properties.
Electro-tin plated.
Provides durable long lasting
Internally bevelled barrel.
Provides easy cable insertion.
Meets UL486B 90 C requirements.
Provides a quality electrical
dual connection.
Connector is clearly marked with wire
size, die index, color-code and the
proper number and location of crimps.
Provides easy identification and tooling
recommendation for a proper compression which forms a homogeneous
mass resulting in an excellent electrical
connection.
Dimensions
Catalog
Number
YA12A-TN
YA10A-TN
YA8CA1
YA8CA3
Code
Conductor
Stud
Size
12 str.
10 str.
10
10
10
8 str.
YA6CA1
YA6CA3
1/4
No. of
Holes
in Pad
1/4
6 str.
3/8
Contact BURNDY for conductor, stud sizes and hole

drillings not shown.
die listings.
No color code assigned.
.41
.41
.53
.50
.50
.60
1.22 .20
1.22 .20
1.50 .20
.08
.08
.09
.53
.75
1.65 .25
.09
.47
1
1
T
Z
Ref. Min.
.75
1.84 .33
.14
.65 1.19 2.28 .44
.09
.30
.30
.40
Factory prefilled with PENETROX

oxide inhibiting compound.
Oxide inhibiting compound contains
homogeneously suspended metallic
particles to penetrate the wires oxides,
establish electrical continuity and forms
an airtight connection.
Color-coded end caps inserted
in barrel end.
Prevents foreign materials from entering
and contaminating the connector prior
to usage plus identifies the proper
color-coded die for a reliable connection.
Dieless (# of crimps)
Y35, Y39, Y750, Y46*
Mechanical
Hydraulic
Die Number
Color
Tooling
HYPRESS (# of crimps)
Code
MR8-27 (1)
Y81KFT (1)
Y81KFTMBH (1)
PAT81KFT-18V (1)
MY29-3 (1)
.42
MY644M (1)
MRC840AL (1)
Y81KFT (1)
.75
Y81KFTMBH (1)
PAT81KFT-18V (1)
.50
Die
Index
Wire
Strip
Length
5/8
U8CABT (1)
Blue
374
5/8
U6CABT (1)
Gray
346
3/4
UL Listed for Aluminum only.

* Use PUADP-1 adaptor with U dies in Y46 Hypress.
Canada: 1-800-387-6487
www.burndy.com
US: 1-800-346-4175
BURNDY
TYPES YA-A
AND YA-A-TN
DIE AND CRIMP

INFORMATION
COLOR CODED
END CAP
C-115
CLOSED
BARREL
(Continued)
ELECTRO-TIN
PLATED
HYLUG
CRIMP
FOR ALUMINUM AND
COPPER CONDUCTORS
CRIMP
AL9CU
CABLE
ACCOMMODATION
UL Listed 90 C,
600 Volts to 35 kV
1-HOLE DESIGN
Dimensions
Catalog
Number
YA4CA1
YA4CA3
Code
Conductor
4 str.
YA4CA6
YA2CA5
YA2CA1
YA2CA3
YA1CA1
YA25A1
YA25A3
YA25A9
YA26A6
YA26A1
YA27A1
YA27A3
YA28A1
YA28A3
YA29A1
YA30A6
YA30A1
Stud
Size
1/4
5/16
No. of
Holes in Pad
1 str.
1/0 str.
2/0 str.
3/0 str.
4/0 str.
250 kcmil
300 kcmil
1/4
5/16
3/8
3/8
5/16
3/8
1/2
3/8
1/2
3/8
1/2
3/8
1/2
1/2
3/8
1/2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
.47
.80
.75
.87
2.13
2.25
.33
.41
.18
.12
.42
.46
.80
3/8
2 str.
T
Z
REF. Min.
.94
2.32
.44
.12
.50
.50
.88
.88
.76
.60
.82
1.03
.67
1.03
.73
1.04
1.17
1.17
1.26
1.38
1.38
.91
1.03
1.03
1.19
.87
1.18
1.34
1.18
1.36
1.18
1.37
1.18
1.36
1.36
1.37
1.37
2.25
2.50
2.56
2.59
2.31
2.67
2.67
2.79
3.03
2.88
3.27
3.26
3.44
3.53
3.90
3.90
.32
.41
.44
.44
.41
.63
.63
.44
.63
.44
.63
.44
.63
.63
.63
.63
.22
.16
.16
.19
.21
.21
.17
.24
.20
.26
.26
.30
.30
.33
.36
.36
.43
.47
.50
.75
.46
.55
.71
.74
.73
.74
.74
.74
.73
.73
.74
.74
YA31A1
350 kcmil
1/2
1.52 1.37 4.33
.63
.39
400 kcmil
500 kcmil
600 kcmil
700/750 kcmil
900 Compact AL +
1000 kcmil
5/8
5/8
5/8
1/2
5/8
5/8
1
1
1
1.62
1.80
1.97
2.05
2.05
2.50
.88
.88
.88
.63
.88
.88
.43
.46
.52
.43
.43
.43
Y81KFT (1)
MY29-3 (1) Y81KFTMBH (1)
MRC840AL (1) PAT81KFT-18V (1)
Y644HS (1)
1
1
BURNDY
Contact
for conductor, stud sizes and hole
die listings.
Y644HS DIELESS HYPRESS

RANGE-TAKING
CAPABILITIES
The following size HYDENT lugs and two
way splices, when crimped with the Y644HS
DIELESS HYPRESS tool, produce the
following range taking capabilities:
US: 1-800-346-4175
4.92
5.56
5.82
5.26
5.80
6.50
Expanded
Wire Range
#6 AWG
#4 AWG
#2 AWG
#1 AWG
375
7/8
Pink
348
1-1/8
Gold
471
15/16
Tan
296
1-1/16
U26ART (2)
Olive
297
1-3/8
U27ART (2)
Ruby
467
1-1/2
White
298
1-5/8
U29ART (2)
Red
324
1-5/8
U30ART (2)
Green
U28ART (2)
MY29-3 (2)
MRC840AL (2)
Y81KFT (2)
Y81KFTMBH (2)
Y644HS (1)
PAT81KFT-18V (2)
U4CABT (1)
U25ART (1)
Blue
470
1-3/4
U31ART (2)
Brown
299
2-1/8
Y644HS (1)
Y81KFT (3)
Y81KFTMBH (3)
PAT81KFT-18V (3)
U32ART (4)
Y644HS (1)
U34ART (4)
Y81KFT (4)
U36ART (4)
Y81KFTMBH (4)
PAT81KFT-18V (4) U39ART-2 (4)
Green
Pink
Black
472
300
473
2-1/2
2-5/8
2-7/8
Yellow
936
2-7/8
P44ART** (4)
Brown
302
* Use PUADP-1 adaptor with U dies in Y46 Hypress.

** P44ART for use with Y46 HYPRESS only. PUADP-1
+ Tested with Y644HS and PAT644 dieless tools only and
Standard
Wire Size
Wire
Strip
Length
U1CART (1)
MY29-3 (1)
MRC840AL (1)
1.00
1.03
1.00
.71
1.00
1.01
1.88
1.91
1.88
1.34
1.88
1.89
Die
Index
U2CABT (1)
.74
YA32A1
YA34A1
YA36A1
YA39A1
YA39A3
YA44A1
Y35, Y39, Y750, Y46*
Mechanical
Hydraulic
Die Number
Color
Tooling
HYPRESS (# of crimps)
Code
not UL Listed with any tool on 900 Compact Al.

Aluminum Connectors
Standard
Expanded
Wire Size
Wire Range
#6 AWG
#4 - #6 AWG
#2 - #6 AWG
#1 - #2 AWG
www.burndy.com
1/0 AWG
2/0 AWG
3/0 AWG
4/0 AWG
1/0 - #1 AWG
2/0 - #1 AWG
3/0 - #1 AWG
4/0 - #1 AWG
Standard
Wire Size
Expanded
Wire Range
250 kcmil
300 kcmil
350 kcmil
400 kcmil
500 kcmil
600 kcmil
750 kcmil
250 kcmil - 1/0 AWG

300 kcmil - 2.0 AWG
350 kcmil - 3/0 AWG
400 kcmil - 4/0 AWG
500 kcmil - 4/0 AWG
600 - 250 kcmil
750 - 500 kcmil
Canada: 1-800-387-6487
BURNDY
TYPE YA-A
C-116
HYLUG
CLOSED
BARREL
(2) HOLE
DRILLING
FOR ALUMINUM AND
COPPER CONDUCTORS
2-HOLE AND 4-HOLE
DESIGNS
UL Listed 90 C,
600 Volts to 35 kV
BEVELED
ENTRY
CRIMPS
ELECTRO-TIN
PLATED
No. of
Holes
in Pad
T
Z
REF. Min.
.63
.16
.73
MY29-3 (1)
1.06 3.73
.63
.21
.55
1.03 3.10
1.75 4.59
.63
.17
.72
1.03
.92
1.04
1.04
1.17
1.17
1.26
1.26
1.38
1.38
1.52
1.52
1.75
1.00
1.75
1.00
1.75
1.00
1.75
1.00
1.75
1.00
1.00
1.75
.63
.44
.63
.44
.63
.44
.63
.44
.63
.44
.44
.63
.20
.24
.26
.26
.30
.30
.33
.33
.36
.36
.39
.39
.73
.45
.74
.45
.73
.45
.73
.45
.73
.45
.45
.73
Code
Conductor
YA2CA9
2 str.
1/2
2-NEMA
.88
3.11
1.75 4.73
3/8
.82
2.24
1/2
2-NEMA
1/2
3/8
1/2
3/8
1/2
3/8
1/2
3/8
1/2
3/8
3/8
1/2
2-NEMA
2
2-NEMA
2
2-NEMA
2
2-NEMA
2
2-NEMA
2
2
2-NEMA
YA25A7
YA26A3
YA26A5
YA27A5
YA27A7
YA28A5
YA28A7
YA29A3
YA29A5
YA30A3
YA30A5
YA31A5
YA31A3
YA32A5
2/0 str.
3/0 str.
4/0 str.
250 kcmil
300 kcmil
350 kcmil
400 kcmil
YA34A3
500 kcmil
YA34A5
YA36A3
600 kcmil
YA36A5
YA39A7
700/750 kcmil
YA39A5
900 Compact AL +
YA39AM2
YA44A3
1000 kcmil
YA45A5
1250 kcmil
YA46A3
1500 kcmil
YA46A5
1500 kcmil
YA48A3
2000 kcmil
E
&
F
3/8
2
2-NEMA
2
2-NEMA
2
2
2-NEMA
2-NEMA
2-NEMA
2-NEMA
2-NEMA
4-NEMA
2-NEMA
3.11
1.89
3.12
1.89
3.11
1.89
3.11
1.89
3.11
1.89
1.89
3.11
4.78
3.56
5.02
3.79
5.19
3.97
5.28
4.06
5.69
5.64
4.85
6.07
1.62 1.89
1.00 4.93
.44
.43
1.75
1.00
1.75
1.00
1.00
1.75
1.75
1.75
1.75
1.75
1.75
1.75
.63
.44
.63
.44
.44
.63
.63
.63
.63
.63
.63
.63
.46
.46
.52
.52
.43
.43
.57
.66
.66
.81
.81
.90
Contact BURNDY or conductor, stud sizes and hole

die listings.
Use Y60 BHU HYPRESS with L46ART and L48ART die
sets.
90 C Rated.

RANGE-TAKING
CAPABILITIES
6.80
5.54
7.09
5.83
5.81
7.07
7.31
7.76
7.76
8.75
8.75
8.49
Expanded
Wire Range
#6 AWG
#4 AWG
#2 AWG
#1 AWG
1-1/8
U25ART (1)
Tan
296
1-1/16
Olive
297
1-3/8
U27ART (2)
Ruby
467
1-1/2
U28ART (2)
White
298
1-5/8
U29ART (2)
Red
324
1-5/8
Blue
470
1-3/4
U31ART (2)
Brown
299
2-1/8
U32ART (4)
Green
472
Pink
300
2-5/8
U36ART (4)
Black
473
2-7/8
U39ART-2 (4)
Yellow
936
2-7/8
Red
Brown
Brown
301
302
302
2-7/8
3
3
L46ART (2)
Red
478
2-3/4
L48ART (2)
Y644HS (1)
Y81KFT (4)
Y81KFTMBH (4)
PAT81KFT-18V (4)
Red
479
4-1/8

Aluminum Connectors
Standard
Expanded
Wire Size
Wire Range
#6 AWG
#4 - #6 AWG
#2 - #6 AWG
#1 - #2 AWG

following range taking capabilities:
Canada: 1-800-387-6487
348
P39ART** (4)
P44ART** (4)
P44ART** (4)
Y644HS (1)
Y81KFT (3)
Y81KFTMBH (3)
PAT81KFT-18V (3)

** P39ART and P44ART die sets for use with Y46
HYPRESS only. PUADP-1 adapter not required.
+ Tested with Y644HS and PAT644 dieless tools only and
Standard
Wire Size
Pink
U34ART (4)
Y644HS (1)
Y81KFT (2)
Y81KFTMBH (2)
PAT81KFT-18V (2)
U2CABT (1)
MY29-3 (2)
.77
.45
.77
.45
.45
.77
.74
.77
.77
.78
.78
.73
3.15
1.89
3.15
1.89
1.89
3.15
3.12
3.15
3.15
3.16
3.16
3.11
Wire
Strip
Length
U30ART (2)
MY29-3 (2)
.94
1.62
1.80
1.62
1.97
2.05
1.62
1.69
1.65
1.65
3.09
3.09
3.57
Y644HS (1)
Y81KFT (1)
Y81KFTMBH (1)
PAT81KFT-18V (1)
Y644HS (1)
Y81KFT (2)
Y81KFTMBH (2)
PAT81KFT-18V (2)
Die
Index
U26ART (2)
MY29-3 (1)
1/2
3/8
1/2
3/8
3/8
1/2
1/2
1/2
1/2
1/2
1/2
1/2
with an added stud hole for a more secure termination to

various types of equipment pads. They are dual-rated for
use on both aluminum and copper conductors.
Y35, Y39, Y750, Y46*
Mechanical
Hydraulic
Die Number
Color
Tooling
HYPRESS
(# of crimps)
Code
Dimensions
Catalog
Number
1/0 str.
CABLE
ACCOMIDATION
Type YA-A 2- and 4-hole pads inhibit connector rotation

and increase area contact. These aluminum terminals have
the same design features and benefits as the 1-hole YA-A
Stud
Size
YA25A5
COLOR CODED
END CAP
DIE AND CRIMP

INFORMATION
www.burndy.com
1/0 AWG
2/0 AWG
3/0 AWG
4/0 AWG
1/0 - #1 AWG
2/0 - #1 AWG
3/0 - #1 AWG
4/0 - #1 AWG
Standard
Wire Size
Expanded
Wire Range
250 kcmil
300 kcmil
350 kcmil
400 kcmil
500 kcmil
600 kcmil
750 kcmil
250 kcmil - 1/0 AWG

300 kcmil - 2.0 AWG
350 kcmil - 3/0 AWG
400 kcmil - 4/0 AWG
500 kcmil - 4/0 AWG
600 - 250 kcmil
750 - 500 kcmil
US: 1-800-346-4175
BURNDY
TYPE YA-A-KIT
C-117
TRANSFORMER LUG KIT

CONNECTOR
Each kit contains the UL Listed and CSA

certified AL9CU rated aluminum compression connectors and tongue mounting hardware needed to terminate aluminum or copper cables in dry type transformers. The KVA
rating gives an approximate cross reference
to the appropriate kit.

UL Listed AL9CU dual rated compression
terminals and CSA certified.
Ensure the transformer feeders and
taps are terminated properly.
Plated steel cap screws and hex nuts
with captive conical washers or individual
Belleville washers.
Terminal to bus connections are made
using proper hardware resulting in true
torque to pressure performance.
Compensates for dissimilar metal
expansion and contraction.
Hardware packed in plastic bag.
No lost hardware prior to installation.
Catalog
Number
YA-A-KIT1
YA-AKIT2
YA-AKIT3
KVA
15-37.5
15-45.3
50-75
75-112.5
100-167
150-300
Qty.
1
3
1
3
1
3
Terminals
Cat. No.
Wire Range
with Y644HS
8
4
YA2C-A5
YA30-A7
#6-2 AWG
2/0 AWG-300 kcmil
12
YA30-A7
2/0 AWG-300 kcmil
3
22
YA30-A7
YA39-A1
2/0 AWG-300 kcmil

500-750 kcmil
Bolt
Qty.
Hardware
Qty.
Washer
1/4-20 3/4
1/2 20HN
Captive
8
8
3
16
1/4-20 3/4
1/4-20 2
1/4-20 3/4
1-2-13 2
16
1/4 20HN
Captive
3
16
1/4 20
1/2-13
Captive
1/2 Belleville
HH- Hex Head

HN- Hex Nut
See Mechanical section for set screw terminal kits.
US: 1-800-346-4175
www.burndy.com
Canada: 1-800-387-6487
BURNDY
Aluminum Compression Adaptors
TYPE AYP, AYPO

C-118
HYPLUG
FOR ALUMINUM AND COPPER
CONDUCTOR
UL Listed 90 C,
600 Volts to 35 kV
TYPE AYP
Types AYP and AYPO aluminum compression adapters are designed for reliable termination of aluminum and copper conductor in
mechanical connectors. Typical applications
include mechanical connectors in molded
case circuit breakers, panel board equipment
and meter sockets.
For Copper HYPLUG go to

page C-110
All-aluminum electro-tin plated design.
Eliminates possible bi-metallic corrosion
and provides the shortest connector
length design possible.
Shortest connector length design possible.
Permits easy installation in equipment
with limited working space.
Solid electro-tin plated aluminum plug.
Proper electrical connection made easily.
Eliminates how tight is tight problem.
Smooth surface on the solid EC aluminum
electro-tin plated plug.
Provides greater area contact establishing excellent electrical conductivity.
Solid plug has equivalent cross-sectional
area as current carrying equivalent copper
wire.
Permits use of larger aluminum wire
to connect equipment.
Offset plug design available in sizes
2/0 through 750 kcmil.
Provides flexibility and maximizes
the use of limited space eliminating
interference between conductors and
equipment.
AL9CU
TYPE AYPO
Electro-tin plated.
Resists corrosion.
Factory prefilled with the proper amount
of PENETROX joint compound.
PENTROX, BURNDYs oxide inhibiting
compound with conductive metallic
particles penetrates aluminum oxide
between strands and forms an
air-tight connection.
EPDM rubber covers are supplied with
each connector and are rated for 600 V.
Eliminates taping.
Only (5) die sets install the complete
line from #6 to 750 kcmil.
Lowers inventory requirements and
saves money.
Supplied in a plastic convenience pack.
The cover and connector are kept
together and free of foreign material
until used.
Connectors are clearly marked with
catalog number, wire size, and color
coded die index.
Provides clear, easy to use information
to lower installed cost.

Canada: 1-800-387-6487
www.burndy.com
US: 1-800-346-4175
BURNDY
Aluminum Compression Adaptors
TYPES AYP, AYPO

C-119
HYPLUG
FOR ALUMINUM AND COPPER
CONDUCTOR
UL Listed 90 C,
600 Volts to 35 kV
Fig 1: TYPE AYP (Straight)
Fig 2: TYPE AYPO (Offset)
AL9CU
Dimensions
P
L
Plug
HYPLUG
Length
Length
Catalog
Number
Copper &
Aluminum
Conductor
Fig.
No.
A
Plug
Dia.
AYP6
AYP4
AYP2
AYP1
AYP1/0
AYPO2/0
AYPO3/0
#6 str
#4 str
#2 str
#1 str
1/0 str
2/0 str
3/0 str
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
.23
.23
.23
.26
.29
.33
.37
.68
.68
.68
.84
.84
1.09
1.22
1.85
1.85
1.85
2.01
2.01
2.70
2.80
1.78
1.78
1.78
1.78
1.78
2.44
2.44
AYPO4/0
4/0 str
.42
1.22
2.80
2.44
AYP250
AYPO250
AYPO300
AYP350
AYPO350
AYPO400
AYP500
AYPO500
AYPO600
250 kcmil
250 kcmil
300 kcmil
350 kcmil
350 kcmil
400 kcmil
500 kcmil
500 kcmil
600 kcmil
700/750 kcmil
900 Compact AL
700/750 kcmil
900 Compact AL
1
2
2
1
2
2
1
2
2
.47
.47
.53
.57
.57
.63
.68
.68
.73
1.22
1.22
1.34
1.34
1.34
1.60
1.60
1.60
1.64
2.63
2.98
3.08
2.75
3.08
3.43
3.08
3.43
4.02
2.54
2.88
2.88
2.54
2.88
3.16
2.81
3.16
4.06
.81
1.76
3.79
3.66
.81
1.76
4.16
4.06
AYP750
AYPO750
Scratch brush aluminum conductor before installation.

die listings.
** For MY29-3 use aluminum index plate at 1/0 setting for
sizes #6 through 1/0 or at 4/0 setting for sizes 2/0
through 4/0.
+ Not UL Listed.

RANGE-TAKING
CAPABILITIES
The following HYPLUG lugs and two way
splices, when crimped with the Y644HS
following range- taking capabilities:
LL
Cover
Length
HYTOOLS
Dieless Tools
+
(# of crimps)
OH25
MY29-3 (2) **
Y644HS (1)
Y81KFT (1)
Y81KFTMBH (1)
PAT81KFT-18V (1)
MY29-3 (2) **
Y644HS (1)
Y81KFT (2)
Y81KFTMBH (2)
PAT81KFT-18V (2)
Y35, Y39, Y750, Y46*
+
Die Number
Color
MD6 (# of crimps)
Code
1 crimp

Also accomodates compressed and compact conductors
(except for 700 kcmil in 750 kcmil barrel).
Tested with Y644HS and PAT644 dieless tools only and
Expanded
Wire Range
#6 AWG
#4 AWG
#2 AWG
#1 AWG
U25ART (1)
Tan
296
1-1/16
White
298
1-1/8
U31ART (2)
Brown
299
1-1/8
U34ART (2)
Y644HS (1)
Y81KFT (3)
Y81KFTMBH (3)
PAT81KFT-18V (3)
Standard
Wire Size
Wire
Strip
Length
U28ART (2)
Hydraulic:
Y644HS (1)
Y81KFT (2)
Y81KFTMBH (2)
PAT81KFT-18V (2)
W241
Die
Index &
Embossment
Pink
300
1-1/8
U39ART-2 (3)
Yellow
936
1-3/4

For copper equivalent wire size see page O-11 (Aluminum
1350 Cable).
Aluminum Connectors
Standard
Expanded
Wire Size
Wire Range
#6 AWG
#4 - #6 AWG
#2 - #6 AWG
#1 - #2 AWG
1/0 AWG
2/0 AWG
3/0 AWG
4/0 AWG
1/0 - #1 AWG
2/0 - #1 AWG
3/0 - #1 AWG
4/0 - #1 AWG
Standard
Wire Size
Expanded
Wire Range
250 kcmil
300 kcmil
350 kcmil
400 kcmil
500 kcmil
600 kcmil
750 kcmil
250 kcmil - 1/0 AWG

300 kcmil - 2.0 AWG
350 kcmil - 3/0 AWG
400 kcmil - 4/0 AWG
500 kcmil - 4/0 AWG
600 - 250 kcmil
750 - 500 kcmil
US: 1-800-346-4175
www.burndy.com
Canada: 1-800-387-6487
BURNDY
Aluminum Compression Splice
TYPE YS-A
DIE AND COLOR

CODE INFORMATION
C-120
HYLINK
BELLED
END
ELECTRO-TIN
PLATED
COMPRESSION SPLICE
CRIMP
UL Listed 90 C,
600 Volts to 35 kV
BELLED
END
Type YS-A is a high-conductivity aluminum

tin-plated compression butt splice for use on
all combinations of aluminum to aluminum,
aluminum to copper, and copper to copper
conductor combinations.
They are designed to accommodate conductors from #12 str. through 1,000 kcmil in
standard and heavy duty applications.
Prefilled with PENETROX oxide inhibiting
compounds and assembled with colorcoded end caps, the connectors provide a
permanent trouble-free electrical splice with
flexibility and low installed cost.
Catalog
Number
Code
Conductor
(4) CENTER
WIRE STOP

Manufactured from high-conductivity
wrought aluminum with heavy duty
wall thickness.
Provides high-conductivity/low
resistance and ductility for an
excellent combination of electrical
and crimp forming properties.
Electro-tin plated.
Internally bevelled barrel.
Provides easy cable entry.
Solid center stop and prefilled with
PENETROX oxide inhibiting compound.
Provides stop for proper conductor
insertion and an aid in forcing the
PENETROX between the individual
wire strands.
Dimensions
B
L
YS12AG1
#12 Str.
.39
1.03
YS10WAG1
#10 Str.
.44
1.12
YS8CA1
YS6CA1
8 Str.
6 Str.
.59
.72
1.44
1.70
YS4CA1
4 Str.
.86
1.97
YS2CA1
2 Str.
1.09
2.44
YS1CA1
YS25A1
1 Str.
1/0 Str.
.90
1.06
2.05
2.37

die listing.
No color code assigned.
UL Listed for Aluminum only. Not CSA Certified.
CRIMP
Color-coded end caps.

Provides easy wire size and die code
identification plus prevents foreign
materials from entering and contaminating the connector prior to usage.
Connector is clearly marked with wire
size, die index and the proper number
and location of crimps.
Provides easy identification and tooling
recommendation. Proper compression
forms a homogeneous mass resulting
in an excellent electrical connection.
Y35, Y39, Y750, Y46*
Dieless (# of crimps/end)
Die Number
Mechanical
Hydraulic
(# of crimps
Color
HYTOOL
HYPRESS
per end)
Code
Ratchet:
MR8-27 (1)
MY29-3 (1)
MRC840AL (1)
MY29-3 (1)
MRC840AL (1)
Die Index &

Wire
Embossment Strip
Length
5/8
Y644HS (1)
Y81KFT (1)
Y81KFTMBH (1)
PAT81KFT-18V (1)
Y644HS (1)
Y81KFT (2)
Y81KFTMBH (2)
PAT81KFT-18V (2)
U8CABT (1)
U6CABT (1)
Blue
Gray
374
346
5/8
3/4
U4CABT (1)
Green
375
7/8
U2CABT (1)
Pink
348
1-1/8
U1CART (1)
U25ART (1)
Gold
Tan
471
296
15/16
1-1/16
The largest size for the Y35 is 400 kcmil.

Also accomodates compressed and compact conductors
(except for 700 kcmil in 750 kcmil barrel).
Canada: 1-800-387-6487
www.burndy.com
US: 1-800-346-4175
BURNDY
TYPE YS-A
DIE AND COLOR

CODE INFORMATION
(Continued)
BELLED
END
C-121
ELECTRO-TIN
PLATED
HYLINK
COMPRESSION SPLICE
CRIMP
UL Listed 90 C,
600 Volts to 35 kV
Catalog
Number
Code
Conductor
YS26A1
YS27A1
YS28A1
YS29A1
YS30A1
2/0 str.
3/0 str.
4/0 str.
250 kcmil
300 kcmil
BELLED
END
Dimensions
B
L
1.18
1.31
1.40
1.46
1.47
2.61
2.88
3.06
3.18
3.20
YS31A1
350 kcmil
1.89
400 kcmil
500 kcmil
600 kcmil
700/750 kcmil
900 Compact Al
700/750 kcmil
900 Compact Al
1000 kcmil
1250 kcmil
1500 kcmil
1750 kcmil
2000 kcmil
2250 kcmil
ALUMINUM ONLY
2.30
2.38
2.44
5.26
2.63
5.94
6.21
7.05
8.31
7.58
3.66
U26ART (2)
U27ART (2)
U28ART (2)
U29ART (2)
U30ART (2)
Olive
Ruby
White
Red
Blue
297
467
298
324
470
1-3/8
1-1/2
1-5/8
1-5/8
1-3/4
U31ART (2)
Brown
299
2-1/8
U32ART (4)
U34ART (4)
U36ART (4)
Green
Pink
Black
472
300
473
2-1/2
2-5/8
2-7/8
U39ART-2 (4)
Yellow
936
2-7/8
5.58
2.84
2.84
3.40
3.99
3.66
MY29-3 (2)
Y644HS (1)
Y81KFT (2)
Y81KFTMBH (2)
PAT81KFT-18V (2)
Y644HS (1)
Y81KFT (3)
Y81KFTMBH (3)
PAT81KFT-18V (3)
MY29-3 (2)
MRC840AL (2)
4.86
5.00
5.14
2.50
(4) CENTER
WIRE STOP
Y35, Y39, Y750, Y46*, Y60BHU
Dieless (# of crimps/end)
Die Number
Die Index &
Wire
Mechanical
Hydraulic
(# of crimps
Color
Embossment Strip
HYTOOL
HYPRESS
per end)
Code
Length
4.04
YS32A1
YS34A1
YS36A1
CRIMP
7.58
YS39A1*
YS39AM1*
YS44A1
YS45A1
YS46A1
YS47A1
YS48A1
YS483A1

die listings.
UL Listed for Aluminum only. Not CSA certified.
** P39ART and P44ART for use with Y46 HYPRESS only.

RANGE-TAKING
CAPABILITIES
following range-taking capabilities:
Y644HS (1)
Y81KFT (4)
Y81KFTMBH (4)
PAT81KFT-18V (4)
P39ART** (4)
301
2-7/8
Brown
Brown
Blue
White
Red
302
302
478
587
479
3
2-7/8
3-3/8
4
3-5/8
L48ART*** (2)
Red
P44ART** (4)
P48PR1/L44ART** (6)
L46ART*** (2)
L47ART*** (2)
L48ART*** (2)
Red
479
3-5/8
The largest size for the Y35 is 400 kcmil.

*** Y60BHU only.
90 C Rated.
Standard
Wire Size
Expanded
Wire Range
#6 AWG
#4 AWG
#2 AWG
#1 AWG
Also accommodates compressed and compact conductors. (Except 700 kcmil in 750 kcmil barrel.)
Aluminum Connectors
Standard
Expanded
Wire Size
Wire Range
#6 AWG
#4 - #6 AWG
#2 - #6 AWG
#1 - #2 AWG
1/0 AWG
2/0 AWG
3/0 AWG
4/0 AWG
1/0 - #1 AWG
2/0 - #1 AWG
3/0 - #1 AWG
4/0 - #1 AWG
Standard
Wire Size
Expanded
Wire Range
250 kcmil
300 kcmil
350 kcmil
400 kcmil
500 kcmil
600 kcmil
750 kcmil
250 kcmil - 1/0 AWG

300 kcmil - 2.0 AWG
350 kcmil - 3/0 AWG
400 kcmil - 4/0 AWG
500 kcmil - 4/0 AWG
600 - 250 kcmil
750 - 500 kcmil
US: 1-800-346-4175
www.burndy.com
Canada: 1-800-387-6487
BURNDY
TYPE YS-AT
DIE AND CRIMP

INFORMATION
C-122
HIGH VOLTAGE
COMPRESSION SPLICE
PRE-FILLED WITH
PENETROX
Type YS-AT is a high-conductivity aluminum

electro-tin plated compression butt splice
with tapered ends for high voltage applications up to 35 kV.
The YS-AT provides the same benefits as the
YS-A with the addition of tapered ends for
easy installation of high voltage insulating
kits. Tapered ends aid in preventing corona
emission and insulation breakdown.
Recommended for high voltage splice
applications.
Catalog
Number
Code
Conductor
YS2CAT
YS25AT
YS26AT
YS27AT
YS28AT
YS29AT
YS30AT
YS31AT
YS34AT
2 str.
1/0 str.
2/0 str.
3/0 str.
4/0 str.
250 kcmil
300 kcmil
350 kcmil
500 kcmil
700/750 kcmil
900 Compact AL
1000 kcmil
900 Compact AL
YS39AT
YS44AT
COLOR CODED
END CAPS
CRIMPS
TAPERED
END
CRIMPS
CENTER
STOP

Tapered ends for applications
through 35kV.
Permits easy taping and aids in
preventing corona emission and
insulation breakdown.
Heavy wall aluminum tubing.
For use with combinations of AL-AL,
AL-CU, CU-CU
Dimensions
B
L
Y35, Y39, Y750, Y46*
Die
(Crimps
Color
Number
per End)
Code
Die Index &

Embossment
Wire
Strip
Length
1.58
1.96
1.83
2.04
2.16
2.29
2.54
2.68
3.39
4.00
4.73
4.29
4.69
5.05
5.37
5.91
6.23
7.79
U2CABT
U25ART
U26ART
U27ART
U28ART
U29ART
U30ART
U31ART
U34ART
(2)
(2)
(3)
(3)
(3)
(3)
(3)
(3)
(6)
Pink
Tan
Olive
Ruby
White
Red
Blue
Brown
Pink
348
296
297
467
298
324
470
299
300
2-1/4
2-5/8
2-3/8
2-5/8
2-3/4
2-7/8
3-1/8
3-3/8
4-1/8
3.69
8.57
P39ART**
(6)
Red
301
4-1/2
3.77
9.69
P44ART**
(6)
Brown
302
4-3/4
Contact BURNDY for conductor sizes not shown.

* Use PUADP-1 adapter for U dies.
** P39ART and P44ART for use with Y46 HYPRESS only.

die listings.
Also accommodates compressed and compact conductors (except 700 kcmil in 750 kcmil barrel).
Tested with Y644HS and PAT644 dieless tools only and not
UL Listed with any tool on 900 Compact Al.
Canada: 1-800-387-6487
www.burndy.com
US: 1-800-346-4175
BURNDY
Aluminum Compression Reducing Splice
TYPE YRB
C-123
HYREDUCER
FOR ALUMINUM TO COPPER
AND ALUMINUM TO
ALUMINUM
CRIMP
UL Listed 90 C,
600 Volts to 35 kV
CRIMP
HYREDUCER type YRB reducer butt

splice is designed to splice two different conductor sizes and is UL Listed for aluminum to
copper and aluminum to aluminum applications. The outside diameter is held constant
to minimize installation dies and is factory
prefilled with PENETROX.
Catalog
Number
1 str.
2 str.
YRB25U2
1/0 str.
YRB27U25
YRB27U26
YRB28U26
YRB29U28
YRB31U28
YRB31U29
YRB34U31
YRB36U31
YRB36U34
3/0 str.
3/0 str.
4/0 str.
250 kcmil
350 kcmil
350 kcmil
500 kcmil
600 kcmil
600 kcmil
700/750 kcmil
900 Compact AL
700/750 kcmil
900 Compact AL
YRB39U36
Constant outside diameters. Electro

tin-plated.
Minimizes installation dies and provides
a smooth profile for easy taping.
Factory prefilled with BURNDYs
PENETROX oxide inhibiting compound.
Contains Homogeneously suspended
conductive metallic particles which penetrate oxides between conductor strands
and forms an air tight connection.
Conductor Range
Aluminum or Copper Size
Barrel
Barrel
A
B
YRB2U4
YRB39U34
4 str.
3 str.
1 str.
2 str.
1/0 str.
2/0 str.
2/0 str.
4/0 str.
4/0 str.
250 kcmil
350 kcmil
350 kcmil
500 kcmil
Dimensions
O.D.
B
L
.62
.88
.88
1.36
1.36
1.36
1.73
1.73
1.73
2.11
2.25
2.25
3.31
3.31
3.31
4.21
4.21
4.21
5.12
5.57
5.57
500 kcmil
1.46
2.25
5.57
600 kcmil
1.46
2.25
Wire
Strip
Length
2.00
.85
.85
.85
1.11
1.11
1.11
1.31
1.46
1.46
Hydraulic Tools, Die Sets (No. of Crimps )
Y35 , Y39, Y750
Die
Color
Y46*
Index
Code
2.00
.62
Solid center barrier.

Provides center stop for correct cable
insertion and aids the thorough penetration of PENETROX oxide inhibiting
compound between conductor strands.
Connectors are clearly marked with catalog number, wire size, and color-coded
die index.
Provides clear, easy to use information
to lower installed costs.
Each barrel end has a plastic end cap.
Keeps the connector barrels free of
foreign materials.
5.57
Contact BURNDY for conductor sizes not shown.

die listings.
Number of crimps.
* Use PUADP-1 adaptor with U dies shown in Y46
HYPRESS.
U25ART
(1)
296
Tan
1-1/16
U28ART
(2)
298
White
1-5/8
U31ART
(2)
299
Brown
2-1/8
U34ART
(4)
300
Pink
2-5/8
U39ART-2
(4)
936
Yellow
2-7/8

Also accommodates compressed and compact conductors (except 700 kcmil in 750 kcmil barrel).
US: 1-800-346-4175
www.burndy.com
Canada: 1-800-387-6487
BURNDY
Aluminum Compression Tin Plated H-Tap
C-124
TYPES YFD, YFN,

YFO AND YFR
DIE AND COLOR CODE

AND CRIMP INFORMATION
H-CRIMPIT
UNINSULATED
ALUMINUM COMPRESSION
TAP CONNECTOR
CRIMP
PRE-FILLED WITH
PENETROX
FOR ALUMINUM TO
COPPER AND ALUMINUM
TO ALUMINUM
UL Listed 90 C,
600 Volts to 35 kV
H-CRIMPIT compression tap connectors
Types YFD, YFN, YFO and YFR are for use
with aluminum to aluminum and aluminum to
copper connections.
The H-CRIMPIT is ideal for making both
parallel and tap compression connections in
risers and gutters. It should only be installed
with hydraulic tools.
Fig. 1
Fig. 2
Fig. 3
Fig. 4

Each connector is factory sealed
in polyethylene.
Maintains the connector free of dirt and
foreign materials prior to being used.
When installed the connector has a
smooth profile.
Easy to tape or to install an insulating
crimpit cover (See Types CFA and
CFA-FR) thereby lowering installed costs.
Connectors are marked with color-codes

to match installation die.
Easy die selections lower installed cost.
UL 486B Listed.
Provides a quality electrical connection.
Accommodates
Copper or
Aluminum
Run
Tap
Compact
Run
Tap
Dia. Range
Run
Tap
Cat.
No.
Fig.
No.
Height
Length
Width
Die
Index
Color
Code
1/0-6 Str
1-6 Str
2/0-6
1-6 Str
.398-.162
.332-.162 YFO-140* 1
1.15 (29.2) 1.62 (41.1)
.70 (17.8)
Green
4/0-1 Str
2/0-1 Str
250-1/0
3/0-1/0
.563-.338
.477-.338 YFD-365* 1
1.42 (36.1) 2.50 (63.5)
.89 (22.6)
D3
Blue
500-4/0
500-4/0
500-250 500-250 .815-.522
.815-.522 YFN-540
1.82 (46.2) 4.50 (114.3) 1.23 (31.2)
Red
900-600
600-350
900-700 600-400 1.108-.877 .893-.659 YFR-865
3.04 (77.2) 4.62 (117.3) 1.74 (44.2)
KR

die listings.
Do not use U-YFN die set with P-UADP-1 adapter in Y46
HYPRESS. Use P-YFN only.
* CSA listed.
Hydraulic Tools,
Die Sets (No. of Crimps)
Y750, Y35, Y39 Y46
UYFO, U-O
U-D3
U-YFD
U-N
P-N
U-YFN
P-YFN
P-KR
P-YFR
Dieless Tools
Die Adaptor,
Wire
(No. of Crimps)
Strip
( ) Y644M, Y644MBH Length
(2)
PT30541
(1)
1-7/8
(3)
PT30540
(2)
2-3/4
(3)
4-7/8
(4)
Notes:
1. Material: Aluminum.
For Conductor combinations of AL to AL or AL to CU.
Catalog Number PUADP-1-Adaptor is required to use U
type dies in Y46 tools.
Other conductors not listed in table can be accommodated as long as the conductor diameter falls within diameter range specified.
Canada: 1-800-387-6487
www.burndy.com
US: 1-800-346-4175
BURNDY
TYPES CFA AND

CFA-FR
C-125
H-CRIMPIT
INSULATING COVERS
H-CRIMPIT FLAME
RETARDANT INSULATING
COVERS
FOR O, D3, N, AND KR DIE
SIZE H-TAP COMPRESSION
CONNECTORS

Type CFA insulating covers are made of high
impact, high density polyethylene to insulate
H-tap CRIMPIT compression connectors.
Overlapping flash barriers protect both
seams against possible electrical flashover.
End fingers remain closed or wrap closely
around conductors. Multiple latches lock
cover closed securely.
Type CFA-FR flame retardant insulating covers are made of high impact, high density
polypropylene with a minimum 28 oxygen
index. This cover incorporates all the features of the CF design plus the benefit of
self-extinguishing flame retardant properties.
Material is UL 94V-O rated.
One-piece design.
No extra parts or hardware required.
Slips over connector and latches
securely shut.
Fast, easy, reliable insulation of
H-Tap compression connectors.
Eliminates taping.
Economical, fast, easy installation.
Flash barriers.
Protects against electrical flashover.
CFA-FR flame retardant design.
Minimum 28 oxygen index.
UL 94 V-O rated.
Self-extinguishing flame retardant
properties.
Both CFA and CFA-FR types are suitable for

indoor and outdoor use. Pliable in cool
weather application.
600 VOLTS 90 C
Catalog
Number
Max. Conductor
Accommodated
Insulated H-Tap
CRIMPIT Connectors
Max. Conductor
Length
Connector
Die Index
Connector
Color Code
1/0
YFO140
2-1/2
Green
4/0
YFD265, YFD365,YFD415
3-1/8
Blue
500 kcmil
YFN515, YFN565
2-1/2
500 kcmil
YFN465, YFN540, YFN615
5-1/2
900 kcmil
YFR715, YFR765, YFR815, YFR865

YFR915
4-7/8
CFAO
CFAO-FR
CFAD
CFAD-FR
CFAN
CFAN-FR
CFANL
CFANL-FR
CFAR *
CFAR-FR *
N-Short
Connector
N-Long
Connector
KR
Red
Red
Yellow
* Two piece design packaged together.

US: 1-800-346-4175
www.burndy.com
Canada: 1-800-387-6487
Meter Relays
077 Series Analogue Meter Relays
Series 077 meter relays combine a

highly accurate indicator with High and
Low set point relay. The relays can
operate alarm and control devices when
the monitored signal value moves
outside the chosen set point limits
shown by adjustable red index pointers.
Features
Monitors and controls
any variable which can
be converted to an A.C.
or D.C. signal.
A single compact case houses the unit

which requires only the input signal and
power supply thus saving space and
installation time.
Rugged, shock and

vibration resistant design
Indicator, relays and
power unit in one housing
Stable electronic
switching circuit does not
use lamps, photocells,
inductors or capacitors
Meter Relays
Product Code
Isolated input signal

LED relay state indicators
Built-in 0 - 10 second
adjustable time delays
Applications
Voltage monitoring/
control current
monitoring
Overload alarm
Battery monitoring/
charging
Temperature indication
Temperature control
Load shedding
Power factor correction
Frequency monitoring
Level control
077-300
One relay, one set point

Upscale energized, downscale de-energized.
Typical application: High alarm.
077-301
Two relays, two set points

Mid band de-energized, outside band energized.
Typical applications: High and Low alarm, High alarm plus shut down.
077-302
Two relays, two setpoints

Both upscale energized, downscale de-energized.
Typical application: High alarm plus shutdown.
077-303
Two relays, two setpoints

High and low midband energized,
outside band de-energized. No time delay.
Typical application: High alarm plus shutdown.
077-304

Both upscale de-energized,downscale energized.
Typical application: Frequency monitoring.
077-305
One relay, one set point

Upscale de-energized, downscale energized.
Typical application: Low alarm.
077-307

Midband de-energized, outside band energized.
Operates from from 2, 3 or 4 wire resistance temperature detector (RTD).
Typical application: Temperature indication / control.
077-30R

Midband de-energized, outside band energized.
Operates from thermocouple input.
Cold junction compensation and thermocouple break
protection are standard features.
Typical application: Temperature indication / control.
Taut band, fluid damped

indicator
One relay, two setpoints

Upscale de-energized, down scale energized.
Typical applications: Liquid level control, load shedding and
power factor correction.
077-30T
Meter Relays
Web: www.crompton-instruments.com Email: crompton.info@tycoelectronics.com
2009
Meter Relays
077 Series Analogue Meter Relays
Specification
Dimensions and panel

cut-out
13/16
331/32
33/8
Terminals
10-32 UNF
1/4
-28 UNF
Fixing studs
Input signal ratings:

Frequency monitoring: 45/65Hz or 55/65Hz
100/125 V, 200/250V
380/440V or 480V system
D.C. Voltage:
10mV to 500V - 10k/V
D.C. Current:
10A to 500mA - 20mV drop
4/20mA
A.C. Voltage:
6V to 600V - 1000 /V
A.C. Current:
100A to 1A - 1V drop
5A CT operation - 0.5VA
Thermocouples:
Standard outputs
RTD Operation:
10 Copper
100 Platinum
0-200C, 0-150C
or 20 - 140C
Overloads:
1.2 x continuous, up to 200V
or 100mA - 10 x for 10 secs.
Indicator Accuracy:
Max error 1.5%
Damping time:
1 second
4" Scale:
100 deflection
Set point accuracy:
Max error 1.5%
Repeatability:
0.5%
Differential:
1% of span
Operating time:
250m sec to 10 sec adjustable
Set-point Adjustments: Single - 100% of scale
Double - 98% of scale
Minimum span:
2% between setpoints
Colour:
Red
Output Relay:
Mounted internally
Operation:
SPDT contacts on each setpoint
Optional latching on either or
both relays (077-301, 077-302
or 077-307 only)
Contact Rating:
5A, 250V, 1000W noninductive
Ambient TemperatureRange:
-10C to +60C
(+14F to 140F)
Standard calibration: 20C (68F)
Panel Material:
Ferrous or non-ferrous
Dielectric test:
2600V r.m.s. for 1 minute
Auxiliary power requirement:
A.C.:
Dual rating - 120/240, 50/60Hz
D.C.:
12V, 24V or 125V DC
Burden:
3W maximum
45/16
33/8
33/8
45/16
Options
BR
CT
EB
EH
EL
FK
LB
LH
Non reflecting window

Calibrated at customer specified
temperature
Both relays latch, external switch to reset
High relay latch, external switch to reset
Low relay latch, external switch to reset
Finger knob setpoint adjusters
Both relays latch, remove auxiliary supply
to reset
High relays latch, remove auxiliary supply
to reset
LL
PD
PG
SL
SM
SZ
TP
Low relays latch, remove auxiliary supply

to reset
Electrical heavily damped movements
Panel mounting gasket
Red line on instrument dial
Customer logo on instrument dial
(Note: one off setup charge may apply)
Coloured band on instrument dial
TPC-Time proportional control
(proportional plus derivative control)
Connections
Input signal
+ -
Relay switch modes with input signals

in zone indicated by meter pointer
L
O
W
H
I
G
H
3
1
3
5
4
2
4
6
Low Set
Point
Low relay
N.C.
3
5
Common
N.O.
1
10 12
High relay
N.C.
2
4
Common
6
N.O.
High Set
Point
110V
~
Meter Pointer
Auxiliary Supply Energised
Auxiliary
Supply
Options
230V
~
+
12v
24V D.C.
Meter Relays
Web: www.crompton-instruments.com Email: crompton.info@tycoelectronics.com
2009
Cartridge and Axial Lead Fuses

Class CC* Fuses > CCMR, KLDR and KLKR Series
Class CC fuses
CCMR, KLDR and KLKR Series
Description
Fast-Acting KLKR fuses provide fast-acting protection to
equipment containing surge sensitive components. Use
KLKR Fuses for non-inductive loads not requiring timedelay.
CCMR fuses (formerly KLMR) are specically designed
to withstand sustained starting currents of small motors.
The CCMR Fuses provide short-circuit protection for motor
branch-circuits.
KLDR fuses are specically designed to withstand
the momentary high magnetizing currents of control
transformers, solenoids, and similar inductive loads.
Agency Approvals
Agency
Ampere Range
E81895
Agency File Number
0.1 - 30A (KLDR/KLKR)

0.2 - 60A (CCMR)
Electrical Characteristics for Series

Ampere Rating
Opening Time
110%
0-30A
15 minutes, Minimum
135%
LR 29862
% of Ampere
Rating
0-30A
1 hour, Maximum
200%
0-30A
0.1 - 30A
Notes:
KLKR Series: UL listed Fast-Acting Class CC per UL 248 and CSA Certied
KLDR Series: UL listed Time-Delay Class CC per UL 248 and CSA Certied.
4 minutes, Maximum
200% Time-delay
12 seconds, Minimum
CCMR Series: UL listed Time-Delay Class CC per UL 248 and CSA Certied,
and 35-60A UL Listed Time-Delay Class CD.
Dimensions
Product Characteristics
AC:
DC:
Voltage Rating
38.1 mm
(1.50")
600 Volts
250 Volts (CCMR 0.2 2A)
(CCMR 4.5 10A)
(CCMR 35 60A)
300 Volts (CCMR 2.25 4A)
300 Volts (KLDR)
300 Volts (KLKR)
500 Volts (CCMR 2 - 30A)
6.4 mm
(.25")
10.3 mm
(.41")
0-30A
12.7 mm
(.50")
3.2 mm
(.125")
KLKR - 0.1A - 30A

RoHS compliant items
CCMR - 25A and 30A
35-60A
KLDR - 0.1A - 7
.5A, 25A and 30A
21.6 mm
(.850")
47.8 mm
(1.880")
2009 Littelfuse, Inc.

Specications are subject to change without notice.
21
Revised: August 12, 2009
CCMR Series

Average Time Current Curves -- CCMR Series
Electrical Specications by Item -- CCMR Series
.2
.25
.3
.5
.6
.8
1
1.25
1.4
1.5
1.6
1.8
2
2.25
2.5
2.8
3
3.2
3.5
4
4.5
5
5.6
6
6.25
7
7
.5
8
9
10
12
15
17
.5
20
25
30
35
40
45
50
60
CCMR Series
AC 200,000
ampere
DC 20,000
ampere
Nominal
Cold
Resistance
(Ohms)
68.4
43.3
28.6
7
.62
8.2
4.013
2.85
1.687
1.39
1.24
.9894
.7783
.485
.337
.3375
.2400
.2188
.1855
.1346
.121
.0835
.07780
.0535
.0517
.0464
.0369
.027
.0259
.0193
.0135
.0121
.00795
.00495
.00360
.00306
.00257
.00408
.00290
.00229
.00169
.00112
Agency
Approvals
CCMR
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
1000
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
1/4A
1/2A
8/10A
1A
1 1/4A
1 1/2A
1 8/10A
2A
2 1/2A
3A
3 1/2A
4A
6A
8A
10A
12A
15A
20A
25A
30A
35A
60A
CCMR.200
CCMR.250
CCMR.300
CCMR.500
CCMR.600
CCMR.800
CCMR 001
CCMR 1.25
CCMR 01.4
CCMR 01.5
CCMR 01.6
CCMR 01.8
CCMR 002
CCMR 2.25
CCMR 02.5
CCMR 02.8
CCMR 003
CCMR 03.2
CCMR 03.5
CCMR 004
CCMR 04.5
CCMR 005
CCMR 05.6
CCMR 006
CCMR 6.25
CCMR 007
CCMR 07.5
CCMR 008
CCMR 009
CCMR 010
CCMR 012
CCMR 015
CCMR 17.5
CCMR 020
CCMR 025
CCMR 030
CCMR 035
CCMR 040
CCMR 045
CCMR 050
CCMR 060
Interrupting
Rating
100
10
TIME IN SECONDS
Amp Code
Amp
Rating
(A)
0.1
0.01
22
0.1
10
CURRENT IN AMPERES
100
1000


Average Time Current Curves -- KLDR Series
Electrical Specications by Item -- KLDR Series

Nominal
Interrupting
Cold
Rating
Resistance
(Ohms)
Agency
Approvals
KLDR.100
.1
246
KLDR.125
KLDR.150
KLDR.187
KLDR.200
KLDR.250
KLDR.300
KLDR.400
KLDR.500
KLDR.600
KLDR.750
KLDR.800
KLDR 001.
KLDR 1.12
KLDR 1.25
KLDR 01.4
KLDR 01.5
KLDR 01.6
KLDR 01.8
KLDR 002
KLDR 2.25
KLDR 02.5
KLDR 02.8
KLDR 003
KLDR 03.2
KLDR 03.5
KLDR 004
KLDR 04.5
KLDR 005
KLDR 05.6
KLDR 006
KLDR 6.25
KLDR 007
KLDR 07.5
KLDR 008
KLDR 009
KLDR 010
KLDR 012
KLDR 015
KLDR 17.5
KLDR 020
KLDR 025
KLDR 030
.125
.15
.1875
.2
.25
.3
.4
.5
.6
.75
.8
1
1.125
1.25
1.4
1.5
1.6
1.8
2
2.25
2.5
2.8
3
3.2
3.5
4
4.5
5
5.6
6
6.25
7
7
.5
8
9
10
12
15
17
.5
20
25
30
134.9
96
66.4
57
.8
31.61
35.3
23.0
10.7
7
.34
6.20
6.20
1.068
2.94
2.33
1.5
.898
.625
.486
.55
.52
.333
.26
.21
.171
.239
.118
.082
.0440
.0334
.0315
.03
.02674
.0205
.0259
.0193
.0135
.0121
.00795
.00495
.0036
.00306
.00257
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
AC 200,000
ampere
DC 20,000
ampere

KLDR
1/8A
2/10A
3/10A
1/2A
6/10A
3/4A
1A
1.8A
2A
2 1/2A
3A
4A
6 1/4A
8A
10A
Amp Code
Amp
Rating
(A)
1000
TIME IN SECONDS
100
10
0.1
0.01
23
.1
10
CURRENT IN AMPERES
100
1000
CCMR Series

Average Time Current Curves -- KLKR Series
Electrical Specications by Item -- KLKR Series

Agency
Approvals
KLKR.100
.1
79.33
KLKR.125
KLKR.200
KLKR.250
KLKR.300
KLKR.500
KLKR.750
KLKR 001
KLKR 01.5
KLKR 002.
KLKR 02.5
KLKR 003
KLKR 03.5
KLKR 004
KLKR 005
KLKR 006
KLKR 007
KLKR 008
KLKR 009
KLKR 010
KLKR 012
KLKR 015
KLKR 020
KLKR 025
KLKR 030
.125
.2
.25
.3
.5
.75
1
1.5
2
2.5
3
3.5
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
12
15
20
25
30
56.52
28.21
19.22
15.10
6.95
1.994
.2342
.225
.135
.0906
.0776
.0562
.0468
.0332
.0238
.0208
.0177
.0151
.01325
.00852
.0074
.00511
.003775
.002954
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
CCMR Series
Interrupting
Rating
AC 200,000
ampere
DC 20,000
ampere
KLKR
1000
100
TIME IN SECONDS
Amp
Rating
(A)
1/10A
1/8A
2/10A
1/4A
3/10A
1/2A
3/4A
1A
1 1/2A
2A
3A
4A
5A
6A
8A
9A
10A
12A
15A
20A
25A
30A
Nominal
Cold
Resistance
(Ohms)
Ampere
Code
10
0.1
0.01
24
.1
10
CURRENT IN AMPERES
100
1000

Oiltight Switches & Pilot Devices
22mm - TW Series
TW Series 22mm NEMA Style Pushbuttons
Switches & Pilot Devices
A3
TW NEMA Style Switches with snap-on contacts

Key features include:
IDEC has your 22mm switching needs covered.
Corrosion resistant octagonal chrome plated locking

bezel
Snap-on 10A contact blocks
Transformer or full voltage
Incandescent or LED illumination
Slow make, double break, self cleaning contacts
Modular construction for maximum exibility
NEMA 4X and IP65 watertight/oiltight panel
Available assembled or as sub-components
Large M3.5 screw terminals with captive sems plate
Button styles include ush, extended, mushroom, or square and all

bodies are crafted from fracture-resistant nylon.
UL Listed
File No. E70646
A3-126
File No. 9561116E01
www.idec.com
CSA Certied
File No.LR48366
All illuminated units feature two lense styles, one that maximizes light
dispersion, the other accommodates direct lense engraving.
Self cleaning contact mechanisms allow for a wide current rating, 5mA
to 10A, which reduces the need for various contact materials.
When looking for a 22mm switch that is durable, easy to use, and versatile, then IDEC's TW series is your solution.
File No. DK95-01696

Certicate No.
2030010305027380
USA: (800) 262-IDEC or (408) 747-0550, Canada: (888) 317-IDEC

Conforming to Standards
Approvals
File No. E68961
22mm - TW Series
EN60947-1, EN60947-5-1, VDE0660-200, UL508, CSA C22-2 No.14
File No. LR21451
Certicate No.
2030010305027380
Operation: 25 to +50C (without freezing)

Storage: 40 to +80C (without freezing)
Vibration Resistance
Shock Resistance
Electric Shock Protection
Degree of Protection
(conforming to IEC60529)
(conforming to NEMA ICS6-110)
Specifications
Operating Temperature
5 to 55Hz, 100m/sec2 (10g) conforming to IEC6068-2-6
Mechanical Life
A3
Registration No: J9551802 (E-Stops)

Registration No: J9551803 (All other switches)
Registration No: J9551804 (Pilot Lights)
CSA: pushbuttons and selector switches: A600

pilot lights and illuminated pushbuttons, direct supply
pilot lights and illuminated pushbuttons with integral transformer
(100/110, 115, 120, 200/220, 230, 240, 380, 400/440, 480V)
UL: pushbuttons and selector switches: A600
(100/110, 115, 120, 200/220, 230, 240, 380, 400/440, 480V)
TV: pushbuttons and selector switches: A600=P600 (NO, NC)/Q600 (NO-EM, NC-LB)
(100/110, 115, 120, 200/220, 230, 240, 380, 400/440, 480V)
Momentary pushbuttons: 5,000,000 (900 operations per hour)

All other switches: 500,000
3 for switches not using a transformer
2 for switches using a transformer
AC-15: A600 or Ue = 250V, le = 3A (NO, NC, NO-EM, NC-LB)
DC-13: P600 or Ue = 125V, le = 1.1A (NO, NC)
DC-13: Q600 or Ue = 125V, le = 0.9A (NO-EM, NC-LB)
Pollution Degree (conforming to IEC60947-1)

Rated Operational Characteristics
1000m/sec2 (100g) conforming to IEC6068-2-7

Class 0 conforming to IEC60536
IP65 from front of the panel; (IP54 for key switches)
IP20 (Type HW-F contact block)
NEMA 1, 2, 3, 3R, 3S, 4, 4X, 5, 12, 13 (NEMA 1, 2, 3R, 5, 12, 13 for key switches)
600V
Rated Impulse Withstanding Voltage
4kV for contact circuit

2.5kV for lamp circuit
Rated Thermal Current

Minimum Switching Capacity
Contact Operation
Recommended Terminal Torque
External Short-Circuit Protection
Applicable Wire Size
Contact Resistance
10 Amp
Contact Gap
4mm (NO and NC)

2mm (NO-EM and NC-LB)
Electrical Reliability
MTBF < 1 fault for 10 million operation cycles (3V DC, 5mA)
Lamp Ratings
Incandescent: 1 W
LEDs: 6V: 17mA max, 12/24V: 11mA max, 120/240V: 10mA max
Horsepower Rating
Maximum Inrush Current
Contact Material
Contact Ratings
Rated Insulation Voltage

Rated Switching Over-Voltage
1/4 HP @ 120V (single-phase, non-reversing motor); 1 HP @ 240V (3 phase, non-reversing motor)
Less than 4kV, conforming to IEC60947-1
5 mA at 3V AC/DC
Slow break NC or slow make NO, self-cleaning
0.8 N m (7.1 in lb.)
10A 250V fuse conforming to IEC60269-1
Minimum 1 x 22 AWG, max. 2 x 14 AWG or 1 x 12 AWG
Initial contact resistance of 50m or less
40 A (40 ms)
Silver
Contact Block
Pushbuttons
Illuminated Pushbuttons
Selector Switches
Illuminated Selector Switches
Pushbutton Selectors
Type HW-C/HW-F
Rated Insulation Voltage
600V
Rated Continuous Current
10A
Contact Ratings by Utilization Category

IEC 60947-5-1
AC-15 (A600)
DC-13 (P600)
Contact Ratings by Utilization Category

Characteristics
Operational Voltage
Operational
Current
www.idec.com
DC
24V
48V
50V
110V
220V
440V
AC-12 Control of resistive loads & solid state loads
10A
10A
10A
6A
2A
AC-15 Control of electromagnetic loads (> 72VA)
10A
7A
5A
3A
1A
DC-12 Control of resistive loads & solid state loads
AC
50/60
Hz
8A
5A
2.2A
1.1A
DC-13 Control of electromagnets
5A
2A
1.1A
0.6A
A3-127
22mm - TW Series

Non-Illuminated Pushbuttons (Assembled)
A3
Assembled Pushbuttons
A B ( ) W 1 10 ( ) - B
Function
B: Momentary
O: Maintained
K: Key On/Off Lock
Button Color
B: Black
G: Green W: White
R: Red
S: Blue Y: Yellow
Terminal Style
Blank: Standard
N: Fingersafe (IP20)
Bezel Shape
Blank: Octagonal
F: Full Shroud
G: Mushroom Shroud
Q: Square
Contact Arrangement
10: 1NO
01: 1NC
20: 2NO
02: 2NC
11: 1NO-1NC 22: 2NO-2NC
Button Shape
1: Flush
2: Extended
3: Mushroom Head 29mm
4: Mushroom Head 40mm
Series Designation
W: TW Series
To be used for interpreting part numbers only, not for part number development.
A3-128
www.idec.com
22mm - TW Series
Non-Illuminated Pushbuttons (Assembled) cont

Part Numbers: Non-illuminated Pushbuttons
Style
Contacts
Button Color Code
Maintained Action
Color
Code
1NO
1NC
1NO-1NC
2NO
2NC
ABW110-
ABW101-
ABW111-
ABW120-
ABW102-
AOW110-
AOW101-
AOW111-
AOW120-
AOW102-
Black
Green
Red
Extended
1NO
1NC
1NO-1NC
2NO
2NC
ABW210-
ABW201-
ABW211-
ABW220-
ABW202-
AOW210-
AOW201-
AOW211-
AOW220-
AOW202-
Recessed
1NO
1NC
1NO-1NC
2NO
2NC
ABFW110-
ABFW101-
ABFW111-
ABFW120-
ABFW102-
AOFW110-
AOFW101-
AOFW111-
AOFW120-
AOFW102-
Extended with Full Shroud
1NO
1NC
1NO-1NC
2NO
2NC
ABFW210-
ABFW201-
ABFW211-
ABFW220-
ABFW202-
AOFW210-
AOFW201-
AOFW211-
AOFW220-
AOFW202-
29mm Mushroom Head
1NO
1NC
1NO-1NC
2NO
2NC
ABW310-
ABW301-
ABW311-
ABW320-
ABW302-
AOW310-
AOW301-
AOW311-
AOW320-
AOW302-
40mm Mushroom Head
1NO
1NC
1NO-1NC
2NO
2NC
ABW410-
ABW401-
ABW411-
ABW420-
ABW402-
AOW410-
AOW401-
AOW411-
AOW420-
AOW402-
40mm Mushroom Head

with Full Shroud
1NO
1NC
1NO-1NC
2NO
2NC
ABGW410-
ABGW401-
ABGW411-
ABGW420-
ABGW402-
AOGW410-
AOGW401-
AOGW411-
AOGW420-
AOGW402-
Square Flush
1NO
1NC
1NO-1NC
2NO
2NC
ABQW110-
ABQW101-
ABQW111-
ABQW120-
ABQW102-
AOQW110-
AOQW101-
AOQW111-
AOQW120-
AOQW102-
Square Extended
1NO
1NC
1NO-1NC
2NO
2NC
ABQW210-
ABQW201-
ABQW211-
ABQW220-
ABQW202-
AOQW210-
AOQW201-
AOQW211-
AOQW220-
AOQW202-
Keylock Push On/Off
1NO
1NC
1NO-1NC
2NO
2NC
AKW210
AKW201
AKW211
AKW220
AKW202
Flush
Blue
White
Yellow
A3
Momentary Action
1. In place of , specify the Button Color Code from table.

2. For sub-assembled part numbers, see page A3-130.
3. For accessories, see page A3-156.
4. For dimensions, see page A3-158.
5. Keyed switches are supplied with two keys. All units are keyed alike. For custom keys, contact IDEC.
www.idec.com
A3-129
22mm - TW Series
Non-Illuminated Pushbuttons (Sub-Assembled)
Contact Blocks
Operator
Button
Complete Part
A3
Part Numbers: Operators

Style
Part Number
Momentary
Maintained
Part Numbers: Buttons

Style
Part Number
Round Flush
1NO
HW-C01R
(late break)
HW-F10
HW-F01
HW-F10R
(early make)
HW-F01R
(late break)
Standard Exposed
Screw
AOW-100
Round Extended
Round with Full Shroud
HW-C01
HW-C10R
(early make)
ABW1B-
1NC
HW-C10
Round Flush/Extended
ABW-100
Part Numbers: Contact Blocks

Description
Part Number
ABW2B-
ABFW-200
Fingersafe (IP20),
CE marked
AOFW-200
29mm Mushroom
ABW3B-
40mm, 29mm Mushroom Head

ABW-300
AOW-300
Dummy Block
40mm Mushroom
TW-DB
ABW4B-
40mm Mushroom
Head with Full Shroud
ABGW-400
AOGW-400
1. Dummy blocks (no contacts) are used with

an odd number of contact blocks.
2. Use of early and late break contacts creates
a make before break function
Square Flush
ABQW1B-
Button Color Code
Square Flush/Extended
Square Extended
AOQW-100
In place of , specify the

Button Color Code from
table.
Green
ABQW2B-
Code
Black
Red
ABQW-100
Color
Blue
White
Yellow
Keylock Push On/Off
AKW-200
A3-130
www.idec.com
22mm - TW Series
E-Stops (Assembled)
A3
A V (L)
W 4 (B) (99) 11 (D) (N) - R - (24V)
Function
V: Pushlock Turn Reset
Y: Push-Pull
X: Pushlock Key Reset
Lamp Voltage
(full voltage illuminated units only)
6V: 6V AC/DC
12V: 12V AC/DC
24V: 24V AC/DC
120V: 120V AC (LED only)
Illumination
Blank: None
L: Illuminated
Button/Lens Color
A: Amber
R: Red
G: Green
S: Blue
B: Black
Series Designation
W: TW Series
Button/Lens Size
3: 29mm Mushroom
4: 40mm Mushroom
W: White
Y: Yellow
Contact Terminal Style

Blank: Standard
Lens Type (illuminated units only)

Blank: Standard (ribbed)
B: Engravable (smooth with insert)
Illuminated Circuit (illuminated unit only)
99: Full Voltage (lamp determines voltage)
126:120V AC Step Down Transformer
246: 240V AC Step Down Transformer
Lamp Type
(illuminated units only)
Blank: Incandescent
D: LED
Contact Arrangement
10: 1NO
01: 1NC
20: 2NO
02: 2NC
11: 1NO/1NC 22: 2NO/2NC
Use only for interpreting part numbers. Do not use for developing part numbers.
www.idec.com
A3-131
Assembled E-Stops
22mm - TW Series
E-Stops (Assembled) cont

Part Numbers: Non-Illuminated E-Stops
Style
Contacts Part Number
1NO
1NC
1NO-1NC
2NO
2NC
29mm Pushlock Turn Reset
40mm Push-Pull
40mm Push-Pull
1NO
1NC
1NO-1NC
2NO
2NC
AYW410-
AYW401-
AYW411-
AYW420-
AYW402-
40mm Pushlock Key Reset *

1NO
1NC
1NO-1NC
2NO
2NC
AXW410AXW401AXW411AXW420AXW402-
R*
R*
R*
R*
R*
1. *Available in Red only.

2. In place of , specify the Button Color Code from table.
3. For sub-assembled part numbers, see page A3-130.
Button Color Code
Color
Code
LED/Lens Color Code
Color
1NO-1NC
2NO
2NC
AVLW4 11-R*
AVLW4 20-R*
AVLW4 02-R*
1NO-1NC
2NO
2NC
AVLW49911-R*-
AVLW49920-R*-
AVLW49902-R*-
Transformer
1NO-1NC
2NO
2NC
AVLW311-R*
AVLW320-R*
AVLW302-R*
1NO-1NC
2NO
2NC
AVLW39911-R*-
AVLW39920-R*-
AVLW39902-R*-
1NO-1NC
2NO
2NC
AYLW4 11-
AYLW4 20-
AYLW4 02-
Full
Voltage
AVW310-R*
AVW301-R*
AVW311-R*
AVW320-R*
AVW302-R*
29mm Pushlock Turn Reset*
Transformer
Transformer
AVW410-R*
AVW401-R*
AVW411-R*
AVW420-R*
AVW402-R*
Part Number
Full
Voltage
40mm Pushlock Turn Reset Type

1NO
1NC
1NO-1NC
2NO
2NC
Contacts
Full
Voltage
40mm Pushlock Turn Reset*
A3
Part Numbers: Illuminated E-Stops

Style
Type
1NO-1NC
2NO
2NC
AYLW49911--
AYLW49920--
AYLW49902--
1. *Available in red only.

2. In place of , specify the Lens Color Code (see table above).
3. In place of , specify the Full Voltage Code (lamp voltage)
(see table above).
4. In place of , specify the Transformer Voltage Code (see
table above).
5. In place of , specify the Lamp Type Code from table above.
6. For sub-assembly part numbers, see page A3-134.
Full Voltage Code
Code
Voltage
Code
6V
Black
Amber
6V AC/DC
Green
Green
12V AC/DC
12V
24V
Red
Red
24V AC/DC
Blue
Blue
120V AC
120V (LED only)
240V AC
240V (LED only)
White
Yellow
White
Transformer Voltage
Codes
Voltage
Code
120VAC
240VAC
480VAC
Lamp Type Code
Code
Incandescent
Blank
LED
126
246
486
Lamp
Transformers step down

to 6V.
A3-132
www.idec.com
22mm - TW Series
E-Stops (Sub-Assembled)
Transformer/
+
Adaptor*
Contacts
Lamp Holder
Operator
Lamp
+ Button or Lens =
Complete Part
A3
* Not applicable for full voltage units

Style
Part Number
Non-illuminated
Part Numbers: Buttons

Style
Illuminated
Part Number
29/ 40mm Pushlock Turn

Reset
AVW4B-R*
AVW-300
AVLW3-0600
40mm Push-Pull
AVW3B-R*
AYW-400
AYLW4-0600
40mm Push-Pull
40mm Pushlock Key Reset
AYW4B-
AXW-300
Part Numbers: Lamps

Type
Voltage
AXW4B-R*
Part Number
6V AC/DC
LSTD-1
24V AC/DC
LSTD-2
120V AC
LSTD-H2
240V AC
LSTD-M4
6V AC/DC
IS-6
12V AC/DC
Incandescent
LSTD-6
12V AC/DC
LED
IS-12
1. *Available in Red only

2. In place of , specify the button color
code from table below.
Button Color Code
LED/Lens Color Code
www.idec.com
Code
Amber
Green
Green
Red
Red
Blue
White
Yellow
1. In place of , specify the LED color code.

2. The LED contains a current-limiting resistor
and a protection diode.
Color
Black
White
IS-24
Code
Blue
24V AC/DC
Color
A3-133
22mm - TW Series
Illuminated E-Stops (Sub-Assembled) cont

Part Numbers: Lenses
Style
A3
Part Numbers: Transformers/Full Voltage Modules

Style
Description
Part Number
Part Number
Standard
Engravable
Full Size Transformer
Standard
29mm Head Pushlock Turn Reset

AVLW3LU-R*
AVLW3BLU-R*
Fingersafe
Half Size Transformer
Full voltage model (use with

odd number of contacts)
1. In place of , specify the lens color code from table on the
bottom right.
2. *Available only in red
3. Standard lenses have ribbed pattern, Engravable lenses are
smooth and include an engravable insert.
Part Numbers: Lamp Circuit Components

Style
Application
Used with
a Half-size Transformer
and one contact block
TW-DA1FB
Standard
HW-DA1B
HW-DA1FB

Description
Part Number
1NO
1NC
HW-C10
HW-C01
HW-C10R
(early make)
HW-C01R
(late break)
HW-F10
HW-F01
HW-F10R
(early make)
TW-LH1
HW-F01R
(late break)
Standard Exposed
Screw
Used with
Full-size Transformer and
two contact blocks
Used with Half-size Transformer and three contact
blocks
Used with Full Voltage
Adaptor and two contact
blocks
TW-LH2
Used with TW-LH2 holder

when using four contact
blocks
Long Lamp Holder
TW-DA1B
All Transformers step down to 6V (use 6V lamp).
Part Number
Short Lamp Holder
Standard
Fingersafe
AYLW4BLU-
TW-T246SB
Fingersafe

even number of contacts)
TW-T126SB
240V AC
AVLW4BLU-R*
40mm Head Push Pull

AYLW4LU-
TW-T126B
TW-T246B
TW-T486B
TW-F126B
TW-F246B
TW-F486B
120V AC
40mm Head Pushlock Turn Reset

AVLW4LU-R*
120V AC
240V AC
480V AC
120V AC
240V AC
480V AC
HW-LH3
Fingersafe (IP20),
CE marked
Lead Holder
Dummy Block
TW-DB
1. Dummy blocks (no contacts) are used with

an odd number of contact blocks.
2. Use of early and late break contacts creates
a make before break function
A3-134
www.idec.com
22mm - TW Series
Pilot Lights (Assembled)
A3
(Q)
( B)
99
Function
P: Pilot Light
(D) -
(24V)
Lamp Voltage
(Full Voltage Units Only)
6V: 6V AC/DC
12V: 12V AC/DC
24V: 24V AC/DC
Bezel Shape
Blank: Octagonal (round lenses)
Q: Square
Series Designation
W: TW Series
Lens Shape
1: Flat
2: Dome
Lens Type
B: Engravable (smooth with insert included)
Illumination Circuit
Lens Color Code

A: Amber
G: Green
R: Red
S: Blue
W:White
Y: Yellow
Lamp Type
Blank: Incandescent
D: LED
1. Use only when interpreting part numbers. Do not use for developing part numbers.
2. All transformers step down to 6V.
www.idec.com
A3-135
Assembled Pilot Lights
22mm - TW Series
Pilot Lights (Assembled) cont
Part Numbers: Pilot Lights

Style
A3
APW1126-
APW1246-
APW1486-
APW199--
Transformer
120VAC
240VAC
480VAC
APW2126-
APW2246-
APW2486-
Full Voltage
APW299--
Transformer
120VAC
240VAC
480VAC
APQW1B126-
APQW1B246-
APQW1B486-
Full Voltage
Square Flat
120VAC
240VAC
480VAC
Full Voltage
Dome
Part Number
Transformer
Round Flat
Operating Voltage
APQW1B99--
1. In place of , specify the Lens Color Code from table below.

2. In place of , specify the Full Voltage Code from table below.
3. In place of , specify the Lamp Type Code from table below.
6. For sub-assembly part numbers, see next page.
Lens Color Code
Color
Code
Amber
Green
Full Voltage Code
Lamp
Code
6V AC/DC
6V
Incandescent
Blank
12V AC/DC
12V
LED
Red
24V AC/DC
24V
Blue
120V AC
120V (LED only)
White
240V AC
240V (LED only)
Yellow
A3-136
Lamp Type Code
Code
Voltage
www.idec.com
22mm - TW Series
Pilot Lights (Sub-Assembled)
Transformer
Operator
Lamp
Lens
Complete Part
A3
* Transformer not required for full voltage units.

Style
Part Number
Part Numbers: Lamps

Type
Voltage
Part Number
6V AC/DC
12V AC/DC
LSTD-2
LSTD-H2
240V AC
APW-199
LSTD-1
120V AC
LED
LSTD-6
24V AC/DC
Round Dome/Flat
LSTD-M4
IS-6
IS-12
24V AC/DC
IS-24
30V AC/DC
UPQW-199
6V AC/DC
12V AC/DC
Incandescent
Square
IS-30
1. In place of , specify the LED Color Code

from table below.
and diode bridge.
Same operator is used for full voltage as for transformer completed units.
Part Numbers: Transformers

Description
Style

Part Number
Style
Standard
Engravable
Dome
APW2LU-
Round Flat
APW1LU-
APW1BLU-
Square Flat
APQW1BLU-
Standard
1. In place of , specify the Lens Color Code from table below.

2. Standard lenses have a ribbed lens to enhance light dispersion.
Marking lenses are smooth and include an engravable insert.
Fingersafe
120V AC
240V AC
480V AC
120V AC
240V AC
480V AC
Part Number
TW-T126B
TW-T246B
TW-T486B
TW-F126B
TW-F246B
TW-F486B
Lens/LED Color Code
Color
Code
Amber
Green
Red
Blue
White
Yellow
Y
If clear lens is desired, use white marking lens and remove engraving insert
www.idec.com
A3-137
22mm - TW Series
Illuminated Pushbuttons (Assembled)
A3
Assembled Illuminated Pushbuttons

A L (F ) W 2 (B) 99 11 (D) (N) - R - (24V)
Lamp Voltage
6V: 6V AC/DC
12V: 12V AC/DC
24V: 24V AC/DC
120V:120V AC (LED only)
Function
L: Momentary Action
OL: Maintained Action
Bezel Shape
Blank: Octagonal (round lenses)
F: Full Shroud (round lenses)
Q: Square
Lens Code
A: Amber
G: Green
R: Red
S: Blue
W: White
Y: Yellow
Series Designation
W: TW series
Lens Shape/Size
2: Standard Extended (round or square)
3: 29mm Mushroom
4: 40mm Mushroom
Contact Terminal Style

Blank: Standard
N: Fingersafe
Lens Type
B: Engravable (smooth with insert)
Lamp Type
Blank: Incandescent Lamp
D: LED Lamp
Contact Arrangement
10: 1NO
01: 1NC
20: 2NO
02: 2NC
11: 1NO-1NC
22:2NO-2NC
2. Transformers step down to 6V.
A3-138
www.idec.com
22mm - TW Series
Illuminated Pushbuttons (Assembled)

Part Numbers: Illuminated Pushbuttons
Style
Contacts
Part Number
Momentary
Maintained
1NO-1NC
2NO
2NC
ALW2 11-
ALW2 20-
ALW2 02-
AOLW2 11-
AOLW2 20-
AOLW2 02-
Full Voltage
1NO-1NC
2NO
2NC
ALW29911--
ALW29920--
ALW29902--
AOLW29911--
AOLW29920--
AOLW29902--
Transformer Type
1NO-1NC
2NO
2NC
ALFW2 11-
ALFW2 20-
ALFW2 02-
AOLFW2 11-
AOLFW2 20-
AOLFW2 02-
Full Voltage
1NO-1NC
2NO
2NC
ALFW29911--
ALFW29920--
ALFW29902--
AOLFW29911--
AOLFW29920--
AOLFW29902--
Transformer Type
1NO-1NC
2NO
2NC
ALW3 11-
ALW3 20-
ALW3 02-
AOLW3 11-
AOLW3 20-
AOLW3 02-
Full Voltage
1NO-1NC
2NO
2NC
ALW39911--
ALW39920--
ALW39902--
AOLW39911--
AOLW39920--
AOLW39902--
Transformer Type
1NO-1NC
2NO
2NC
ALW4 11-
ALW4 20-
ALW4 02-
AOLW4 11-
AOLW4 20-
AOLW4 02-
Full Voltage
1NO-1NC
2NO
2NC
ALW49911--
ALW49920--
ALW49902--
AOLW49911--
AOLW49920--
AOLW49902--
Transformer Type
1NO-1NC
2NO
2NC
ALQW2B 11-
ALQW2B 20-
ALQW2B 02-
AOLQW2B 11-
AOLQW2B 20-
AOLQW2B 02-
Full Voltage
Extended Lens with Full Shroud
29mm Mushroom Lens
1NO-1NC
2NO
2NC
ALQW2B9911--
ALQW2B9920--
ALQW2B9902--
AOLQW2B9911--
AOLQW2B9920--
AOLQW2B9902--
40mm Mushroom Lens
Square Extended
A3
Transformer Type
Extended Lens
1. In place of , specify the Lens Color Code (see table above). Mushroom lenses not available in yellow.
2. In place of , specify the Full Voltage Code (lamp voltage) (see table above).
3. In place of , specify the Transformer Voltage Code (see table above).
4. In place of , specify the Lamp Type Code from table above.
5. For sub-assembly part numbers, see page A3-140.
Lens/LED Color Code
Full Voltage Code
Voltage
Code
Transformer Voltage
Codes
Voltage
Code
Color
Code
Amber
6V AC/DC
6V
Green
12V AC/DC
12V
120VAC
126
Lamp Type Code
Lamp
Code
Incandescent
Blank
LED
246
486
Red
24V AC/DC
24V
240VAC
Blue
120V AC
120V (LED only)
480VAC
White
240V AC
240V (LED only)
Yellow
Transformers step down

to 6V (use 6V lamp).
Mushroom lenses not

available in yellow.
www.idec.com
A3-139
22mm - TW Series
Illuminated Pushbuttons (Sub-Assembled)
Transformer/
+
Adaptor*
Contacts
Lamp Holder
Operator
Lamp
Lens
Complete Part
A3
* Not applicable for full voltage units

Part Number
Style
Momentary
Maintained
Part Numbers: Lamps

Type
Voltage
Part Number
6V AC/DC
LED
LSTD-6
LSTD-1
Extended
ALW-0600
AOLW-0600
12V AC/DC
ALFW-0600
AOLFW-0600
24V AC/DC
LSTD-2
LSTD-H2
29mm/40mm Mushroom
ALW3-0600
AOLW3-0600
120V AC
Square/Extended
ALQW-2B0600
AOLQW-2B0600
240V AC
LSTD-M4
6V AC/DC
IS-6
12V AC/DC
IS-12
24V AC/DC
IS-24
Incandescent
Part Number
Style
Standard
Engravable
Round Extended
ALW2LU-
ALW2BLU-
1. In place of , specify the LED Color Code.

and a protection diode.

Style
Application
29mm Mushroom Head*

ALW3LU-
ALW3BLU-
Part Number
Short Lamp Holder

Used with
a Half-size Transformer
and one contact block
TW-LH1
Used with
Full-size Transformer and
two contact blocks
Used with Half-size Transformer and three contact
blocks
Used with Full Voltage
Adaptor and two contact
blocks
TW-LH2
Used with TW-LH2 holder

blocks
HW-LH3
40mm Mushroom Head*

ALW4LU-
ALW4BLU-
Long Lamp Holder
Square Extended
ALQW2BLU-
1. In place of , specify the lens color code from table on the

bottom right.
2. * Mushroom lens not available in yellow.
3. Standard lenses have ribbed pattern, Engravable lenses are
smooth and include an engravable insert.
Lead Holder
LED/Lens Color Code
Color
Code
Amber
Green
Red
Blue
www.idec.com
Yellow
A3-140
White
22mm - TW Series
Illuminated Pushbuttons (Sub-Assembled) cont

Description
Part Number
1NO
1NC
A3
Standard Exposed Screw

HW-C01
HW-C10R
(early make)
HW-C01R
(late break)
HW-F10
HW-F01
HW-F10R
(early make)
HW-F01R
(late break)
HW-C10
Fingersafe (IP20)
Dummy Block
TW-DB
1. Dummy blocks (no contacts) are used with an

odd number of contact blocks.
2. Use of early and late break contacts creates a
make before break function.

Style
Description
Part Number
Standard
Fingersafe
120V AC
240V AC
480V AC
120V AC
240V AC
480V AC
TW-T126B
TW-T246B
TW-T486B
TW-F126B
TW-F246B
TW-F486B
TW-T246SB
Standard
TW-DA1B
Fingersafe
TW-DA1FB
Standard
HW-DA1B
Fingersafe

TW-T126SB
240V AC

120V AC
HW-DA1FB
www.idec.com
A3-141
22mm - TW Series
Non-Illuminated Selector Switches (Assembled)
A3
Assembled Selector Switches

A S W 3 (1) (L) 20 (N) - 304
Circuit Number
Function
S: Selector Switch
(Standard circuits shown on following pages and

A3-150.)
Series Designation
W: TW Series
Contacts Terminal Style

Blank: standard
Number of Positions
2: 2-Position
3: 3-Position
4: 4-Position
5: 5-Position
Contact Arrangement Code

10: 1NO
01: 1NC
20: 2NO
02: 2NC
40: 4NO
04: 4NC
11: 1NO-1NC 22: 2NO-2NC
Spring Return Action

Blank: Maintained
1: Spring return from Right (2 or 3 position)
2: Spring return from Left (2 or 3 position)
3: 2-Way spring return from Left and Right
(3 position only)
Operator Style Code

Blank: Knob Operator
L: Lever Operator
K: Key Operator
2. Custom contact congurations available, contact IDEC for details.
3. Portions of part number inside ( ) are optional.
A3-142
www.idec.com
22mm - TW Series
Non-Illuminated Selector Switches (Assembled) cont

Part Numbers: 2Position Selector Switches
Style
Part Number
Part Number
Spring Return
from Left
Mounting
Spring Return from

Right
Contact
Operator
Position
Part Number
1NO
1
2
O
O
X
O
Knob
Lever
Key
ASW210
ASW2L10
ASW2K10
ASW2110
ASW21L10
ASW21K10
ASW2210
ASW22L10
ASW22K10
1NC
1
2
X
O
O
O
Knob
Lever
Key
ASW201-116
ASW2L01-116
ASW2K01-116
ASW2101-116
ASW21L01-116
ASW21K01-116
ASW2201-116
ASW22L01-116
ASW22K01-116
1NO
1NC
1
2
X
O
O
X
Knob
Lever
Key
ASW211
ASW2L11
ASW2K11
ASW2111
ASW21L11
ASW21K11
ASW2211
ASW22L11
ASW22K11
2NO
1
2
O
O
X
X
Knob
Lever
Key
ASW220
ASW2L20
ASW2K20
ASW2120
ASW21L20
ASW21K20
ASW2220
ASW22L20
ASW22K20
2NC
1
2
X
X
O
O
Knob
Lever
Key
ASW202-104
ASW2L02-104
ASW2K02-104
ASW2102-104
ASW21L02-104
ASW21K02-104
ASW2202-104
ASW22L02-104
ASW22K02-104
2NO
2NC
1
2
3
4
O
X
O
X
X
O
X
O
Knob
Lever
Key
ASW222
ASW2L22
ASW2K22
ASW2122
ASW21L22
ASW21K22
ASW2222
ASW22L22
ASW22K22
2NO
2NC
1
2
3
4
O
O
X
X
X
X
O
O
Knob
Lever
Key
ASW222-111
ASW2L22-111
ASW2K22-111
ASW2122-111
ASW21L22-111
ASW21K22-111
ASW2222-111
ASW22L22-111
ASW22K22-111
Maintained
L
R
L
Operator
Position
Part Number
Spring Return
from Left
Spring Return
Two-Way
Mounting
Spring Return
from Right
Part Number
Contact
Maintained
Part Number
A3
Part Numbers: 3Position Selector Switches

Style
Part Number
2NO
1
2
X
O
O
O
O
X
Knob
Lever
Key
ASW320
ASW3L20
ASW3K20
ASW3120
ASW31L20
ASW31K20
ASW3220
ASW32L20
ASW32K20
ASW3320
ASW33L20
ASW33K20
2NC
1
2
O
X
X
X
X
O
Knob
Lever
Key
ASW302
ASW3L02
ASW3K02
ASW3102
ASW31L02
ASW31K02
ASW3202
ASW32L02
ASW32K02
ASW3302
ASW33L02
ASW33K02
2NO
2NC
1
2
3
4
X
O
O
X
O
O
X
X
O
X
X
O
Knob
Lever
Key
ASW322
ASW3L22
ASW3K22
ASW3122
ASW31L22
ASW31K22
ASW3222
ASW32L22
ASW32K22
ASW3322
ASW33L22
ASW33K22
2NO
2NC
1
2
3
4
X
X
O
O
O
X
X
O
X
O
O
X
Knob
Lever
Key
ASW322-309
ASW3L22-309
ASW3K22-309
ASW3122-309
ASW31L22-309
ASW31K22-309
ASW3222-309
ASW32L22-309
ASW32K22-309
ASW3322-309
ASW33L22-309
ASW33K22-309
2NO
2NC
1
2
3
4
O
O
O
O
X
O
X
O
O
X
O
X
Knob
Lever
Key
ASW322-310
ASW3L22-310
ASW3K22-310
ASW3122-310
ASW31L22-310
ASW31K22-310
ASW3222-310
ASW32L22-310
ASW32K22-310
ASW3322-310
ASW33L22-310
ASW33K22-310
4NO
1
2
3
4
X
O
X
O
O
O
O
O
O
X
O
X
Knob
Lever
Key
ASW340
ASW3L40
ASW3K40
ASW3140
ASW31L40
ASW31K40
ASW3240
ASW32L40
ASW32K40
ASW3340
ASW33L40
ASW33K40
4NC
1
2
3
4
O
X
O
X
X
X
X
X
X
O
X
O
Knob
Lever
Key
ASW304
ASW3L04
ASW3K04
ASW3104
ASW31L04
ASW31K04
ASW3204
ASW32L04
ASW32K04
1. The truth table indicates

the operating position of
contact block when the
operator is switched to
that position.
X = On (closed contacts)
O = Off (open contacts)
X X = Overlapping
Contacts: Remain on
(closed contacts) when
switch is moved between
these two positions.
2. All knob and lever selector switches come in
black. Other colors are
available by ordering the
knob or lever separately.
3. Every key selector switch
uses an identical key. The
key is removable in any
maintained position. If a
different conguration is
required, contact an IDEC
representative for more
information.
4. Custom contact congurations are available, see
page A3-150 or contact
IDEC for details.
ASW3304
ASW33L04
ASW33K04
www.idec.com
C
L
C
R
A3-143
22mm - TW Series
Non-Illuminated Selector Switches (Assembled) cont
Part Numbers: 4Position Selector Switch

Maintained
Part Number
Contact
1
2
3
4
X
O
O
O
2NO
2NC
2
1
3
4
O
X
O
O
O
O
X
O
O
O
O
X
Knob
Lever
ASW422-411
ASW4L22-411
Part Numbers: 5Position Selector Switch

Maintained
Part Number
Mounting
Operator Position
Contact
A3
Mounting
Operator Position
1
2
3
4
X
O
O
O
2NO
2NC
A3-144
2
1
O
X
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
X
O
O
O
O
X
Knob
Lever
www.idec.com
4
5
ASW522-501
ASW5L22-501
22mm - TW Series
Non-Illuminated Selector Switches (Sub-Assembled)

Contact Blocks
Operator
Knob or Lever *
Color Insert *
Complete Part
A3
1. * Not needed with key type switches.

2. Knob type shown.

Style
Positions Description
2
Knob/Lever
3
4
5
Key
Part Number
Maintained
Spring return from right
Spring return from left
Maintained, Cam 1
Maintained, Cam 2
Maintained, Cam 3
Spring return from right, Cam 1
Spring return from left, Cam 1
Spring return from left/right, Cam 1
Maintained, Standard Cam
Maintained, Cam 1
Maintained, Standard cam
Maintained, Cam 1
ASW200
ASW2100
ASW2200
ASW300-1
ASW300-2
ASW300-3
ASW3100-1
ASW3100-2
ASW3200-1
ASW3200-2
ASW3300-1
ASW3300-2
ASW400
ASW400-1
ASW500
ASW500-1
Maintained
Maintained, Cam 1
Maintained, Cam 2
Maintained, Cam 3
ASW2K00
ASW21K00
ASW22K00
ASW3K00-1
ASW3K00-2
ASW3K00-3
ASW31K00-1
ASW31K00-2
ASW32K00-1
ASW32K00-2
ASW33K00-1
ASW33K00-2
1. Two keys are supplied with every switch, all are keyed alike, and
removable from any maintained position. For other congurations,
consult your IDEC representative.
2. Locking rings are included with all operators. Order knobs, levers, and
color inserts separately.
3. Different cams produce different contact actions. For details, see contact arrangement charts, page A3-150.
Part Numbers: Handles and Inserts

Style
Part Number
Knob
ASWHHY-
Lever
ASWHHL-
Color Insert
TW-HC1-

Style
Part Number
1NO
1NC
Standard
HW-C10
HW-C01
HW-C10R
(early make)
HW-C01R
(late break)
HW-F10
HW-F01
HW-F10R
(early make)
HW-F01R
(late break)
Fingersafe (IP20)
Dummy Block
TW-DB
Handle/Insert Color Code
Color
Code
Black*
Blue
Green
Red
Yellow
White
1. Push rod color code:Green = NO contact block

Red = NC contact block.
2. Dummy blocks (no contacts) are used with an
odd number of contact blocks.
* Color inserts not available in black.

Knob and lever not available in white.
www.idec.com
A3-145
22mm - TW Series
Illuminated Selector Switches (Assembled)
A3
Assembled Illuminated Selector Switches

A SL W 2 (2) 99 11 (D) (N) - (202) - R - (24V)
Function
SL: Illuminated Selector Switch
Lamp Voltage
6V: 6V AC/DC
12V: 12V AC/DC
24V: 24V AC/DC
Series Designation
W: TW Series
Number of Positions
2: 2-Position
3: 3-Position
Spring Return Action
Blank: Maintained
1: Spring return from Right
2: Spring return from Left
3: Two-Way spring return from Left & Right
Lens Color Code

A: Amber
G: Green
R: Red
S: Blue
W: White
Y: Yellow
Contact Circuit No.

Standard circuits are listed on the following pages and A3-150.
Contacts Terminal Style

Blank: standard
Lamp Type
Blank: Incandescent
D: LED
Contact Arrangement Code
10: 1NO
01: 1NC
20: 2NO
02: 2NC
40: 4NO
04: 4NC
11: 1NO-1NC 22: 2NO-2NC
2. All transformers step down to 6V (use 6V lamp).
A3-146
www.idec.com
22mm - TW Series
Illuminated Selector Switches (Assembled) cont
Contact
Operator
Position
L
Voltage
Spring Return from

Right
Maintained
Lamp
Circuit Type
Transformer Voltage Code
R
L
120V AC
246
480V AC
126
240V AC
Spring Return from

Left
Code
486
A3
Transformers step down to

6V (use 6V lamp).
1NO
1NC
1
2
O
X
X
O
Transformer
Full Voltage
ASLW2 11-
ASLW29911--
ASLW21 11-
ASLW219911--
ASLW22 11-
ASLW229911--
2NO
1
2
O
O
X
X
Transformer
Full Voltage
ASLW2 20-
ASLW29920--
ASLW21 20-
ASLW219920--
ASLW22 20-
ASLW229920--
2NC
1
2
X
X
O
O
Transformer
Full Voltage
ASLW2 02-104-
ASLW21 02-104-
ASLW29902-104-- ASLW219902-104--
1
2
3
4
O
X
O
X
X
O
X
O
Transformer
Full Voltage
ASLW2 22-
ASLW29922--
2NO
2NC
Lens Color Code
Code
Color
ASLW22 02-104-
ASLW229902-104--
Amber
Blue
Green
White
ASLW22 22-
ASLW229922--
ASLW21 22-
ASLW219922--
Color
Red
Yellow
Part Numbers: Illuminated 3Position Selector Switches Maintained and Spring Return from Right
Style
Part Number
Part Number
Part Number
Operator
Position
Spring Return
From Right
Part Number
Spring Return
Two-Way
Mounting
Spring Return from Left
Contact
Maintained
Code
2NO
1
2
X
O
O
O
O
X
Transformer
Full Voltage
ASLW3 20-
ASLW39920--
ASLW31 20-
ASLW319920--
ASLW32 20-
ASLW329920--
ASLW33 20-
ASLW339920--
2NC
1
2
O
X
X
X
X
O
Transformer
Full Voltage
ASLW3 02-
ASLW39902--
ASLW31 02-
ASLW319902--
ASLW32 02-
ASLW329902--
ASLW33 02-
ASLW339902--
2NO
2NC
1
2
3
4
X
O
O
X
O
O
X
X
O
X
X
O
Transformer
Full Voltage
ASLW3 22-
ASLW39922--
ASLW31 22-
ASLW319922--
ASLW32 22-
ASLW329922--
ASLW33 22-
ASLW339922--
2NO
2NC
1
2
3
4
X
X
O
O
O
X
X
O
X
O
O
X
Transformer
Full Voltage
ASLW3 22-309-
ASLW39922-309--
ASLW31 22-309-
ASLW319922-309--
ASLW32 22-309-
ASLW329922-309--
ASLW33 22-309-
ASLW339922-309--
2NO
2NC
1
2
3
4
O
O
O
O
X
O
X
O
O
X
O
X
Transformer
Full Voltage
ASLW3 22-310-
ASLW39922-310--
ASLW31 22-310-
ASLW319922-310--
ASLW32 22-310-
ASLW329922-310- -
ASLW33 22-310-
ASLW339922-310--
4NO
1
2
3
4
X
O
X
O
O
O
O
O
O
X
O
X
Transformer
Full Voltage
ASLW3 40-
ASLW39940--
ASLW31 40-
ASLW319940--
ASLW32 40-
ASLW329940--
ASLW33 40-
ASLW339940--
4NC
1
2
3
4
O
X
O
X
X
X
X
X
X
O
X
O
Transformer
Full Voltage
ASLW3 04-
ASLW39904--
ASLW31 04-
ASLW319904--
ASLW32 04-
ASLW329904--
ASLW33 04-
ASLW339904--
Lamp
Circuit Type
1. In place of , specify the Transformer

Voltage Code.
2. In place of , specify the Lens/LED
Color Code.
3. In place of , specify the Full Voltage
Code.
4. In place of specify Lamp Type Code
5. For custom contact conguration, see
page A3-150. Contact IDEC for details.
C
L
C
R
Full Voltage Code
C
L
C
R
Lamp Type Code
Code
Lamp
Code
6V AC/DC
6V
Incandescent
Blank
12V AC/DC
12V
LED
24V AC/DC
24V
120V AC
120V (LED only)
240V AC
www.idec.com
Voltage
240V (LED only)
A3-147
Mounting
Part Numbers: Illuminated 2Position Selector Switches

Style
Part Number
22mm - TW Series
Illuminated Selector Switches (Sub-Assembled)
Transformer*
Contact Block
Operator
Lamp/Lead Holder
Lamp
Lens
Complete Part
A3
1.* Full voltage units use a full voltage adaptor (TW-DA1B) instead of a transformer.
2. Lamp holder is not included with operators, order separately.
Lead holder is used when using 3 or more contact blocks. Order separately.

Positions
Part
Number
Description
Maintained
Spring return from right, cam 1

Spring return from right, cam 2
ASLW3100-1
ASLW3100-2
Spring return from left, cam 1

Spring return from left, cam 2
IS-12
24V AC/DC
IS-24
1. In place of , specify the LED Color Code.

2. The LED contains a current-limiting resistor and a
protection diodes.
Different cams produce different contact action. For details,

Contact Arrangements on page A3-150.
Part Numbers: Lenses (Knobs)

Description
Part Number
IS-6
12V AC/DC
ASLW3300-1
ASLW3300-2
LSTD-M4
6V AC/DC
Incandescent
LSTD-H2
240V AC
ASLW3200-1
ASLW3200-2
Spring return from left/right, cam 1

Spring return from left/right, cam 2
LSTD-2
120V AC
ASLW300-1
ASLW300-2
ASLW300-3
LSTD-1
24V AC/DC
LED
LSTD-6
12V AC/DC
ASLW2200
Maintained, cam 1
Maintained, cam 2
Maintained, cam 3
LED/Lens Color Code
www.idec.com
Red
R
S
White
Yellow
A3-148
Blue
In place of specify Lens Color Code.
Code
Green
ASLWLU-
Color
Amber
Knob
Part Number
6V AC/DC
ASLW2100
ASLW200
Part Numbers: Lamps (LED)

Type
Voltage
22mm - TW Series
Illuminated Selector Switches (Sub-Assembled) cont

Description

Style
Description
Part Number
Part Number
1NO
1NC
Standard
HW-C01
HW-C10R
(early make)
HW-C01R
(late break)
Fingersafe
120V AC
240V AC
480V AC
120V AC
240V AC
480V AC
TW-T126B
TW-T246B
TW-T486B
TW-F126B
TW-F246B
TW-F486B
120V AC
TW-T126SB
240V AC
TW-T246SB
Standard
TW-DA1B
Fingersafe
TW-DA1FB
Standard
HW-DA1B
Fingersafe
HW-DA1FB
Fingersafe (IP20)
HW-F10
HW-F01
HW-F10R
(early make)
HW-F01R
(late break)

Dummy Block
TW-DB

1. Dummy blocks (no contacts) are used with an odd number of contact
blocks.
2. Use of early and late break contacts creates a make before break
function

Style
Application
Part
Number
Short Lamp Holder

Used with a Half-size Transformer and one contact
block
Used with a Full-size Transformer and two contact
blocks
Used w/Half-size Transformer and three contact
blocks
Used w/Full Voltage Adaptor and two contact blocks
TW-LH2
Used w/TW-LH2 holder

blocks
Long Lamp Holder
TW-LH1
HW-LH3
Lead Holder
www.idec.com
A3-149
A3
HW-C10
Standard
22mm - TW Series
Contact Arrangement Charts
How to Read Contact Arrangement Charts

To determine contact block mounting position, first make sure the selector switch is oriented as shown on the right
A3
Contact Arrangement
Mounting Positions
Type and quantity of

switch contacts
Circuit Number
* N/D = No designation required
Contact Block Mounting Position

Position or mounting contact blocks
on operator
Operator Position
Truth table indicates the operating
position of contact block when operator is switched to that position.
Contact Block Part Number

Part number to use when ordering subassembly contact blocks, as required for
use with corresponding mounting position
Contact Arrangement Chart: 2-Position Selector Switches

Style
Mounting Operator Contact Block
Description
Circuit
Position Position Part Number
Contact
Number
L
R
Operator Part Number

Spring Ret. Spring Ret.
Maintained
from Rt.
from Lt.
L
1NO
N/D
1NC
116
N/D
1NO
1NC
103
600
1NO-EM
1NC-LB
601
2NO
N/D
2NC
104
N/D
2NO
2NC
111
HW-C10
TW-DB
HW-C01
TW-DB
HW-C10
HW-C01
HW-C01
HW-C10
HW-C10R
HW-C01R
HW-C01R
HW-C10R
HW-C10
HW-C10
HW-C01
HW-C01
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
O
X
O
X
O
O
X
X
X
O
X
O
X
X
O
O
HW-C10
HW-C01
HW-C10
HW-C01
HW-C10
HW-C10
HW-C01
HW-C01
Knob/Lever
Key
Illuminated Knob
ASW200
ASW2K00
ASLW200
ASW2100
ASW21K00
ASLW2100
ASW2200
ASW22K00
ASLW2200
Knob/Lever
Key
Illuminated Knob
ASW200
ASW2K00
ASLW200
ASW2100
ASW21K00
ASLW2100
ASW2200
ASW22K00
ASLW2200
Knob/Lever
Key
Illuminated Knob
ASW200
ASW2K00
ASLW200
ASW2100
ASW21K00
ASLW2100
ASW2200
ASW22K00
ASLW2200
Knob/Lever
Key
Illuminated Knob
ASW200
ASW2K00
ASLW200
ASW2100
ASW21K00
ASLW2100
ASW2200
ASW22K00
ASLW2200
Knob/Lever
Key
Illuminated Knob
ASW200
ASW2K00
ASLW200
ASW2100
ASW21K00
ASLW2100
ASW2200
ASW22K00
ASLW2200
Knob/Lever
Key
Illuminated Knob
ASW200
ASW2K00
ASLW200
ASW2100
ASW21K00
ASLW2100
ASW2200
ASW22K00
ASLW2200
Knob/Lever
Key
Illuminated Knob
ASW200
ASW2K00
ASLW200
ASW2100
ASW21K00
ASLW2100
ASW2200
ASW22K00
ASLW2200
Knob/Lever
Key
Illuminated Knob
ASW200
ASW2K00
ASLW200
ASW2100
ASW21K00
ASLW2100
ASW2200
ASW22K00
ASLW2200
Knob/Lever
Key
Illuminated Knob
ASW200
ASW2K00
ASLW200
ASW2100
ASW21K00
ASLW2100
ASW2200
ASW22K00
ASLW2200
Knob/Lever
Key
Illuminated Knob
ASW200
ASW2K00
ASLW200
ASW2100
ASW21K00
ASLW2100
ASW2200
ASW22K00
ASLW2200
1. NO-EM, NC-LB = Early Make, Late Break.

N/D = No circuit number designation required in assembled selector switch part number.
2. X = On (closed contacts) O = Off (Open contacts)
A3-150
www.idec.com

Contact Arrangement Chart: 3-Position Selector Switches
Style
Mounting
Operator
Contact Block
Circuit
Position
Position
Part Number
Contact
Number
L
Description
Maintained
1NO
1NC
302
303
N/D
2NO
301
304
2NC
N/D
N/D
210
2NO
2NC
308
309
310
N/D
4NO
305
N/D
4NC
314
HW-C10
HW-C01
HW-C01
HW-C10
HW-C10
HW-C01
HW-C01
HW-C10
HW-C10
HW-C10
HW-C10
HW-C10
HW-C01
HW-C01
HW-C01
HW-C01
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
X
0
0
X
0
0
0
0
X
X
X
X
X
X
0
O
0
O
0
0
X
0
X
0
X
0
X
0
0
X
0
X
0
X
0
X
0
0
X
X
X
0
X
0
0
X
0
X
0
X
X
0
X
0
X
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
0
X
X
0
X
X
X
X
X
0
X
O
X
0
O
X
O
X
O
X
0
X
0
X
X
X
X
X
X
0
X
O
O
0
O
0
HW-C10
HW-C10
HW-C01
HW-C01
HW-C01
HW-C10
HW-C01
HW-C10
HW-C10
HW-C01
HW-C10
HW-C01
HW-C10
HW-C01
HW-C01
HW-C10
HW-C01
HW-C10
HW-C01
HW-C10
HW-C10
HW-C10
HW-C10
HW-C10
HW-C10
HW-C10
HW-C10
HW-C10
HW-C01
HW-C01
HW-C01
HW-C01
HW-C01
HW-C01
HW-C01
HW-C01
C
R
Two-Way
C
C
R
Knob/Lever
Key
Illuminated Knob
ASW300-1
ASW3K00-1
ASLW300-1
ASW3100-1
ASW31K00-1
ASLW3100-1
ASW3200-1
ASW32K00-1
ASLW3200-1
ASW3300-1
ASW33K00-1
ASLW3200-1
A3
Knob/Lever
Key
Illuminated Knob
ASW300-1
ASW3K00-1
ASLW300-1
ASW3100-1
ASW31K00-1
ASLW3100-1
ASW3200-1
ASW32K00-1
ASLW3200-1
ASW3300-1
ASW33K00-1
ASLW3200-1
Knob/Lever
Key
Illuminated Knob
ASW300-2
ASW3K00-2
ASLW300-2
ASW3100-2
ASW31K00-2
ASLW3100-2
ASW3200-2
ASW32K00-2
ASLW3200-2
ASW3300-2
ASW33K00-2
ASLW3200-2
Knob/Lever
Key
Illuminated Knob
ASW300-2
ASW3K00-2
ASLW300-2
ASW3100-2
ASW31K00-2
ASLW3100-2
ASW3200-2
ASW32K00-2
ASLW3200-2
ASW3300-2
ASW33K00-2
ASLW3200-2
Knob/Lever
Key
Illuminated Knob
ASW300-1
ASW3K00-1
ASLW300-1
ASW3100-1
ASW31K00-1
ASLW3100-1
ASW3200-1
ASW32K00-1
ASLW3200-1
ASW3300-1
ASW33K00-1
ASLW3200-1
Knob/Lever
Key
Illuminated Knob
ASW300-2
ASW3K00-2
ASLW300-2
ASW3100-2
ASW31K00-2
ASLW3100-2
ASW3200-2
ASW32K00-2
ASLW3200-2
ASW3300-2
ASW33K00-2
ASLW3200-2
Knob/Lever
Key
Illuminated Knob
ASW300-2
ASW3K00-2
ASLW300-2
ASW3100-2
ASW31K00-2
ASLW3100-2
ASW3200-2
ASW32K00-2
ASLW3200-2
ASW3300-2
ASW33K00-2
ASLW3200-2
203
Operator Part Number

Spring Ret. Spring Ret.
from Rt.
from Lt.
C
L
202
22mm - TW Series
Knob/Lever
Key
Illuminated Knob
ASW300-1
ASW3K00-1
ASLW300-1
ASW3100-1
ASW31K00-1
ASLW3100-1
ASW3200-1
ASW32K00-1
ASLW3200-1
ASW3300-1
ASW33K00-1
ASLW3200-1
Knob/Lever
Key
Illuminated Knob
ASW300-1
ASW3K00-1
ASLW300-1
ASW3100-1
ASW31K00-1
ASLW3100-1
ASW3200-1
ASW32K00-1
ASLW3200-1
ASW3300-1
ASW33K00-1
ASLW3200-1
Knob/Lever
Key
Illuminated Knob
ASW300-1
ASW3K00-1
ASLW300-1
ASW3100-1
ASW31K00-1
ASLW3100-1
ASW3200-1
ASW32K00-1
ASLW3200-1
ASW3300-1
ASW33K00-1
ASLW3200-1
Knob/Lever
Key
Illuminated Knob
ASW300-2
ASW3K00-2
ASLW300-2
ASW3100-2
ASW31K00-2
ASLW3100-2
ASW3200-2
ASW32K00-2
ASLW3200-2
ASW3300-2
ASW33K00-2
ASLW3200-2
Knob/Lever
Key
Illuminated Knob
ASW300-2
ASW3K00-2
ASLW300-2
ASW3100-2
ASW31K00-2
ASLW3100-2
ASW3200-2
ASW32K00-2
ASLW3200-2
ASW3300-2
ASW33K00-2
ASLW3200-2
Knob/Lever
Key
Illuminated Knob
ASW300-2
ASW3K00-2
ASLW300-2
ASW3100-2
ASW31K00-2
ASLW3100-2
ASW3200-2
ASW32K00-2
ASLW3200-2
ASW3300-2
ASW33K00-2
ASLW3200-2
Knob/Lever
Key
Illuminated Knob
ASW300-1
ASW3K00-1
ASLW300-1
ASW3100-1
ASW31K00-1
ASLW3100-1
ASW3200-1
ASW32K00-1
ASLW3200-1
ASW3300-1
ASW33K00-1
ASLW3200-1
Knob/Lever
Key
Illuminated Knob
ASW300-2
ASW3K00-2
ASLW300-2
ASW3100-2
ASW31K00-2
ASLW3100-2
ASW3200-2
ASW32K00-2
ASLW3200-2
ASW3300-2
ASW33K00-2
ASLW3200-2
Knob/Lever
Key
Illuminated Knob
ASW300-1
ASW3K00-1
ASLW300-1
ASW3100-1
ASW31K00-1
ASLW3100-1
ASW3200-1
ASW32K00-1
ASLW3200-1
ASW3300-1
ASW33K00-1
ASLW3200-1
Knob/Lever
Key
Illuminated Knob
ASW300-2
ASW3K00-2
ASLW300-2
ASW3100-2
ASW31K00-2
ASLW3100-2
ASW3200-2
ASW32K00-2
ASLW3200-2
ASW3300-2
ASW33K00-2
ASLW3200-2
1. Each operator sub-assembly is available as a -1" and a -2" for 3-position selector switches. The internal cam of a -1" is different from that of a -2".
This results in designated combinations of open and closed contacts in the various operator positions.
2. N/D = No circuit number designation required in assembled part number.
3. X = On (closed contacts) O = Off (open contacts). X X Overlapping contacts remain on (closed) when switch is moved between these two positions.
www.idec.com
A3-151
22mm - TW Series
Custom Selector Switch Building Guide
To build a custom selector switch, follow these steps.

Step1: How many positions of the switch are needed?
# of positions
(2, 3, 4, 5)
A3
Mounting Positions
Step 2: How many contacts should there be?

# of isolated contacts
(maximum 6)
Step 3: Fill in the Truth Table

(X = closed, O = open)
Knob Position
1
C
o
n
t
a
c
t
s
2
3
4
5
6
Step 4: If building a 2 position selector, skip this step. (2 position selectors have only one cam)
If building a 3, 4, or 5 position selector, determine appropriate cam as follows:
-Look at Row 1 from above table and locate an identical row in the operator truth tables (See next page).
-Repeat for all rows. The user must nd one operator that contains all rows from above table.
-Record the operator cam version.
Operator CAM Version
(-1, -2, -3 for 3 position)
(blank, -1 for 4 position)
(blank, -1 for 5 position)
Step 5: Build by placing appropriate contact in appropriate mounting position for each desired row on operator cam truth
table. L and R refer to mounting on left or right side of operator as viewed from the front of the panel.
Step 6: Develop an assembly part number (if necessary) as follows: follow standard numbering nomenclature for selector
switches (see pages A3-142 or A3-146). In place of the Circuit Number indicate the cam number and contact
arrangement as such ASW322-3-OELCSS, where 3 is the cam number, and contact arrangement OELCXX
calls out individual contact mounting locations in order (see diagram above). O=NO, C=NC, E=NO-EM, L=NC-LB,
X= no contact. Part number must designate all 6 possible mounting locations.
Caution: Before putting any custom selector switch into use, the user should use an ohmmeter to test
for desired performance.
1. For Operator Truth Tables, see next page.

2. For examples of how to assemble selector switches, see A3-82.
A3-152
www.idec.com
22mm - TW Series
Operator Truth Tables
Use the following tables to build custom selector switches.
2 Position Selector Switches
Mounting Operator Position

Contact
Position
Left
Right
ASW200
ASLW200
ASW2K00
HW-C01
(NC)
HW-C10R
(NO-EM)
HW-C01R
(NC-LB)
HW-C10
(NO)
ASW300-1
ASW3K00-1
ASLW300-1
HW-C01
(NC)
HW-C10R
(NO-EM)
HW-C01R
(NC-LB)
HW-C10
(NO)
HW-C01
(NC)
ASW400
HW-C10R
(NO-EM)
HW-C01R
(NC-LB)

Contact

Position Left Center Right
L
HW-C01R
(NC-LB)
HW-C10R
(NO-EM)
HW-C01
(NC)
HW-C10
(NO)
Operator Position
Mounting
Position
Contact
A3
HW-C10
(NO)
Operator Position
Mounting
Position
Contact
ASW400-1

Contact
Operator Position
Mounting
HW-C10
(NO)
ASW300-2
ASW3K00-2
ASLW300-2
HW-C10R
(NO-EM)
Contact
HW-C10
(NO)
ASW300-3
ASW3K00-3
ASLW300-3
HW-C01
(NC)
HW-C10R
(NO-EM)
HW-C01R
(NC-LB)
www.idec.com

L
Contact
HW-C01R
(NC-LB)
ASW500
HW-C01R
(NC-LB)
HW-C10R
(NO-EM)
Operator Position
HW-C01
(NC)
HW-C01
(NC)
Mounting
Position
HW-C10
(NO)
Contact
HW-C10
(NO)
HW-C01
(NC)
ASW500-1
HW-C10R
(NO-EM)
HW-C01R
(NC-LB)
Operator Position
Mounting
Position
A3-153
22mm - TW Series
Nameplates TW Series
Part Numbers: Nameplates

NWAL
NWAQL
A3
NWAS
1.13" (29mm)
1.76" (45mm)
70
1.76" (45mm)
(25mm)
0.975"
0.566"
(14.5mm)
1.0"
Part Number
GENC
ER
M
E
(25.4mm)
1.13" (29mm)
EMERGENCY STOP
ST
OP
Yellow
Part Number
Part Number
Part Number
Nameplate
(blank)
NWAL-OB (black)
NWAL-OR (red)
NWAQL-OB (black)
NWAQL-OR (red)
NWAS-OB
NWAR-O
Nameplate
(engraved)
NWAL-
NWAQL-
NWAS-
NWAR-27
1. In place of , insert either the Standard Legend Code from table below or custom engraving delimited by .
2. Standard engravings are available at no charge.
3 NWAR-27 comes marked Emergency Stop as shown in drawing.
Standard Legend Codes

Pushbuttons
Pushbuttons/Selector Switches
Legend
Code
Legend
Code
Legend
Code
AUTO
CLOSE
DOWN
EMERG.STOP*
FAST
FORWARD
HAND
HIGH
IN
INCH
JOG
LOW
LOWER
OFF
ON
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
OPEN
OUT
RAISE
RESET
REVERSE
RUN
SLOW
START
STOP*
STOP
TEST
UP
I (Intl On)
O (Intl Off)
EMO
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
150
151
152
AUTO-MAN
CLOSE-OPEN
DOWN-UP
FAST-SLOW
FOR-REV
HAND-AUTO
HIGH-LOW
JOG-RUN
LEFT-RIGHT
LOWER-RAISE
MAN-AUTO
OFF-ON
ON-OFF
OPEN-CLOSE
RAISE-LOWER
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
Legend
REV-FOR
RUN-JOG
RUN-SAFE
SAFE-RUN
SLOW-FAST
START-STOP
STOP-START
UP-DOWN
Selector Switches
Code
Legend
Code
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
AUTO-MAN-OFF
AUTO-OFF-MAN
CLOSE-OFF-OPEN
DOWN-OFF-SLOW
FAST-OFF-SLOW
FOR-OFF-REV
LEFT-OFF-RIGHT
LOWER-OFF-RAISE
OFF-MAN-AUTO
OFF-SLOW-FAST
OFF-1-2
OPEN-OFF-CLOSE
SLOW-OFF-FAST
SUMMER-OFF-WINTER
UP-OFF-DOWN
1-OFF-2
HAND-OFF-AUTO
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
317
1. To order engraved nameplates, add legend code to nameplate part number.

Character height based on the number of characters and size of nameplate. Standard character size is 3/16".
2. Nameplates with standard legends are the same list price as blank nameplates.
3. * Available in red as standard.
Nameplate Order Form on next page.
A3-154
www.idec.com
22mm - TW Series
Custom Engraved Nameplates Order Form TW Series

Copy this order form and use it to specify Letter Height, Custom Engravings, Location of Engraving on Nameplate, and Quantity Desired.
To insure engraving accuracy, fax it to your IDEC representative. or Distributor.
Your Company Name:
IDEC Rep/Distributor Contact:
Your Name:
PO number (if known):
Telephone:
A3
IDEC Rep/Distributor Phone:
Fax & Email
IDEC Rep/Distributor Fax & Email
Engraving
Location
Step 1.
Choose Letter Size - 7/64 or 1/8.
Check the box for the letter size you want.
Then write your lettering in box below
checkboxes. Note: 1/8 size letters cannot
exceed 9 characters.
Step 2.
Specify Quantity.
Enter the number of
nameplates desired in
the box on the right.
7/64
Letter
Size
11 characters max
(for 7/64 size letters)
1/8
Letter
Size
9 characters max
Sample Letter Sizes
7/64 Letters: A B C D
Qty
1
2 3 4
5 6
8 9 10 11
NWAQL
Engraving
Location
Step 1.
Choose Letter Size - 7/64 or 1/8.
Check the box for the letter size you want.
Then write your lettering in box below
checkboxes. Note: 1/8 size letters cannot exceed 9 characters.
Step 2.
Specify Quantity.
Enter the number of
the box on the right.
7/64
Letter
Size
11 characters max
1/8
Letter
Size
9 characters max
Sample Letter Sizes
1/8 Letters:
Qty
1
2 3 4
5 6
ABCD
8 9 10 11
NWAS
Engraving Location A
Step 1.
Choose Letter Size - 1/8
or 3/32.
Check the box for the letter
size you want. Then write your
lettering in box below checkboxes. Note: 1/8 size letters
cannot exceed 14 characters.
3/32
Letter
Size
1/8
Letter
Size
20 characters maximum
14 characters maximum
Engraving Location B
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
Step 2.
Specify Quantity.
Enter the number of
box on the right.
www.idec.com
Qty
Step 3.
Specify Location.
Enter the location of
engraving (A or B), in
box on the right.
Sample Letter Sizes

Location
A3-155
NWAL
22mm - TW Series

Accessories TW Series
Part Numbers: TW Series Accessories

Appearance
A3
Description/Usage
Part Number
Lamp Removal
Tool
Rubber tool used to install LEDs and incandescent lamps
OR-55
Contact Block
Remover
Used to remove contact blocks, transformers, lenses, and adaptors. Can also be
used to determine panel thickness adjustment.
TW-KC1
Nut Locking
Wrench
Used in OR-14 locking wrench to tighten locking nuts inside square bezel
TW-KQ2
Metal Bezel
Chrome plated bezels

tighten onto operator
(replacement for damaged bezels)
Standard octagonal units (chrome-pl.)
AW-R8
Full shroud octagonal units (chrome-pl.)
AW-RF8
Full shroud (chrome plated) mushroom head

units 40mm
AW-G4
Round ush units (black plastic)

Black plastic bezels for
square buttons
(replacement for damaged bezels)
Plastic Bezel
AW-RP1B
Round extended units (black plastic)
AW-FP1B
Square units (black plastic)
AW-Q1B
Square bezel with round hole (black plastic)
AW-H1B
Square units with full shroud (black plastic)
APW00L
Clear boot for round ush units (EPR)
OC-31
Clear boot for round extended units (EPR)
OC-32
*In place of asterisk, specify Rubber Boot color:

B (black), G (green), R (red), Y (yellow) - (nitril rubber)
Boot/Cover
APW00LN
Waterproof lens cover for square illuminated buttons

Used to cover and protect pushbuttons
AW-QF1B
Waterproof lens cover for square pilot lights
OCW-11*
Ring to prevent operator base from rotating in the mounting hole.
Anti-Rotation
Ring
OGL-31
Used when nameplate is not used
Mounting
Hole Plug
Black rubber plug lls unused mounting holes in panel.
For plugging unused mounting holes in the panel. Tighten the attached locking ring
to a torque of 12 kfg-cm maximum
Metallic
Mounting Hole
Plug
OB-31
LW9Z-BM
Degree of protection: IP66
Replacement
Keys
Pair of keys (#0)
TW-SK
For information on replacement engraving inserts, see page A3-164.
A3-156
www.idec.com
22mm - TW Series
Accessories cont
Part Numbers: TW Series Accessories
Appearance
Description/Usage
Part Number
Metal Button Guard
Quick- connect terminals
A3
OLW-C
TW-FA1
Used on ush buttons to prevent inadvertent actuation
Terminal Tab Adaptor

#250 (17/64" x 3/64") single tab
Lock-out Adaptor
Used to provide lock-out protection for pushbuttons and knob selector switches:
Up to 40mm mushroom head size
(Padlock not included.)
HW9Z-KL1
Used to mount TW series control unit (except square units) 7/8" (22mm)
into a 1-13/64" (30mm) panel cut-out. Includes 2 pieces shown on the right
TWN-A1R8
TW to TWTD Adaptor
Adaptor
Fits on TW
unit base
Replacement Marking Plates
Round Pushbutton (14mm)

White plastic engraving plate for use on all
illuminated units (included in each lens).
ALW2B
ALW3B
Square Pilot Light ( 21mm)
APQW1B
Square Pushbutton ( 21mm)
Part Numbers: Fingersafe Covers for TW Series

Appearance
Description
APW2B
Mushroom Pushbutton ( 14mm)

May be used to capture printed mylar insert
(not supplied by IDEC) under lens face.
Round Pilot Light ( 14mm)
ALQW2B
Used with
Part Number
APS-PVL
HW-VL3
HW VL6
APS-PVL
Non-illuminated pushbuttons and selectors
HW-VL2
Fingersafe terminal cover, adds

3mm to overall depth
APW and UPQW transformer pilot lights, and

illuminated pushbuttons and illuminated
selectors
HW-VL3
Fingersafe terminal cover for

contacts.
www.idec.com
APW and UPQW full voltage pilot lights

3.5mm to overall depth. One
required for each contact, only
for rear- most terminals
HW VL5

6mm to overall depth
Full voltage illuminated pushbuttons and

selectors
HW-VL4

full voltage adaptor, adds 3 mm
to depth
Full voltage illuminated pushbuttons and

selectors
HW-VL5

half size transformer adaptor,
adds 3 mm to depth
Illuminated pushbuttons and selectors
HW-VL6
A3-157
22mm - TW Series
Dimensions TW Series
Pushbuttons
22.5
37
37
24
29
46
Keylock Push On/Off

Panel Thickness: 1 to 6 mm
Resetting
(Unlock)
M3.5
Terminal Screw
Resetting angle 75
40
Resetting angle 75
30
23
45
29
M3.5
Terminal Screw
29
48.5 (2 blocks)
68.5 (4 blocks)
30
40mm Push-Lock-Turn-Reset
29mm Push-Lock-Turn-Reset
M3.5
Terminal Screw
13
68.5 (4 blocks)
30
37
40
37
48.5 (2 blocks)
13
22.5
M3.5
Terminal Screw
37
M3.5
Terminal Screw
29
48.5 (2 blocks)
68.5 (4 blocks)
Mushroom with Full Shroud
40mm Mushroom
30
68.5 (4 blocks)
30
37
M3.5
Terminal Screw
19
37
29mm Mushroom
19.5
48.5 (2 blocks)
13
68.5 (4 blocks)
37
24
30
M3.5
Terminal Screw
37
29
48.5 (2 blocks)
13
68.5 (4 blocks)
13
48.5 (2 blocks)
M3.5
Terminal Screw
13
13
25
48.5 (2 blocks)
47
68.5 (4 blocks)
Square Flush
37
40
45
30
37
M3.5
Terminal Screw
30
Resetting
(Unlock)
47
68.5 (4 blocks)
30
40mm Push-Pull

M3.5
Terminal Screw
22.5
25
25
68.5 (4 blocks)
30
22.5
48.5 (2 blocks)
13
37
68.5 (4 blocks)
48.5 (2 blocks)
13
40
48.5 (2 blocks)
68.5 (4 blocks)
30
25
48.5 (2 blocks)
30
30.5
13
30
68.5 (4 blocks)
Square Extended
48.5 (2 blocks)
68.5 (4 blocks)
37
30
M3.5
Terminal Screw
25
13
30
20
Selector Switches
68.5 (4 blocks)
A3-158
13
25
30
www.idec.com
48.5 (2 blocks)
68.5 (4 blocks)
48.5 (2 blocks)
13
25
30
68.5 (4 blocks)
37
37
29
37
25
48.5 (2 blocks)
Panel Thickness 1 to 6 mm
29
M3.5 Terminal
Screw
Panel Thickness 1 to 6 mm
24
M3.5 Terminal
Screw
29
M3.5 Terminal
Screw
24
48.5 (2 blocks)
M3.5
Terminal Screw
24
A3
Extended
M3.5
Terminal Screw
29
Flush
13
19
41
30
22mm - TW Series
Dimensions cont
Illuminated Pushbuttons
Extended
30
37
Marking Plate: 15.5 mm
Square Extended
29mm Push-Turn Reset

Resetting Angle: 75
13
21 mm
0.858" (22mm)
0.858" (22mm)
*0.936" (24mm)
0.975" (25mm)
Push-Pull
Mushroom
37
13
13
30
13
30
25
22.5
1 Contact Block
with Half Size Transformer
Transformer (2 blocks)
M3.5 Terminal Screw
X1
30
30.5

1 Contact Block with
Full Voltage Adaptor
37
37
29
40
Resetting angle: 75
M3.5 Terminal Screw
1.13" (29mm)
1.56" (40mm)
1.56" (40mm)
1.56" (40mm)
40mm Push-Turn Reset
40
0.761" (19.5mm)
0.936" (24mm)
0.975" (25mm)
30
22.5
Marking Plate:
22.5
0.741" (19mm)
13
30
20
Dimension B
1. * Dimension when operator is in reset position.

2. Dimension when operator is in pull position.
37
29
37
30
25
29
24
29
24
37
30
20
Dimension A
X1
X1
X2
X2
X2
48.5
86.5
64.5
2 Contact Blocks with

M3.5 Terminal Screw
2 Contact Blocks
Transformer (4 blocks)
M3.5 Terminal Screw
X1
Panel Thickness: 1 to 6 m
X1
X1
X2
X2
X2
106.5
63.5
68.5


M3.5 Terminal Screw
M3.5 Terminal Screw
3 Contact Blocks
Panel Thickness: 1
X1
X1
X1
X2
X2
X2
68.5
83.5
M3.5 Terminal Screw
84.5
www.idec.com
A3-159
A3
13
19
Illuminated
Pushbuttons
Extended
(Same for Square)
w/Full Shroud
1.13" (29mm)
Mushroom
1.56" (40mm)
Mushroom,
Pushlock Turn
Reset, Push-Pull
22mm - TW Series
Dimensions cont
Pilot Lights
Round Flush APW1 Full Voltage
30
28.5
28.5
37
30
Marking plate: 15.5 mm
Dome APW2 Transformer
30
28.5
66.5
Square Flush Marking Type APQW1B Full Voltage

Panel Thickness
1 to 6
30
25
Square Flush Marking Type APQW1B Transformer

M3.5 Terminal
Screw
25
Panel Thickness 1 to 6
37
30
13
13
30
16
28.5
Marking plate:
66.5
22 mm
13
37
25
37
23.6
37
13
29
Panel Thickness
1 to 6
M3.5 Terminal
Screw
29
23.6
Panel Thickness
1 to 6
25
13
17
66.5
37
24
30
Marking plate: 15.5 mm
Dome APW2 Full Voltage
28.5
Panel Thickness
1 to 6
37
13
17
28.5
Round Flush Marking Type APW1B Transformer

M3.5 Terminal
Screw
29
24
Panel Thickness
1 to 6
30
17
29
Round Flush Marking Type APW1B Full Voltage
28.5
13
66.5
17
29
24
37
13
30
28.5
Panel Thickness
1 to 6
M3.5 Terminal Screw
29
24
A3
30
16
Marking plate:
22 mm

A: 63.5 (2 blocks)
83.5 (4 blocks)
B: 86.5 (2 blocks), 106.5 (4 blocks)
A3-160
37
29
M3.5 Terminal
Screw
24
Round Flush APW1 Transformer
Panel Thickness
1 to 6
13
25
30
A: Rated voltage 24V AC/DC

B: Rated voltage 100/110V AC, 200/220V AC
www.idec.com
22mm - TW Series
Dimensions cont
Panel Cut-Out
Diagram
Dimensions
Part
Pushbuttons
Pilot Light
Illuminated
Pushbutton
0.137"
(3.5mm)
Selector Switches
1.95" (50mm);
1.76" (45mm)
minimum
0.878"
(22.3mm)
1.17" (30mm)
*See note.

D
1.The 0.137" ( 3.5mm) recess is necessary when either the nameplate or anti-rotation ring is used.
2. * >1.404" (36mm) for 2- or 3-position.
>1.95" (50mm) for 4- or 5-position.
Accessory Dimensions
OGL-31
Anti-Rotation Ring
OLW-C
Metal Button Guard
0.398"
(10.2mm)
Minimum
Mounting
Centers
1.95"
(50mm)
0.858"
1.07"
(27.4mm) (22mm)
OCW-11
Pushbutton Rubber Boot
1.29"
(33mm)
0.897"
(23mm)
OB-31
Mounting Hole Rubber Plug
0.137"
(3.5mm)
0.429" (11mm)
0.741" (19mm)
AW-RP1B
Round Plastic Bezel
82.5
0.507"
(13mm)
Panel Thickness: 0.8 to 3.2 mm
1.13"
(29mm)
0.137"
(3.5mm)
0.975"
(25mm)
R1.66"
(R42.5mm)
HW9Z-KL1 (TW)
Lock-out Adaptor
1.13"
(29mm)
AW-FP1B
Round Plastic
w/Full Shroud
0.772"
(19.8mm)
R6
1.13"
(29mm)
70
30
93
6.
ID: 24
2.
0
5 .4)
4
4
:
(ID
Lock Hole 8
29.5
30
Waterproof Gasket
0.5t
AW-QF1B
Square Full Shroud
AW-H1B
Square Bezel
w/ Round Hole
0.78"
(20mm)
1.17" (30mm)
www.idec.com
0.507"
(13mm)
1.17" (30mm)
A3-161
A3
1.17" (30mm)
Std. Octagonal
> 1.56" (40mm)
Large
Mushroom
22mm - TW Series
Dimensions cont
Finger-Safe Cover Dimensions
HW-VL6
0.69"
(17.4mm)
1.57" (39.8mm)
0.90" (22.8mm)
5"
5m
6.
0.34" (8.7mm)
0.
27
"(
0.61"
(15.5mm)
HW VL5
HW VL6
0.58"
(14.8mm)
26
0.
(7
0.28" (7.2mm)
1.06" (27mm)
1.54" (39.1mm)
1.41" (10.4mm)
1.58" (40mm)
HW-VL3
1.02"
(26mm)
A3-162
(1.57" 39.8mm)
.055" (14.1mm)
0.12"
(3mm)
0.61"
(15.5mm)
www.idec.com
0.41"
(10.4mm)
.748"
(19mm)
2"
12 )
0. m
R .1m
(3
APS-PVL
.271"
(6.9mm)
8
.24
)
mm
6.3
"(
1.02" (26mm)
.2
.244" (6.2mm)
(6
APS-PVL
HW-VL2
1.42" (36mm)
HW-VL3
4"
0.79" (20mm)
2
0.
1.49" (37.8mm)
A3
HW-VL4
HW-VL5
.228"
(5.8mm)
.421"
(10.7mm)
1.16" (29.4mm)
22mm - TW Series
Component Construction & Instructions TW Series
Lens or Button
TW Series: Adjustment for Panel Thickness

The panel thickness ring provides adjustment from 0.04" to 0.24" (1 to
6mm) in 0.004" (0.1mm) increments. Rotate the ring until the markings
around the periphery are aligned for the desired thickness, as shown
below.
Adjustment
0mm
0.9mm
0.8mm
0.7mm
0.6mm
0.5mm
0.4mm
0.3mm
(Round lens used on

square pushbuttons
and pilot lights only).
Waterproof
Gasket
Adjustment Ring
Panel Thickness)
0.2mm
Waterproof Lens
Examples
Zero
Point
One Complete
Revolution
0.1mm
(Panel)
0mm
Operator
Zero
Point
0.1mm panel
thickness
Base
0.5mm panel
thickness
Note: When a nameplate or an anti-rotation

ring is used, add 0.03" (0.8mm) to the
panel thickness dimension.
Lamp
Lamp
Holder
Inspection
Window
Lead
Holder
LED or Incandescent
Panel Thickness:
0.08" (2mm)
Panel Thickness:
0.1" (2.6mm)
An adjustment for panel thicknesses shown below can be made quickly by

using the contact block remover tool.
0.06"
Contact
Block
(1.6mm)
Tool TW-KC1
0.09"
(2.3mm)
0.14"
(3.5mm)
0.04"
(1mm)
0.08"
(2mm)
0.125"
(3.2mm)
Options
Full Voltage
Full-Size
Adaptor:
Transformer:
Half-Size
Transformer:
Used with
incandescent/LED
even number
of contact blocks.
Used with
incandescent
odd number
of contact blocks.
Used with
full voltage
LED or
incandescent.
www.idec.com
A3-163
A3
Bezel
Option:
Nameplate
Instructions for Switches and Pilot Devices
22mm - TW Series
Instructions cont
Pilot Lights and Pushbuttons

IMPORTANT: Install the body of the TW control unit with the panel thickness scale facing up.
A3 Octagonal and Round Bezels

Octagonal and round bezels screw into the operator. Use the locking ring wrench (optional) for secure tightening and easy removal. Round ush and extended buttons snap onto the operator base. Mushroom buttons screw onto the operator base.
Every round lens can be used with or without legend markings. Engraving can be done on a white translucent plate which is placed in the lens, or clear mylar can
be printed and placed in the lens.
Round
Marking
Unit
Insert
marking
plate
under lens.
Press in
round flush
and extended
lens. Screw in
mushroom lens.
Square Bezels
Square bezels are installed in a 3-step procedure. First install the base plate from the front. Then install the lock nut using the nut locking wrench (optional).
Finally, install the square bezel, which snap-ts onto the base plate. Square buttons also snap onto the operator base.
Every square lens can be used with or without legend markings. Engraving can be done on a white translucent plate which is placed in the lens, or clear mylar can
be printed and placed in the lens. Square units include a round waterproof lens which screws into the operator. The square outer lens snaps on.
Square
Marking
Units
Pilot Light
Insert
marking
plate
under lens.
Illuminated
Pushbutton
Insert
marking
plate
under lens.
To remove square lens from operator, place a screwdriver under the indentation on the side of the lens. To remove the marking plate, place a screwdriver under
the indentation and lift out the plate. The lens retainer can be removed by pressing a 3/16" screwdriver into one of the recesses.
Marking Plate Engraving Area

Shape
Engraving Area
Used With
Part Number
0.55" (14mm)
Illuminated pushbuttons
ALW2B
0.55" (14mm)
Pilot lights
APW2B
Mushroom
0.55" (14mm)
Illuminated mushroom
ALW3B
Square
0.83" (21mm)
Square pilot lights
APQW1B
Square
0.83" (21mm)
Square illuminated
pushbuttons
ALQW2B
Round
A3-164
www.idec.com
22mm - TW Series
Instructions cont
Selector Switches
The operator shaft of each unit has a recess to identify in which direction to install the handle. Align the handle with the recess. Press color insert (TW-HC1)
into the handle and then press handle into the operator, as shown below.
Recess
Press in
handle
Illuminated
Selector Switch
Remove color insert before pulling out the handle.
Non-Illuminated
Selector Switch
Standard Operating Positions

2-Position, 90
3-Position, 45
4-Position, 45
5-Position, 30
2
2
4
5
1
4
Positions:
Non-illuminated 3-Position Operators
1
0
1
0
2
Installation
TW Pilot Lights
Terminal X1 =
Positive
Terminal X2 =
Negative
Make sure slot
is facing up
TW Illuminated Pushbuttons,
TW Selector Switches
(AC Transformer or Full Voltage)
Lamp holder is installed

as shown, due to polarity.
Lead holder (used with two
stacks of contact blocks)
does not have polarity.
Installation of LED Illuminated Units

AC transformers are recommended for use in areas subjected to inductive noise. When using full voltage types, install a protection diode as shown below. (Diode
with DC power supply to protect against surges and noise.)
Terminal
X1
LED
Terminal
X2
Diode
.
Make sure that LED illuminated units are installed with
correct polarity, as indicated at the terminals.
www.idec.com
A3
Press in
color insert
A3-165
Relays
RH Series
RH Series General Purpose Midget Relays

Key features of the RH series include:
Compact midget size saves space
High switching capacity (10A)
Choice of blade or PCB style terminals
Relay options include indicator light, check button, and top
mounting bracket
DIN rail, surface, panel, and PCB type sockets
available for a wide range of mounting applications
Contact Material
Silver cadmium oxide
Contact Resistance
50m maximum (initial value)
Minimum Applicable
Load
24V DC/30mA, 5V DC/100mA

(reference value)
Operating Time
SPDT (RH1), DPDT (RH2): 20ms maximum

3PDT (RH3), 4PDT (RH4): 25ms maximum
Release Time
SPDT (RH1), DPDT (RH2): 20ms maximum

3PDT (RH3), 4PDT (RH4): 25ms maximum
Maximum Continuous
Applied Voltage
(AC/DC) at 20C
10% or more of the rated voltage
Power
Consumption
Specifications
30% or more of the rated voltage
Drop-Out Voltage (DC)
SPDT (RH1): DC: 0.8W

AC: 1.1VA (50Hz), 1VA (60Hz)
DPDT (RH2): DC: 0.9W
AC: 1.4VA (50Hz), 1.2VA (60Hz)
3PDT (RH3): DC: 1.5W
AC: 2VA (50Hz), 1.7VA (60Hz)
4PDT (RH4): DC: 1.5W
AC: 2.5VA (50Hz), 2VA (60Hz)
Insulation Resistance
Ordering Information
Order standard voltages for fastest delivery. Allow extra delivery time for
non-standard voltages.
Basic Part No.
RH2B-U
Coil Voltage:
AC110-120V
100M min (measured with a 500V DC megger)

SPDT (RH1)
Between live and dead parts: 2,000V AC, 1
minute; Between contact circuit and operating coil: 2,000V AC, 1 minute;
Between contacts of the same pole: 1,000V
AC, 1 minute
Dielectric Strength
DPDT (RH2), 3PDT (RH3), 4PDT (RH4)

Between live and dead parts: 2,000V AC, 1
minute; Between contact circuit and operating coil: 2,000V AC, 1 minute;
Between contact circuits: 2,000V AC,
1 minute; Between contacts of the same
pole: 1,000V AC, 1 minute
Frequency Response
1,800 operations/hour
Temperature Rise
Coil: 85C maximum

Contact: 65C maximum
Vibration Resistance
0 to 6G (55Hz maximum)
Shock Resistance
SPDT/DPDT: 200N (approximately 20G)

3PDT/4PDT: 100N (approximately 10G)
Life Expectancy
Electrical: over 500,000 operations at 120V

AC, 10A; (over 200,000 operations at 120V
AC, 10A for SPDT [RH1], 3PDT [RH3], 4PDT
[RH4])
Mechanical: 50,000,000 operations
Operating Temperature
30 to +70C
Weight
E-10
File No. BL951113332319
80% of the rated voltage
Drop-Out Voltage (AC)
CSA Certied
File No.LR35144
110% of the rated voltage
Minimum Operating
Voltage (AC/DC) at 20C
UL Recognized
Files No. E67770
E59804
SPDT: 24g, DPDT: 37g (approximately)

3PDT: 50g, 4PDT: 74g (approximately)
www.idec.com
USA: (800) 262-IDEC or (408) 747-0550, Canada (888) 317-IDEC
Relays
RH Series
Part Numbers
Part Numbers: RH Series with Options
Termination
Indicator Light
Check Button
Indicator Light and Check Button Top Bracket
SPDT
RH1B-U
RH1B-L*
RH1B-UT
DPDT
RH2B-U
RH2B-UL
RH2B-UC
RH2B-ULC
RH2B-UT
3PDT
B
(blade)
Contact Configuration
Basic Part No.
RH3B-U
RH3B-UL
RH3B-UC
RH3B-ULC
RH3B-UT
4PDT
RH4B-UL
RH4B-UC
RH4B-ULC
RH4B-UT
RH1V2-U
RH1V2-L*
DPDT
RH2V2-U
RH2V2-UL
RH2V2-UC
RH2V2-ULC
3PDT
RH3V2-U
RH3V2-UL
RH3V2-UC
RH3V2-ULC
4PDT
V2
(PCB 0.078"
[2mm] wide)
RH4B-U
SPDT
RH4V2-U
RH4V2-UL
RH4V2-UC
RH4V2-ULC
* RH1B(V2)-L is not UL recognized.
Ratings
Coil Ratings
Rated Current 15% at 20C
Rated Voltage
60Hz
Coil Resistance 15% at 20C
50Hz
SPDT
AC
6V
12V
24V
120V*
240V
DC
DPDT
3PDT
4PDT
SPDT
DPDT
3PDT
4PDT
SPDT
DPDT
3PDT
150mA
75mA
37mA
7.5mA
3.2mA
200mA
100mA
50mA
11mA
5.5mA
280mA
140mA
70mA
14.2mA
7.1mA
330mA
165mA
83mA
16.5mA
8.3mA
170mA
86mA
42mA
8.6mA
3.7mA
238mA
118mA
59.7mA
12.9mA
6.5mA
330mA
165mA
81mA
16.4mA
8.2mA
387mA
196mA
98mA
19.5mA
9.8mA
18.8
76.8
300
7,680
3,1200
9.4
39.3
153
4,170
15,210
6.0
25.3
103
2770
12,100
6V
12V
24V
48V
110V
4PDT
5.4
21.2
84.5
2220
9120
SPDT
DPDT
3PDT
4PDT
SPDT
DPDT
3PDT
4PDT
128mA
64mA
32mA
18mA
8mA
150mA
75mA
36.9mA
18.5mA
9.1mA
240mA
120mA
60mA
30mA
12.8mA
250mA
125mA
62mA
31mA
15mA
47
188
750
2,660
13,800
40
160
650
2,600
12,100
25
100
400
1,600
8,600
24
96
388
1550
7,340
* For RH2 relays = 110/120V AC.

For RH2 relays = 220/240V AC.
For RH2 relays = 100/110V DC.
Coil Inductance
Coil Inrush
Rated Voltage
SPDT
AC
6V
12V
24V
120V*
240V
DC
DPDT
3PDT
4PDT
SPDT
250mA
120mA
56mA
12mA
7mA
340mA
170mA
85mA
16mA
8mA
520mA
260mA
130mA
26mA
12mA
620mA
310mA
165mA
33mA
16mA
0.09H
0.037H
1.5H
37H
130H
Energizing
DPDT
3PDT
6V
12V
24V
48V
110V
0.08H
0.30H
1.2H
33H
130H
0.05H
0.22H
0.9H
21H
84H
4PDT
0.05H
0.18H
0.73H
18H
73H
SPDT
0.06H
0.22H
0.9H
22H
77H
De-Energizing
DPDT
3PDT
0.04H
0.16H
0.63H
15H
62H
0.03H
0.12H
0.5H
12H
47H
4PDT
0.02H
0.10H
0.36H
9H
36H
SPDT
DPDT
3PDT
4PDT
SPDT
DPDT
3PDT
4PDT
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
* For RH2 relays = 110/120V AC.

For RH2 relays = 220/240V AC.
For RH2 relays = 100/110V DC.
www.idec.com
E-11
Relays
RH Series
Ratings cont
Contact Ratings
SPDT
Resistive
DPDT 3PDT
4PDT
SPDT
Inductive
DPDT 3PDT
4PDT
Motor Load
SPDT DPDT 3PDT
10A
10A
10A
7.5A
7.5A
Voltage
Rating
28V DC
UL
30V DC
UL
CSA
Nominal
10A
Nominal
0.5A
110V DC
UL
CSA
Nominal
UL
CSA
Nominal
120V AC
240V AC
10A
10A
10A
0.5A
10A
10A
10A
0.5A
0.5A
10A
10A
7A
7A
7.5A
0.3A
7.5A
0.3A
7.5A
7A
10A
10A
7.5A
7A
7A
7A
7.5A
7.5A
4.5A
5A
5A
7.5A
7.5A
0.3A
0.3A
1/6
1/6
1/6
1/3
1/3
1/3
7.5A
7.5A
*
7A
5A
5A
1. * 6.5A/pole, 20A total.

2. Inductive load cos = 0.3, L/R = 7ms.
Applicable Sockets
Part Numbers: Sockets
Standard DIN Finger-Safe DIN
Surface Mount
Rail Mount
Rail Mount
Relay
Panel
Mount
Spring & Clips (optional)
PCB Mount
Part Number
Use With
RH1B
SH1B-05
RH2B
SH2B-05
RH3B
SH3B-05
SH1B-05C
SH2B-05C
SH2B-02
SH3B-05C
SH1B-62
SH2B-51
SH2B-62
SH3B-51
SH3B-62
RH4B
SH4B-05
SH4B-05C
SH4B-51
SH4B-62
SH1B-05, 05C
SY4S-51F1
SFA-301
SFA-302
SH1B-51, 62
SY4S-02F1
SFA-101
SFA-202
SH2B-05, 05C
SY4S-51F1
SFA-301
SFA-302
SH2B-51, 62
SH3B-05, 05C
SY4S-51F1
SFA-301
SFA-302
SH3B-51, 62
SH4B-02F1
SFA-101, -202
SH1B-51
SY2S-02F1
SFA-101
SFA-202
SH3B-05F1
SFA-101, -202
SH4B-05, 05C
SY4S-51F1
SFA-301
SFA-302
SH4B-51, 62
See Section F for details on sockets. All DIN rail mount sockets shown above can be mounted using
DIN rail BNDN1000.
Internal Circuits
1
4
8
12
10
12
10
11
12
13
14
13
14
13
14
13
14
(-)
(+)
(-)
(+)
(-)
(+)
(-)
(+)
RH1
E-12
RH2
www.idec.com
RH3
RH4
Relays
RH Series
Electrical Life Curves
RH1
1000
1000
AC 110V Resistive
500
Life (x 10,000) Operations
500
100
50
DC 30V Resistive
100
50
DC 100V Resistive
DC 30V Inductive
20
20
AC 220V Inductive AC 110V Inductive
10
4
5
6
Load Current (A)
AC 220V Resistive
7
DC 100V Inductive
10
10
AC 220V Resistive
4
10
Load Current (A)
E
RH2
1000
1000
AC 110V Resistive
DC 30V Resistive
500
500
100
50
50
AC 220V Resistive
AC 110V Inductive
AC 220V Inductive
DC 30V
Inductive
DC 100V Resistive
DC 100V Inductive
20
20
10
100
5
6
7
Load Current (A)
10
10
5
6
7
Load Current (A)
10
10
RH3 and 4
1000
1000
AC 110V Resistive
100
50
20
DC 30V Inductive
100
50
20
AC 220V Inductive AC 220V Resistive
AC 110V Inductive
10
DC 30V Resistive
500
500
www.idec.com
5
6
7
Load Current (A)
10
DC 100V Resistive
DC 100V Inductive
10
5
6
7
Load Current (A)
E-13
Relays
RH Series
Dimensions
Top Bracket Mounting

Blade Terminal
RH1B-UT
0.39"
RH2B-UT
(10mm)
0.183"
(4.7mm)
0.101" (2.6mm)
0.257"
0.566"
(14.5mm)
1.39" (35.6mm)
or Less
0.183"
(2mm)
(3.5mm)
0.211"
(5.4mm)
0.25"
0.839"
(21.5mm)
1.39" (35.6mm)
or Less
1.07" (27.5mm)
1.48" (38mm)
0.293"
(7.5mm)
(4.7mm)
0.137"
0.25"
(6.4mm)
(6.4mm)
Plug-in
Blade Terminal
RH1B
RH2B
Total length from panel surface including socket:

SH1B-05: 2.40" (61.5mm) maximum; SH1B-51: 1.54" (39mm) maximum
Total length from panel surface including hold-down spring:
SH1B-05: 2.48" (63.5mm) maximum; SH1B-51: 1.62" (41.6mm) maximum
(5.9mm)
0.078"
(2mm)
(3.5mm)
0.23"
(6.6mm)
0.078"
0.137"
(4.7mm)
(0.5mm)
1.68" (43.2mm)
0.23"
(5.9mm)
0.185"
0.019"
1.07" (27.5mm)
(4.7mm)
(0.5mm)
1.48" (38mm)
1.68" (43.2mm)
0.019"
0.101" (2.6mm)
0.185"

SH2B-05: 2.40" (61.5mm) maximum; SH2B-51: 1.54" (39.6mm)
SH2B-05: 2.48" (63.5mm) maximum; SH2B-51: 1.62" (41.6mm)
0.183"
(4.7mm)
(0.5mm)
0.211"
(5.4mm)
1.39" (35.6mm)
or less
0.019"
(0.5mm)
1.07" (27.5mm)
0.019"
0.25"
0.183"
(4.7mm)
0.819" (21mm)
0.546"
(6.4mm)
1.07" (27.5mm)
0.101" (2.6mm)
0.101" (2.6mm)
(14mm)
Plug-in
Blade Terminal
RH3B
SH3B-05: 2.57" (66mm) maximum
SH3B-05: 2.65" (68mm) maximum
1.39" (35.6mm) 0.25"

or less
(6.4mm)
RH4B
SH4B-05: 2.40" (61.5mm) or less; SH4B-51: 1.54" (39.6mm)
SH4B-05: 2.48" (63.5mm) or less; SH4B-51: 1.62" (41.6mm)
0.183"
0.183"
(4.7mm)
(4.7mm)
1.39" (35.6mm) or Less
0.101" (2.6mm)
0.019" (0.5mm)
1.21" (31mm)
0.25"
(6.4mm)
1.39" (35.6mm) or less
E-14
www.idec.com
1.07" (27.5mm)
0.25"
(6.4mm)
1.07" (27.5mm)
0.101" (2.6mm)
0.019" (0.5mm)
1.60" (41mm)
Relays
RH Series
Dimensions
RH2V2
PCB Terminal
RH1V2
0.059" (1.5mm)
0.019" (0.5mm)
0.078"
(2mm)
0.078"
0.094"
(2mm)
(2.4mm) 3 Holes
0.179"
(4.6mm)
1.07" (27.5mm)
0.019" (0.5mm)
1.39" (35.6mm) or Less
0.546" (14mm)
0.094"
(2.4mm) 8 Holes
0.183"
(4.7mm)
0.019" (0.5mm)
0.279" (7.15mm)
0.019" (0.5mm)
0.183" (4.7mm)
0.195"
0.304"
(5mm)
0.488"
(7.8mm)
(12.5mm)
0.172"
(4.4mm)
0.257" (6.6mm)
0.078"
(2mm) 2 Holes
0.179"
0.019" (0.5mm)
(4.6mm)
1.39" (35.6mm) or Less
0.513"
(13.15mm)
0.39"
0.283"
(10mm)
(7.25mm)
0.566" (14.5mm)
RH4V2
(0.5mm)
1.39" (35.6mm)
or Less
0.304" (7.8mm)
0.019"
1.07" (27.5mm)
0.019" (0.5mm)
1.21" (31mm)
(2mm)
0.078"
0.183"
(4.7mm)
0.019" (0.5mm)
0.513"
(13.15mm)
0.283"
(7.25mm)
0.019"
0.179"
(0.5mm)
(4.6mm)
1.39" (35.6mm)
or Less
RH3B-UT
0.39" (10mm) 0.183"

(4.7mm)
0.513"
(13.15mm)
0.283"
(7.25mm)
1.60" (41mm)
0.179"
(4.6mm)
RH4B-UT
1.63"(41.4mm)
1.24" (31.5mm)
1.40" (35.4mm)
1.40" (35.4mm)
1.50" (38.0mm)
1.17" (30mm)
(2mm) 14 Holes
0.304" (7.8mm)
0.094"
(2.4mm) 11 Holes
0.078"
1.07" (27.5mm)
(2mm)
0.39 (10mm)
0.078"
0.39 (10mm)
RH3V2
1.73" (44.0mm)
1.50" (38.0mm)
1.73" (44.0mm)
1.10" (27.9mm)
www.idec.com
E-15
MOTOROLA
Order this document

by 1N4001/D
SEMICONDUCTOR TECHNICAL DATA
Axial Lead
Standard Recovery Rectifiers
This data sheet provides information on subminiature size, axial lead
mounted rectifiers for generalpurpose lowpower applications.
1N4001
thru
1N4007
Mechanical Characteristics
1N4004 and 1N4007 are

Motorola Preferred Devices
Case: Epoxy, Molded

Weight: 0.4 gram (approximately)
Finish: All External Surfaces Corrosion Resistant and Terminal Leads are
Readily Solderable
Lead and Mounting Surface Temperature for Soldering Purposes:
220C Max. for 10 Seconds, 1/16 from case
Shipped in plastic bags, 1000 per bag.
Available Tape and Reeled, 5000 per reel, by adding a RL suffix to the
part number
Polarity: Cathode Indicated by Polarity Band
Marking: 1N4001, 1N4002, 1N4003, 1N4004, 1N4005, 1N4006, 1N4007
LEAD MOUNTED
RECTIFIERS
501000 VOLTS
DIFFUSED JUNCTION
CASE 5903
DO41
MAXIMUM RATINGS
Symbol
1N4001
1N4002
1N4003
1N4004
1N4005
1N4006
1N4007
Unit
*Peak Repetitive Reverse Voltage

Working Peak Reverse Voltage
DC Blocking Voltage
Rating
VRRM
VRWM
VR
50
100
200
400
600
800
1000
Volts
*NonRepetitive Peak Reverse Voltage

(halfwave, single phase, 60 Hz)
VRSM
60
120
240
480
720
1000
1200
Volts
VR(RMS)
35
70
140
280
420
560
700
Volts
*RMS Reverse Voltage

*Average Rectified Forward Current
(single phase, resistive load,
60 Hz, see Figure 8, TA = 75C)
IO
1.0
Amp
*NonRepetitive Peak Surge Current

(surge applied at rated load
conditions, see Figure 2)
IFSM
30 (for 1 cycle)
Amp
Operating and Storage Junction

Temperature Range
TJ
Tstg
65 to +175
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS*
Rating
Maximum Instantaneous Forward Voltage Drop
(iF = 1.0 Amp, TJ = 25C) Figure 1
Maximum FullCycle Average Forward Voltage Drop
(IO = 1.0 Amp, TL = 75C, 1 inch leads)
Maximum Reverse Current (rated dc voltage)
(TJ = 25C)
(TJ = 100C)
Maximum FullCycle Average Reverse Current
(IO = 1.0 Amp, TL = 75C, 1 inch leads)
Symbol
Typ
Max
Unit
vF
0.93
1.1
Volts
VF(AV)
0.8
Volts
0.05
1.0
10
50
30
IR
IR(AV)
*Indicates JEDEC Registered Data

Preferred devices are Motorola recommended choices for future use and best overall value.
Rev 5
RectifierInc. 1996 Data

Motorola, Device
1N4001 thru 1N4007

PACKAGE DIMENSIONS
NOTES:
1. ALL RULES AND NOTES ASSOCIATED WITH
JEDEC DO41 OUTLINE SHALL APPLY.
2. POLARITY DENOTED BY CATHODE BAND.
3. LEAD DIAMETER NOT CONTROLLED WITHIN F
DIMENSION.
DIM
A
B
D
F
K
F
A
MILLIMETERS
MIN
MAX
4.07
5.20
2.04
2.71
0.71
0.86
1.27
27.94
INCHES
MIN
MAX
0.160
0.205
0.080
0.107
0.028
0.034
0.050
1.100
F
K
CASE 5903
(DO41)
ISSUE M
Motorola reserves the right to make changes without further notice to any products herein. Motorola makes no warranty, representation or guarantee regarding
the suitability of its products for any particular purpose, nor does Motorola assume any liability arising out of the application or use of any product or circuit, and
specifically disclaims any and all liability, including without limitation consequential or incidental damages. Typical parameters which may be provided in Motorola
data sheets and/or specifications can and do vary in different applications and actual performance may vary over time. All operating parameters, including Typicals
must be validated for each customer application by customers technical experts. Motorola does not convey any license under its patent rights nor the rights of
others. Motorola products are not designed, intended, or authorized for use as components in systems intended for surgical implant into the body, or other
applications intended to support or sustain life, or for any other application in which the failure of the Motorola product could create a situation where personal injury
or death may occur. Should Buyer purchase or use Motorola products for any such unintended or unauthorized application, Buyer shall indemnify and hold Motorola
and its officers, employees, subsidiaries, affiliates, and distributors harmless against all claims, costs, damages, and expenses, and reasonable attorney fees
arising out of, directly or indirectly, any claim of personal injury or death associated with such unintended or unauthorized use, even if such claim alleges that
Motorola was negligent regarding the design or manufacture of the part. Motorola and
are registered trademarks of Motorola, Inc. Motorola, Inc. is an Equal
Opportunity/Affirmative Action Employer.
Mfax is a trademark of Motorola, Inc.
How to reach us:
USA / EUROPE / Locations Not Listed: Motorola Literature Distribution;
P.O. Box 5405, Denver, Colorado 80217. 3036752140 or 18004412447
JAPAN: Nippon Motorola Ltd.: SPD, Strategic Planning Office, 4321,

NishiGotanda, Shinagawaku, Tokyo 141, Japan. 81354878488
Mfax: RMFAX0@email.sps.mot.com TOUCHTONE 6022446609

ASIA/PACIFIC: Motorola Semiconductors H.K. Ltd.; 8B Tai Ping Industrial Park,
US & Canada ONLY 18007741848 51 Ting Kok Road, Tai Po, N.T., Hong Kong. 85226629298
INTERNET: http://motorola.com/sps
1N4001/D
Rectifier Device Data

Pulserplus Pro HRG Installation, Operations and Maintenance Manual

Încărcat de

Informații document

Drepturi de autor

Formate disponibile

Partajați acest document

Partajați sau inserați document

Opțiuni de partajare

Vi se pare util acest document?

Este necorespunzător acest conținut?

Drepturi de autor:

Formate disponibile

Pulserplus Pro HRG Installation, Operations and Maintenance Manual

Încărcat de

Drepturi de autor:

Formate disponibile

PULSERPLUS PRO HIGH RESISTANCE GROUNDING SYSTEM

INSTALLATION, OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS

PulserPlus Pro Operator Interface

PulserPlus Pro NEMA 1

4750 Olympic Blvd. Erlanger, KY 41018 USA

Serving the Electrical Industry Since 1892

PGR Document #HG111-06

PULSERPLUS PRO HIGH RESISTANCE GROUNDING SYSTEM

4750 Olympic Blvd. Erlanger, KY 41018 USA

Serving the Electrical Industry Since 1892

PGR Document #HG111-06

PULSERPLUS PRO HIGH RESISTANCE GROUNDING SYSTEM

Section 1 Equipment Overview

4750 Olympic Blvd. Erlanger, KY 41018 USA

Serving the Electrical Industry Since 1892

PGR Document #HG111-06

PULSERPLUS PRO HIGH RESISTANCE GROUNDING SYSTEM

Section 2 Operational Description

2.2 Loss of Ground

2.3 Ground Fault

4750 Olympic Blvd. Erlanger, KY 41018 USA

Serving the Electrical Industry Since 1892

PGR Document #HG111-06

PULSERPLUS PRO HIGH RESISTANCE GROUNDING SYSTEM

2.4 High 3rd Harmonics

A Summary of Events is shown on the following page.

4750 Olympic Blvd. Erlanger, KY 41018 USA

Serving the Electrical Industry Since 1892

PGR Document #HG111-06

1) Display changes to Fnd Vlt

1) Display changes to Fnd

1) Display changes to Hrm

1) Display changes to Hrm

Presing Alarm Silence Button:

Pressing Pulse Button:

Pressing Reset Button:

4750 Olympic Blvd. Erlanger, KY 41018 USA

PGR Document #HG111-06

Serving the Electrical Industry Since 1892

Pressing Reset and Down Arrow Buttons:

PULSERPLUS PRO HIGH RESISTANCE GROUNDING SYSTEM

2006 Post Glover Resistors, Inc.

2.5 Summary of Events

PULSERPLUS PRO HIGH RESISTANCE GROUNDING SYSTEM

3.4 Floor Preparation

3.5 Grounding CAUTION!

4750 Olympic Blvd. Erlanger, KY 41018 USA

Serving the Electrical Industry Since 1892

PGR Document #HG111-06

PULSERPLUS PRO HIGH RESISTANCE GROUNDING SYSTEM

3.6 Line and Control Connections

3.7 Setting Resistor Tap Connections

4750 Olympic Blvd. Erlanger, KY 41018 USA

Serving the Electrical Industry Since 1892

PGR Document #HG111-06

PULSERPLUS PRO HIGH RESISTANCE GROUNDING SYSTEM

Section 4 Start-up Procedure

4.1 Energize Circuit

4.2 Entering Setup Information

4.3 Ground Fault Alarm Test

+ RT-G)) RGF 10V

4750 Olympic Blvd. Erlanger, KY 41018 USA

Serving the Electrical Industry Since 1892

PGR Document #HG111-06